f
,^\\EUNIVER% vvLOSANCElfj:
.vlOSANCEld
■^/^aBAiNn-jWs
Jl^^
,\WEUNIVER5//,
^lOSANCElfx^
O u_
%ii3AINn-3W'^'
^^HIBRARYQ^
^^tLIBRARY<9,
^«VOFCALIFO%
^•aodiivojo-
^.OECAIIFO/i'^
=3 Digitized' by tine Internet Arciiiy
^' in 2008 witii funding fromAavaan#
IVIicrosoft Corporation
.fCALIFO/?^ ^OfCALIFO%
'NIVER^//,
^(?AwaaiH^
\>:lOSANCElfj
o
%a3AINa-3W^
vlOSANCElfj
^/judAih.
\\V
• U U J ] 1 » J J
'J I3jn» jur '
.iMj;\mii'jn>
'^.i/ojnvjjo
'^*li'tfp://www/arcHVve.org/details7c'atalogueofsoutli00roya^
...J i . .^ ._ iTW
^5^l•llBRARYQ^
jA^OFCAllFO/?^
^(l/OdllVOJO"^
^OFCAIIFO/?^
>&AHViian-# ^^AHvagiH^
.^MEUNIVERS/A
^WE UNIVERiy/v
<ril30NVS01^
^lOSANCElfj^.
O
^Aa3AINn3WV
^lOSANCElfj>
o
"^/saaAiNH^wv
^^l•llBRARYO/C
%JI1V3J0>
^^;OFCALIFO%
^OAyvaaii#
\WE UNIVERS//,
o
^\\EIINIVERV^
^LOSANCELfj>
O
"^/^aaAiNnjvv^
^lOSANCElfj;^
o
^^ILIBRARYO^ ^tUBRARYO^
^<!/0JnV3JO'»^
^OFCAIIFO/?^
^<!/0JnV3J0'^
^OFCAIIFO/?^
%d3AINIl-3Wv >t?AllVyaiH^
"^'^ ""- "^'^^ ^<9AavaaiH^
\WEUNIVERS'//
^WEUNIVER^//
<rii]ONVsoi^'
^ILIBRARYOc ^^ILIBRARY6>^
^.ffOJIlVDJO'^ ^<!/0JnV3J0^
^WEUNIVERi"//,
^lOSANCElfj>
<rji33NVS01^ %a3AINn3WV
^^t•llBRARYQ.
'%ojnvojo'
^OFCALIFO/?^ ^OFCALIFOfiV
3^ ^
W^EUNIVERi/A
o
vvlOSANCElfj>
o
"^/^a^AINilJWV
^OFCALIFO/?^
^^AHvaan-^^
j^\WEUNIVE^/^ ^^lOSANGElfj^
<rii30Nvsoi^'' "^/^aaAiNH-awv
.^WEUNIVER%.
vj>:lOSANCElfX/
^ILIBRARYQ^ ^tLIBRARYQ^
^<!/0JnV3J0'^
^OFCAIIFO/?^
^OFCAIIFO/?^
\WEUNIVERV/
<ril30NVS01^
^\\EUNIVER57/
^i 1(^1 IV©! I\®l i!^'
Hsiatic Society ^boiioovapbs
A CATALOGUE
OF
SOOTH INDIAN SANSKRIT lANOSGRIPTS
(ESPECIALLY THOSE OF THE WHISH COLLECTION)
BELONGING TO THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY OF
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.
COMPrLED BY
DR. M. WINTERNITZ
PROFESSOR IN THK GERMAN UNIVERSITY OF PRAGUE.
WITH AN APPENDIX BY F. W. THOMAS.
LONDON
PUBLISHED BY THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY
22 ALBEMABLK STREET, W.
1902.
y The Library
r University of California, Los Angeles
The gift of Mrs. Cummings, 1 963
Printed by W. Drugulin, Leipzig (Germany).
7L
THIS VOLUME IS INSCEIBED TO
PROFESSOR ALFRED LUDWIG
/
AS A TOKEN OF SINCERE FRIENDSHIP AND GRATITUDE
BY THE COMPILER.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Pages
Preface • . . . • VII— XI
Synoptical List of the Numbers of the MSS.
and the Catalogue Numbers ...... XII — XV
List of Abbreviations XVI
Catalogue Nos. 1—190 1—250
Appendix by F. W. Thomas (Nos. 191—215) . . 261—292
List of Works arranged according to subjects . 293 — 310
Index 311—340
Addenda and Corrigenda 340
PREFACE.
The bulk of the MSS. described in this Catalogue belong
to the Whish Collection of the Royal Asiatic Society of
Great Britain and Ireland. These MSS. had been acquired
by C. M. Whish of the Madras Civil Service, and were
presented to the Society by his brother J. L. Whish Escf
in July 1836. In most of these MSS. entries with the
signature of C. M. AVhish are found, and many of them
show traces of having been read and studied by a Euro-
pean scholar. The entries are generally dated, the earliest
date being 1822 \ and the latest 1831. Some of the MSS
may have been copied for Mr. Whish at that time. A
certain date can be assigned only to those few MSS.^
which are dated by the Kollam era and were written
between A. D. 1787 and 1827. Most of the others, dated
by years of the Jupiter cycle, or bearing no dates at all,
were probably written about the same time, that is to
say, at the end of the 18 th or the beginning of the 19 th
century. Only a few MSS. seem to be a good deal older
and may belong to the earlier part of the 17th century.
Generally speaking, the MSS. in Malayalam characters
are older than those written in Grantha. In some of the
Malayalam MSS.,3 especially in those of apparent greater
antiquity, the peculiar paging by Aksaras is found to
which Professor C. Bendall has drawn attention in the
JRAS, October 1896, pp. 790 sq. According to this
1 In No. 138 (see p. 194) the date 1817 is probably only indistinctly
written and meant for 1827.
2 Nos. 103, 113, 122, 138, 139, 141, 142, 145, 146, 150.
3 See Nos. 19, 108, 118, 128, 129, 138, 151, 157, 158.
-^ VIII H$-
system, the Aksaras na\ nna, nya, skra, jhra, M, gra,
pra, dre, ma are used for the numbers 1 — 10, tha, la, -pta,
la, tra, tru or tru, cl, na for 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90.
For 100 and 200 the signs ^~^^ and *^^ (= na and
nna?) are used.^
Besides the Whish MSS. there are also a number of
other South Indian MSS. (Sansk. Nos. 1—28) described in
this Catalogue, about which I could not get any satisfactory
information. I found them mixed up with a large number
of Tamil MSS. Prof. Ehys Davids tells me that they
were always kept together with the Whish MSS., and he
is inclined to think that they, too, belong to the same
collection though "it is not quite certain that they really
formed part of the Whish donation." They are nearly
all written in Grautha, and seem, for the greater part, to
have been written at the end of the 18 th and the beginning
of the 19 th century.
But though the MSS. here described are not distinguished
by great age, there are many rare and valuable MSS.
among them. Perhaps the most important of all are the
Mahabharata MSS. which represent a distinct recension
of the great Epic. Some years ago — at the International
Congress of Orientalists in Paris, 1897 — I first drew
attention to these MSS., and pointing out the great differ-
ences between the text offered by these South-Indian MSS.
and that of the Calcutta and Bombay editions — the so-
called Vulgata — , I showed the insufficiency of the latter,
and made an appeal for a critical edition of the
Mahabharata which I declared to be the sine qua non
of any critical study of the great Epic. This appeal met
with much sympathy among Sanskrit scholars, and there
is now every reason to hope that such a critical edition
will be begun in no distant future. The Whish MSS. of
the Mahabharata to which we thus owe the plan of a
» Sometimes the first leaf is marked with '■harih irV, and the
paging by na, nna, nya etc. begins with the second leaf, e. g. in No. 157.
2 For other ways of numbering the pages by Aksaras, see pp. 21,
27, 93, 166, 178, 221.
-^» IX ■<-
critical editiou of the great epic, will prove invaluable
whenever this plan is to be carried out.
Among the Vedic MSS., I may point out a MS. of the
Taittiriya-Aranyaka (No. 178) which should prove
useful for a critical editiou of that text — a great desi-
deratum, as Rajendralala Mitra's edition is anything but
satisfactory.
Several MSS. of our Collection have already been used
or are still being used for critical editions, e. g. the MSS.
of Sayana's Rgveda-Bhasya (Nos. la, 2 and 13), of the
Grhyasiitra, Mantrapatha, and Dharmasiltra of the Apa-
stambius with their Commentaries (Nos. 26, 27, 37), and of
Sayana's Commentary on the Mantrabrahmana (No. 86).^
How valuable the MS. Collections of the Royal Asiatic
Society w'ere, has already been known since 1890, when
a rough list of the titles of the Sanskrit MSS. in the
Todd and "Whish Collections of the Society was published
(JRAS, N. S., Vol. XXII, pp. 801—813). It was intended
then ali-eady to publish a proper catalogue as soon as the
funds of the Society would permit. But it w^as considered
probable that so long a period would necessarily elapse
before this could be done, that it was advisable at once
to publish such a rough list, however incomplete and in-
correct. And it will, indeed, be now seen that the Whish
Collection, at any rate, contains many more numbers and
above all many more works and fragments of works than
those mentioned in the rough list.^
The forecast of delay was also fully justified by the event.
The rough hst appeared in 1890. We are now in 1902.
But when, in May 1894, the preparation of this catalogue
1 A MS. 'Whish No. 66' mentioned by Prof. Kern as having been
used for his edition of the Aryabhatlya (Leiden 1874) has not been
found among the MSS. which 1 have catalogued.
2 For a complete list of all the numbers of the Whish Collection
including also those which contain vernacular (chiefly Malayalam)
texts and have therefore not been described in this Catalogue, see
below pp. XII— XV.
-$>< X H^
was entrusted to me by the Council of the Society the
funds available were not sufficient to enable me to give my
whole time to the work. I have been working at it,
while I was living at Oxford, for several years, but the
work had often to be interrupted on account of more
pressing professional work. In 1898 I left England, and
some of the MSS. had to be sent over to Prague, so
that the progress of the work became still slower. Finally,
to avoid further delays, Mr. Thomas kindly undertook
to describe the MSS. which I had not yet seen, and their
descriptions will be found in the Appendix as Nos. 191-215.
A Catalogue of Sanskrit MSS. is of not much use, unless
extracts from the works they contain are given. For in
most cases the mere title of a Sanskrit work tells us
nothing about its character or contents. And even in the
case of well-known texts, a few short extracts (at least
the beginning and the end) seem to me necessary, in order
to give some idea of the correctness and value of a MS.
With this end in view I have given extracts, however
short, from nearly every MS., and I have made a point
of copying these extracts as accurately as possible from
the MSS. A compiler of a catalogue is- not an editor,
and I did not think it the duty of the compiler to correct
his quotations. Wherever corrections suggested themselves
to me, I have given them in parenthesis or banished them
to footnotes.' The peculiar orthography of South Indian
MSS. has also been retained throughout. Thus, as regards
the nasals, I have written with tlie MSS. annan tu, sarasva-
tin devim etc. (and not annam tu, sarasvatim de°), and as
regards the Sandhi before sibilants I have followed the
MSS. in omitting the Visarga before a sibilant with
following consonant (puna ^rutih, °vimsa strijatakam etc.).
I have also written with the MSS. talpara, ulpanna etc.,
and even atpa for alpa, also tatbuddhis, patma etc. for
' Words or Aksaras added by conjecture, have been put in pa-
renthesis ( ), while square brackets [ ] have been used to mark
words and syllables as to be omitted.
tadbu°, paclma etc., ^runu for ^rnu, and cerebral 1 between
two vowels, e. g. Kalidasa, man gala, etc. Only in the
Index I have used the ordinary ortliography.
In preparing a catalogue of South Indian MSS. one has
to encounter far greater difficulties than in having to deal
with Nagarl MSS. The reading of palm leaves is always
very trying to the eyes, and the Malayalam characters
are particularly difficult to read, and often very indistinct.
Moreover the leaves are frequently mutilated or rubbed
off, especially at the beginning and at the end, and —
what is the worst — one MS. generally contains fragments
of several difi'erent works, without beginning and end.
In overcoming these difficulties, I had, as every compiler
of a Sanskrit catalogue now has, the help of Professor
Aufeecht's monumental work, the Catalogus Catalo-
gorum. But I had also the good fortune of Prof. Auf-
eecht's more immediate help, for he was kind enough to
take the trouble of reading the proofs, and I owe to him
many most valuable suggestions and corrections, and in
more than one case he has helped me to identify some
short and very puzzling fragment. I am fulfilling a pleasant
duty in expressing to him my sincerest thanks for all the
trouble he has taken in making this Catalogue more useful
than it would have been without his generous help. My
thanks are due, also, to Professor Lijd\vig who kindly read
a revise, and has suggested to me some valuable emen-
dations in the extracts. Finally I have to thank Professor
Ehys Davids to whom the initiation of tliis undertaking
is due, for the kindly interest he has throughout taken
in the work.
Prague, August 1902. M. Winternitz.
SYNOPTICAL LIST OF THE NUMBERS OF THE
MSS. AND THE CATALOGUE NUMBERS.
Cat.-No.
Cat.-No
Whish No.
1— 1
Whish No.
27—28
»
55
2— 2
55
55
28—29
51
55
3— 3
55
55
29—30
H
55
4— 4
55
55
30—31
H
55
5— 5
55
55
31-32
H
55
6— 6
55
55
32—33
»
55
7— 7
55
55
33—34
«
•5
8— 8
55
55
34-35
55
55
9— 9
51
55
35—36
51
55
10—10
55
55
36 A 1
51
55
11—11
55
55
36 b|
55
55
55
55
12(2)|
55
55
55
55
37—38
38—39
n
55
13—13
55
55
39—40
55
55
13a- 14
55
55
40—41
55
5?
14—15
55
55
41—42
55
55
15-16
55
55
42—43
55
55
16-17
55
55
43 44
55
55
17—18
55
55
44—191
55
;;
18-19
55
55
45—45
55
55
19—20
55
55
46-46
55
55
20—21
55
55
47—192
55
55
21—22
55
55
48-47
55
55
22—23
55
55
49—48
55
55
23—24
55
55
50—49
55
55
24—25
n
55
51—50
55
55
25—26
n
n
52—51
55
55
26-27
n
n
53—52
->^ XIII i<-
Cat.-No.
Cat-No.
Whish
No.
54—53
Whish No.
88— 89
»
H
55—54
55
55
89— 90
V
«
56—55
55
55
90— 91
Tl
»
57—56
55
55
91— 92
»
55
58(1)1 57
55
55
92— 93
H
55
58(2)}
55
55
93— 94
H
55
59-58
»
55
94— 95
?5
55
60—59
11
55
95— 96
»
55
61—60
55
55
96— 97
H
55
62—61
55
55
97— 98
»
55
63—62
55
55
98— 99
«
55
64-63
55
55
99—100
»5
55
65—64
55
55
100—101
»
55
66—65
5?
55
101—102
«
55
67—66
55
55
102—103
«
55
68—67
55
55
103—104
>;
55 ■
69A— 68
55
55
104—105
n
55
69 B— 69
55
55
105—106
n
55
70—70
55
55
106—107
«
55
71—71
55
55
107—108
M
55
72—72
55
55
108-109
«
55
73—73
55
55
109—110
n
55
74—74
55
55
llOA— HI
11
55
75—75
55
55
HOB— 112
11
55
76—76
55
55
111 — 113
11
55
77—77
55
55
112 A— 114
11
55
78-78
55
55
112 B— 115
11
55
79—79
55
55
113-116
11
55
80—80
55
55
114—117
11
55
81—81
55
55
115—118
11
55
82—82
55
55
116—119
11
55
83—83
55
55
117—120
11
55
84A— 84
55
55
118—121
11
55
84B-85
55
55
119—122
«
55
85—86
55
55
120 not Sanskrit
11
55
55
86—87
87—88
55
n
55
121—123
122—124
-^ XIV H$-
Cat.-No.
WhishNo. 123-125
„ „ 124 not Sanskrit
„ 125 A— 126
„ „ 125 B not Sanskrit
„ „ 126—127
„ „ 127—128
„ „ 128—129
„ 129—130
„ 130—131
„ ,,131 not Sanskrit
„ 132—132
„ 133—133
„ „ 134—134
„ „ 135 not Sanskrit
„ 136—135
„ „ 137—136
„ „ 138 not Sanskrit
„ 139—137
„ „ 140—138
„ „ 141-139
„ „ 142-140
„ „ 143-141
„ „ 144-142
„ „ 145-143
„ „ 146-144
„ „ 147-145
„ „ 148-146
„ „ 149-147
„ 150-148
„ „ 151-149
„ „ 152—150
„ ,,153 not Sanskrit
„ „ 154-151
„ „ 155-152
„ „ 156 not Sanskrit
" » ^^' 11 »
„ 158—153
Whish No.
Oat.-Ko.
159—154
160—155
161 not Sanskrit
162 — 156
163—157
164 — 158
165—159
166 not Sanskrit
167—193
168 not Sanskrit
169—160
170 not Sanskrit
171—161
172—162
173 not Sanskrit
174-163
175—164
176—165
177—166
178 — 167
179—168
180—211
181—169
182—170
183—171
184—172
185 not Sanskrit
186—207
187A-195
187 B— 203
188—173
189—174
190—175
191—176
192—177
193—178
194—179
~^^ XY K-
Cat.-No.
Cat.-No
Whish No.
195-180
Sansk. No. 15—199
Sansk.
No.
1—181
11
, 16—200
■>:
11
2—182
:i
, 17—201
11
11
3—183
»
, 18—202
It
n
4—184
n
, 19-204
»
^^
5—185
11
, 20—205
n
n
6 186
15
, 21—206
51
11
7—187
51
, 22—208
n
11
8—188
»
, 23—209
11
11
9—189
51
, 24—210
»
n
10-190
55
, 25-212
11
n
11—194
11
, 26—213
11
15
12—196
15
, 27-214
11
11
11
11
13—197
14 198
51
, 28—215
■^>^H$-
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.
Aufrecht CC = Oatalogus Catalogorum, by Th. Aufrecht. Leipzig
1891. Part II, Leipzig 1896.
Aufrecht- Oxford = Catalogi Codicum Manuscriptorum Bibliothecae
Bodleianae Pars Septima, Codices Sanseriticos completens. Con-
fecit Th. Aufrecht. Oxonii 1864.
Burnell I. O. = Catalogue of a Collection of Sanskrit Manuscripts.
By A. C. Burnell. Part I Vedic Manuscripts. London 1869.
Burnell, Tanjore = Classified Index to the Sanskrit MSS. in the Palace
at Tanjore. Prepared for the Madras Government by A. C. Burnell.
London 1880.
Hall = A Contribution towards an Index to the Bibliography of the
Indian Philosophical Systems. By Fitzedward Hall. Calcutta 1859.
Hultzsch = Reports on Sanskrit MSS. in Southern India, by Dr. Eugen
Hultzsch, Nos. 1 & 2. Madras 1895, 1896.
Ind. Off. = Catalogue of the Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Library of
the India Office. By Julius Eggeling. London 1887 sqq. Part IV,
by Ernst Windisch and Julius Eggeling.
Mitra-Bikaner = A Catalogue of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Library
of His Highness the Maharaja of Bikaner. Compiled by Rajen-
dralala Mitra. Calcutta 1880.
Mitra, Notices = Notices of Sanskrit Manuscripts, by Rajendralala
Mitra. Calcutta ]892 sqq.
Peterson, Reports II, IV = A Second Report of Operations in Search
of Sanskrit MSS. in the Bombay Circle April 1883— March 1884.
By Prof. Peter Peterson. Extra Number of the Journal of the
Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1884. A Fourth
Report etc. . . . April 1886 — March 1892 . . . Extra Number of
the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society,
1894.
Stein-Jammu == Catalogue of the Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Ra-
ghunatha Temple Library of His Highness the Maharaja of Jammu
and Kashmir. Prepared by M. A. Stein. Bombay 1894.
Weber -Berlin = Die Handschriften -Verzeichnisse der koniglichen
Bibliothek zu Berlin. Bd. II, Bd. V, 1, 2: Verzeichnis der
Sanskrit-Handschriften von Albrecht Weber. Berlin 1853, 1886,
1892.
Wilson- Mackenzie = Mackenzie Collection. Descriptive Catalogue of
the Oriental Manuscripts ... of the South of India; collected by the
late Lieut.-Col. Colin Mackenzie, By H. H.Wilson. Calcutta 1828.
1.
Whish No. 1.
Size: 16fx2 in., 192 leaves, about 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date 0/ MS.: 18th or 19tii cent.?i
Character: Leaves 1 to 73 in Grantha, 74 to the end in Malayalam.
(a)
Rgveda-Bhasya, by Sayandcarya, the first three Aclhyayas
of the second Astaka, i. e. Sayana's Commentary on Rgveda-
Samhita I, 122 to I, 165. Ff. 1 to 152 b.
This is the MS. G used for Prof. Max Miiller's second
edition of the Rgveda with Sayana's Commentary. See
Rig -Veda -Samhita, ed. by F. Max Miiller, 2'^'^ ed., vol. I,
pp. liv, Ivi, Ivii seqcj[.
(b)
Sdyandcdrya^s Commentary on the first Aranyaka of the
Aitareya-Aranyaka (= Ait. Ar. I, 1—5). Ff. 152b to 192.
Very incorrect.
It ends: — iti srimad-rajadhirajaraja-paramesvara-vaidi-
kamarggapravarttaka - srivira - Bukkabhiipala[bhupala]sam-
rajya - dhurandhare(read °ra)sya Sayanamatyasya krtau
vedartthaprakase prathamaranyakam samaptam ii om ii iti
Madhaviye vedartthaprakase aitarekanyaka(read aitareya-
ranyakajkande prathamaranyake paucamoddhyayas sa-
maptam (read °ah) ii srikrsnaya nama(h) harih ii om ii
I See Preface.
2.
Whish No. 2.
Size: 16jX2 in., 170 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: 18 th or 19th cent.?
Character : Malayalam.
Bgveda-Bhdsya, by Sdyandcdrya, from the 23'''^ Yarga
of the 5*^ Adhyaya of the 1"^^* Astaka, to the end of the
1"* Astaka, i. e. Say ana's Commentary on Rgveda-Sam-
hita I, 75 to I, 121.
This is the MS. T used for Prof. Max Miiller's second
edition of the Rgveda with Sayana's Commentary, see
vol. I, pp. liv, Ivi, Ivii seqq.
It begins: — atra prathamam jusasva saprathastamam, etc.
3.
WmsH No. 3.
Size: lOf X 1|^ in., 75 leaves, 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: 18 tt or 19tii cent.?
Character: Grantha.
The BrahmagUd from the Yajnavaihliavakhanda in the
SutasamJiitd of the Skanda-Purdna.
It begins: — rsaya ucuh i bhavata sarvam akhyatam sam-
ksepad vistarad api i idanim srotum icchamo brahmagltSm
anuttamam i etc.
It ends: — iti omityadimahapurane sri-skande mahapu-
rane stitasamhitayam yajiiavaibhavakhande uparibhage bra-
hmagitasiipanisatsu dvadasoddhyayah ii sri^ivaya namah ii
subham astii ii
4.
Whish No. 4.
Size: lOf XI-r- in., 170 leaves, 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: 18th or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
-^ 3 f<-
A Commentary on the Brahmagitd (see No. 3), by
Mddhavacdrya.
It begins: — vande sindhuravaktran tarn bandhun dinasya
santatam i pratyuhavyiiliasamanam iipasyam sarvadevataili ii
evam upanisadekasamadhigamyasya brahmatmaikatvavijna-
nasya nisreyasasadhanatvam uktan tac ca sarvasfikhasam-
matam iti dar^ayitum aitare(ya)kataittiriyakadi - sama-
stopanisadartthasya sakalyena pratipadikam brahmagitam
vaktum muninam prasnam avatarayati bhavakaratithim
iti atha tarn vaktum puravrttam udaharati pureti sar-
vajnas sarvavid iti samanyatas sarvaii janatiti sarva-
jnah, etc.
It ends:— iti srmiat-tryambakapadabja-sevaparayanenaiva
Madhavacaryyena viracitayam (read °tayam) siitasamliita-
yam yajnavaibliavakhandasyoparibhage bralimagitayarp.
dvadasoddhyayali ii sivaya namah subham astu harib om ii
5.
Whish No. 5.
Size: 9|-xlf in-i 117 + 41 leaves, 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: 18 tb or 19 th cent.?
Character: Grantba.
(a)
The Prdyascittasnhodhiin, a work on expiatory rites
(Srauta ritual), by Srmivdsama'kliin of the village of Ar-
hagola. Ff. 117.
It begins: — arhagolagramanivasi Srinivasamakhi sudhihi
balan uddisya tanute prayascittasubodhinim ii tatradav
anuddharanaprayascittam ucya[n]te, etc.
It ends: — prayascittamsubodhani {sic) samapta ii harih
om II srigurucaranaravindabhyan namo namah ii yadrsam
pustakan drstva tadrsam likhitam maya | abaddham va
subaddham va mama doso na vidyate ii asmat-gurucaranara-
vindabhyan namah n
(b)
The Kaulddarsatantra (a work on Tantra), by Visva-
nandandtJia. Ff. 1 — 19.
It begins: — natva srigurupadukafi ca vatukam vaniii ca
vighnesvaram kamesan tripuram param bhagavatin devim
sukasyamalam I vaksye kaulikadhurttadambhikasathadinam
kulajnaninam acarasya ca laksanani vilasatsatkalikanam
kraniat ii kaulagamatantrartthan samgrhya srlkularnavar-
tthams ca i kauladarsam kurute Visvanando hitaya kaula-
vidam ii
It ends: — iti sri-Visvanandanatha-viracita-kauladarsa-
tantram sampurnam ii srigurubbyo namah ii
(c)
The leaves 20 to 41 contain two other Tantric trea-
tises, viz.
(1) The Srlcakrapratisthdvidhih. It begins (f. 20): — sri-
cakroddharah i tatra vedikayam gomayopaliptayam pasci-
matah svasthanam parityajya etc. It ends on f. 28: — iti
sricakrapratisthavidhih ii Quotations occur from Tantrardja,
Ratnasdgara, Kulamuldvatdra.
(2) The Srlvidydkhyamulavidyabheddh, or Tripurabheddh.
Ff. 28 to 41.
This treatise begins: — atha srividyakhyamulavidyabheda
nirupyante i tatra srijhanarQave ii etc. The Brlrudraydniala
is quoted on fol. 34 b. ^ankardcdrya and Anandayiri are
mentioned fol. 36 b.
Fol. 36b — 37a: — ity evam srimulavidyaya ekapaiica-
satbhedah i !§rimadaraddhyacaranaprasadapraptah pradar-
sitah I atha yady apy asam vidyanam na camitradusanam
iti vacanat siddhasaddhyadivicaro na karttavyah ii atha pra-
siddhasrlvidya - pahcadasaksarlmantraprasamgat upasaka-
bhedena dvadasavidhasrividyiXmantras ca t^astrantarokta-
prakarena likhyante i Then follow 12 Mantras.
->4 5 H5-
The MS. ends: — iti durvasaradluta vidya i pancadasa-
ksari i iti tripurabhedali kathitah ii srimahatripurasundaryyai
namah ii
6.
WmsH No. 6.
Size: lO-J Xl?- in., 26-f-89 leaves, from 7 to 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
(a)
The Saldisidra together with its Blidsya, 20 Siitras
together with their Commentary.
The Sutra begins: — om atha saktisutrani i citisvatantra
visvasiddhihetuh i svecchaya svabhittau visvam unmilayati I
etc. It ends on p. 2: — om saktisutram sarapiirnara i srimat-
gurubhyo namah i
Tlien the Commentary begins: — saktisutrabhasyam I
om I citisvatantra visvasiddhihetuh visvasiddhau hetuh i vi-
svasiddhihetuka ca iti sarvakaranatvam sarvasaktitvam
mahaphalatvam sukhopayaprapyatvah ca svatmadevataya
vivaksitam i citir ity ekavacanena bhedavastavatvam svatan-
treti niramkusaisvaryyah ca siicitani i etc. It ends on
page 12 : — piirve bhutabalim dadyat ksetrapalan tu da-
ksine i rajarajesvaram maddhye ganapati isannye i agneyaga-
napatim agneyarp kurukulyam i vayavye i varahim isa-
nnye I {sic)
(b)
Atharvanaprokta - devlraliasya - svari'qiahramopdsandydh
jaganmdtrbhaldyaikavedyah iwayoyah ^ by Jayanndtliasuri
(215 slokas). Ff. 13—26.
It begins : — vimarsapadavacyam apy avimarsapadan
I Mr. "Whish describes this as the Bhavanopanisad. See below
sloka 2.
-^ 6 H^
namah i japakusumasonam apy ajapakrtim arabikam ii 1 II
bhavanopanisadartthagarbhitrih krikanirammitabhaskarah
padyabandhava . . .^ tu ta Jagannathasurinivahavaktisukr-
divan ii 2 ii krtanhikas sucau dese sukhasinas samahitah i
prSnan ayammya mulena rsyadin nyasam acaret ii 3 li
It ends: — pranan ayamya tato nyasam krtva gurun
namac chambhum i iti snmad-atharvanaprokta-devirahasya-
svariipakramopasanayah jaganmatribhaktyaikavedyali pra-
yogo Jagannathasuri-pranitas samaptah ii harili om ii sri-
devyai namali ii subham astu il
(c)
The Cidvalll, by Natanananda, a pupil of Ndthcinanda.
This is a Commentary on Punydnanda's Kdmakald, or
Kdmakcddvildsa. The latter has been printed by Prof.
Bhandarkar in his Beport on the search for Sanskrit MSS.
in the Bonibay Presidency during the year 1883—84
(Bombay 1887), p. 376 seq.
It begins: — vande tan mithunadvandvam adimanandacit-
ghanam^ I anuttara^paran jyotir iti yat'^ bhavyate budhaihl
srlmate Natananandayogine paramatmane i raktasuklapra-
bhamisratejase gurave namah i pranamata Xathanandam
paraya bhaktya cidaikyabodhanandam i upanisadartthani-
gudham sakalajananandabhadrapitharudhams i namas sivaya
nathaya cidrupanandarupine i srimata patalapamga^patita-
tamkasamkave i Punyanandamunindrat kamakala nama
visruta jata i aryya kacid amusya Natananandah karoti
savyakhyam ii
Fol. 37a: Punyanandamukhendor uditam anandadayinim
1 Here is a blank space for two aksaras(w-). I cannot make any
sense of the two first stanzas. The MS. is beautifully written, and
there can be hardly any doubt about the readings.
2 mithunam divyam adyam anandao, Bhandarkar's MS.
3 Oram, Bhand.
4 tat, Bhand.
s opithanurudham, Bhand.
6 srlmate cancalapanga°, Bhand.
etara i kamakalam aliam anisam murddhna vaca vahilmi
cittena i iti kamakalavyakhya Natananandena desikaprltyai i
racitil rasikajana[na]nam pumsum alokanaya cidvalli i Xatha-
nandaguruiiam sisyas tatvartthacintakas santi i tesam aiiya-
tamoyam tikam enam cakara tatprltyai i asyah kamakalayah
vyakhya pilrvair udahrtaneka i etc.
It ends: — kamakalasvarupam paripurnara i prapaficitam
iti I ^ivam ii iti ^li-Natanananda-kathita cidvalli samapta i
liarih om ii srigurubhyo namah srisiiryyanarayanayasmat-
svamin[h]e namah i devyai namah li
7.
WmsH No. 7.
Size: 14x2 in., 158 leaves, from 11 to 13 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: 18* or 19tii cent.
Character: Grantha.
The HCdasyamahdtmya from the Agastyasamliitd of the
Skanda-Purana, in 71 chapters. See Mitra, Notices, vol. vii,
p. 27 seqq., No. 2264.
It begins: — avighnam astu i suklambaradharam visnum
sasivarnan caturbhiijam i prasannavadanan dhyayet sarva-
vighnopasantaye i namas sundaranathilya tasmai halasya-
vasine i catussastividha lila yena pratyaksitah ksitaii i srimat-
sundaranathasya devim sapharalocanam i kalaye hrdaye
nityam kadambavanavasinim i etc. . . . vaksye puratanam
punyam snmaddhalasyasahjiiitam i sravanat sarvapapa-
ghnam vedantesu praka^itam ii . . . desakalavidhanajha Vasi-
sthadya munlsvarah i Yasistho Vamadevas ca Gautamo
Varuno Bhrgiih i Bodhayanah Kasyapas ca Yajhavalkyah
PaiTisarah i Bharadvajoragira Atrih Kutsas Saktis Suko
mahan i VedaA'yasah Kaholas ca Valmikih Kumbhasam-
bhavah i Sanatkumaras Sanakas Sanatanasanandanaii i
Pulastyah Pulando Gargo Visvamitras ca Naradam (sic) i
ity adya munayas sarve jnanino brahmavittamah i snatva
sarvesu tirtthesu jnanavapyadikesu ca i jhatva vinayakan
sarvan etc.
->4 8 H$-
An abstract of the Contents of the work is given on
ff. 11 seqq.
It ends: — sarvas tarati durgani sarvo bhadrani pasyati |
sarvas satgatim apnoti sarvasya bhavita siikliam ii iti
srimatskande mahapurane agastyasamhitayam sri-halasya-
mahatmye kadambavanapraveso nama ekasaptatimoddhya-
yah II sivaya namah il harih om, etc.
WmsH No. 8.
Size: 13xl|- in., 60 + 25 leaves, 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: 18th or 19tii cent.?
Character: Grantha.
(a)
The HaritaUvamuUavall, a Commentary on Sankara's
Haristutl (or Harim-'ide-stotra), by SvayamiwaMsa Yati,
a pupil of Kaivalydncmda Yogindra. Ff. 60. See Hall,
p. 135 seq.; Mitra, Notices, Nos. 1297, 1489.
It begins: — Samkararn Samkaracaryyam Kesavam Bada-
rayanam i sutrabhasyakrtau vande bhagavantau punah-
punah I satyajhananandatmakam advitiyam brahmaiva su-
ddhasatvapradhanamayopadhikam sadisvarabhavam malina-
satvapradhanavidyopadhikam sajjivabhavan ca jagan maya-
bhasena jivesau karoti, etc.
It ends : — iti srimat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryyasri-
Kaivalyananda - yogindra -padakamalabbrmgayamana- Sva-
yamprakasakhya-yativiracita sri- Samkara-bhagavat-pada-
krta-haristutivyakliya haritatvamuktavalisamakhya samaptaii
^ridaksinamurttaye namah ii subham astu ii
(b)
The Basabhivyanjikd, a Commentary on Laksmidhara's
Advaitamcikaranda , by Svai/amjpraMsa Yati, a pupil of
Kaivalydncmda Yogindra, ff. 25. See Hall, p. 102; Mitra,
Notices, No. 689.
^^ 9 H5-
It begins: — nitvan nirantaranandacitghnam brahma
nirbhayam i ^rutya tarkanubhutibhyam aham asmy advayam
sada I etc. . . . sphutara vedantapratipadyam saccidananda-
laksanam sarvajuam sarvopadilnan nityam sarvagam adva-
yam deliendriyapranamanobuddbyaharakarasaksipratyaga-
bhinnatayil tarkais sambhavayitum kincit prakaranam
advaitamakarandakbyam arabhamanali ciklrsitasya gra-
ntbasyavighnaparisamaptaye svestadevatapranamarupam
mamgalam svayam anustbaya sisyasiksayai grantbato nibad-
dbnati i kataksakiranacantanamamnobabdbaye namab i etc.
Beginning of the last (29*'^) cbapter, fob 24b: — Laksmi-
dhara iti granthakarttur nama sa casau kavis, etc. Furtber
on: advaitamakarandasya rasabbivyanjaka krta i Svayam-
prakasa-yatina (read°na) purusottamasasanat i etc.
It ends : — iti srimat - paramabamsa - parivrajakacaryya-
Kaivalyananda-Yogindra-pada-kamala-bbrmgayamana-Sva-
yamprakasakbya-viracita (ra)sabbivyanjikakbya advaitama-
karandavyakbya samapta ii srimabatripurasundaryyai nanaab ii
9.
Whish No. 9.
Size: 12.yXl4 in., 88 -f- 12 + 24 + 26 leaves, 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: 18tii or 19 th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
(a)
Described by Mr. Wbisb as 'Tbe Bliagavata Sdram\
Incomplete. F£ 88.
It begins; — yad advayam paranandam satyajnanadilaksa-
nana i niskalan niskriyam santam brabma tat samiipa-
smabe i namab krsnaya gurave buddhitadvrttisaksine i sacci-
danandarupaya parasmai brabmane mubub i virajate trayl
yena bbanuneva jagattrayi i praki5sitarttba(n) tarn vande Yi-
dyaranya-mumsvaram | ekadase prakaranasamgrahas tu pu-
rakrtab | idanira pimar atraiva kriyate slokasamgrabah I
skandba ekadase sloka grbyante saravattarah i vidusan
•^ 10 H^
cittavi^rantyai tadartthopi ca varnyate i atratyasloka ekaika
uparatyupapadane i alan tathapi grhyante katicitsarabhaji-
bhih I etc.
It ends: — vidusah punali-punah krtasravanamanaiiabhyani
samutpannanityanirantaraddhyanayogabhyam nirargalaya
mana brahmatmatvavagahinl akhandakaravrttir eva vidya
sa svayam avidyatain tat karyyan ca nirddhiiya pascad
upasamyatiti sa drstantam upapadayati ii
(b)
The Bhcigavata-Purdna with Commentary, from Adhya-
ya VI, 36 to the end of Adhyaya 7, of the 12*1^ Skandha.
Ff. 12. 'The whole contains an account of the extent of
the Yedas', Mr. Whish.
It begins: — Saunakah i Pailadibhir Vyasa^isyair veda-
cSryyair mmahatmabhih i veda vai kathita vyasta etat
saiimyabhidhehi nah i etc.
It ends: — iti sri-bhagavate mahapurane savyakhyane
dvadase skandhe saptamoddhyayah ii srikrsnaya parama-
gurave namo namah ii
(c)
The Sutagltci of the second part (? uparibhage) of the
Tajhavaibhavakhanda of the Sfttasamhitd of the Shanda-
Purana. Ff. 24.
It begins: — aisvaram rupam anandam anantarn satyacit-
ghanam i atmatvenaiva pasyantan nistaramgasamudra-
vat II etc.
It ends: — iti sri-skande purane siitasainhitayam yajha-
vaibhavakhande uparibhage sutagitasupanisatsu astamo-
ddhyayah ii srisivaya parabrahmane namah ii sutaglta sa-
mapta.
(d)
The SdtagUd-Tdtparyadlpikd, a Commentary on the pre-
ceding work, by Madhavdcdrya. Ff. 26.
It begins: — atha vidyErtthina namaskaras tu prathama-
tah karttavye ity upapadayitum siitagitam srotukamair
-^ 11 f^
nnaimisiyaih krte namaskarastuti upanisad(read °nibad)-
dhnati ai^varam iti etc.
It ends: — iti sri-tryambakapadabja-seva-parayanena Ma-
dhavacaryyena viracitayam siitasarnliita(ta)tpa(r)yadipika-
ySm yajnavaibhavakhandasyoparibhage sutagitasiipanisatsu
astamoddhyayah II srlsivaya parasmai brahmane namah ii
harih om ii subliam astu ii
10.
Whish'No. 10.
Size: IB-^ x 1-|- in., 217 leaves, 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: 18 tb or 19 tb cent.?
Character: Grantha.
Rdmdnuja^s Commentary on tlie Bdlakdnda and Ayo-
dhi/dJxdnda of VdlmtJci's Rdmdyana.
It begins: — ramam indivarasyamam rajivayatalocananii
jyaghosanirjitaratiii janaklramanam bhaje ii Vrdmikinama-
dheyHya muhur varimuce namah i ya sriramakathavarsair
jagattapam asisamat ii etc.
Fol. lb: — tatradyakandavyakhyanam kriyate vidusam
mude I Ramanujena vidusa ramabhaktyaikasindhuna i tapa
ityadi, etc.
Fol. 59: — iti sri-Hamanujlya-viracite balakandavyakhyane
saptasaptatimas sargali "
Tlie Ayodhyakanda begins on f. 60 a: — gacchateti ma-
tiilakulam matulagrham kulam grhesv ity Amarah, etc.
It ends: — iti ^ri-Ramrmujacaryya-viracita- vyakhyane-
yoddhyakande ekonavimsatyadhikasatatamas sargah ll sri-
ramacandrSya namah ii ayoddhyakandavyakhya samapta ii
harih oni i
11.
WmsH No. 11.
Size: 125- X If in., 176 leaves, 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: On the first leaf there is an entry ("The metrical
Digest called Ekadasa-skandha-saram and its commentary by Brah-
->^ 12 Hg--
mananda Bharati") signed by Mr. Whish and dated 1826. The MS.
may have been written for Mr. Whish in that year. At any rate,
its appearance is not much older.
Character: Grantha.
The EMclasaskandhasarasloMsamgraha, a metrical com-
pilation of the doctrines contained in the eleventh Skandha
of the Bhdgavata-Pujxina, together with a Commentary, by
Bralimananda Bharati, a pupil of Krsndnanda Bharati.
It begins: — vaisaradi sativisuddhabuddhir ddhunoti ma-
yam gunasamprasiitani l gunams ca sandahya yad atmyam
etat svayan ca samyaty asamid yathagnih ii atmS sthuUi-
suksmadidehebhyo bhinnah yato jiiata prakasakah etc.
Fol, 3: — yavat syat gunavaisamyam tavan nanatvam
atmanah | nanatvam atmano yavat paratantryan tathaiva hi ii
It ends: — iti srlmat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryya-srl-
Krsnananda- Bharati - munivaryya-sisya-Brahmananda-Bha-
rati - krta - ekadasaskandhasaraslokasamgrahas savyakhyas
sampiirnah ii srikrsnaya parabrahmane name namah ii
subham astu ii
12.
Whish Nos. 12 (1) and 12 (2).
Size: 2 Vols., 16 i x 1| in., 22 + 246 leaves [if. 147—246 in the second
volume], from 8 to 10 lines on a page;
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: IS*'^ or 1^^^ cent:?
Character: Grantha.
The second work is written by a different hand from the first.
(1)
The Suryasiddhdnta, the first Prasna, Adhyayas 1 — 14.
The text differs considerably from Mr. Fitz Edward Hall's
edition in the Bibliotheca Indica.
It begins: — acintyavyaktarupaya nirgunaya gunanmane
(read gunatmane) i samastajagadadharamurttaye brahmane
namah ii 1 ii alpavasiste tu krte mayo nama mahasurah i ra-
^H 13 H^
hasyam paramara punyam jijnasur jfianam uttamam ii 2 ii
vedamgam agryam akhilatn jyotisam gatikaranam i aradha-
yan vivasvantam tapas tepetidustaram i tositas tapasa tena
pritas tasmai vararttliine i grahanau caritam pradat mayaya
savita svayam i viditas te maya bhavas tapasaradhitas
tv aham i dadyam kalasrayam jiianam jyotisan caritani
maliat i etc.
It ends (f. 21b): — sarvebhyah pradadau prito gralianan
caritam mabat i atyatbhutatamam loke rahasyam brabma-
sainmitam^ I vedasya nirmmalaii caksur jfiatva saksad
vivasvatali i viditvaitad asesena param brahina(dbi)-
gaccbati i iti srisuryyasiddbaute pratbamaprasne catur-
dasoddbyayali ii cba ii srigurucaranaravindabbyanmab ii sur-
yyasiddbantam ii
(2)
Tbe Kdmadoyclhri, a Commentary on tbe Suryasiddhdnta,
by Tammayajvan, or Tammaydrya, a son oi Mcdlddhvarlndra
of Farayqjura (wbo was a son of Mcdlayajvan, and a
grandson of Honndrya).
It begins: — srividyabrdayastbitam sivamayam srimatsa-
maradbitam kamaksim karunakataksakalitam kalyanasa-
ndayinim i kodandamkusapasabanavilasatdbastam prasanna-
nanam sindurarunadebakantim anisam sribonnamambam
{sic) bbaje ii 1 ii subbran^gam pitavastram suratarusadr^ain
suryyakotiprakasam nanabbusasametam nalinabbavanutam
nagayajnopavitam i sulam vatrifi ca kbatgam damarukam
atulam panipadmair ddadbauarn mailarakbyam mabesam
manimayamukutam malavinatbam ide ii 2 ii . . . ye Honna-
yaryyadikulaprasiddbab suryyadisiddbantavido mabantab i
ye Mallayajvadisamastatantravyakbyadburlna mama devatas
te II 7 11 sri-Honnaryyasarvatantrasvatan trail tasma(j) jatas
tadrso Mallayajva i tajjab kbyatas sarvasiddhantavetta sa-
kinyakbye pattane Mallayajva ii 8 ii tatputrobam vedaveda-
ntavedi jyotirvidyapfiragas Tammayajva i siiryyan natva
suryyatantraspbatikam Honnambayai kamadogdbrim ka-
I This is the last verse in F. E. HaU's edition.
romi II 9 li iha tavat praripsitasya granthasya nirvighnapari-
samaptikamah svestadevatapranamarupam mamgalam slo-
kato nibaddhnati acintyeti i etc.
F. 37: — iti srl - Mailaresvara - Honnambikavaralabdha-
vagvibhavena sriparagipuri Mallayajvanas tanujena jyauti-
sikahrtkumudacandrena Tammayaryyena snsiiryyasiddha-
ntasya maddhyadhikarasya tika krta ii liarih om ii
F. 65 b: — sri-Honnaryyasya pautrac chivagurusadrsan
Mallayajvakhyaputrarkkajato Malladdhvarmdrat parigipu-
ravarasthayinas Tammayaryyali i siddhantarkkasya namnah
(read siddhantasyarkkanamnali) kalitapadavatim kamadog-
dhrlm sutlkam spastaddhyayasya samyagrahaguruki-paya
proktavan ambikayai i harih om srisuryyadinavagrahebhyo
namali ii
F. 104b: — sri-Honnaryyasya pautrac chivagurusadrsan
Mal(l)ayajvakhyaputraj jato Malladdhvarmdrat paragipura-
varasthayinas Tammayajva i siddh5ntasyarkka(read °rkka)-
namnah kalitapadavatim kamadogdhrim sutlkam chaya-
ddhyayasya samyagrahagurukrpaya proktavan ambikayai ii
harih om ii chayaddhyayah purnah li
Adhyaya IV ends f. 123, Adhyaya V f. 137 b.
Vol. I (f. 146) ends: — srI-Honnaryyasya . . . °yai ii iti
srisuryyasiddhante chedadhikaro nama sasthoddhyayah ll
cha II samhitatrayanipunaya adinarayanasya nijagurave om
subrahmanyaya sastamgapranamah ll subham astu srisivaya
namah ii
Vol. II begins with the 7*^ Adhyaya which ends on
f. 158b. Adhyaya VIII ends f. 168b, A. IX f. 172b, the
Patadhyaya f. 186, the Goladhyaya f. 212 b, the Yantra-
dhyaya f. 235.
Vol. II ends: — sri-Honnaryyasya pautrac sivagurusa-
drsan Mallayajvakhyaputraj jato Malladdhvarmdrat para-
gipuravarasthayinas Tammayaryyali i siddhantasyarkkanam-
nali kalitapadavatim kamadogdhrim sutlkam manaddhya-
yasya samyagrahagurukrpaya proktavan ambikayai ll bi-
ndudurllipi° . . . ii iti suryyasiddhante manadhikaro nama
caturddasoddhyayah ii harih i om etc.
-^. 15 ^
13.
WmsH No. 13.
Size: 16f x2i- in., 135 leaves, 10 or 11 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: 18tii or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
Bgveda-BMsya, by Sdyandcarya, the first Adhyaya of
the first Astaka, i. e. Sayana's Introduction, and his Com-
mentary on Kgveda I, 1 — 19.
This is the MS. Gr used for Prof. Max Miiller's second
edition of the Egveda with Sayana's Commentary. See
Rig-Veda-Saiphita, ed. by F. Max Muller, 2'^'* Ed., vol. I,
pp. liv, Ivi, Ivii seqq.
14.
WmsH No. 13 a.
Size: lo-g^xlf in., one leaf, 15 lines.
Material: Palm leaf, damaged.
Date of MS.: uncertain.
Character: Grantha.
The beginning of the Bgveda-Samhitd in the Pada text.
Interesting is the accentuation, the Udattas only being
marked (by the sign ~ over the accentuated syllable).
The leaf contains the text of Rv. I, 1, 1 to I, 3, 4.
15.
WmsH No. 14.
Size: 13|^xl^ in., 83 leaves, 6 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: The 'Prajotpatti' year in which the MS. was written
(see below) is probably meant for the Prajapati year corresponding
to A. D. 1751y52, possibly A. D. 1811/12.
Scribe: Venkata Subrahmanya, son of Sesadri.
Character: Grantha.
-^ 16 He
The Taittiriya-Upanisad-Bliasya by ^anhardcdrya.
The MS. begins: — om yasmaj jatah jagat sarvam ya-
sminn eva praliyate i yenedan dhyaryyate (sic) caiva tasmai
jhanatmane namah i yair ime gurubhih purvam padavakya-
pramanatah i vyakhyatas sarvavedantas tan nityam pra-
natosmy aham ii taittirlyakasarasya mayacaryyaprasadatah |
vispastarttharucinam hi vyakhyeyam sampranlyate i nitya-
nvaylni karmmani upattaduritaksayartthani kamyanityani
ca phalartthinam piirvasmin granthe idauin tu karmmo-
padanahetupariharaya brahmavidya prastuyate i
It ends: — iti srlmat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryya-Go-
vinda-bhagavatpujyapada - sisya-Samkara - bhagavatpadapuj-
yaviracite taittiriyyakabhasyam samaptam ii om ii harih om
subham astu om visargabindvaksara° etc. . . . harih om
dhanurmmase saummyavare tritiyayam prajotpatau i tai-
ttiriyyas ca likhitas Sarppe Sesadrisununa ii harih om
subham astu harih om ii prajotpattyabhidhe varse capamasy
asite dine i pakse budhasya sutithau tr[tri]tiyayam bhujam-
gabhe i Sesadrisununa Vemk(a)tasubrahmanyena sadhana i
taittiriyopanisado bhasyam sulikhitam maya ii subham astu
etc. harih om etc.
16.
Whish No. 15,
Size: 9|xl| in., 4 -|- 39 leaves, 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: 18tii or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
(a)
(1) The Isd-Upanisad, or Isdvdsya-Upanisad, ot Vdja-
saneyi-Sanihitd-Upcmisad (ff. 1 — 2 a).
It begins: — purnam adah purnam idara purnat purnam
udacyate i purnasya purnam adaya purnam evavasisyate I
on namo brahmadibhyo brahmavidyasampradayakarttrbhyo
-5^ 17 Hg--
vanm^arsibhyo namo gurubhyah i om santii^ .4antis ^antih il
i^avasyam idani sarvam yat kin ca jagatyaii jagat i etc.
It ends: — isavasyam ity ekanuvakestadasa ii on tat sat ii
I^avasyopanisat samapta ii harih om t saha nav avatv iti santi^
santis santih ii
(2) The Kena - Upanisad or Talavakdra - Upcmisad
(ff. 2 a— 4 b).
It begins: — kenesitam patati presitam manah kena pranah
prathamah praiti yuktah i etc.
It ends: — kenopanisat samapta ii harih om etc.
(b)
(1) Sankara's Commentary on the Isd-Upanisat (ff.
1— 13 a).
It begins: — om i isavasyam ityadayo mantrali karmmasv
aviniyuktas tesam karmmasesasyatmano yathartthyaprati-
padakatvat yathartthyan catmanah suddhatvapapaviddha-
tvaikatvasariratvasarvagatatvadi vaksyamanan tac ca etc.
It ends : — iti sri-Govinda-bhagavatpujyapadasisya-parama-
hamsaparivrajakacaryya - srimac - Chamkara - bhagavatpada-
krtau vajasaneyasamhitopanisat-bhasyam samaptam ii harih
om II
(2) Saukara^s Commentary on the Kena-Upanisat
(ff. 13 a— 39 b).
It begins: — kenesitam ityadyopanisat parabrahmavisaya
vaktavyeti navamaddhyayasyarambhah prag etasmat karm-
many a^esatah parisamapitani etc.
It ends: — syad ity ata aha jyeye jyayasi sarvamahattare
svatmani mukhye pratitisthati pratitisthatiti na punas sam-
saram apadyata ity abhiprayah ii iti sri-Govinda-bhagavat-
padasisyasya paramahamsaparivrajakacaryyasya srlmac-
Charpkarabhagavatah krtau tavala (read talava)karopanisa-
dvivarane navamoddhyayah ii kenopanisatbhasyam sama-
ptam II harih om ii srigurubhyo namah ii
-^ 18 f<-
17.
WmsH No. 16.
Size: 9rX2^ in., 26 leaves, from 11 to 13 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: 18th or 19 1^ cent.?
Character: Grantha.
Six Upanisads, viz.:
(1) The Kathavalll or Katha-Uimnisad (ff. 1 — 7).
It begins: — om usan ha vai vaja^ravasas sarvavedasan
dadau i etc.
It ends: — yo vidaddhyatmam eva i sasthi valli I katha-
valll samapta i harih om i subham astu ii
(2) The Prasna-Upanisad (ff. 8—12).
It begins: — saha nav avatu ii om santih I srih i bhadram
karnebhis srnuyama ii santih i Sukesa ca Bharadvaja^
Saibyas ca Satyakamas Sauryyayani ca Gargali Kausalyas
casvalayano Bhargavo Vaidarbhih Kabandhi Katyayanas
te haite, etc.
It ends: — namah paramarsibhyo namah paramarsibhyah li
sasthaprasnah ii prasnopanisat samapta i
(3) The Mimclaka-TJpanisad (ff. 13— 17a).
It begins: — brahma devanain prathamas sambabhiiva, etc.
It ends: — namah paramarsibhyo namah paramarsibhyah |
bhadram karnebhih i santis Mantis sEntih ii iti tritiya^-
mundakam i mundakopanisat samapta ii harih i om ii
(4) The Mdndftkyopanisad (ff. 17a — 19).
It begins: — om ity etad aksaram idam, etc.
It ends: — omkaro vidito yena sa munir nnetaro jana
iti II iti caturtthah khandah li mandukyopanisat samapta li
om II
(5) The Purvatdpim or Purvatdpanlya-Upanisad
(ff. 20— 24b).
I Sic. And so very often in these MSS.
-^ 19 HS-
It begins: — ^ivaya gurave namah i atha srividya manor
amnaya svariipam upadisyate brahmacarine santaya guru-
bhaktaya yatha vidya manuh kasminn utbliavas tat svariipam
bruliiti hovaca, etc.
It ends: — pravisya merussrmge catiprakasarupenatha
sarvaiu jagad vyapya sthitavaty asid iti Yajnavalkyal.i i
trtiyyakhandah i purvatapini samaptah (sic) ii
(6) The Uttaratdpini or Uttaratdpamya-Upanisad
(fif. 2-4 b— 26).
It begins: — atha bhagavan kathan nu paramarahasyam
me bruhi ka brahmavidya manunam, etc.
It ends: — tathavidhamti buddhva purusartthavan bhaved
ya evam vedety upanisat iti trtiyyakhandah ii uttaratapini
samaptah (sic) ii ^rlgurucaranaravindabhyam namah ii
harih om ii
18.
Whish jS^o. 17.
Size: 9jX2f in., 34 + 37 leaves, 12 or 13 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18tii or 19 th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
(a)
A Collection of twelve Atharvana Upanisads:
(1) JRahasya-Upanisad, ff. 1— 4b.
(2) Amrtabindii-Uimnisad, ff. 4b — 5b.
(3) Tripurasundari-Upanisad, ff. 5b— 6b.
(4) Kdldgnirudra-Ujjanisad, ff. 6b— 7b.
(5) ^drtra-Upanisad, or Sdrlraka-Up., ff. 8a — 9a.
(6) Atliarvasira-Upanisad, ff. 9a— 13b.
(7) Kaiicdya-Upanisad, ff. 13b — 15a.
(8) Slianda-TJpanisad, ff. 15a — 15b.
(9) Mahd - TJpanimd (or Tripurdtapana - Upanisad?),
ff. 16 a— 27 a.
(10) Dem-Upanimd, ff. 27a— 28b.
-^ 20 •<-
(11) Triimra-Upanimd, ff. 28b— 29b.
(12) Uixinisad {Katha-Upanisad?), ff. 30a— 34a (?).
Similar collections of Upanisads in the MSS. described
in Burnell, Tanjore, pp. 28—36, and Ind. Off., vol. I,
p. 126 seq.
Our MS. begins: — athato rahasyopanisadam vyakhya-
syamah devarsayo bralimanam sampnjya pranipatya papra-
cchuli I bhagavan rahasyopanisadam bruliiti i sobravlt i pura
vyaso etc.
Fol. 4b: — yo rahasyopanisadam adhite gurvanugrahat i
sarvapapavinirmmuktas saksat kaivalyam asnute i rahasyo-
panisat samapta ii harih om ii etc.
Fol. 5b: — bhadran nopi vataya manah i om santis santis
santih i tisrali puras tripatha visvacarsani yatra katha
aksaras sannivistah i etc. See Burnell I. O., p. 62, where
this is given as the beginning of a Tripuropanisad.
Fol. 6b: — tripurisundaryyupanisat samapta ii
Fol. 9 a in margine: atharvasiropanisat i
Fol. 13 b: — moksam annam atho mano moksam annam.
atho manah ii ity a(tha)rvasiropanisat samapta II
Fol. 16a in margine: mahopanisat. Beginning: — tripura
tapani vidya vedyacicchaktivigraham i vastucinmatrariipan
tat paratatvam bhajamy aham i om i bhadram karnebhir iti
santih i athaitasmin antare bhagavan prajapatyam vaisnavam
vilayakaranam i rupam asrtya tripurabhidha bhagavatity
evam adi, etc. See the beginning of the Trijmrdtapmio-
pan/sad in Ind. Off. vol. i, p. 127.
Fol. 27a: — sa turyam padam prapnoti ya evam vedeti
mahopanisat i bhadram karnebhir iti santih i etc.
Fol. 30 a: — parivrajyadharmmapugalamkara yat padam
yayuli 1 tarn aham kathavidyarttha ramacandi'apadam
bhaje i om saha nav avatv iti santih i deva ha vai bhaga-
vantam abruvan adhihi, etc. See the beginning of a
Katliopanisad in Ind. Off", vol. i, p. 127.
Fol. 34 a: — sa eva sivayogiti kathyata ity upanisat t
bhadrain karnebhir iti :§antih i srimad-visvadhisthanapara-
mahamsa-satgurusrlramacandrarpanam astu i , . . acyutosmi
-^>^ 21 H^
mahadeva tava kfirunyalesatali i vijnanagha evasi sivosrai
kirn atali param i na nijan nijavat bhaty antalikaranajrm-
bhanat i antahkarananasena. Here the MS. breaks off,
and a new foliation begins.
(b)
(1) The ^r'widf/dratnasiltra, by Gaiidapdddcdrija, a pupil
of ^((ka Yoglndra, ff. 1 — 3 a.
It begins: — jnananandamayan devan nirmmalasphati-
kakrtirn i adharam sarvabhutanarp hayagrivam upEsmahe i
atha saktamantranah jijhasa i atmaivakhandakaracaitanya-
svariipasam svavidya i etc.
It ends: — anuttarasaipketapradhanavidyas saptadasa-
varnavisista(h) i athaitasam parivaranam anuparivara asarn-
khyrdvah I iti srimat-paraniahamsaparivrajakacaryya-Suka-
Yoglndra - sisya - sri - Gaudapadacaryya - viracitani sutrava-
kyani i samaptani ii
(2) The Brwidydratna{sidra)d'iinkd, by Vidydranya Muni,
a pupil of Sankardcdrya, ff. 3a — 23 b.
It begins: — balarkamandalabhasam caturbahan trilo-
canam i pasamkusadhanurbanam dharayantim sivam bhaje I
srlvidyaratnasutranam vakyartthap(r)atipadane i bhaga-
vatyah prasadena kriyate dipika naaya i sa bhagavati jagat
srstvedan tasmin devatadm utpadya, etc.
It ends : — iti paramahamsa - parivrajakacaryya - srimat-
bhagavat-Samkaracaryya-sisya-sri-Vidyaranya-munikrta-srl-
vidyaratnadipika samapta ii harih om etc.
(3) The AtharvasirohJidsya, by BhdsUara Rdya.
The leaves are foliated in the ordinary way as ff. 24—37, and also
as 1 to 14 by letters, viz. ka, kha, ga, glia, na, ca, cha, ja, jha, iia,
ta, tha, da, dha.
It begins :-srmatharaghriparagaiko paragad aparagadhih |
atharvasiraso bhasyam bhasate Bhaskaras sudhih ii iha
khalu srimahatripurasundaryyah etc.
It ends : — iti bhavanopanisadotharvanasirasotra racitavan
bhasyam i Bhaskara-Rayo vidusan tustyai jivanmumuksu-
narn li om srlgurubhyo namali n
-^ 22 Hg^
19.
WmsH No. 18.
Size: 28x2 in., 103 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: The MS. appears to be fairly old, early 11^^ century?
Scribe: Rama.
Character: Malayalam. The leaves are numbered by letters
according to the system discussed by Professor Bendall in the J RAS,
October 1896, pp. 790 seq. See Preface.
Injuries: The MS. is much damaged, part of f. 85 is broken off"
and lost.
The Mahcibhcirata, Parvan ii: The Sabha-Parvan , in
114 Adhyaj'as. Differs much from the text of our editions.
It begins: — harih orn ganapataye namah avighnam astu
Janamejayah arjjuno jayatam srestho moksayitva mayan
tada I kin cakara mahatejas tan me bruhi dvijottama
Yaisam srnu rajann avahitas caritam ^ rmmukasresthan
ttirni caksayasayakau divyany astrani rajendra durllabhani
nrpair bhuvi rathaddhvajapatakas ca svetasvais saha virya-
van etani pavakat prapya muda paramaya yutah i ^tasthau
mahavlryas tada saha mayena sah tatobravin mayah
partthah vasudevasya sannidhau pa 3 stat krtani
pratyanusmaran pranjali slaksnaya vaca pujayitva punah-
punah Mayah asmac ca krsnat sarakruddhat pavakac ca
didhaksatah tvaya tratosmi kaunteya bruhi kim karavani
te aham hi visvakarma vai asuranam parantapa tasmat te
vismayam kincit kuryam adya suduskarani evam ukto
mahaviryyah parttho mayavinam mayam dhyatva muhurttam
kaunteyah prahasan vakyam abravit i Arjjunah i krtam eva
tvaya sarvam svasti gaccha mahasura i etc.
It is unfortunate that the difficult and much discussed
verse ii, 66, 8 (the he-goat and the knife) occurs on f. 84,
a damaged leaf. The verse reads: — [ajo hi sastratjm
1 The rest of the line is lost, the leaf being damaged.
2 Leaf damaged. Read upatasthau.
3 The rest of the line, about six Aksaras, lost.
4 These aksaras are lost.
-5^ 23 Hg^
akhanat kilaikah sastre vipannobhiparasya bhumim nikrn-
tanaiii svasya kanthasya gliorau tadvad vairamm ma khanih
panduputraih i
It ends: — evani gavatgane ksattix dliarmmartthasahitam
vacah uktavan na grhitaii ca maya putraliitepsuna ii ii iti
srlmahabharate satasahasrikayam samhitayam sabhaparvani
anudyute dhrtarastrapascattapo nSma caturdasasatatamo-
ddbyayali ii li sabbaparvani samaptam ii barih srikrsnaya
namah ii Ramena likhitam idam pustakam ii
20.
Whish No. 19.
Size: IGixlf in., 285 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: The MS. looks fairly old, 17th century?
Character: Malay alam.
The Bliagavatn-Purdna, Skandhas i-ix.
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namab avigbnam astu
janmadyasya yatonvayaditaratas carttbesv abhijnas svarat
tene brabma brda ya adikavaye mubyanti yat surayab tejo-
varimrdam yatba vinimayo yatra trisarggomrsa dbamna
svena sada nirastakubakam satyam paran dbimabi, etc.
It ends (f. 283 b): — drstya vidbuya vijaye jayam udvi-
ghusya procyoddbavaya param samagat svadhama i cba ii
ity astada.4asabasrikayain sambitayam sribbagavate maba-
purane navamaskandbe caturvimsoddbyayab ii
Tben follow two odd leaves, one ummmbered, the otber
numbered as 170.
21.
Whish No. 20.
Size: lOfxls in., 96 leaves, 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Calicut 1826'. The MS. is
probably not much older.
Character: Grantha.
-^ 24 f<-
(a)
The Caramvyuha, ff. 1 — 4.
It begins: — athatas caranavyuhain vyakhyasyamah tatra
yad uktaii caturvedyau catvaro veda jnata bhavanti i rg\'edo
yajurvedas samavedotliarvaveda(s) ceti i tatra rgvedasya
sapta bheda bhavanti i etc.
It ends: — yodhite caranavyuham sa viprah pankti-
pavanah i tarayaty akhilan purvan purusan sapta sapta
ca ! yo namani pura deva amrtatvan ca gacchati i lokatitam
mahasantim amrtatvari ca gacchati i amrtatvaii ca gacchaty
on nama ity aha bhagavan Vyasah Parasaryyo Vyasah ii
vasudevasvariipaya vivasvatbimbatejase i vedovamsavadam-
saya Vedavyasaya te namah ii srlgurucaranaravindabhyan
namah ii sribrhaspataye namah ii
(b)
The beginning of a Commentary on the Satarudriya or
Rudradliyaya (Taittirlya-Samhita iv, 5), £f. 5 — 7.
It begins: — on namo rudraya rudranam vyakhyaui
vaksyami yajjape i moksaghaksayasalokyavyadhinasam pra-
yojanana i atha jabalopanisat i atha hainam brahmacarina
ucuh kiiijapyenamrtatvam brtihiti i sa hovaca Yajhavalkyah
satarudriyeneti i etc.
It ends: — uktam vayavye i rogavan paredam paretya
rudrajapah cared iti i yajiiasiiktah kalpah i satarudra devata
asyeti satarudryam ucyate ii harih oni i subham astu.
(c)
The Brhaddranyalm-Vpanimd or ,^atapathabrdhniana-
Upanisad (Kanva Sakha), ff. 8 — 96.
It begins: — om sriganapataye namah i on namo brahma-
dibhyo brahmavidyasampradayakarttrbhyo vamsarsibhyo
namo gurubhyah i srimad -Yajhavalkyagurubhyo namah i
harih om i o num usa viX asvasya jneddhyasya siras suryya^
caksur vatah, etc.
FoL 23: — iti vajasaneyantargata-KanvIye suklayajurvede
b;"hadaranyake saptadasakande prathamoddhyayah ii
Between the first and second Adliyayas a description of
the Paflcaga^7avidhi is inserted (f. 23).
The 3 "J Adhyaya begins f. 37, the 4*^^ Adhyaya f. 54,
the 5*1^ A. f. 74, the 6'^ A. f. 82.
It ends: — o num iti vajasaneyantargata-Kanviye suklaya-
jurvede satapathabrahmane upatisthatsaptadasakande
sasthoddhyayas samaptah ii harih i om i subham astu srl-
ramacandrSya namah ii ekapac ca haviryyajha iiddharity
addhvaragrahau i vajapeyo rajasuya ukhasambharanan
tatha I hasti ghatas citis caiva santity agnirahasyakau I
astadhyayi maddhyamas ca asvamedhali pravargyakah i
brhadaranyakan ceti kandas saptadasa kramat ii om om
om 1 paragunaparadauaprastiitasesakrtya nijagunakalikabhir
llokam amodayantah i aviditaparadosa jnanaplyiisapurnah
karakrtam aparadham ksantum arhanti santah ii srigurubhyo
namah ii
22.
Whish No. 21.
Size: D^-xl?- in., 78 leaves, 6 or 7 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: An entry by Mr. Whish on leaf 70 ("Here ends
the Rudra Bhashyam") is dated "Calicut 1826." The MS. is probably
not much older.
Character: Grantha.
(a)
A Commentary on the Satarudr'uja or Rudrddhydya of
the Taittirlya-Sauihitd (iv, 5), ff. 1 — 70. Title and name
of the author do not occur in the book.
It begins: — on namas te rudra manyava iti i atha sata-
rudryahomah i athatas satarudryah juhotity upakramya
esotragniracito bubhuksamano rudrarupenavatisthati i tasya
tarppanadevair dvitiyan darsanam i yad vai tac chataru-
dryah juhotity upakramya prajapatim visrastadityabhipra-
yamantrfirtthrinugunyeua srutir bhavet i sa esah satasirsah
rudrah sambhavad iti namas te rudra manyava iti raudra-
-^ 26 H^
ddhyayah i atra Paramesthina arsam i devanam va praja-
pater va i Aghorasyarsam iti kecit i ekarudradevatyah i etc.
It ends: — antarikse loke ye rudrah sthitali tebhyo namah
yesam rudranam vatah vayuli isavali samanam anyat I
prthivyam bhuloke ye rudra sthitah (read °ah) tebhyo na-
mah yesam rudranam annam atmanah sam icchet sariram
pusnati i adhikam nyimam vyadhadijagatvena niriipyate I
samanam anyat i evan namostu rudrebhya iti i harih oni ii
(b)
The Mandalabrdlimana (ff. 71 — 78), described by Mr.
Wliish as the 'Mandala Brahmanah of the Atharva-Yedah.'
This is identical with Satapatha-Brahmana x, 5, 2. See
also Mitra, Notices, No. 682, where it is called Mandala-
hralimanopanimcl.
It begins: — yad etan mandalan tapati tan mahad ukthan
ta rcas sa ream lokotha yad etad arccir dipyate tan
mahavratan tani samani sa samnam lokotha ya esa etasmin
mandale purusas sognis tani yajumsi sa yajusam lokas
saisa trayyeva vidya tapati, etc.
It ends: — somrto bhavati mrtyur hy asyatma bhavati li
18 II iti mandalabrahmanam sampiirnam ii om num ii
23.
WmsH No. 22.
Size: 12^xlg- in., 193 leaves, 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: ISth or 19tii cent.?
Character: Grantha.
^aukara's Chandogyopcmisadvivarana , or Commentary
on the Clidndogya-Upanimd.
It begins: — om ity etad aksaram ityadyastaddhyayi
chandogyopanisat i tasyas samksepatortthajijnasubhyah
rjuvivaranam alpagranthah cedam bhasyam arabhyate i
tatra sambandhah samastam karmmadhigatam i^ranadi-
-^ 27 r<-
devatasahitam arcciradimargena bralimapratipattikara-
nam i etc.
It ends: — iti srI-Govinda-bliagavat-padapujya-sisyasya
^riparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasya srimac - Chamkara-
bhagavatah krtau cchandokyopanisad (sic) vivarane astamah
prapathakas samfiptah ii barili I om i ... srisarasvatyai
namah i srimahalaksmyai namali i pilrvatyai namah ii
24.
WmsH Xo. 23.
Size: 12-|-X2 in., 81 -f 37 + 31 leaves, from 9 to 11 lines on a
page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: I8th or 19tii cent.?
Character: Grantba.
The 31 leaves of the last work are numbered by the letters ka to
sa (viz. Jm 1, kJia 2, ga 3 etc., la 28, va 29, sa 30, sa 31).
(a)
Commentaries on the Kathopcmisacl (ff. 1 — 31 a), Prasno-
panisad (ff. 31b — 55), and Mu7ulakopanisacl (ff. 56 a— 81)
by Sankara.
In the margin of the first page: kathopanisadbbasyani
harih i om i
The work begins: — on namo bhagavate vaivasvataya
mrtyave brahmavidyacaryyaya Naciketase catha Kathako-
panisadvalllnam sukhartthapratibodhanarttham alpagrantha
vrttir arabhyate upanipiirvasya sader ddhator visarana-
gatyavasada^nartthasya kvipratyayantasya rupam upanisad
iti, etc.
It ends on foL 31a: — iti sri-Govinda-bhagavat-pujya-
pada-sisya-sriparamahamsa-parivrajakacaryya-srimac-Cham-
kara-bhagavat-krtau Kathakopanisad-vivarane sasthi valli
samapta ii harih ii om i subham astu ii sakhe ha kim kurmmah
kim iti kathayamah katham amun taramah samsaram kya
I Sic for avasadao.
nu ca vibhavamo vayam ami i itidrk cintabdhau hrdaya
na nimajjalam anisam gurum sokaddhvante taranim ava-
lambasva taranim ii asmatguriicaranaravindabhyan namah ii
In the margin of fol. 31b: prasnopanisat-bhasyam i
It begins :-om srutismrtipurananam alayam karunalayaip I
namami bhagavat-pada-Samkaram lokasamkararn i visva-
vandyam viglinarajam sarvasuklam sarasvatim i piirvacar-
yyan sarvapiijyan kurve natipadam gurim i mantroktar-
tthasya vistaranuvadidam brahmanam arabhyate i rsipra-
snaprativacanakliyayika tu vidya, etc.
It ends on fok 55: — iti sri-Govinda-bhagavatpujya-pa-
da-sisyasya srimat-paramahamsaparivrajakacaryyasya sri-
Samkara-bhagavatali krtau atharvanopanisadvivarane pra-
snavivaranam samaptam ii harih om ii etc.
In the margin of fol. 56 a: mundakopanisat-bhasyam ii
It begins: — brahma devanam ity adyatliarvanopanisat
vyacikhyasita asyas ca vidyasampradayakarttrparamparyya-
laksanam sambandham adav evaha svayam eva stutyar-
ttham evam hi, etc.
It ends on fol. 81b: — iti sri-Govinda-bhagavatpiijya-pada-
sisyasya paramaliamsa-parivrajakacaryyasya srlmac-Cham-
karabhagavatah krtau atharvanopanisat-vivaranam sama-
ptam II harih om ii
(b)
The Upadesagranthavivarana, a Commentary on ScmJi-ara's
UpadesasaJiasriM, by Bodlianidhi (.?), a pupil of Vidya-
dhaman, ff. 37. See Ind. Off. Part lY, p. 731.
In the margin: Upadesasahasrika i harih om i
It begins: — visnum pahcatmakam vande bhaktyastadasa-
bhedaya i samgavargonavimsatya bhaktair nnavabhir
asritam i om i caitannyam sarvagam sarvam sarvabhuta-
guhasayam i yat sarvavisayatitan tasmai sarvavide namah i
1 II samavayya (read °vapya?) kriyas sarva daragnyadhana-
purvikrih i brahmavidyam athedanim vaktum vedah praca-
krame i 2 i etc.
It ends on fol. 37 b: — iti saptasatasloka yatindrasrl-
mukhotgatah i vivrta gurusaktena maya brahmatmabo-
-^ 29 HS~
dliakah i upasya sraddhaya .srimad-Vidyudliamamunes ciram i
srimatpadarabujan tasya jn-asadan (read°dan) na svabuddhi-
tah I yena me iiikliiladvaitad akrsya mana atmani i sthapitam
munim mukliyena yavajjivan uamami tam i yatbhasyasa-
garajayuktamaniu prakirnan j)rapyadliuna katipayan ka-
vayo bhavanti i tasmai namo janamanobjadivakaraya kr-
tsnagamartthanidhanaya yatisvaraya i iti srimad-Vidyadha-
ma^isyeiia Bodhanidhina ' sraddbabhaktimatrapreritena
krtam upadesagranthavivaranam samaptam ii yatpiidakama-
lasamgat nirvanara praptavan aham i sarvantaratmapujyams
tan pranamami gariyasah i harih om il subbam astu ii
(c)
The Vivekacuddmani by ^aiikara, ff. 31.
In the margin: vivekacudamani om.
It begins: — sarvavedantasiddhantagocaran tam agoca-
ram i Govindam paramananda(Tn) matgurum pranatosmy
aham l 1 l jantiinam narajanma durllabham atah pumstvan
tato viprata tasmad vaidikamargadharmmaparata vidvatvam
asmat param i atmanatmavivecanam svanubhavo brahma-
tmana samsthitir mmuktir nno satakotijanmasukrtaili pu-
nyair vina labhyate i 2 i etc
It ends on foL 31: — iti srimat-paramahainsa-parivraja-
kacaryyavaryya-sri-Govinda-bhagavatpiijyapada-sisya-srimat-
paramahamsa - parivrajakacaryyavaryya - srimat - Samkara-
bhagavatpada-krtauvivekaciidamanissampurnah ii srikrsnaya
parasmai brahmane namah ii
25.
Whish No. 24.
Size: IS^-Xlg in-, 58 (leaf 36 is missing) +38 leaves (the latter
being foliated by the numbers 100 to 137), 7 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: Early 18th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
The MS. is much coi'rected.
I Proper name?
-^ 30 f^-
(a)
Commentaries on the 8a])talalisana\ i. e. seven phonetic
treatises referring to the Black Yajur Veda. (See Burnell
I. O. p. 10 seqq., and Burnell, Tanjore, p. 5 seqq.) They
are: —
(1) The Samdnavydkhydna, a Commentary on the Sam-
hitdsanidnalaksana. Fols. 1 — 12.
It begins: — atheti adhikarartthothasahdah i yatha atha-
sabdonusasanam iti i adhikarah prastavah prararnbha ity
artthantaram yesu padesu samhitayam visarjaniyo lupyate I
tesam padanam samgrahalaksanasastram prastutam ity
etam arttham athasabdo dyota iti (read dyotayati) I etc.
It ends (fol. 12a):— iti samanavyakhyanam sampiirnain II
harih om ii
(2) The Vilimghyavydkhydna by Fimdarikaksisuri, a
Commentary on the Vilimghyalaksana of Ndrdyana. Ff.
12—21.
It begins (fol. 12a): — atlia (sic) vilimghya (°khya j9r. m.)-
vyakhyanam i om pranipatya jagannatham Pundarikaksi-
surina i vilimghyalaksanavyakhya kriyatedya maya svayam I
pranamya bharatim ity ena praripsitasya vilimghyalaksa-
nasya avicchedaparisamaptaye i sarasvatin devlrn pranamya
Narayananamaham i vilimghyani padani pravaksyamiti i
pratijnayate ekaraikaravarnau yau samhitayam vikarinau i
. . . padakale avikarinau i drstau yau tadantSni vilamghya-
ni (sic)^ vedavittamair ucya[n]te i
It ends (fol. 21): vilimghyavyakhyanam sampurnam ii
harih om ii
(3) The Naparavydkhydna or Naixirapaddhativydklnjdna,
a Commentary on ^aurisunus Naparcdaksana. Ff. 22 — 26 b.
It begins: — om atha naparavyakhyanam i natveti saka-
1 This title does not occur in the MS., but it is given by Mr.
Whish on the title page, and according to Burnell I. 0. p. 12,
it seems to be the name assigned to these tracts in the South of
India. It often occurs in Oppert's List of Sanskrit MSS. in Southern
India. See Aufi-echt CC. s. v.
2 See Burnell I. 0. pp. 10, 11; Tanjore p. 5b.
-^ 31 ^<-
lanivrttihetmn i . . . navam nutanam i laksanam i Saurisu-
nur aham i pravaksyami i ity artthah i etc.
It ends: — naparapaddhativyakhyanam samaptam ii liarihl
om II
(4) The TaparapaddJiati or Tai)arapaddhativijdkhydna,
a Commentary on the Taparalaksana. Ff. 26 b — 28 b.
It begins: — atha taparapaddhatih i annadyan nirbha-
jati I etc.
It ends : — iti taparapaddhativyakhyanam samaptam ii
harih i om ii
(5) The Avarnivydlihydna, a Commentary on the Avarni-
laksam. Ff. 28b— 35b.
It begins: — atha avarnivyakhyanam i avarninyanuktam
ity adi vacyantam i piirvasyavarnilaksanasya anuktyadhi-
koktipurfiktibhih i etc.
It ends: — iti akaradini padany uktani ii harih i om ii
(6) The Akdrapaddhatl or Avarnivydkhydna, a Commen-
tary on the Avarnilaksana. Ff. 35b— 39 b.
It begins: — atha akarapaddhatih i antariksam ivagnl-
ddhram i etc.
It ends: — ity akaradipadany uktani ii avarnivyakhyanam
samaptam ii om ii
(7) The Animyyavydkhydna, a Commentary on the Anim-
gyalaksam. Ff. 39 b — 58.
It begins: — atha animgyavyakhyanam l munimanasetyadi-
slokatrayenadau praripsitasya laksanasya avighnena pari-
samaptaye mamgalam adadhanah abhistadevatan nama-
skrtya visayan darsayati i animgyam iti I anusisyata iti ca 1
animgyam avibhagapadam ucyate ! na tv asamasapadam 1
saty api samase sacipatih brhaspatir ityadlnam animgya-
tvat I etc.
It ends: — iha aniingyapadanam prapaiicatvat i grantha-
gauravabhayat saniksipya dinmatram uktani i anonuktan
ca yat kihcit vidvatbhir iihaniyam ii prayogatonugantavyam ii
ity animga(s/c)vyakhyanam piirnam n harih i om ll etc
-^ 32 H^
(b)
A Cofnmentari/ on the Blidradvajaslksa, by LaJiSmana
Jatcmdlalliascistrin. Ff. 100—137.
It begins: — -namas ^ivaya sainbaya saganaya sasunave I
sanandine sagangaya savrsaya namo namah i ddhyatva-
sadya jagannatham sambam sarvartthasadhakam i vyakhya-
yatedhima siksa Bharadvajamunlrita i parisphi(read pra-
ripsi°)tasya granthasyavighnena parisamaptyarttham adau
istadevatan namaskararupam mamgalya (read mamgalam)
svayam krtva sisyanusiksayai granthato nibaddhnan i ciklrsi-
tam pratijanite i ganesam pratinipatyaham sandehanan ni-
varttaye (read nivrttaye) i siksam anupravaksyami vedanam
mulakaranam i ganadhipatim anamya vedanam grantha-
trayanam adikaranam i siksam vedasthasandeham nlvara-
naya pravaksyamiti Bharadvajaniuninoktam ii
It ends: — Bharadvajamuniprokta Bharadvajena dhlmata I
vyakbyata Laksmanakhyena Jatavallabbasastrina ii sastislo-
kaparyyantain maya vyakhyanam krtan tatah ii karakrtam
aparadham ksantum arbanti santab ii barib ii
26.
WmsH No. 25.
Size: ll| X l| in., (1) + 37 + (1) + 21 + (2) leaves, 6 lines on a
page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 1822. The MS. may be about
50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
(1)
Tbe Mantraprasnadvaya, or tbe Mantrapdtha of the
Apastambins in 2 Prasnas.
Tbis is tbe MS. 'Wb.' used for tbe edition of tbe 'Man-
trapatba or Tbe Prayer Book of tbe Apastambins' by
M. Winternitz, Part I (Oxford 1897, Anecdota Oxonien-
sia). See Introduction p. xii.
->4 33 HS-
(2)
The Aimstanibiya Grhyasatra, in 23 Khandas.
This is the MS. 'C. used for the edition of the Apa-
stambiya Grhyasutra by M. Winternitz (Vienna 1887).
See Preface p. V.
27.
Whish No. 26.
Size: IB'sXls in-, (3) + 135 + (2) leaves, generally 5 lines on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Bate: Entry by Mr, "Whish dated 'CaHcut 1824'. The Angirasa
year preceding 1824 (see below) is A. D. 1812/13, but probably the
year A. D. 1752/53 is meant.
Scribe: The son of Sesadri. See above No. 15.
Character: Grantha.
The Ekagnikdndavydlihyci, or Mantraprasnahhdsya, or
MantrahMsya, by Haradatta.
This is the MS. 'Hw.' used for the edition of -the
Mantrapatha or the Prayer Book of the Apastambins' by
M. Winternitz, Part I, see Introduction, p. xii.
It begins: — i avighnam astu om i pranipatya mahadevam
Haradattena dhimata i ekagnikandaniantranam vyakhya
sammyag vidhiyate ii 1 i tatra tadadaryya' adito vaisvade-
vamantran adhiyate i etc.
J^. 57: — ity ekagnikande prathamah prasnas samaptah ii
It ends: — ity ekagnikandavyakhya Haradattacaryyavira-
cita sampurna ii visargabindvaksara° etc.
The date is given in the following colophon : — amglra-
savarsam i cittiramasam i 24 tithi i astami tiruvonanaksa-
trattile i aparanhakalattile mudihcutu ii harih om subham
astu arngirasabde vasubhe mesamasebjavasare i Sesadri-
sununa sammyan mantrabhasyam samaptam ii
I The Telugu edition reads: tatracaryya.
-^ 34 Hg-
28.
Whish No. 27.
Size: 7? Xl? in., 62 leaves, 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Dafe 0/ MS. : Thursday the fifth day of the dark half of the
month of Karttika of the Jupiter year Srimukha in which the copy
of the first work was finished (see the colophon below) corresponds
(according to Dr. Schram's Tables) to November Ist, A. D. 1753.
Character: Grantha.
(a)
The Svarapancdsacchlokl Vyakliyd, a Commentary on
the Svaralciksana (see the second work), ff. 1 — 57. The
text, also, is mcluded.
It begms: — atlndriyarthavijnanam pranamya brahma
sasvatam I taittiriyapadadinam vaksyami svaralaksanam ii
anena slokena paraparabrahma pranamapurvakam aripsita-
granthasyabhidheyam aha i vedopi sasvatam brahma i etc
. . . svaralaksanajnane phalantaram apy asti i tannirnita-
svaresu padarupajhanam i yatha i ayam iha prathamodhayiti
nadagamasarpka bhavati i tasmad arabdhavyam evaitat ii
tatra paribhasam aha i udattas canudatta^ ca varnanam
prakrtau svarau ii etc.
It ends: — arunopanisatsvaras tu uktah kecit boddhyah |
kvacid addhyayanat anye anyathapi boddhyah I sanibharyya
grhnati I palvalya grhnati I yosau tapann udeti ityadi i eka-
srntis canukta bhavati I agnis ca jatavedas ca upanisatsu
ca ekasrutir bhavati vyatyayas ca i siksam vyakhyasyamah |
sahasrasirsam devam i sa va esa purusonnarasamayah i ity-
adi 1 anyepiti vacanam anyatrapi kvacit padaddhyayanarahite
vyatyayam sticayati i pra nu vocam cikituse sa tvan nala-
plavo bhutva i sa vacaspate hrd iti vyaharat ii om iti svara-
pahcasacchloki vySkhya piirna ii harih om li
The colophon is written in Tamil and contains the date:
^rimukhavarusam karttigai masam 5 va vyarakke(read viya-
rakki?)rammaile Egadesil (?) erudiiisadu.
-5^ 35 HS-
(b)
The Svaralalisana (by Kesavdrija, son of Snrideva-
biiddhetidra) , a treatise on the accents in the Black
Yajur-veda, ff. 58 — 62. The name of the author is not
mentioned in our MS., but is given in Burnell I. 0. p. 9 seq.,
from which it appears also, that our MS. contains only
the first part of the work.
It begins: — atlndriyartthavijfianam pranamya brahma
sa^vatam i taittirlyapadadinam vaksyami svaralaksanam ii
udattas canudattas ca varnanam prakrtau svarau i svaritas
tu dvidhocyante dhrtali kampa^ ca samhitah ii tulyasvaras
sarupartthe pade bhedepi tat supam i dvir ukta ca grhepy
evam dvidhemgyara^e vibhaktije ii 1 il
It ends: — nyamsvaryyujyafi cidanavyasasaumyas ceti tadr-
sah I anyepy addhyayanat boddhya arunopanisatsvarah ii 50 ii
harih om etc.
29.
Whish No. 28.
Size: 9jXl? in., 72 leaves, foliated from 1 to 69 (leaf 11 being
counted twice), followed by two leaves numbered 72 and 79; from 7
to 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: 18th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
Injuries: One half of leaf 72 is lost. An odd half leaf found in the
volume does not belong to this MS. Leaf 69 is damaged.
Fragments of the MaTidganesa-Mcmtrapaddliati by Oir-
vdnendra, the pupil of Ylsvesvara. Visvesvara was a pupil
of Amarendra Yadi (sic), Amarendra Yadi a pupil of
Glrvdnendra Yogin.
It begins: — srimahaganapataye namali I Amarendra-yadis
Sisyo Girvanendrasya Yoginah i tasya Visvesvaras sisyo
Girvanendroham asya tu I sisyo mahaganesasya vaksye sri-
mantrapaddhatim i etan distya ' khilas santas santustas
I This word is not quite clear, perhaps drstya? Should it be drstva-
khilan?
3*
•^ 36 »-s-
santu santatam i prathamam srlmahaganapate(r) nySsavi-
dhana(ni) likhyate i atha punar acamya i guruh i prEgvan-
dano vistare(read °ro)pavistas san itySdi granthartthotra
likhyate i etc.
The last three hnes:^mulagnaye yavagra(m) syat anna-
yannan tu payasam i balaya tilatailam syat sarasvataya
maksikam i tandulan dharanaya syat medhayai tv iksu-
khaiidakam i dadhi pustyai sthirayambhah pritaye kadall-
phalam i apupam va^yaka. Here the MS. breaks off.
30.
Whish No. 29.
Size: 12[xli in., 276 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: 18th or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
The MayukliamdWm, a Commentary on {Pdrtliasdrathi-
misra's) Sdstrad'qnkd (a Commentary on the Mimdmsd-
Sutras), by Somandtlia, the pupil and younger brother of
Venkatddriyajvan, and the son of Siiri Bhatta, of the
family of Nittala. See Ind. Off., Part IV, p. 696 seq.,
and Hall, p. 176.
It begins: — aviskarotu vibudhair abhivandiniyam vacam
sa kopi mama vallabhasarvabhaumah i vamsopi yatpari-
grhitataya vibhakti ^ vacalatam tribhuvanaikavimohayantim I
adhigamya kalam akhilam agrabhavad Vemkatadriyajva-
gurerah^ l vacanair anatipracurair vyakurve i^astradlpikani
visadavibudhah3 pranamya miirddhna bahudha vah prar-
tthaye krtavasyam arpayata drsam suksmam nindata parato-
bhinandata va i etc.
It ends: — iti ^ri-Nittala-kula-tilaka-Suri-bhatta-mahopa-
ddhyayatanubhavasya Verakatadriyajvagurucarananuja - So-
1 bibhartti, Ind. Off. MS.
2 K,ead o guroh.
3 visadam ii 2 ii vio Ind. Off. MS.
~^- 37 f<^
manatha-sarvatomukhayajinah ki-tau sastradipikavyakhya-
jam mayukhamalikasamakhyayam dvitlyasyaddhyayasya
caturtthah padali ii harih om i srigurubliyo naraah i
31.
Whish No. 30.
Size: 5'h X 1-g- in., 94 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: 18tii or lOtii cent.?
Character: Grantha.
The ^ivccgltd in 16 Adliyayas (from the Padma-Piirdna,
«ee Hall p. 123, Aufrecht-Oxford, p. 17, Mitra, Notices,
vol V, p. 94 seqq., No. 1777, but ibid. vol. IV, p. 84,
No. 1488 described as belonging to the Matsya-Purdna).
It begins: — umapatyam {sic) umajanim umah comasaho-
<larain | umananandaram patmam vidhim vayani upasmahe i
paficaksaratanum pahcavadanam pranavam sivam i aparaka-
runariipam gurumiirttini ahain bhaje i Suta uvaca i athatas
sampravaksyami suddham kaivalyamuktidam i anugrahan
mahesasya bhavaduhkhasya bhesajam ii 1 ii etc.
It ends: — ity uktva prayayus sarve sayamsandhySm
upasitum i stuvantas Sutaputran te santusta gomatitatam ii
iti sri-sivagitasupanisatsu parabrahmavidyayam yogasastre
siva-raghava-samvade sodasoddhyayah li ^risivaya namah II
harih om ii
32.
WrasH No. 31.
Size: 7 X ll in., 30 + 66 + (3) leaves, from 6 to 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Kollam year 997 ("Kollam 997 amatadhanumasam", at the
«nd of the Kaivalyanavanita) i. e. A. D. 1822.
Character: Malay alam.
(1)
The Pancaratnaprakaram in Malayalam language (ff. 1—8).
->4 38 H^
(2)
The Gnrwfda from the Slmnda-Purana (ff. 9—22).
See Aufrecht-Oxford 72 b.
It begins (f. 9): — srigaiiapataye namali I kailasasikhare
ramye bliaktanugraliatalpara[h] * pranamya parvati bhaktyH
§amkaram pariprcchati i 1 i sridevy uvaca i om namo
devadevesaparatppara jagatguroh^ sadasiva mahadeva (read
"deva) gurudiksam pradehi me i 2 i
F. 22b ends: — sada sivo bhavety eva satyam satyam na
samsayah na (gu)ror adliikam na ^uror adhi(ka)m na guror
adhikam na guror adhikam i harih ii
(3)
The Purvottaradvddasamanjarikd Stotra by ^aiikara
(ff. 23—27).
F. 23 begins: — harih dinam api rajanlsayampratah
sisiravasante punar ayatah kala(h) kridati gacchaty ayus
tad api na muiicaty a^apasam i bhaja Govindam bhaja
Govindam Govindam bhaja mudhamate i 1 i
Ff. 26b — 27: — dvadasamanjarikabhir ihaisa sisyanam
kathito hy upadesah ekagre na karoti viveka te pasyante
narakam anekam i bhaja Govindam i 24 ii iti srimat-
para(ma)hamsaparibhramlakarya (read °parivrajakacarya)-
srimat- Sankara(ca)ryaviracite purvottaradva(da)samanjari-
kastottram sampurnnam ii ^ri-Sankaracaryaviracire svamine
namah srividyarunyasvamine namah ii
(4)
Fragment of a short tract (in Sanskrit) (ff. 27 — 28b).
It begins: — bandhah karmany atha bahuvidhe striguha-
yam pravistah pumsor etakana sakhelite (??) sonite varttama-
nah vitppankothaikramibhi[h]r abhitas taditah piditatma
yavat i etc.
F. 28b ends: — sasnehabhyam paravasataya puspyamanah
pitrbhyam kridalaulyam prathitabahucapalyam uUaghya
1 otalpara for "tatpara. Grantha MSS. frequently have Ip for tp.
2 Read devadevesa paratpara jagadguroV
-$H 39 HS-
balyam dvaitiyikam puram atha vayah prapnuvat dvptacitto
laksmi janeta tava vada yugam vismaren masma
bhupara ii
(5)
Fragment of another short tract (in Sanskrit) (if. 29 — 30).
F. 29 begins: — harih bhedabhedau savatrigalitau punya-
pape visirnne mayamohe ksayam adhigatau nastasanne-
havrttau sabdatitam trigunarahitam, etc.
F. 30b ends: — santikalyanahetum mayaranye dahanam
amalam ^antinirvanadivam tejorasim nigamasadana-Vyasa-
puttrastakam yah pratahkale pati mahatam vyayatinirvana-
divam i Vyasaputram ii
(6)
The Kaivalyanavanita (in Malayalam language) in
2 PataLas (ff. 66).
33.
Whish No. 32.
Size: 9t x 1-ff in., 23 leaves, 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: 18th or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
A Commentary on SahkaracdrycCs Atmahodhaprakarana,
(by Madhusiidana Sarasvatl, according to Prof. Aufrecht).
It begins: — atra bhagavan Sankaracaryya uttamadhi-
karinam vedantaprasthiinatrayan nirmmaya tadanvalocana-
sama(r)tthanam mandabuddhinam anugraharttham sarvave-
dantasiddhantasamgraham atmabodhakhyam prakaranan
didarsayisuh pratijanite i tapobhir iti i etc.
It ends: — tasmad atmatlrttharatasya na kihcid avasi-
syata iti bhavah ii iti srimat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryya-
sri - Govinda - bhagavatpadacaryya - sisya - srimat - Sankara-
caryya - viracitatmabodhaprakaranasya tika samapta i
harih i om i
-^ 40 r<-
u.
AVhish No. 33.
Size: 14xl| in., (2) + 276 [really 288, for after f. 67, ff. 48—67
are repeated again — I marked them as 48* — 67* — and after f. 171
f. 180 follows , though nothing is missing] + (3) leaves , from 7 to
10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Deer. 1831.' The Kalayukti
(or Kalayukta) year immediately preceding 1831 is A. D. 1798'99,
but the MS. may have been written 60 or 120 years earlier (A. D.
1738/39 or even 1678/79). - ■ •
Scribe: Sesasuri.
Character: Grantha.
The Visnu-Purdna, in 6 Ainsas.
It begins: — om narayanan namaskrtya naran caiva na-
rottamam i Vyasam sarasvatin devim tato jay am udirayet ii
pranamya visnum visvesabrahmadin pranipatya ca i gurum
pranamya vaksyami puranam vedasammitam i itihasapura-
najiiam vedavedamgaparagam i dharmmasastrartthatatva-
jnam Vasisthatanayatmajam i Parasaram sukhasinam krta-
piirvahnikakriyara i Maitreyah paripapraccha pranipatya-
bhivadya ca i etc.
The I"* Amsa ends (f. 55): — devarsipitrgandharvayaksa-
dinan tu sambhavam i bhavanti srnvatah pumso devadya
varada mune i iti srivisnupurane prathamemse dvavimso-
ddhyayah ii prathamomsas samaptah ii
The II "^"^ Amsa ends (f. 76): — iti bharatanarendrasara-
vrttam kathayati yas ca srnoti bhaktiyuktah i sa vimalama-
tir eti natmamoham bhavati ca samsaranesu muktiyogyah ii
iti srivisnupurane dvitlyerp^e sodasoddhyayah i harili om I
dvitlyom^as samaptah i om i
The III'^'i Amsa ends (f. 117): — pumsam jatabharana-
maulavatam vrthaiva moghasinam akhilasaucanirakrtanam I
toyapradanapitrpindabahiskrtanam sanibhasanad api nara
narakam prayanti ii iti srivisnupurane trtlyeinse astadaso-
ddhyayah i harih om.
The ly*^ Am^a ends (f. 171b): — etad viditva na na-
rena karyyam mamatvam atmany api panditena i tisthantu
tavat tanayatmaja(d)yah ksetradayo ye tu sariratonye i itya-
-^ 41 r<$-
dimaha^rivisnupurane caturtthemse caturvirasoddhyayah ii
caturttharpsas samaptah \\ barili om ii
The V*^ Amsa ends (f. 252): — srI-Parasarali i ity ukto-
bhyetya partthabhyam yamabhyaii ca tatliarjjunali i drstafi
caivanubliutan ca sarvam akhyatavams tada i Yyasavakyan
ca te sarve srutvarjjunamukheritam l rajye Pariksitam krtva
yayuh Pandu(su)ta vanam i ityetat [sJtavaMaitreyavistarena
mayoditam i jatasya yad Yador vaipb^ Vasudevasya cesti-
tam 11 iti srivisnupurane paficamemse astatri(m)soddhyayali I
^rikrsnaya namah li
The VI*'' Amsa ends (f. 276b): — iti vividham ajasya
yasya riipam prakrtiparatmamayam sanatanasya i pradisatu
bhagavSn asesapumsara harir apajanmajaradikam .samr-
ddhim ii iti srivisnupurane sasthemse astamoddhyayah li om
harih om ii sri-Parasaraya namah ii srl-Yedavyasaya namah ii
samajitas sasthomsah ii harih om . . . om srih visnupuranam
samaptam ii bindudurllipi" . . . sajjanah ii abdesmin kalayu-
ktyakhye jyesthamasy astame dine i Hkhitam vaisnavam
idam puranam Sesasurina ii om.
35.
WmsH No. 34.
Size: 9rX2 in., 170 leaves, from 8 to 14 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves. — ; .! , __
Date of MS.: 18th Or 19 tu cent.?
Character: Grantha.
The Jayamangalci, a Commentary on the LaJitdsahasra--^
ndmastotra (from the Bralmidnda-Pimina), by Bliatta
Ndrdya)ia, a son of Vehkatddri. See Mitra, JSTotices,
vol YII, p. 57, No. 2287.
It begins: — ^rimahaganapataye namah i srimatah karuna-
kataksasaranirn samprapya te patmabhu(r) brahmandani
karoti raksati harir hantisvaro lllaya i trayyante -purusah
paratpara iti khyatopi sarnvitkale sa kastheti ca sa para
gatir iti tvayy eva visramyati I etc.
Then ff. lb — 2a: — advaitavidyacaryya-sn-Verakatadri-
■^ 42 Hg-
tanubhavah i Narayanambikagarbha^uktimuktamanis su-
dhili 1 lalitade^ikadesad Yyakhyam Narayana sphutam i sa-
hasrasya rahasyanam namnam viracayamy aham i etc. . . .
vyakurmmahe i srisrimateti i ^rir ai^varyyam, etc.
It ends: — sri-Bhatta-Narayanena viracita lalitasahasra-
nama-stotravyakhya jayamamgalakhya sampiirna .4rimaha-
tripurasundaricaranaravindayor nnityabhaktir astu mama |
sriramaya paramagurave namah ii harih om ii subham astu
gurucaranaravindabhyan namali om ii
36.
Whish No. 35.
Size: 11 xH in., (2) + 176 [really 140, ff. 77—115 being missing,
and £f. 38—39 being double] + (1) leaves, from 11—13 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
Portions of the Mlmdmsdkaustuhha, a Commentary on
Jaimini^s Mimdmsci-Darsana, by Khandadeva, the son of
Budradeva, extending from the beginning of the second
Adhyaya to the end of the first Pada of the third Adhyaya.
Besides, there is a lacuna from the end of the 2'^'* to the
beginning of the 4*^ Pada in the second Adhyaya.
It begins: — srimahaganapate n(a)mah subham astusrima-
haganapate n(a)mah i subham astu evani upotghataprasakta-
nuprasakte mantralaksanadau samapte yatprasamgena
yad agatam tatsamaptau tatbuddhis saiijayata iti nya-
yena bhavartthadhikaranoktadhatvartthakaranatvasya upa-
sthite, etc.
In margine: sabdantaradhikaranam.
F. 18 b: — visesadar^anac ca purvesam sarvesu hy apra-
vrtti syat ii See Mimanisadarsana II, 2, 4.
F. 75: — sarvasyevoktakamatvat tasmin kamasruti syat
nidhanarttha punasrutih ii II, 2, 29.
P. 76b ends: — phalasambandhah na vatadaksam gunat
bhavanabheda iti prayojanam pu.
-^ 43 H^
Ff. 77 — 11-i are missing, and f. 115 begins: — lepi niril-
(Ihalaksanaya prayogadarsanena, etc.
F. 115 b: — kartur va srutisamyogat ii II, 4, 2.
The 2°'^ Adhyaya ends (f. 127b): — sri-Eudradevasunoh
krtir esa Khandadevasya i mlmamsakaustubhrikhyo bheda-
ddhyaddhyeya (sic) caturtthaipghreli ii iti ^rl-Khandadeva-
krtau mlmamsakaustublie dvitiyoddhyayah ii sriguru° etc.
F. 173b: — vyavastha vartthasya srutisamyogal limgasya-
rtthena sambandhal laksanarttha piinasrutih ii III, 1, 27.
It ends (f. 176): — mima(mjsainbunidhim pramatthya vi-
vidhair nnySyoccayair nirjjaraih krtva Jaiminisiitramanda-
ram amura vedarp tatha vilsukim i yad dhalahalasamjiiani
eva kalitam granthantaram sajjanaih srikrsnasya tu bhu-
sanSya sa parani yah kaustubhakhyo manih ii sri-Rudra-
devasunoh krtir esa Khandadevasya i mimamsakaustubha-
khyosesaddhyaye pada adyayam ii i^rimatpuryottaramimam-
saparavarinadhurina-sri-Rudradevasunoli Khandadevasya
krtau mlmamsakaustubhe tritiyasyaddhyayasya prathamah
padah li srimahaganapate namah ii subham astu harih om il
37.
WmsH Nos. 36 A and 36 B.
Size: 2 Vols., 15^xl|- in., 205 leaves (ff. 124—205 in vol. II),
from 6 to 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Calicut 1824.' The Krodhin
year preceding 1824 is Saka 1707 or A. D. 1784/85, but it seems
more likely that the MS. was written A. D. 1724^25.
Scribe or owner of the books: Narayana.
Character: Grantha.
The Ujjvald, a Commentary on the Apastamhtya Dhar-
inasutra. No. 36 A contains the first Prasna, Xo. 36 B the
second Prasna.'
This is the MS. 'G. U.' used by Dr. G. Buhler for his
second edition of the Apastambiya Dharmasutra (Bombay
Sanskrit Series Nos. 44 & 50). See Part I, p. ii.
-5>4 44 H5-
Vol. I ends: — iti Haradattaviracitayan dharmmavyakhya-
yam ujvalayam ekadasam patalam ii samaptah pra^nah ii
harih om ii sivaya namali ll atliato niyamesu sravanyan tapa
svaddhyaya upasane maddhvam anne mamaddhyatmikan
ksatriyam yatlia katha ca vidyayaikadasa ii om panigrahanad
adhi grhamedliino vratam i
Vol. II begins: — panigrahanad adhi grhamedhino vra-
tam I purvasmin prasne adyayoh prayena brahmacarino
dharmma uktah i uttaresv astasu sarvasramanam i etc.
It ends: — iti Haradattaviracitayan dharmmavyakhyayam
ujvalayam ekadasah patalah ll harih om ll dvitlyaprasnas
samaptah ii . . . krodhisaravatsaram kannimasam yettanteti
ujvala samapta ii sriramarppanam ii Narayanasya granthas
samaptah ii
38.
Whish No. 37.
Size: 9^ x l| in., 13 + 117 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: The Parthiva year in which the MS. was written (see below)
probably corresponds to A. D. 1766, perhaps to A. D. 1825/26.
Scribe: Venkusudhivara Saunda.
Character: Grantha.
(1)
The Taittirlya -PrdtisdMiya.
It begins: — atha varnasamamnayah i atha navaditas sama-
naksarani i dve dve savarne hrasvadlrghe i na plutapiirvam |
sodasadita svarSh i seso vyahjanani, etc.
It ends: — samsadam gacched acaryyasarnsadam iti ii atha
catasro dvadasa ii iti dvitiyaprasnah pratisakhye samaptah ii
harih om subham astu i
(2)
The Triblicisyaratna, a Commentary on the Taittirlya-
FrdtisdWiya,
->t 45 ><$-
It begins: — bhaktiyuktah pranamyahara ganesacarana-
dvayam gurim api giran devim idara vaksyami laksanam |
vyakhyanam pratisakhyasya viksya vararucadikam i krtan
tribhusyaratnam yat bhasate bbusurapriyam i etc.
It ends: — iti tribhasyaratne prati^akhyavivarane dviti-
yaprasne dvadasoddhyayali ii samapto dvitiyaprasnah 11 barili
om II srimatpartthivavatsare madburtau mase madhau sya-
male pakse prosthapadarksake kavidine dvadasyupetebani |
granthas cottararatnasabdamilitasrimattribhasyabhidha sri-
mad-Veipkusudbivarena likbitas Saundena sastrottame ii
harih om srigurubhyo namah ii
39.
Whish No. 38.
Size: 17-|x2 in., 175 leaves, 10 or 11 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: The Yuvan year in which the MS. was written
(see below) probably corresponds to A. D. 1755,56, possibly to A. D.
1815/16.
Scribe: The son of Sesadri. See above Nos. 15 & 27.
Character: Grantha.
The Bhdgavata-Purdna, together with ^ridharah Com-
mentary, Skandhas 11 and 12.
It begins: — om i avighnam astu i vijayante parananda-
krsnapadarajasrajah i ya dhrta miirddhni jayante mahen-
dradimahasrajah ii pravarttitah (read pravrttitah) para-
nandakrsnakridanuvarnita i tannivrtyii paranandapararo-
honuvarnyate ii evan tavad dasamaskandhe bhubharavata-
ranaya nijabhiitivibhusitayaduvarnsasya yaduvamsavata-
ritasakalasurarnsasya bhagavata srikrsnasya taducitapra-
vrttividambanena tacchravanasmaranadiparanam paresam
anandakaranam krldanuvarnita i etc.
F. lb: — ekadasaskandhasya pravrttih tasya yathamati-
vyakhyanam arabhyate tatra mausalaprasamgarttham pur-
vaskandharttham anuvadati slokadvayena ii krtva daityava-
dham krsnas saramo yadubhi(r) vrtah i bhuvovatarayat bha-
rafi javisthah janayan kalim li etc.
The IV^ Skandha ends (f. 134): — iti srimatbhagavate
mahapurane savyakhyana ekadasaskandhe paramam(read
parama)hamsyayam samhitayam ekatrimsoddliyayah ii sri-
krsnaya namah ii evam ekadasaskandhabhavartthapadadi-
pika I svajnanaddhvantabhitena Sridharena praka^ita i ida-
nln natigiidharttham srimat-bhagavatam kva nu i manda-
buddhir aham krsne prema kim kin na karayet ii ajnana-
ddhvantabliitanam bhaktanam bbagavan harih i Sridhara-
caryyarupena vyakhyanam akarot svayam ii yodvayatma-
bhidhanena lokam raksann ajijanat i tasya padayugaccha-
tram murddhni vidharyyatam ii ekadasaskandhavyakhya pari-
piirna ii srikrsnaya satyabhamasahitaya namah ii vatsare ca
yuva uttarayane kumbhamasam adhige divakare i kalapaksa
udabhupriyarksake sukrasisyaguruvasare diva i likhitaika-
dasaskandhatika slokaili prasammita i Sesaputrena vidusa
samiihyasabdikair asau ii bindusrngaksarair hinani etc.
The Commentary to the 12*^ Skandha begins (f. 135): — ■
jayati srl-Parananda(h) krsnapahgalasaddrsah i etc.
It ends (f. 175): . . . nama iti dvabhyam ii namas tasmai
bhagavate vasudevaya saksine i ya idam krpaya kasmai
vyacacakse mumuksave ii vyacacakse vyakhyatavan ii yogl-
ndraya namas tasmai sukaya brahmarupine i samsarasar-
padastam yo visnuratam amiimucat ii iti ^rimat-bhagavate
mahapurane savyakhyane dvadasaskandhe trayodasoddhya-
yah 11 srikrsnaya namah ii dvadasaskandhah piirnah ii bhava-
rtthadlpikam etam bhagavatbhaktavallabham i sri-Parana-
ndapadabjabhrmgasrl-Sridharokarot ii . . . srigurum Parama-
nandam vanda anandavigraham i yatkrpalavalesena Sri-
dharas sukrtas sukhi ii om dvadasas skandhas samaptah li
harih om ii
yuvabhidhanebda udagdisamge hy anantaratne (?) sisira-
rttubhanaii i mase ghate paksa ihavadataglautarakayam
likhitam mayedam ii satikan dvadasaskandhamulam Sesa-
drisununa i Visvamitranvayamahapamkotbhavadinam krte II
harih om ii sriguriibhyo namah ii bindusrragaksarair etc. . . .
^riparadevatayai namah ii srisarasvatyai mmaksyai namostu
om subham astu harih om ii
40.
WmsH No. 39.
Size: 7'ix2l in., 59 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS : 18 tu or 19 "» cent.?
Character: Grantha.
The BJiarjavadgltd, with a brief introduction.
It begins: — asya sri-bhagavatgita^astramahamantrasya I
Vedavyaso bhagavan rsih i anustup cchandah i tasam gitanam
kvacin nanacchandamsi i evamprakarini cchandamsi i vis-
variipo visnuh paramatma bhagavan ^riman-narayano
devata i asocyan anvasocas tvam prajhavadams ca bhasasa
iti bijara i sarvadharmman parityajya mam ekam ^aranam
vrajeti saktih i urddhvamukxm adha^sakham asvattham
prahur avyayam iti kilakara i sribhagavatsamaradhanrirtthe
jape viniyogah i etc.
The text begins (f. 2): — Dhrtarastra uvaca I dharmma-
ksetre kuruksetre samavetfi yuyutsavah i etc.
F. 5b: — visrjya sasaran capana sokasamvignamanasah ii
^okasamvignamanasa iti ll iti on tat sad iti mahabharate
satasahasrikayam samhitayam vaiyasikyam bhismaparvani
sribhagavadgitasupanisatsu parabrahmavidyayam yogasastre
srlkrsnarjjunasamvade arjjunavisadayogo nama prathamo-
ddhyayah ii
It ends: — iti on tat sat sribhagavatgitasupanisatsu
parabrahmavidyayaiu yogasastre srlkrsnarjjunasamvade
sakalavedasastrapuranasamgrahamoksayogo namastadaso-
ddhyayah ii srikrsnaya parabrahmane namo namah ii sri-
vasudevarpanam astu i
41.
Whish No. 40.
Size: lOyXll in., 190 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS: An entry by Mr. "Whish, found on the last page,
is dated 'Calicut 1826'. The MS. may be about 50 or even 100 years
older.
Ch aracter : G rantha .
->4 48 Hc-
The Subodhini, a Commentary on the Bhagavadgitd, by
^rldharasvdmin, in 18 Adhyayas.
It begins: — vande krsnarjunau virau naranarSyanav
ubhau I dharttarastrakiilonmattagajarohanavallabhau i sara-
tthyam arjunasyajau kurvan gitamrtan dadau i lokatrayopa-
karaya tasmai krsnatmane namah i . , . srimadhavam prana-
myatha devam visvesam adarat i tatbliaktiyantritali kurve
gitavyakhyam subodhinim i etc.
Adhyaya I ends on f. 9, A. II on f. 27 b, A. Ill on
f. 40 b, A. IV on f. 54, A. V on f. 63 b, A. VI on f. 74,
A. VII on f. 82, A. VIII on f. 90, A. IX on f. 97 b,
A. X on f. 106, A. XI on f. 120 b, A. XII on f. 126,
A. XIII on f. 137, A. XIV on f. 144, A. XV on f. 151,
A. XVI on f. 157 b, A. XVII on f. 165 b, A. XVIII
on f. 190.
It ends: — ^ri-Paramanandapadabjaraja^rldharinadhuna |
Sridharasvamina prokta gitatika subodhini ii iti sribhaga-
vatgitatikayam subodhinyam Sridharasvami-krtayam para-
martthanirnayo nama astadasoddhyayali " srikrsnaya
paramatmane namah ii svapragalbhyabalad vilokya bhaga-
vatgitan tadantargatan tatvam prepsur upaiti kim guru-
krpaviyusadrstim vina i asya svahjalina rahasyajaladher
aditsur antarmmaninavarttesu na kin nimajjati janas sat-
karnadharam vina ii harih om etc.
42.
Whish No. 41.
Size: 9|xl| in., (3) + 87 + (3) leaves, 7 or 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 1825. The MS. may be
about 50 years older.
Character : Grantha.
The Demmdhdtmya from the SaryasdvarnilM-Mcuwantara
of the Mdrkandeya'Purdna, in 23 Adhyayas, preceded by
the Argfdastotra , and Kllalristotra. The edition by
L. Foley (Berlin 1831), and the Bombay editions of 1862
(Sake 1784) & 1864 (Sake 1786) contain only 13 Adhyayas.
~$^i 49 HS-
It begins: — nyasam avahanafi caiva namany argalaklla-
kam I hrdayan ca dalafi caiva ddhyanam kavacaiu eva
ca I mrihatmyafi ca japen nityaiu astamyafi ca visesatah i
sarvasaubhagyam apnoti[m] dehante ca labhet gatim i
om I padayor varabliyo namali i nitambe narasimhyai
namali i etc.
F. 5b: — iti sridevimahatmye argalastotram samaptam ii
F. 7: — iti sridevimrdiatmye kilakastotram samaptam ii
athatas sampravaksyami vistarena yathatatham i candikrdir-
dayam guhyam srunusvaikagramanasali ' i hram brim brbi (?)
ai brim ^rim klim jaya jaya camundike tridasamaku-
takoti saragbattacaranaravinde savitri gayatri sarasvati
mababikrtabarine bhairavarilpadbarini prakatitadamstro-
gravadane gbore gboranayane jvalajvrdasabasraparivrte, etc.
Tbe first Adbyaya ends on f. 30.
F.72: — eva[m]n devya varam labdbva Suratbab ksatriya-
[rjrsabbab i suryyaj janma samasadya savarnir bhavita
manub il iti srimarkandeyapurane siiryyasavarnike manvan-
tare devlmabatraye suratbavaisyavarapradanan nama tra-
yodasoddbyayali ii
Tbe W^ Adbyaya ends on f. 78 b. Ff. 79—87 are also
fobated separately by letters, viz. ka, kba, etc.
End: — isanakoneksamksetrapalaya namali i astadalababye
devyas tad daksinantam gamganapataye namali i pampara-
magurubbyo namab i pamparamagurupadukabbyo namab i
daravatukabbairavaya namab i duindurgayai namab i pantipu-
jayet ii iti srimarkandeyapurane siiryyasavarnike manvantare
devimabatmye panntipujarabasyan nama trayovim^o (pafica-
viniso, pr. m.) ddbyayab ii sriiuabadevyai namab i ^rigurubbyo
namab i sivaya namab i barib om ii
43.
WmsH No. 42.
Size: llf X2 in.; (3) 4-97 + (4) leaves, about 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
I These MSS, generally read srunu- for srnu-.
-$M 50 H$-
Date: An entry by Mr. Whish is dated 1825. The MS. may be
about 50 years older.
Scribe: Ananta Narayana.
Character : Grantha.
(1)
The Kuldrnava{tantra) , in 17 Ullasas (fF. 1—95). See
Aufrecht-Oxford p. 90 seqq. (No. 147); Iiid. Off. IV, p. 879;
Mitra, Notices, I pp. 138 (No. 258), 160 (No. 290).
It begins : — gurubhyo namali (i) upasrutinani anyesam upa-
srutir iyain sada i srun(ut)aiu sarvaviranam caranam smaranam
mmama i gurum ganapatim durgam ksetresam sivam arca-
(read acyu?)tain i brahmanam girijam laksmlm vanim vande
vibhutaye i anadyayakhiladyayamayine gatamaline i arupaya
svarupayasivaya guruve namah i devyau(5ic)Yaca i on namo
devadeve^a paiicakrtyavidbayaka i sarvajha bhaktisulabha ^a-
ranagatavatsala (read°la) i miilesa paramesana karunamrta-
varidhe i asare ghorasamsare sarve [da]du(li)khamalimasali|eic.
F. 17: — iti srikularnave urddbvamnayamahatmye triti-
yollasah ii
F. 27: — iti ^rikularnavamahatmye rabasye sarvamgamo-
ttame kuladivyadikatbanam pancamollasali ii
The 7*'^ Ullasa ends on f. 37, the S*'^ U. on f. 44b,
the 9*11 XT. on f. 51, the 10*^^ U. on f. 56, the IV-^ U. on
f. 61b, the 12*51 xj. on f. 67 b, the W^ U. on f. 72 b, the
14*1^ U. on f. 78, the 15*1^ U. on f. 84b, the U^^ U. on
f. 89 b.
It ends (f. 95): — iti ^rlmatkularnave maharahasye sarva-
gamottame moksapade kiilavivahaprasamsan nama sapta-
dasollasah ii
(2)
The Mantraksaramald, in 16 stanzas (ff. 95b — 98 b).
It begins: — kallolo(lla)sitamrtabdhilaharimaddhyevirajan-
manidvipe kalpakavatikaparivrte kadambavatojvale ratna-
stambhasahasrauirmmitasabhamaddhye vimanottame cinta-
ratnavinirmmite janani te simhasanam bhavaye ii 1 il
It ends: — srimantraksaramalaya girisutSm yah pujayec
cetasa sandhyasu prativasaram suniyatam tasyaui malas-
-^ 51 -^
yacirat cittambhoruhamandape girisuta nrttam vidhatte sada
vanivaktrasaroruhc jaladhijagehe jaganmamgalam ii 16 ii
srimahatripurasundaryyai namah i karaki'tara aparadham
ksantum arhanti santah i samkarasya caritakatharasah
candra^ekharagunanikirttanam nilakantha tava padaseca-
nam sambhavantu mama janma(ni) janmani i idam pustakam
guruvanujfia Anauta - Narayana - likhitam I srigurubhyo
namah i liarih om subbam astu il
44.
Whish No. 43.
Size: lOixll in., (1) + 38 + (2) + 11 + (1) leaves, 8 lines on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: An entry by Mr. Whish is dated 'Calicut 1825'. The MS.
is probably not much older.
Character: Grantba.
(1)
The Vmiiqiddddikesdntastutl by ^aiilMva, with a Com-
mentary, called SulihabodhiuL Printed, with a different
commentary, in the Kavyamala, Part II, pp. 1 — 20.
It begins: — harih i nabhinalikalolambabhamgivanitapab-
phalam i kudumbikalasambbodheh kanyaya(h) kalaye mahah i
alikalocanatopad alikam rataye dadat i vii^ralambhara pura-
strii,iam pusnat tejo bbajamahe i giripathodhipathojasada-
nanandadhoramh i padam kurve namasyanam umalaksmi-
sarasvatih i bhagavatpadapadadikesastutya madhusruta i
vyakhya vitanyate ramya namnSsau sukhabodhini ii iha
khalu sakalajagadanugrahaya svecchakrtavigrahaparigrahali
paramakarunikagragaiiyah sarvajiiasikhamanayah sri-
Samkarabhagavatpujyapadah srimadvaipayanapranltabrah-
masiitravyakhyanarupasrlmat - bhSsyakaraiiena mumuksu
jijhasyafi jagaj janmadikaraiiam sakalopanisatgamyam
saccidanandadvayam pratyagabhinnam visnvakhyam brahma
mukhyadhikriribhyah karatalabadaravat sphutara pradar-
^ya mandadhikarinam anujighrksaya nirvisesam parain
4*
-^H 52 H^
brahma saksat karttum amsvarali ye manclas tenukampyante
savisesanirupanair iti nyiiyena tasyaiva jDaratatvasya saka-
lasrutismrtipuranavacanais suddliasatvopaliitatvena satvika-
sevyatvena cavagatasya samkhacakrasarnganandakakau-
inodaklrupapancayudhalamkvtasya garudavahanasya sesa-
sayinali srlmahalaksmibhumidevisametasya kaustubliasrl-
vatsamuktabharanaklritakatakamgadadisarvabharanabliusi-
tasya sakalalokatisayalusaimdaryyasimnah niratisayadayasu-
dhasamudrasya sakalajagadraksanadiksitasya sribhagavato
narayanasya padadikesastutin tadupasanarupam sakrt pa-
thamatrena sakalapurusarttbasandohinim dvipaiicasat^lokat-
mikam karttum arabhante ii tatradaii varnyate samkho bhu-
jagrevastbito bareli i nilasailasikbarudhacandrabimbasriyam
vahan ii laksmibbarttur bhujagre krtavasati sitam yasya
rupam visalam, etc.
It ends: — paramanandam atmasvarupam pravisati tatraiva
llyate brahmanandasvarupenavatistbata iti siddham ii iti
srimatparamabamsaparivrajakacaryya-sri-Govinda-bbagavat-
pujyapadasisya-sri-Samkara-bbagavatpadakrta-srivisnupada-
dikesaparyyantastute(r) vyakbya samgrbita samapta ii barib i
om I
(2)
Tbe Uttaragltd, a kind of appendix to tbe Bbagavadgita,
in three Adbyayas. See A. Holtzmann, Das Mababbarata II,
165 seq.
It begins: — krsnaya vasudevaya jiianamudraya yogine i
natbaya rukminisaya namo vedantavedine i Arjuna uvaca |
yad ekam niskalam brahma vyomatitan nirahjanani i apra-
tarkyam anirdesyam vinasotpattivarjitam i etc.
F. 4: — om tat sad iti srima[t]duttaragitasiipanisatsu
parabrahmavidyayam yoga^astre ^rikrsnarjunasamvade a-
dvaitavasan nama prathamoddbyayah ii
F. 8: — iti ^rimaduttaragitasupanisatsu . . . dvitiyo-
ddbyayah ii
It ends-. — sarvacintavinirmmuktan niscintam acalam
bhavet i on tat sad iti ^ribhagavatgitastipanisatsu para-
brahmavidyayam yogasastre srikrsnarjunasamvade advaita-
-^ 53 hs-
vasan nama tritiyoddhyayah il ^rikysnarpanam astu sriguru-
bliyo namah i ^ridaksinamurttaye namah li
45.
Whish No. 45.
Size: 10x2g in., 36 + (1) leaves, 11 or 12 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: An entry by Mr. Whish at the end of the MS. is dated
-•Calicut 1825.' The MS. is probably not much older.
Character: Grantha.
The Ratirahasya, a treatise on Kamasastra, in 10 Pa-
ricchedas, by KohliolM who composed it for Vaidyadatta.
See Burnell, Taujore, p. 58 seq., & Ind. Ofif. Ill, p. 362.
Burnell has Vainyadatta, Eggeling Vainyadatta, for Vai-
dyadatta.
It begins: — yenakari prasabham acirad arddhanarisvara-
tvam dagdhenapi tripurajayino jyotisa caksusena i indor
mmitram sa jayati niiidan dhama vamapracaro devas sriman
bhavarasajusan daivatam cittajanma i parijanapade bhripga-
srenipikah patuvandino himakarasitacchatram mattadvipo
malayanilah i krsatanudhanurvalli lilakataksasaravali mana-
sijamahavirasyoccair jayanti jagajjitah ii 2 i Kokkokanamna
kavina krtoyam sri-Vaidyadattasya kutuhalena i vilokyatam
kamakalasu dhiraih pradlpakalpo vacasam nigumbhah i etc.
It ends: — iti kaksaputasarasamgrahali ii iti ratirahasye
yogadhikaro nama dasamah paricchedah ii ^ubham astu ii
46.
WmsH No. 46.
Size: 9f x2t2- in., 51 leaves, 12 or 13 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: An entry by Mr. "Whish at the end of the MS. is dated
'Calicut 1825' ; the MS. may be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
The Suryasataka, by 2fayura, with a Commentary Ijy
Anvayamuklia.
-^ 54 .<-
It begins: — jambharatibhakumbhotbhavam iva dadhatas
sandrasindurarenum raktas sikta ivaughair udayagiritati-
dhatudharadravasya i etc.
The Commentary begins: — jambharater indrasya ibhasya
gajasyairavatasya pragdigasrita(na)m adhipatyasanniddhya-
sambhavad eva muktih kumbhayor udbhava udbhutir bhuma
yasya tarn, etc.
After verse 100 follow the text and commentary of the
verse, slokalokasya bhutyai satam iti racita sri-Mayurena
bhaktya, etc. It ends: — orn i sivaya namah ii suryyasataka-
slokavyakhyanagrantham sampurnam harih om ii srigurubhyo
namah ii om sadatisrastusandhyasu (?) vidhivisnupuraribhih i
upasyo ya svarupena tam adityam aharn bhaje i tatra-
bhavan Mayiiro nama mahakavir antahkaranadisarva-
vayanirvrtisiddhaye sarvajanopakaraya ca hiranyagarbha-
pramukhasarvakarmmanyopasya(sya)yajurupanisadupapadi-
taoijopasanasaddhyasadhanasya pratyaksabrahmanas suryya-
mandalantarvarttino bhagavata adityasya stutirn slokasatena
pranitavan i tasya stuter vivaranam balasukhabodhanaya-
nvayamukhena kriyate ii om suryyaya namah ii
47.
WmsH :^o. 48.
Size: 9f x l|^ in., (1) + 137 + (1) leaves, from 10 to 12 lines on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: 18 tt or 19 th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
(1)
The Karttikamalmtmya, from the Padma-Piiram , in
30 Adhyayas (ff. 1—49).
It begins: — Sutah i sriyah patim athamantrya gate de-
varsisattame i harsotphullanana Satya madhavam punar
abravit i Satyovaca i etc.
It ends: — ye manavah karttikamasi bhaktya snanah ca
dipan haripujanah ca i danam vratam brahmanabhojanadi
-^. 55 H$-
kurvanti te svargakutumbina syuh ii iti ^rlpatme purane
karttikamahritmye trirasoddbyayah ii srikrsnaya namah |
yadrsara pustake drstva tadrsam likhitani niaya i abaddham
va subaddbam va mama doso na vidyate ii
(2)
Tbe VaisdWiamalidtmya, from tbe Skanda-Purdm , in
30 Adbyayas (ff. 51 — 137, also separately foliated from 1 — 88).
It begins: — avigbnam astu i rsayab i skande purane
bhavata vai^akbasya ca vaibbavam i asmakam katbitam
purvam ^rutafi casmabbir eva ca i tat bhiiya^ srotukama-
nam vistarad vaktura arliasi i Sfitab i pura brahmamga-
bbiitena, etc.
It ends: — rsln amantrya tan sarviln Sutab pauraniko-
ttamab i taili pujitab paran tustali kailasam pratyagat
punab II iti srimatskande purane vaisakbamabatmye trimso-
ddbyayab il ^rlgurubbyo nam all ii barib om ii
48.
WmsH No. 49.
Size: 9-r- x If in-, (1) + 32 + 26 + (1) leaves, 7 or 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: End of 18 th or beginning of 19tii cent.?
Character: Grantha.
(1)
Rules and prayers for tbe worsbip of Rudra (ff. 1—32).
Mr. Wbisb gives tbe title 'Ruclra-nydsam\ but probably
it sbould be 'PaHC(lngarudranydsa\ Tbe Mantras belong
to tbe Black Yajurveda. Cf. Stein- Jammu, p. 16: panca-
ngarudranam nyasapurvako japabomarcanavidbib.
It begins: — orn atbatab paficaingarudranam nyasapur-
vakam japabomarcanabhisekavidbim vyakbyasyamab i ya
te rudra iti sikbayara i ya te rudra siva tanur agborapa-
pakasim i taya nas tanuva santamaya girisantabbi cakasibi |
asmin mabaty arnava iti ^irasi i asmin mabaty arnaventa-
rikse bbava adbi i tesam sabasrayojaneva dbanvani tanmasi |
-^ 56 HS"
sahasraniti lalate i sahasrani lalate i sahasrani sahasraso
ye rudra adhi bhumyam i tesam sahasrayojaneva dhanvani
tanmasi i etc. See Taitt. Samh. TV, 5, 1, 1; 11, 1.
F. 26: — evamrupinam eva ddhyatva dvijas samyak tato
devayajanam arabhet ii athato rudrasnanarcanabhisekavi-
dhim vyakhyasyamah i adidevatirtthe snatva i udetya sucili
prayato brahmacari suklavasa tasya daksinapratyakde^e
tanmukliain stbitva atmani devata sthapayet ii
F. 31b: — acaryyaya daksinam ga dadyat i dasa gas sam-
vatsarah i svarnabharanabhusitah i rsabhau cadhikarah |
asvamedhaphalam apnoti i ity aha bbagavan Bodhayanali.il
subham astu srigurubhyo namah l asya srirudraddhyaya-
pra^namahamantrasya i Aghora rsih i anustup cchandah I
samkarsanamurttisvarupo yosav adityas sa ekarudrah
paramapuruso devata i agnikratuh caramayam istakayam
satarudriye viniyogah i etc.
It ends or breaks off (f. 32b):— kuksis saptasamudram
bhujagirisikharam saptapatalapadam vedam vaktram sadam-
gam dasadisi vadanam divyaliingam namami i om gananan
tva I It seems to be incomplete.
f2)
An Itihdsa or a legend of King Vrmdarvi, with an
enumeration of the great benefits, temporal and spiritual,
to be reaped by him who reads tliis legend (ff. 1 — 10).
It begins: — Vrsadarvikulaiu havisf?) Sibikulam babhiiva i
tasyayam itihasah kula-sidya babhiiya i tad yo ha smai-
mam (read smemam?) adhite i sa ha sma raja bhavati i sa
kihcit prapyantarhitah i sobravit i yo mam itihasam gra-
hayet i parasmai dadyam iti i tato brahmanah i samyogam
sayyayujet (?) ;. 1 ;: tam adityat puruso bhaskaravarno niskram-
ya I sa enam grahayah cakara i tam aprcchat kositi i va vrsa-
darvii- iti i tasmad ya imam itihasam adhite l adityalokosya
kamacaro bhavati i tasmad ya imam itihasam upanito
manavako grhnlyat i grhitvatha brahmanan cchravayet i
medhavl bhavet i rarsasatan ca jivet li 2 ii
F. 2b: — atho khalv ahuh i vedasammitoyam itihSsah i
dharmman carati nadharmmam i satyam vadati nanrtam I
"->^ 57 r<5-
dirgham pasyati ma hrasvam param pas vat i maparam | rco
ha yo veda sa veda devau i yajuuisi yo veda sa veda yajnam |
samani yo veda sa veda sarvam i yo manasam veda sa
veda brahma u 8 ii
The greater part of what now follows reads almost like
a Smrti, aud treats of the duties of Brahmanas, more
especially of Sraddhas.
On f. 9 the story is told of king Yrsadarvi who grants
a certain Brahmana one of the following boons: a cow
that constantly yields milk, a sheep which is constantly
shorn (? avir mmejasram viluhyate i for viluyate ?). a
millstone which is constantly grinding, a caiTiage which
drives over all the seas, a pair of earrings with gems of
the colour of the smi. The Brahmana asks his wife, and she
says: 'Take the sheep'; then he asks his son who tells him
to take the carriage, then his daughter who wants him
to take the earrings, finally his female slave who tells him
to take the mill-stone. — while he himself fancies the cow.
King Yrsadarvi gives him all the five gifts. Then it con-
tinues:— tad idam itihasah ! brahmadityapurogaya i puro-
gah karsyapaya i kasyapo bharadvajaya t bharadvajo bahu-
bhir auagamaya i tatah pracyavananani dhanapater dvijah I
brahmanakide jatismaro bhavati i saptajanmakrtat papan
mucyate i dyas (?) tu parvabhih i dine dine gayatule bha-
ranyam gayapancake :; 30 a
It ends (f. 10): — ete dve dhanam arvyanam mantras
caiva vratani ca i mantras ca va vratani ca namo namah
on namah Yrsadarvi namo namah suparnosi ganitman
trivrt te siro gayatraii caksu stoma atma sama te taniir va-
madevyani brhadrathantare paksau yajiiayajiiiyam puccham
chaudamsy auigani dhisniyas sapha yajuuisi nama i supar-
nosi garutman divam gaccha suvah pata - harih om ». 30 i
itihasam samapta srigurave namah srisarasratyai namah
sriramacandrasv amine namah subham astu i
(3)
The Somotjjatti. {& 11. 12). a kind of Parisista. The
same work in the Bodleian MS. YTalker lU, it. 203— 204 b
-$H 58 f-$-
(where it forms part of an A^valayana-Mantrasamhita).
The Sama-veda Parisista of the same title in the Bodleian
MS. Wilson 466, ff. 11—13 (see also Weber, Indische
Studieu, vol. I, p. 59; other MSS. in Weber-Berlin 1, p. 78,
Mitra, Notices, vol. IV, p. 160, :No. 1589, & Peterson IV,
p. 8, No. 120), though beginning differently, seems to be
the same.
It begins (f. 11): — orn somotpatti i rsaya ucuh i kauta-
halasamutpanna devata rsibhis saha i samsayam paripr-
cchanti vyasam dharmmartthakovidam i katham va ksiyate
somah ksino va vrddhate (read vardhate) katham i imam
prasnam mahabhaga bruhi sarvam asesatah i sri-Vedavyasa
uvaca 1 etc.
It ends (f. 12 b): — yas ca raja dvijatinam tasmai soma-
tmane namah i somotpatti sampiirnam adityatinavagraha-
devatabhyo namah srigurubhyo namah i
(4)
The Vedaimdastava, a Stotra devoted to the worship
of Siva (ff. 13—26).
It begins (f. 13): — om vande mahesvaram sambhum
vighnesam sanmukham guruni i ganesan nandimukhyaras
ca sivabhaktan mahamunin i umapatyam {sic) umajanim umah
comasahodaram i umananandaram patmam vidhim vayam
upasmahe i . . . puridarikapuradhi^am pundarikajinambaram I
pundarikarucim vande pundarikaksasevitam i pundarika-
puram prapya jaimunir {sic) mmunisattamah i kin cakrira
mahayogi Suta no vaktum arhasi i Siita uvSca i bhagavaii
jaiminir dhiman pundarikapure pura i etc.
It ends (f. 25):-traivarnikesv in[n]atamo ya[y] enam nityam
kadacit pathatisabhaktitah ii 124^ ii padam vapy arddhapa-
dam va slokam slokarddham eva va i yas tu va ciyate
nityam sivalokam sa gacchati i vedas sivas sivo vedo veda-
ddhyayi sadSsivah i tasmat sarvaprayatnena vedaddhya-
yinam arcayet i krpasamudram sumukhan trinetram jata-
dharam parvativamabhagam i sadasivam rudram anantaru-
» It ought to be 114, as verse 111 is wrongly numbered 121.
^^ 59 H$-
pam sivacidambaresam hvdi bhavayami i sivaci[ip]dainbarain
iti briiyat sakrjjananavarjitam i muktighantamanipadam
nioksara eva samasnute i ayan danakrilasuhrndanapritram
(f. 26:) bbavan natba data tvad anyan na yace i bhavat-
bhaktim eva sthiran dehi mahyam krpaslla ^ambho krta-
rtthosya tasmat i harili om vedapadastavam sampurnam
subham astu srimahadevyai namab.
49.
Whish No. 50.
Size: IOtXIt in., 36 + 45 leaves, from 8 to 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: 18 th or 19th cent.?
Character : Grantha.
(a)
The Ranga-Mdhdtmya, or Sriranga-Mdhdtmya of the
Brahmdnda-Purdm, in 10 Adhyayas. (Ff. 36.)
It begins: — sri-Narada uvaca ii devadeva virupaksa
^rutam sarvam mayadhuna i trailokySntargatam vrttan
tvanmukhambhojanissrtam i tatha punyani tirtthani punyany
ayatanani ca i gangadyas saritas sarva itihasas ca Samkara 1
kaveryyas tii prasamgena tasyas tire tvaya pura i prastutam
ramgam ity uktara visnor ayatanam mahat [ i ] tasyaham
srotum icchami vistarena mahesvara i mahatmyam aghana-
^aya punyasya ca vivarddhaye (read ^vrddhaye) | etc.
It ends: — pathan ^rnvan likhan bibhran ramgamaha-
tmyam uttamam i muktas subhasubhe yata' tad visnoh
paramam padam ii iti sri-brahmandapurane mahesvara-
naradasamvade sriramgamahatmye srinavatirtthaprabhava-
varnanan nama da^amoddhyayah ii sriramgarajaya para-
brahmane namah ii
(b)
The KusalavopdWiydna from the AsvamedhiJicqmrvan of
the Jaimini-Bhdrata, or the Maliabhdrata by Jalmini, in
I One MS. reads muktvasubham subham yati (Prof. Aufrecht).
-$.* 60 •<-
12 Adhyayas. (Ff. 45.) These are Adliyayas 25—36 iu
the lithographed edition of the Jaimini-Bharata, Asvame-
dhika (Bombay 1863, Sake 1785), ff. 531)— 70. See also
Weber-Berlin 1, p. 115; Aufrecht- Oxford, p. 4b.
It begins: — Jauamejaya uvaca i citram uktam maha-
bhaga yad ramakusayor bhrsam i tad vaktum arhasi tvara
hi srotum kautuhalam hi me i Jaiminih i srunu rajan
mahabaho ramasya caritam mahat i vistarena yatha sarvam
vadatas tan nisamaya i ram as tarn ravanam hatva kum-
bhakarnam mahabalam i etc.
Fol. 2: — iti srimahabharate asvamedhikaparvani kusala-
vopfikhyane prathamoddhyayah ii
It ends: — iti srijaiminibharate asvamedhikajiarvani kusa-
lavopakhyane dvadasoddhyayah ll sriramacandraya paragu-
rave namali ii srigurubhyo namah ii subham astu ii harih om ii
50.
WmsH No. 51.
Size: 14-|xlf in., (4) + 155 + (8) leaves, 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves. Painted boards.
Date: Entries by Mr. Whish dated 'Calicut 1826'. The Dhatu
or Dhatr year (see the colophons) preceding 1826 is A. D. 1816/17, but
the MS. was probably written A. D. 1756/57.
Scribe: Venkata Subrahmaiiya, the son of Sesadri. See above
Nos. 15, 27 & 39.
Character: Grantha.
The Mahabhcirata, Parvans xiv-xviii, viz.
The Asvamedhika Parvan, ff. 1 — 97,
the Asramavasika „
the Mausala „
the Mahaprasthanika „
the Svargarohanika „
The Asvamedhika Parvan begins: — krtodakan tu rajanam
dhrtarastram yudhisthirah i puraskrtya mahabahur uttatara-
kulendriyah i uttiryya ca mahabaho baspavyakulalocanah i
papata tire gamgaya vyadhaviddha iva dvipah i etc.
It ends (f. 97): — evam etat tadavrttan tasya yajhe
mahatmanah i pasyatan capi nas tatra nakulontarhitas
98 -
-136,
136 -
-145 b,
146 -
-149 b,
149 b-
-155 b.
-^ 61 .<r-
tada II iti sriman-maliabluirate ^atasahasrikriyam sarphitayum
asvamedhike parvany astasaptatitamoddhyayah ii ^rikrsnaya
iiamah ii om subliara astu visargabindvaksarasrrngapridalii-
nam maya yal likliitam pramadat i tat ksantum arhanti
dayalavalas santas sada hastakrtaparadham ii barih om ii
vatse dbatav avagvartmaiiy atba varsarttubbOsvati i .sravane
masy accbapakse paucamyam tvastrabbe tithau i vasare
vaniputrasya likbitani pustakan tv idam i a^vamedbikaparvan
tu muda Sesadrisununa ii barib om subbam astu om ii sri-
gurucaraiiaravindabbyan namab ii
Tbe Asramavasika Parvan begins (f. 98): — Janameja-
yah I rajyam prapya naravyagbrab pitrpaitamabam mabat i
katbam asan mabaraje dbrtarastre mabatmani i sa bi raja
batamatyo bataputro iiiiTisrayab i katbam asit gataisvaryyo
gandbari ca yasasvini i etc.
It ends (f. 134b):— yudbistbiras tu nrpatir nnatiprita-
manas tada i dbarayam asa tad rajyam nibatajnatibaudba-
vah II (f. 135:) iti srimababbarate satasabasrikayam sarpbi-
tayam asramavasike parvani satcatvarimsoddbyayab ii sri-
krsnaya namab ii om ii dbatunamani bi bayanepy avagvar-
tmasannibitalokacaksusi i masi karkatakanamni paksake
syamale jalajaputravasare i atrasvinibbe likbitaii ca parvam
Sesatmajenasramavasikan diva i bastadrutenaiva viramitan
jana alokya (alaksya in tbe repetition) santas sabitum
samarbatba ii biranyavapuse namab ii om asramavasikam
piirnam ii subbam astu. The wbole colopbon from iti sri-
mababbarate to samarbatba is repeated on f. 136.
Tbe Mausabi, Parvan begins (f. 136): — om sattrimsesv
atba samprapte varse kauravanandana i dadarsa viparitani
nimittani yudbistbirab i etc.
It ends (f. 145 b): — pravisya ca purim viras samasadya
yudbistbiram i acasta tad yatbavrttaru vrsnyandbakajanam
prati 11 iti srimababbarate satasabasrikayam sarnbitayam
mausale parvani navamoddbyayab ii mausalaparvam sama-
ptam 11 dbatau samayam kbahi daksinayane varsarttune
^ravanike ca masi i pakse dasamyam asucau titbav udau
candre kytantapriyavasare bi i mausalam parvam etad dbi
•^^ 62 i<-
likhitam Vyasasamkrtam i muda Vemkatapadayuk-Subrah-
manyavipascita ii harih om etc.
The Mahaprasthanika Parvan begins (f. 146): — harih
om I Janamejayah i evam vrsnyandhakakule srutva maulasam
(sic) ahavam i pandavah kim akurvanta tatha krsne divarn-
gate I etc.
It ends (f. 149 b): — yatra sa brhati syama buddhisatva-
samanvita i draupadi yositam srestha yatra caiva suta
mama ii srimahabharate satasahasrikayam samhitayam maha-
prasthanike parvani trtiyoddhyayah ii srikrsnaya namah li
harih om I mahaprasthanikain samaptam ii samvatsare
dhatunamni prayate daksinayane i rtau pravrsi mase tu
sravane sarvatarake i ekadasyan tithau varepy atrilocana-
sambhuvah i mahaprasthanikain parvaip samaptam Sesasu-
nuna ii harih om ii
The Svargarohanika Parvan begins (f. 149 b): — Janame-
jayah I svargam trivistapam prapya mama purvapitamahah i
pandava dharttarastras ca kani sthanani bhejire i etc.
It ends (f. 155b): — sravayed yas tu varnams trin krtva
brahmanam agratah i sarvapapavisuddhatma sucis tatgata-
manasah i iha kirttim mahat prapya bhogavan sukham
asnute i Vyasaprasadena puna svargalokam sa gacchati i etad
viditva sarvan tu vedavedartthavit bhavet i pujaniyas ca
satatam mananiyo bhavedvijah ii iti srimanmahabharate
satasahasrikayam samhitayam svargarohanike parvani pah-
camoddhyayah ii svargarohanikam samaptam ii srikrsnaya
namah ii . . . om dhatau vatsenuttare tu srtau varsasv rtau
tatah I sravane masi paksecche dvadasyain bhediteh kila i
dayadasyavaner vare likhitam pustakan tv adah i svargaro-
hanikain pai'vaiu Yyasena racitam ^ubham i idam Yemkada-
padajoik-Subrahmanyavipascita ii harih om ii srikrsnaya
namah ii ^rlgurubhyo namah ii om ii
51.
Whish No. 52.
Size: 12tX2-s in., (1) + 70 + (2) leaves, 12 or 13 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
-^ 63 H&-
Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Calicut 1826'. The MS.
may have been written aljout 50 years before that.
Character: Grantha.
The Tidakaverlmahdtmya, from the Agneya-Purdna, in
30 Adhyayas.
For other copies of this work, see Nos. 131 and 186.
It begins: — dharmmavarmma ca rajarsir nniculapura-
vallabhah i bhuyah papraccha tan natva dalbhyara bhaga-
vatottamam i bhagavan praninas sarve kenopayena sainpa-
dah (read sarvada?) i bhavanti putran samprapya sukhinas
cirajlvinah i katham syat papanirharah ^rise bhaktih katham
bhavet i etc. See No. 186.
F. 2b: — iti srimad - agneyapurane tulakaverimahatmye
prathamoddhyayah ii
F. 31b: — iti srimad-agneyapurane suryyasavarnike man-
vantare devltulakaverimahatmye caturddasoddhyayah ii
It ends: — iti prasannanananlraja muda te Saunakadya
munayo mumuksavah i hares caritrasravanotsavotsuka gan-
dhaksatildyaih punar apy apujayan ii iti srlmad-agneyapu-
rane tulakaverimahatmye dharmmasaravivecane trimso-
ddhyayah ii kaveryyai namali il harih om ii
52.
WmsH No. 53.
Size: 12|xl6 in., (1) + 168 leaves, 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated: 'Tellicherry 1826'. The
MS. may be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
The Mahdhhdrata, Parvan lY: the Virdta^jarvan , in
76 Adhyayas.
It begins: — srikrsnaya namah i Janamejayah i katham
viratanagare mama purvapitamahah i ajhatavasam u[k]sita
duryyodhanabhayarditah i pativrata mahabhaga satatam
satyavadini i draupadi va katham brahmann ajnata duhkhi-
tavasat i etc.
-^ 64 j^.
It ends: — tan niahots[y]avasamkasam hrstapustajanavr-
tam i nagaram matsyarajasya su:^ubhe bharatarsabliaih i
Janamejayah i vrtte vivalie hrstatma yad uvaca yudhisthi-
rah I tat sarvam katbayasveha krtavanto yad uttaram il
om iti srlmababbarate satasabasrikayam sambitayam vai-
yasikyam srivirataparvani abbimanyuvivabo nama satsapta-
titamoddbyayab ii om ii etat parvasu vistlrnam sarvasampat-
padan nrnam i srnvatam sarvapapagbnam anavrstivina-
sakam i asmin parvani yo marttya sraddbabbaktisaman-
vitah I srinoti (sic) slokam ekam va sa yati paramam gatim I
tasya mitrani varddbante grbaksetradisampadah i Syuh
kirttir balan tejas sambbavanti dine dine i asmin parvani
rajendra patbite brabmavadina i tarn pujayet suvaktaram
vastrabbusadibbir ddbanaib i tasmin prasanne bbagavan
mukundab arttarttibanta purusottamas ca i sarve ca deva
rsisiddbasamgbais tusta bbavisyanti narendrakale i bbarata-
ddbyayanat punyad api padam adbiyatab i ^raddadbanasya
puyante sarvapapany asesatah il barih om ii srikrsnaya
namab ii subbam astu srigurubbyo namab ii
53.
Wkesh No. 54.
Size: 17|x2rV in., (1) + 498 + (1) leaves, from 11 to 14 lines on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Telliclierry 1826'. The MS.
may be about a hundred years older.
Character: Grantha.
Tbe Rdmdyana, by Valmlki, Kandas i-vi.
Balakanda, ff. 1—47
Ayodbyakanda, ff. 47—148
Aranyakanda, ff. 149—207
Kiskindbakanda, ff. 208—277
Sundarakanda, ff. 278—341
Yuddbakaiida, ff. 342—498.
It begins: — abbipsitarttbasiddbyarttbam piijite yas surair
api 1 sarvavigbnasmide (°bbide?) tasmai ganadbipataye
-^H 65 •«-
namah i kujantani ramarameti raadliuram madhuraksaram I
aruhya kavitasakham vaude Valnilkikokilaiu i Yalmiker
mmunisirahasya kavitavanacririnah i si'uvan ramakatha-
nadaiu ko na yati param gatim i . . . yah karnafijali-
sarapiitair aliar ahas sammyak pibaty adarad Valmiker
vadanaraviudagalitara ramayanakliyam madhu i janmavya-
dbijaiTivii^attimaranair atyantasopadravam samsrirani sa
vihiiya gaccliati piiman visnoli padam sasvatam i namostu
ramaya salaksmanaya devyai ca tasyai janakatmajayai i
namostu nidrendrayamanilebhya(h) namas ca candiTirkama-
rutganebhyali i tadupagatasamasasandhiyogam samama-
dhuropanatarttliavakyabaddham i raghuvaracaritam muni-
pranitam dasasirasas ca vadhan nisamayaddhvam i on
tapasvaddhyayaniratam tapasvl vagvidam varam i naradam
paripapraccha Valmikir mmunipmpgavam I etc.
The Balakanda has 77 Sargas. It ends (f, 47): — taya
sa rajarsisuto hi kamaya sameyivan uttamarajakannyaya I
ativa ramas susubhetikamaya hari sriya visnur ivamaresva-
rah II iti srlmatbalakande saptasaptati(tama)s sargah ii iti sri-
madramayane adikavye bahikandam samaptam il harih om ii
The Ayodhyakanda has 120 Sargas. It ends (f. 148 b): —
itiva taih prahja[na]libhis tapasvibhir dvijaih krtah svastya-
yanah paran tapah i vanam sabharyyah pravivesa raghavas
salaksmimanis (read °laksmanas) suryya ivabhramandalah ii
ity arse srimadramayane adikavye srl(ma)d-Yalmiklye ca-
turviinsatisahasrikaya(m) samhitayam srimadayoddhy(rik)a-
nde ekavimsacchatatamas sargah ii sriramaya namah ii
gurubhyo namah ii subham astu ii ayoddhyakandam sama-
ptam II sriramacandrasvamine namah li daksinamiirttisvamine
namah ii sivaya namah ii
The Aranyakanda has 75 Sargas. It ends (f. 207): —
krame^a gatva sa vilokayan vanam i dadarsa pampam
subhadarsakananam anekananavidhapuspasamkulam ii ity
arse Srimadramayane adikavye sri-Yalmikiye caturvimsa-
tisahasrikayam samhitayam srimad-aranyakande pahcasa-
ptatitamas sargah ii aranyakandam samaptam ii harih om ii
The Kiskindha-kanda has 68 Sargas. It ends (f. 277b): — sa
vegavan vegasamahitatma haripravlrah paravirahanta i
5
-^ 66 t<-
punas samadliaya mahanubhavo jagama lamkam manasa
manasvi li iti . . . srlmatkiskiudhakande astasastitamas sar-
gali II sriramaya namah ii kiskindhakandas samaptah i
harili om ii ii
The Sundarakanda has 65 Sargas. It ends (f. 341b): —
tato maya vakbhir adinabhaksini sivabhir istabhir abhipra-
sadita i jagama santin tava maithiL~itmaja tavapi sokena
tathapi pidita ii iti srlmat-sundarakande pahcasastas sargah ii
sriramaya para(bra)hmane namah ii harih om etc.
Ff. 316—322 are placed in the wrong order.
The Yuddhakanda has 131 Sargas. It ends (f. 498b): —
ayusyam arogyakaram yasasyam saubhratrkam buddhikaram
subhah ca i srotavyam etan niyamena satbhir akhyanam
ayuskaram rddhikamaih i evam etat puravrttam akhyanam
bhadram astu vah i pravyaharata visrabdham balam visnoli
pravarddhatam i deva^ ca sarve tusyanti grahas tacchra-
vanat tatha ramayanasya sravane tusyanti pitaras tatha
bhaktyaramasya ye cemam samhitam munina krtam i ye
likhanti ca nara(s) tesam ca vSsas trivistape ii arse srimad-
ramayaiie adikavye Yrilmikiye srimadyuddhakande ekatri-
msaduttarasatatamas sargah ii sriramaya saparivaraya
namah ii ramarn ramauujam sitarp. gatani bharatanujam
sugrlvain vayusi'inuii ca pranamami pimahpunah ii balakande
dvisahasram i sasiti(r) dvisati tatha i slokanam atha sarga-
nam saptasaptatir irita i slokas catnssahasrani paksadhika-
caturddasi i ayoddhyakandagas sargSs satam ekonavimsatir
dvisahasram saptasatisloka dvatrimsata saha i aranyakande
sargas tii pahcasaptatir irita i dvisahasram satcchatani
sloka virasatir eva ca i kiskindhakand(ag)as sarga(s) saptasa-
stir itirita i trsahasran ca sat caiva slokas sundarakandagah i
sarganam astasastis tii samkhyata paramarsinS i yuddha-
kande tu padyanara dasona satsahasrika i ekatrirasacchata-
mitas sarga api ca kirttitah i trsahasram sate dve ca
catustriipsat tathaiva ca i sloka uttarakandasthas sarga(h)
pa(m)ktyuttaram satam i bindudurllipi° etc.
The following table shows the number of Sargas in each
Kanda, (1) according to our MS., (2) according to the
Bodleian MS. Sansk. b. 28 (which is also a Grantha MS.),
-^ 67 H$-
and (3) according to the recension called C in Prof.
Jacobi's concordance (Das Rumayana. Gescbiclite und
Inhalt nebst Concordanz der gedruckten B-ecensionen,
Bonn 1893, pp. 220 seqq.):
Kauda
Whish No. 54
Bodleian MS.
Recension C.
Bala
77
77
77
Ayodhya
120
119
119
Aranva
75
76
75
Kiskindba
68
66
67
Sundara
65
68
68
Yuddha
131
132
128
It will be seen that our MS. belongs to the 'C Recension',
though it differs somewhat from the editions representing
this recension. It also differs, though not materially, from
the Bodleian Grantha MS. The latter MS. contains the
same concluding slokas as our MS. (from ayusyam to vasas
trivistape), but with a few various readings.
54.
Whish No. 55.
Size: 9| X 1| in., 18 + (1) + 160 + 7 + (1) leaves, generally 11 lines
on a page.
Material: Palm leaves, covered with very thick boards ornamented
with coloured pictures, which are partly rubbed off.
Date: An entry by Mr. Whish is dated -Tellicherry 1826'. The MS.
may be about 80 or 100 years older.
Scribe: The son of Udayamurti.
Character: Grantha.
Injuries: The first resp. last lines of fl'. 1—18 partly injured.
(1)
The beginning of a Commentary on ValmlJd's Bdmdyam,
reaching as far as I, 1, 83.
It begins: — upadisati manum yas tarakan janmabhaje
nijam alabhata kamarn yatprasadena ramah i yam auusarati
-5>^ 68 H$-
sarvo devatanam nikayas sa bhavatu lirdaye me devadevo
mahesali i pracinavyahrtinam ayanam anusaran devadevasya
sambhor ajnamatravalambi nijavibudhajanair irito rama-
bhadram i santosan netum icchur visayam apanayaras
tatra tatra sphurantam i kurve sarvartthasaram vivaranam
ucitan caruramayanasya ii idam adau anusandheyam i visnoh
karmmani pasyateti srutya srotavyam puranam iti smrtya
cavagatasya sravanavidher addliyayaiiavidher iva i tatra-
tyasabdagrahanatadartthavagatipurvakena tatiDratipadita-
nityanaimittikasadharanadbarmmrinusthanenaistabhavanam
arttba iti i atomistbeyartthaprakasakatvat puranasya prati-
sargam anustbeyorttbali prakasanlyab i tatra prathamasar-
gena acaryyavan puruso vedeti srutyanu^rena svavagatopy
arttbab guruna gunavatopadista eva prayuktab adrstaii
janayati i pustenapi guruna yavadarttbam apunab pra-
snavisayam vaktavyam ity arttbadvayam prakasyate i tapa
iti I tapasi anasanadiriipe babirantabkaranaikagratape ca
svaddbyaye svavede ca niratara i etc.
It ends (I, 83): — karmmana ravanavadbantena i maba-
teti [ti] sarvalokepsitatamatvad iti bbavab i ata evaba sa-
caracaram iti.
(2)
The AdJiydtma-Bdmdy ana, a portion of the Brahmdnda-
Purdna, in 6 Kandas. Tlie printed editions generally
add one Sarga (adbyatmaramayauamabatmya-sarga) at tbe
beginning, and an Uttarakanda at tbe end. Tbese are
not found in our MS.
It begins: — yah prthvibbaracaranaya divijais sampra-
rttbitas cinniayah i sanjatab prtbivitale ragbukule maya-
manusyovyayab i niscakrara bataraksasab punar agat brah-
matvani adyam param klrttim papabaram vidbaya jagatam
tan janakisam bbaje ii visvotbbavastbitilayadisu betum ekam
mayasrayam vigatamayani acintya^aktim i anandasandram
amalan nijabodbariipani sitapatim viditatatvam abam
nnamami i patbanti ye nityam ananyacetasas srnvanti ca-
ddbyritmikasaTnjnita(m) subbara i ramayanain sarvapurSnasa-
mmatan nirddbutapapa barim eva yanti te i addbyatmara-
-^^ GO H$-
mayanam eva nityam patlied yad icliet bliavabandliamo-
ksam I gaviim sahasrayutakotidanaplialam lablied ya ^rnuyat
sa nityam i kailasagre kadacid, etc.
F. 4: — iti srlmad-addhyatmaramayane umamaliesvarasam-
vade balakande sriramalii-dayan nama prathamas sargali II
The Brdakanda (in 7 Sargas) ends on f. 17 b, the Ayo-
dhyakanda (in 9 Sargas, containing 700 slokas, as stated
at the end) on f. 45 b, the Aranyakanda (in 10 Sargas,
cont. 500 slokas) on f. 67 b, the Kiskindhakanda (in 9 Sargas,
cont. 555 slokas) on f. 92, the Sundarakanda (in 5 Sargas,
cont. 300 slokas) on f. 106, the Yuddhakfinda ends on
f. 160b, as follows: —
alodyakhiladeva(read °veda)rasim asakrd yat tarakam
brahma tat ramo visnur aham samurttim iti yo vijhaya bhute-
svarah I uddhrtyrdchilasarasam graham idam samksepatah
prasphutam i srirrimasya nigudhatatvam amalam praha
priyayai bhavali i iti srimad-addhyatmaramayane umamahe-
^varasamvade yiiddhakande soda^as sargah ii kande yuddhe-
ddhyatmake sargiX navasapta nllakarnoktah i sarddhaika-
dasasataslokanusamkhyaya yuktilh i jayati raghuvamsatila-
kah kausalyanandavarddhano ramah i dasavadananidha(na)-
kari dasarathih i pundarikaksah ii harih om subham astu
srigurubhyo namali ii srisambasivaya namah ii
The scribe adds: — Udayamurttikumaran . . . (follow two
or three words in Tamil, which I cannot make out.)
(3)
(The Manimanjarl) a Commentary on Keddras Vrttaratnd-
kara, by the Parohita iS'drdyam, a son of Nrsimhayajvan.
The text of the Vrttaratnakara is given in full, the com-
mentary consists in brief remarks only. It is incomplete,
breaking off in the middle of the third Adhyaya.
See No. 170.
It begins: — namo namo ganesaya namas te sivasunave I
nirvighnam kuru devesa namami tvam ganadhipa i svetani-
bhodhisthitan devam suddhasphatikavigraham i vagvibhiiti-
pradam saksad vande gandharvakandharam i Nrsimhayaj-
vanah putro Nfirayanapurohitah i vrttaratnakaravyakhyam
~5H 70 H$-
vyakaroti yathamati i sukhasantanasiddhyarttham naumi
brahmaccyutarccitam i gaurivinayakopetam sarakaram loka-
samkaram i vedartthasaivasastrajno Bhattako* bhudvijotta-
mah I tasya putrosti Kedaras sivapadarccane ratah i tene-
dam kriyate chando laksyalaksanasaipyutam i vrttaratna-
karan nama balanam sukhasiddhaye i Pimgaladibhir Sca-
ryyair yyad uktam laukikam dvidba i matravarnnavibbagena
cbandas tad iba katbyate i etc. After tbe text of slokas I,
1 — 7 tbere follows (f. lb): — vya i tamraksl mo gata sayo
modaterab prakirttitali i sabate sastu sa yati to vrnoti
rkarakab i bba sidati canas cokto vabatiti gana smrtab I
bbumyambvagnimarudvyomasuryyacandradyud eva tab ii
jneyas sarvadimaddbyanta guravotra catuskalah i etc. Tben
follows text of I. 8 — 18, fben again a sbort commentary.
Tben text of I. 19—22. Tben (f. 2b): — vrttaratnakare
pratbamoddbyayab ii F. 4: — dvitlyoddbyayah ii om uktayam
cbandasi i gu srili i etc.
It ends (f. 7): — sabny ukta mtau tagau gobdbilokaib P
caturbbis saptabbis ca varnair yyatih I nilam kese nirgunam
maddbyabbage durgban netre nirmmalam gandabinibe I
pinan tu gSm sronivaksojabbare krsne lilasalinin naumi
laksmlm i
oo.
Whish No. 56.
Size: ITa-xSj in., 65 leaves, from 13 to 15 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Tellicherry 1826.' The
MS. may be about 80 or 100 years older.
Character: Grantha.
Tbe Uttara-Rcimdyana , or Uttarakcinda of tbe Ecimd-
yana, by ValmlM, in 110 Sargas.
1 The editions have Pavyeka or Pabbeka as the name of Kedara's
father.
2 III, 34 in Borooah's edition. (A Comprehensive Grammar of
the Sanskrit Language, by Anundoram Borooah, vol, X: Prosody.)
-^^ 71 H$-
It begins: — praptarajyasya ramasya raksasanam vadhe
krte I ajagiuur mmunayas tatra raghavam pratinanditura I
kausikotha yavakrito narebliyas ca vaua eva ca i kanvo
medhatitheh putrah purvasyan disi casritali i dattatreyotha
bliagavan namucih pramucis tatlia i atreyaputro dharmma-
tma rsis sarasvatah prabliuli i etc.
It ends: — idam akhyanaiu ayusyam Ipatban ramayanan
narah i saputrapautro lokesmin pretya svarge mablyate i
ayoddbyapi piiri ramya siinya varsaganan babun i i-sabbam
prapya rajanam ni[va]vasam upayasyanti i etad akbyanam
ayusyam sabhavisyara sabottaram i krtavan pracetasah
(sabodarab p'. m.) putrab sa tat brahmapy anvamanyata il
ity firse srimadramayane adikavye Yalmlkiye srimaduttaraiTi-
mayane dasadbikasatatamas sargah ii barih om i subbam
astu I . . . sltabxksmanabbaratasatrugbnabanumatsametasri-
ramacandrasvamine namab ii . . . minaksisundaresvarasva-
mine namab ii . . . sakalalokanatbakayai namab i barib om ii
56.
Whish No. 57.
Size: 12^x2 in., (1) -f 192 + (2) leaves, 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Tellicherry 1826.' The
MS. may be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
Tbe XJpadesagrantliavivarana, a Commentary on (tbe
metrical part of) tankard's TJpadesasdliasrJ, by {Bodlianidhi ?)
a pupil of Yidyddlidmnii. See Burnell, Tanjore, p. 90.
Ind. Off. IV, p. 731. Hall, p. 99. See above No. 24(b).
It begins: — vismira paficatmakam vande bbaktyastada-
sabbedaya i samgavargonavimsatya bbaktair nnavabbir
asritam i on namab on nama srigurubbyab ii on naraas
sivaya li caitanyani sarvagara sarvam sarvabbutagubasayam I
yat sarvavisayatitan tasmai sarvavide namab i cetanam
eva caitanyam jnaptisvarupam sarvaga(m) sva vidyil kalpita-
dikkalakasadi sarvam vyapnotiti sarvagam sarvagam ity
ukte paramartthatas sarvan tat gamyam astiti asamka ma
bhud ity aha i sarvam iti, etc.
It ends: — . . . janmanusaprakaranasya padarttbavivara-
nam krtan devatagurubhaktipreritena maya ii iti saptadasa-
^loka yatlndrasrimukbotgatab i vipratagurubbaktena maya
brabmatmabodbakah i iipasya sraddbaya srlmad-Vidya-
dbamammies ciram | srimatpadambujan tasya prasadan
na svabuddbitah i yena me nikbilad vedad akrsya mana
atmani i stbapitan munimukbyena yavajjivan namami tarn ii
yatbbasyasagarajayuktimanin prakirnan prfipyadbuna kati-
payan kavayo bbavanti i tasmai namo janamanobjadiva-
karaya krtsnagamarttbanidbanaya yatlsvaraya ii iti srlmad-
Vidyadbamasisyena Bodlianidbina^ sraddbabbaktimatra-
preritena krtam upadesagrantbivivaranam samaptam li yat-
padakamalasamgan nirvanam praptavan abam i sarvantara-
tmapujyams tan pranamami garlyasab ii . . . ^ubbam astu 1
om II
Whish Xos. 58 (1) & 58 (2).
Size: 12|x2 in., two vols, of (2) + 200 + (2) and (2) + 196 (i. e.
201 to 396) + (1) leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entries by Mr. Wliish are dated 'Telliclierry 1827." The
MS. is probably about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
Tbe SurlralMmlindmsdhlmsya, or tbe Commentary on
Bad amy ana's Veddnta- Sutras, by Sahl{ara, in 4 Adbyayas.
Including tbe text of tbe Sutras.
It begins: — yusmadasmatpratyayagocarayor visayavi-
sayinos tamabprakasavadviruddbasvabbavayor itaretarabba-
vanupapattau, etc.
Tbe first Adbyaya ends f. 127b: — iti sririrakamimamsa-
bliasye Samkarabbagavatpndakrtau pratbamasyaddbyayasya
caturttbab padab ii samaptas caddbyayab li
I Proper name of the author?
-5>^ 73 H$-
Vol. I ends (f. 200 b) at the end of II, 3, 5 (Bibl. Ind.
edition p. 612).
The 2"^"^ Adhyaya ends on f. 242, tlie 3^'^ Adhyaya on
f. 355 b, the 4*1^ A. on f. 396 b.
It ends: — anavrttis sabdad anavrttis sabdad iti sutrabhya-
sa^ sastrapansamapti(u) dyotayati ii iti ^rimatparamahani-
saparivrajakacriryya-Govindabhagavatpujyapadasisyasya sri-
mac-Chamkarabhagavatah krtau srimacchririrakamlmamsa-
bhasye caturtthasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah ii sama-
pta^ caddhyayali ii srigurubhyo namah ii brahmanandara
paramasukhadam kevalam jhanamurttim visvatitam gagana-
sadrsam tatvam asyadilaksyam i ekan nityam vimalam
acalam sarvadhisaksibhutam bhaviltitan trigunarahitam
satgurun tan namami ii vedantasutrabhasyam samaptam ii
harih om i
58.
Whish No. 59.
Size: 14x2 in., (2) + 215 + (1) leaves, 10 or 11 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entries by Mr. Whisli are dated 'Tellicherry 1827.' The
MS. may be about 50 years older.
Character: Gi-antha.
The Uimdesagranthaviraram,'' a Commentary on the
Pahcadasl (ascribed to Sdijana), by Rdmalxrs]ia, a pupil
of Bhdratlt'irtha, and Vidydranya.
These fifteen chapters on Ycdanta Philosophy are given
in the following order:
1. Citradipa (Tatparyabodhini).
2. Trptidipa.
3. Kfitasthadlpa.
4. Dhyanadipa.
5. JSTatakadipa.
G. Tattvaviveka (Padadlpika).
' Aufrecht CC. p. 314 gives the title Tatparyalodhim, which is
only the title of the commentary on the Citradipa.
~$^ 74 f"^
7. Pancabhutaviveka (Tutparyadlpika).
8. Pancako^aviveka.
9. Dvaitaviveka (Padayojana).
10. Mahavakyaviveka.
11 — 15. Brahmananda in five Adhyayas.
The two lithographed editions (Bombay 1863, Sake 1785,
& Bombay 1878, Sake 1800) begin with the Tattvaviveka.
See also Ind. Off. IV^ p. 745.
It begins: — natva srl-Bhriratitirttha-Vidyaranyamunl-
svarau l kriyate citradlpasya vyakhya tatparyyabodhim ii
cikirsitasya granthasya nispratyiihaparipiiranaya parama-
tmaniti padena istadevatanusandhanalaksanamamgalam
acarann asya granthasya vedantaprakaranatvat tadiyair eva
visayadibhis tadvattasiddhim manasi nidhayaddhyaropa-
pavadabhyan nisprapahcam prapaiicyata iti nyayam anu-
srtya paramatmany aropitasya jagata sthitiprakriram sa-
drstantam pratijamte etc.
F. 30b: — iti srlmatparamaharasaparivrajakacaryyasri-
Bharatitlrttha-Yidyaranyamunisricaranasisyena Bamakrs-
nakhyavidusa viracita tatparyyabodhimnamika citradipavya-
khya samapta li on tat sat ii
F. 69 b: — iti srimatparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasrl-
Bharatitirttha - Vidyriranyamunivaryyakimkarena Rama-
krsnakhyavidusa viracita trptidlpavyakhya samapta 11
j^, 791) : — iti . . . Eamakrsnakhyavidusa viracita kutasthadi-
pavyakhya samapta ii
F. 98 b: — iti . . . ddhyanadlpasya vyakhya samapta ii
F. 102 b: — iti ... srinatakadipavyakhya samapta ii
F. 119: — iti . . . tatvavivekasya padadipika samapta II
F. 133b: — iti . . . paucabhutavivekasya tatparyyadipika
samapta li harih om ii
F. 143 b: — iti . . . paiicakosavivekavyakhya samapta ii
F. 151b: — iti . . . dvaitavivekasya padayojana samapta ii
F. 153: — iti . . . mahavfikyavivekavyakhya samapta i!
harih orn ii natva srl-Bharatitirttha-Vidyaranyamunisvarau I
brahmanandabhidham grantham vyakurve bodhasiddhaye I etc.
F. 176b:— brahmanaude yoganando nama jn-athamoddhya-
yah u
-^ 75 f<-
F. 193 b: — iti brahmrmande atmanando nama dvitlyo-
ddhyayah ii
F. 208b: — iti brahmanande advaitanando nfima trtlyo-
ddhyayah ii
F. 212 b: — iti brahmanande vidyanando nama caturttho-
ddhyayah i)
It ends (f. 215): — iti brahmanande visayanando nama
pahcamoddhyayah ii iti srlparamahamsaparivrajakacaryya-
^ri-Bharatitirttha-Vidyaranyamunivaryyakirakarena srl-Ra-
makrsnrdvhyavidusa viracitam upadesagranthavivaranam
samaptam ii harih ora etc.
59.
Whish No. 60.
Size: 10^ x U in-, (2) + 40 + (1) + 43 + 2 + (2) leaves, 8 or 9 lines
ou a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated -Tellicherry 1828.' The MS.
may be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
Injuries: The MS. is slightly damaged by insects in a few places.
(1)
The Surijasiddhdnta, in 14 Adhyayas. (Ff. 40.)
It begins: — ^ubham astu i acintyapy uktarupaya nir-
gunaya gunatmane i samastajagadadharamurttaye brah-
mane namah i alpavasiste tu krte mayo nama mahasurali 1
rahasyam paramarn punyam jijnasujhanam uttamam i 2 i
It ends: — sarvebhyah pradadaii pritah grahanafi caritam
mahat i atyadbhutatamara loke rahasya(m) brahmasammi-
tarn [ vedasya nimmilam (read nirmakim) caksuh jnatva sa-
ksad vivasvatah i viditvaitad asesena param brahmadhiga-
cchati I iti suryyasiddhante manadhikaro nama caturdaso-
ddhya(yah i) harih om i subham astu gurubhyo namah ii
(2)
The A^tddhydyi, or eight chapters of grammatical Sutras,
by Panuii. (Ff. 43.)
^ 76 :^
It begins : — yeuaksarasamamnaya * * dhigainya maliesva-
rat I krtsnam yyakaranam proktan tasmai Paninaye namah i
yena dhauta girali pumsam vimalais ^abdavarim** masvas
cajnanajam bhinnan tasmai Paninaye namali i vakyakaram
Yararucim bhasyakaram Patanjalim Paninim siitrakarafi
ca pranatosmi munitrayam i vanlra Paninim acaryyam
Katyayanamunin tatha i krtanjalir nnamasyami bhagavan-
tam Patanjilim (sic) i yogena cittasya padena vacam malani
sarlrasya vaidyakena i yopakarot tam pravaram muninam
Patanjalim pranjalir anatosmi i ajuanatimirandhasya jiia-
naiijanasalakaya i caksur unmilitam yena tasmai ^rigurave
namah ii a i un i etc.
It ends:— nodattasvaritodayam agargyaka^yapagalavanara |
a a I hrasvasyaivatra grahanam isyate i astamasyaddhyayasya
caturtthali padah i addhyayas ca samaptah i astaddhyayl
sampurna i sundaresvarasyastaddhyayi i barili om i sivam astu
gurave namah i sivayai namah i govinda i
(3)
The Vi^mifjliujanga, a Stotra in 18 stanzas. In Burnell,
Tanjore, p. 201b, and Taylor I, p. 356 (see also p. 103) it
is ascribed to Sankara.
It begins: — cidamsam vibhun nirmmalan nirvikalpan
nirahan nirakaram omkaragamyam i gunatitam avyaktam
ekan turiyam parabrahma yam veda tasmai namas te 1 1 i
visuddham sivam santam adyantastinyam jagajjivanam
jyotiranandariipam i adigdesakalam vipatcchedanlyarn triyl-
vakta (read trayivaktram ?) yam veda tasmai namas
te I 2 I
It ends: — mukhe mandahasan nakhe candrahasam kare
carucakram suresabhivandyam i bhujarage sayanara bhaje
ramganatham barer anyadaivan na manye na manye 1 17 i
bhujamgaprayatam pathod yas tu bhaktya samadhaya citte
bhavantam murare i sa moham vihayasu yusmatprasadat
sama^ritya yogam vrajaty acyutatvam i vi.
^i 77 K-
GO.
WmsH No. 61.
Size: lOfXlf in., (1) + 96 + (1) leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Probably end of 18tii or beginning of 19tii century.
Character: Grantha.
The Sivatattvasudhdnidhi from the Sanatkumdrasamlntd
of the Skanda-Purdna, in 20 Adhyayas.
It begins: — yam pranamya surendrudya bhavanti su-
khasrilinah i sarvavighnopasautyarttham tam vande Sam-
karatmajam i srl-Siitah i sivara hari(ra) vidhatarani tatpatnis
tatsutan gurun i natva samastapraytuhasantaye maragalaya
ca I vaksye ^rniiddhvam sarvajnah sivatatvasudhanidhiin i etc.
F. 4: — ity adipurane Sanatkumarasamhitayam sivata-
tvasudhanidhau prathamoddhyayah ii
F. 6: — iti skande purane Sanatkumarasamhitayam ^iva-
tatvasiidhanidhau dvitiyoddhyayah il
F. dlb: — iti sriskande sivatatvasudhanidhau samsaradu-
sanan nSma ekadasoddhyayah II
F. 73b: — iti srisivatatvasudhanidhau sivabhiksatanaka-
thanan nama sodasoddhyayah ii
It ends: — iti sriskande mahapurane Sanatkumarasamhi-
tayam sivatatvasudhanidhau sakaladdhyayasaramahimanu-
varnnanan nama virasoddhyayah II srlgurave namo namah ii
srimahatripurasundaryyai na(ma)h ii harili cm subham astu.
61.
WmsH No. 62.
Size: 14X2 in., two volumes (with one continuous foliation from
1 to 306), 154 + (1) + (1) + 152 + (1) leaves, 10 or 11 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entries by Mr. Whish dated -Tellicherry 1827'. The MSS.
may be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha
•^H 78 Hg-
The Mahal)] idrata, Parvan III: The Vanaparvan , or
Aranyaparvan, in 300 Adhyayas. The beginning (III,
1 — 32, 45) is missing, and the Nalopfikhyuna (III, 53—78)
is omitted (see below). The MS. is full of clerical mis-
takes. '
Yol. I begins at the end of III, 32, 45: — mayor api i
anyesum karmmani phalam asmfikam api va punah i vipra-
karsena buddhyeta katham karmma yathaphalam i
F. 25 b: — ity aranyaparvani nalopakhyane ekonapaiicaso-
ddhyayah ii (End of III, 52 in the Bombay and Calcutta
editions.) ^rikrsnaya namah li brhadasvah i asid raja nalo
nama virasenasuto ball i upapanna(read °nno) gunair istai
riipavan asvakovidah i vidvan danapatir daksah sada slla-
puraskrtah i atisthan manujendranam murddhni devaj^atir
yyatha i uparyyupari sarvesam aditya iva tejasa i brahmanyo
vedavic churo nisadhesu mahipatih i upari anyapustake
asti I etat ii Janamejayah i bhagavan kamyakaprapte game
prapitamahah {sic) I kim akurvanta partthas te tarn rte
savyasacinam i etc., i. e. the beginning of the Tlrthayatra-
Parvan, or III, 79 in our MS. = III, 80 in the editions.
The first volume ends (f. 154b) at the beginning of
III, 183 (= III, 182 in the editions).
Vol. II, f. 216: End of the Markandeyasamasyaparvan,
III, 222 (= III, 231 in the editions).
F. 277: The Savitryupakhyrma begins. III, 281 (=111,
292 in the editions).
It ends: — na caj)y adharmmena suhrdviyojane para-
svahare paradaramarsane i akayabhave ca rame manas
sada nrnam sadakhyanaparah ca sriwatam ii (This is the
end of III, 313 in the editions.) ity arse srimanmahabha-
rate satasahasrikayam samhitayam Vaiyyasikyam srimada-
ranyaparvani dharmmavarapradanan nama trimsacchatata-
moddhyayah ii iti aranyaparvas samaptah i
I See H. Luders, Zur Sage von Rsyasrnga, in the 'Nachrichten-
der K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen. Phil.-hist. Kl.
1901. Heft 1', PI). 5 seqq., where an extract from this MS. is given.
-^ 79 f^
62.
"Whish Ko. C3.
Size: 17x1-7 in., (l)4-9i + (l) leaves, from 7 to 10 lines on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entries by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry 1827'. The MS.
may be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha, two difterent hands.
Injuries: Ff. 38, 39, 79, 81 damaged by insects.
A Commentary on Vdhu'iJa's Rdmayana, by Rdmdnuja
Acdrya, including the Arau>/a-Kdij(Ja, the Kiskindhd-
Kdnda, and Sargas 1 — 3 of the Sundara-Kdijfja.
It begins: — atha pitrvakyapariprdanaya dandakan pra-
vistasya vrttam vistarena vaktum upakramate i pravisyeti i
atmavan i dhrtiman i maharanyapravese nissaipka iti
yavat i etc.
The Aranyakanda ends (f. 40): — iti Erimanu(ja)caryya-
viracite aranyakandavyakhyane pahcasaptatitamas sargah ii
harih om firanyakandarn vyakhyasamaptam ii
The Kiskindha-Kanda begins (f. 41): — sa tarn iti kha-
radisamharena sa prasiddhapaurusah tarn iti ranianiyataya
prasiddham saumitrisahito gatva patmadidarssanena slta-
netrasmaranajasokatisayena ksubdhasarvendriyas san vikx-
lapa I etc.
It ends (f. 80): — iti Eamanujacaryyaviracite kiskindha-
kandavyakhyane saptasastitamas sargah ii
Then tlie Sundara-Kanda begins: — atha sundarakande
vyrikhyeyuni vyakhyayante i purvasmin sarge manasa gama-
nam krtam ity uktam idrmim kayenapi gamanam karttum
aicchad ity aha i tata ity adina atra gantum iti padam
addhyaharyyam i etc.
The MS. breaks off at the beginning of the fourth
Sarga: — iti tritlyyas sargah ii advareneti gramam vil
nagaram vapi pattanam avarasya hi i visesat samaye
sa umyana carena visan nrpa i ity uktaprakarena adviirena
pravistavan i pravisyeti pravisya pravestum upakrammya
sa^^am padam cakre agrata iti sokaprayanakale ca grha-
pravese vivaha.
-^ 80 H$-
63.
Whish No. 64.
Size: lO^^xlg- in., (2) + 55 + 50 leaves, 7 or 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Probably beginning of 19tii cent.
Character: Grantha.
(1) -
The VdkyasudJidtlkd, a Commentary on the Drgdrsya-
viveka or Vdhjasudhd, (of Saukara Acdrya), by Bralimd-
nanda JBhdratl, a pupil of Ananda Bhdratl (ff. 55). Cf.
Ind. Off. IV, p. 739; Mitra, Notices, III, p. 226 seq.
Margin of f. li^drkdrsyavivekaip i harili om i
It begins: — karanam kbadijagatam aranarttham anaga-
sam I varanananam atmanam advayam samupasmahe i
abliisicya krpavarsair atmastham yah karoti mSm i tarn
sarvasaksinam vande Hamanandamunisvaram i yatkataksa-
sudhasindhaii majjata punyapapakatah(read °papatali?) i
maya jhanamanir llabdhas tarn Auandagurum bhaje i natva
sri-Bharatitirttha-Vidyaranyamumsvarau i mayii vakyasu-
dhatlka yathamati viracyate i na khyatilabhaptijeccha tlka-
karanakaranam i na vidvattabalam vatra muktir eva hi
karanam i praripsitasya granthasyavighnena i^arisamUpta-
pravicayagamanabhyam visistacaraparipalanaya, etc.
It ends: — atali evara moksasastrasyapi saphalyam syad
ity ayam evasya prakaranasya samastavedantasastrasya ca
tasmat sarvam anavadyam ii iti srimatparamahamsaparivra-
j akacaryy a - srimad - Ananda - Bharatimunivaryyasisya - Brah-
mananda - Bharatlmuniviracitavakyasudhatika samapta il
harih ii om ii
(2)
A fragment, described by Mr. AVhish as "the 30^^
chapter of the Atharvana rahasyam of the Yishnu-
Dharmmam" (ff. 1 — 14).
Margin of f. 1: — atharvanain harih om i
It begins: — bhagavan praninas sarve visarogadyupadra-
vaih I dustagrahopaghatais ca sarvakalam uxjadravaih i
-$H 81 f<-
rihicaraka(read ribhicarikajkrtyais ca sparsarogais ca
tlarunaih i sada sampiclyamaiias tu tisthanti munisattama i etc.
It ends (f. 14): — marddaya mardaya maraya maraya
j^osaya sosaya dahaya dahaya mahogragrahan samhara
samhara yaksagraluin pretagrahan pisacagrahan samhara
sainliara l)lianjaya bhanjaya ave^aya ave^aya aksaya
aksaya hrani hnra brum krom sarvamamgalini svSha ii
(3)
The Anandasdgarastava by Nilakantha Dllsita, in
107 stanzas (ff. 15— 26b). Printed in the Kavyamala,
Part XI (1895), pp. 76-94.
Margin of f. 15: — sagarastavam.
It begins (f. 15): — vijnapanarhaviralavasaranavaptya
mandodyame mayi davlyasi visvamatuh i avyajabhtitakaruna-
pavanapaviddhany anta smaramy aham apamgataramgi-
tani II 1 II
It ends (f, 26 b): — iti sri-Nilakantha-Diksitaviracitoyam
anandasagarastavas samaptah ii s^ubham astu ii gurubhyo
namah il
(4)
The Advaitamakaranda , by Lalmmdhara Kavi, in
27 verses (ff. 27—28). See Ind. Off. IV, p. 751, Mitra,
Notices, II, p. 105.
Margin of f. 27: — advaitara.
It begins (f. 27): — aham asmi sada bhami kadacin
naham apriyah i brahmaivaham atas siddhas sa(c)cidananda-
laksanah 1 1 ii
It ends (f. 28 b): — Laksmidharakaves siiktih saradam-
bhojasambhrtah i advaitamakarandoyain vidvatbhvmgair
nniplyatam ii advaitamakarandam samaptana ii
(5)
The Lalitastavaratua, 209 Arya verses in praise of the
goddess Parvatl. Mr. Whish says: "209 couplets in praise
of Devi. This is a much admired Hymn in the Aryya
metre." Printed in Ka^yamala, Part X, 1894, pp. 1 — 18.
G
-5H 82 f<-
Margin of f. 29: — Aryyadvisati.
It begins (f. 29): — vande gajendravadanam vamarpkaru-
dhavallabhaslistam i kumkumaparaga^onam kuvalayinija-
rakorakapldam ii etc.
It ends (f. 48): — madhurasmitam madarunanayanam^
mmatamgakumbhavaksojani I candravatamsinln tvam savi-
dbe pasyanti sukrtinah kecit i 209 i lalitaya stavaratnam
lalitapadabbili pranitam arjyabhib i anudinam avanau
pathatam pbalani vaktum pragalbbate saiva li srimaharaja-
rajesvaryyai namab ii etc.
(6)
Tbe Hastdmalakaiwakarana , in 14 verses (ff. 49—50).
See Aufrecbt, CC. p. 765, s. v. Hastdmalakastotra. In
tbe Stotraratnakara (Bombay, Nirnayasagara Press, 1883),
pp. 205 — 207, it is ascribed to ^aiikara.
Margin of f. 49: — hastamalakaprakaranam.
It begins (f. 49): — kas tvam siso kasya sutab kva jatab
kin nama te tvam kuta Sgatosi i etad vada tvarn tava car-
bbakatvam matpritaye pritivivarddbanosi ii 1 1
It ends (f. 50): — upadbau yatba bbedata sanmanlnan
tatba bbedata buddbibbedesu tepi i yatba caudrikanan jale
caiicalatvam tatba caucalatvan tavapiba visno ii 14 ii basta-
malakaprakaranam samaptam ii barib i om i subbam astu ii
64.
Whish No. 65.
Size: 12tx2 in., (2) + 74 + (2) leaves, from 10 to 12 lines on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry 1827 November 7'.
The MS. may be about 50 years older.
Character : Grantha.
Tbe Maliablidrata: tbe Pauloma-Parvan (in 8 Adbyayas),
and tbe Astlka-Farvan (in 40 Adbyayas), i. e. Adbyayas
1 — 59 of tbe Adi-Farvan.
I No. 115 (12) reads adarunao
--3^ 83 H$-
Tliis MS. has been fully described, and extracts have been
given from it in my articles 'On the South- Indian Recension
of the Mahabharata', Indian Antiquary, vol. XXVII, 1898,
pp. 69-81, 92—104, 122—133.
65
Whish No. GG.
Size: 8h XI4 in., (1) + 66 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry 7tii Nov. 1827'.
The MS. may be about 50 years older.
Character : Grantha.
The Vdkyiwrtti'praTxdsilm , a Commentary on ^aulara^s
Vdhyavrttl, by Visvesrara Fauclita, pupil of Mddliava
Prdjna. See Ind. Off. IV, p. 738 (No. 2302); Mitra,
Notices VIII, p. 287 (No. 2847).
It begins: — srutismrtipurananam alayam karunalayam |
namSmi bliagavatpadasamkaram lokasamkaraui i parama-
kipruiidliisrimac-Chamkaracaryyabhagavatpadas tapatraya-
santaptanam aparimitajananadisanasriraddhvasramaparipidi-
tanam atmajiirinasisiramadhurajalrikarpksinam vidurasarira-
kamlmamsajalasayagamanasamartthanam vakyavrttisarpjha-
kopadesaprakaraiiaprapaparikalpanenantassitalatam vigata-
klesatah capadayan tatradau prakaranasravane pravrttanam
adhikarinam avighnena brahmatadatmyapratipattisiddhaye
prakaranapratipadyadvitiyabodhasmaranapurvakam nama-
skarasyavasyakarttavj'atan dyotayan svayan namaskurute 11
sargasthitipralayahetum, etc.
It ends: — brahmavitbhyah paran nasti na bhutan na
bhavisyatiti 11 i(ti) srimanmahayogi-Madhava-Prajnagurupra-
sadasaditaparimitanandajhanasvarupa-Visvesvarapanditavi-
racita vakyavrttiprakasika samapta 11 harih om 11 brahmaham
etan mayi bhati visvam sri-Madhava-Prajnaguroh prasadat
sa(so?)nvarttha-Visvesvarapanditakhyas tasyanighripatmam
pranatosmi nityam 11 svasvadesakulacaradyagraho lokava-
sana 1 pathertthabodhenusthane vyasanam sastravasana I
6*
^^ 84 H$-
ayurarogyalavanyadyakamksa dehavasana i jivanmuktiviro-
dhinyas sarva viksepakrtvatah ii harih om ii
66.
WmsH No. G7.
Size: Sf-xlf in., 73 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry, November 7th 1827.'
The MS. may be about 50 years older.
Character : Grantlia.
The Mahandtu'kasHldisudhdnldld by Immadi Devardya,
i. e., probably, King Devarmja II. of Vijayanagara. See
Hultzsch I, pp. X, 43, 83; II, p. 41.
It begins: — jato vainse raghunam munivaravacanat ta-
takan tadayitva krtva punyam ahalyam trutitaharadhanur
mmaithilivallabhobhut i piTipyayoddhyam niyogat pitur
atavim agad vltasitostavrdi baddbabdhir ddhvastalaiiiko
dalitadasainukbas sitaya iTijyam apa ii 1 ii asty arabhodbara-
cumbisaudhasikhara^reninisannamgana gitakarnanatatpara-
mbaracaraprastiiyamanapraja i siiryyasyanvayajanminam
ksitibhujam sadharanam maudiram laksmya dhama param
lalataracana bhumer ayoddhya purl ii 2 ii
F. 15: — srlmadrajadhirajaparamesvarasrlmad - Amma-
di(s/c)maharajaviracite mahanatakasuktisudbanidbau brda-
kandas samaptab ii
F. 17 b: — srimad° . . . srimad-Ammadi(s?c)devainaharaja-
viracite . . . dvitiyakandas samaptab ii
F. 31b: — srimad° . . . srimad-Immadideyarayaviracite . . .
trtlyakandas samaptab ii
F. 36b: — srimad" . . . srimad-Immadidevamabaraja° . . .
caturtthakandas samaptab ii
F. 44: — srimad" . . . srimmadidevamabaraya" . . . paiica-
makandas samaptab ii
It ends (f. 73 b):— srutva ramacaritram atbbutataram ko
vismayan nesyate jnatva caiva virincina tribhuvanatranaya
yonirmmatab asrotrapranipastano ' ced ahisvamina nirddhute
I Five syllables (^^^ — ) wanting.
-^H 85 H$-
sirasi kva bliuli kva girayah kvaiteti santaya kah i 199 I
srlman Imraadidevarayaiii'pati svarllokaka(l)lolinikallola-
pratimallasuktivi])liavo vidvajjanaslaghitah i sriman sastlia-
varenyakandavisayanyastan malianatakaslokaii varnapada-
kramojvalataiTin vman (read sriman?) akarsit prabhuh i
200 I srimadrajadliirajaparamesvara-sri(ma)d-Immadideva-
maharajaviracite mahanatakasidctisudlianidliau yuddliaka-
ndas samaptah ii srlgurubhyo namo namah ii harih om I
07.
Whish No. 68.
Size: 125- X 1-| in., (2) + 111 pages, 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
(Rdmdimja's) Commentary on VcdmikPs Rdmdijana, the
Yuddha-Kdnda in 131 Sargas.
It begins: — atha srimadyuddbakandavyakhyanam pra-
krauiate 1 tatra prathame sarge uttaram priyasravanottaram
kalarham sitavrttantasravanaki-tad dharsatisayat uttamadu-
talaksanavaisistyakatbanena sugrivadlnam purato banu-
mantam stanti krtam iti bbuvi durllabbam, etc.
It ends: — vainayakas ca vigbnakarino grahavisesah ra-
jasvalah rtupradurbhavavatyab saubhratrkara saubbratra-
karara ojaskaram balakarain sainbitavedam vedatulyatvat
samhitety apadisyate 11 iti srlmadyuddbakandavyakbyane
ekatrimsaccbatatamas . sargah 11 sriramacandraya namah 11
yuddhakandavyakhya samapta !l
68.
Whish No. 69 A.
Size: 13fxlf in., (3) + 73 + 53 + (4) leaves, 8 or 9 lines on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date of MS.: 18 tu or 19 th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
» ->4 86 K-
(1)
The VakyakaranaiUpilca, a short Commentary (Layhuiiralia-
sikd, laghudlpikd) on the Vakyakaram, in five Adhyayas,
by Simdararaja, the son of Ananta Ndrciyana, dedicated
to Somadeva, the son of BanyandtJia.
"The Vakya-Karana, a work of the Arya school, seems
to have been accepted as the guide for the preparation
of solar pauchdhgs in the Tamil and Malayfilam countries
of Southern India from very ancient times, and even to
the present day either that or some similar work of the
Arya school is so used." R. Sewell and S. B. Dikshit, The
Indian Calendar (London 1896), p. 8. Mr. Whish has
the following entry:— "The Vdkya-Kdranam. The astro-
nomical work used in the Carnatick— with the astronomical
Tables of the Sun and planets &c. annexed."
It begins: — sriganesaya namah i srigurucaranaravinda-
bhyan namah ii jyotiscakrapravrttaya jyotlrupaya bhasvate I
jyotirddarssaya bhaktebhyo jyotissastrakrte namah i sri-
Nilakanthamghrinivistaceta sri - Somadevanujighrksayaiva I
vicitravakyair vivrtam punas ca prakasayeham karanam
laghiyah i svabhipsitagranthasya nispratyfdiaparisamaptaye
pracayagamanavisistacaraparipalanabhyah ca svestadevata-
namaskarapuraskarena ciklrssitam arttham pratijanite |
pranamya karisailastham iti i dc.
F. 15 b — 16: — iti vakyakaranalaghuprakasikayam Soma-
devadrtayam Sundararajaviracitayain prathamoddhyayah ii
F. 32 b: — iti Somadevadrte vakyakaranasya prakasane |
sphutaddhyayo dvitiyopi samksepena samapitah i iti Sunda-
rarajaviracitayain Somadevadrtayam vakyakaranadlpika-
yam sphutadhikaro nama dvitiyoddhyayah ii
Adhyaya III ends f. 50b, A. IV f. 63b.
Adhyaya Vends (f. 72b): — iti srimatkeralasatgramanivasi-
Nilakanthacaryyena triskandhavidyaparadrsvana satdarssa-
niparam gatenasvalayanasutrena garbha (read Garga?) gotrena
Rivakalyandajatena Golacudamanina asmadanugrahartthe
Sundararajaprasnottarakhye granthe pratipaditam tena gati-
yogenaiva vibhajya sthitidalani jfieyam sasthaddhyayah (f. 73)
-$H 87 f<-
pratharae dvitiyeddliyfiye praycnokta iti iia punar idaniiu
vyakhyayate praksiptatvac casyaddhyayasya paficaddliya-
yyara api baliava slokal.i praksiptah samjfiite sarvo nirastah
srimanti puiTijakfde padavakyapramanajfio jyotissastravisfi-
rado yatisvaral.i pratraa (read Padma?) garbha iti prasiddlio-
paro brliaspatir ivasit tasmad evasmatpita prakscpavyati-
riktam suddhaiii vrdcyakaranam auyany api kificit adhitavaii
sri - Nrsimhasisyabliutajyotissastravic - chri - Vanchyajanma-
Bharadvaja-Varadaraja-tad]"gvidhakanisthaputra-Somadeva-
sarapradayasuddhavakyakarai.ian casmakam sampradayasi-
ddhavakyakaranena samam tena etad vyakhyanaprakarasi-
ddliam yan miilan tad eva suddhamulam iti jfieyain i Sundare-
sakrte vakyakaranasya prakasane i Somadevadrteddhyayah
pancamo lagbur iritab i Ananta-Narayanasununa piinab
kaverakaiiyatatavasina maya i prakasita vakyaki'tir Ibigbiyasi
dvije^adevauujigbrksaya laghu i iti sri-Yancbyajanma-srl-
Raraganathaputra-Somadevadrtena SundaraiTijena viracita-
yaiii vakyalcaranalagbudipikayaiii paficaraoddbyayab i oiii
bubbam astu srigurucaranaraviiidabbyam namah i suryya-
dinavagrabadevatabbyo namab i
(2)
Astronomical tables, called Kiijddipahcagrahavdkyam,
F. 1 margin: — kujasya mabavakyam i
Beginning: —
maragalasrir bbusunub 40
atmajayisantanub 80
drsto bbupatir vo nab 120
Isamganasarapannab 150
bbiimir girisamlagna 180
F. 14: — kujasya vrdcyam samaptani ii atba budbasya va-
kyam ii F. 27 b:— budbavakyara samaptam ii F. 28: — atba
guror vakyam ii F. 33 b: — guruvakyarn samaptam ii F. 34: —
atba sukravakyam ii F. 38 b: — bbrguvrdvyam samaptam ii
F. 39: — atba saner vakyam ii
It ends: — nirado raseccbuh 348 ravigonirddasah 378 va-
kyam 19 dbiras saneb ii munivakyam samaptam ii kujadi-
pancagrabavakyam parisamilptam i om subliam astu etc.
-^^ 88 H$-
69.
Whish No. 69 B.
Size: ISi Xlf in., (1) + 144 + (2j leaves, 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
The Lalitopdkhydna, from the Uttarcikhanda (Ayatana-
khanda?) of the Brahmdnda-Purdna, in 34 Adhyayas.
It begins: — astu va sreyase nityam vastu vamamgam
aisvaram i yatas trtiyo vidusan turiyan tat param mahah |
Agastyo nama devarsir vedavedamgaparagah i sarvasiddha-
ntasarajno brahmanandadayatmakah i cacaratbhutahetuni
tirtthany ayatanani ca i sailaranyapagamukhyan sarvah
janapadan api i tesu tesv akhilah jantiln ajnanatimiravrtan l
sisnodaraparan drstva cintayam asa tan prati i etc.
P. 2b: — iti brahmandapurane Hayagrivagastyasamvade
lalitakhyane prathamoddhyayah ii
F. 9b: — iti sribrahmandottare Haya° . . . trtiyoddhyayah ii
F. 35: — iti sribrahmandottare . . . vaivahikotsavo nama
caturdasoddhyayah ii
It ends: — akhyatam etad avadatagimah pathantas sam-
patpradayakam apakrtasarvaduhkham i vijnanadlptikalikam
lalitam raahesim asadya te catasa ' vahanti sadabhitrptim ii
II iti srimatbrahmandapuranottare Hayagrivagastyasamvade
lalitakhyane mantrasadhanaprakarakathanan nama catu-
strimsoddhyayah ii srimahadevyai namah ii ii samaptas ca-
yatanakhandah ii harih om ii subham astu ii
70.
Whish No. 70.
Size: ^Ixls in., (1) + 89 leaves, 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18 tb or 19tii cent.?
Character: Grantha.
A manual of rites and prayei-s connected with the wor-
ship of Rudra. The title seems to be Rudravidhi. It
* The metre requires only two short syllables. Read te vata?
-^ 89 r<-
includes the Fancdhgarudranydsa of BodhaijajM (li". 30b
— 33 b), and gives (ff. 45 — 88) the Prayoga for each Mantra
of the Rudranuvrikas of Taittiriya-sainhita IV, 5 (Naniahd-
nucdlids). It is incomplete, as it does not contain the
Prayoga for the Camahmuvdlms (Taitt.-samh, IV, 7), which
we should expect after the Namalcdimvdkds. (See the
(juotation below.) An entry by Mr. Whish says: "This
volume contains the Atirudraprayogam; being an extract
of the Bhashyam of the Yajurvedah."
It begins: — atha sru-udravidhih i tatra tavad upayukte
tu viniyogadikau cintyate i viniyogo namabhisainbandhah i
sarvanigamgl bhavarupah ekasyaiva mantrasya vidhibalad
anekesu karmmasv amgatvam yasmin karmmani yadamga-
bhavam bhajate tada tasmin karmmani viniyogo jueyah I
evah ca yady api caramayam istakayara juhotity adibhi(r)
brahmanavakyair agnicayane caramestakayam ekadasabhi
rudranuvakair homo vihita iti homakhye karmmani am-
gatvam rudranuvakanam i etc,
F. 15: — atha maharudra-ahutisamkhya i F. 20: — athati-
rudrahutisamkhya i F. 30 b: — iti sthandilakiindamanda-
panirmmanadividhih ii atha Bodhayanoktapancamgarudran-
yasavidhih i F. 33 b : — iti pahcamgarudranyasah ii atha rudra-
bhisekavidhih i
F. 45: — atha taittiriya^akhanusarena namakanuvakah
pradarsyante namasterunya namo hiranyabahave namas
sahamanetyadayah' camakanuvfika agnavisnii^ jyaisthyara-5
ity adaya ekada^a atha namake cantaravakyanam aprayo-
gah Bhaskaradivinirdistakamyadrstyabhidhasyate i
F. 88: — iti namakesu namo rudrebhya^ ity asya prayo-
gah I iti namakaprayoga ekadasonuvakah (sic) ii atha purvo-
ktesu daksine yatna nirupyate i
F.88b: — iti daksine yatna i atra nyCmatiriktoktapratyavaya-
jihirsayai staumi stamberamadhi^acarmmanirmmitavasasara ii
1 See Taitt. Samh. IV, 5, 1 seqq. Read namas te rudra . . . namas
sahamanayetyadayah.
2 Taitt. Samh. IV, 7, 1.
3 Taitt. Samh. IV, 7, 2.
4 Taitt. Samh. IV, 5, 11, 2.
-^ 90 H$-
It ends: — anavaratadhiraddlivana gambhiragharghara
galabhavai3hutkarabbinnagahvara i gunarajivi (read guna-
rajiva?) riijamana dharadharesa kanyakakantisamkranta
(read kanyakantisamkranta?) nijakalebaraikadesa i akbila-
jagadadbisa ranta (read santa?) mabesa namas te namas
te I srigurucaranaravindabbyan namab ii om i subbam astu.
71.
Whish No. 71.
Size: 181x28 in., (2) + 201 +(5) leaves, from 12 to 15 lines on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish signed 'Tellicherry December 1828'.
The Praniathin year (see below) immediately preceding 1828 is
A. D. 1819y20, but the MS. looks older, and may have been written
A. D. 1759/60, possibly A. D. 1699/1700.
Scribe: Kaghunatha, son of Ramakrsna.
Character: Grantha, very small, sometimes difficult to read.
Tbe Maliahlidratasamgralia, by Mahesvara. Mr. Wbish
describes it as 'tbe Sangraba-Bbaratam of Mabeswarah ;
compleat in eighteen Parvvas'. Tbere are really only
17 Parvas, wbicb are made up in tbe following way:
Parvans I — IX correspond to tbe usual P^rvans of tbe
Mababbfirata, then follow:
X Gada-Parvan,
XI Sauptika-Parvan,
XII Aisika-Parvan,
XIII — XVII Asvamedbika to Svargarobanika Parvans.
Tbe Strl, 8anti, and Anusasana Parvans are not repre-
sented. See A. Holtzmann, Das Mababbarata, II, 1 seq.,
Ill, 46 seq. R. v. Rotb, Verzeiclmis Indiscber Handscbriften
der Kgl. Univ. Bibl. Tubingen, p. 23.
It begins: — suklainbaradbaram visnum sasivarnan catur-
bbujam i prasannavadanan dbyayet sarvavigbnopasantaye i
srlnaan pauranikas sutah kadacid raumabarsinab i ugrasrava
nama punyam naimi^aranyam agamat i varttamane sauna-
kasya satre dvadasavarsike i tatraslnan munln sarvan
pranamat samprabrstadbib i katbas citra srotukama munayas
-^ 91 H6-
sutanandanain 1 paripaprucclia tan sa' fan [)apraccliu.s sa
ca kau^alaiii i abhinandya samasinas tarn alius samsrita-
sanain i kuta ayasi ko desas tvaya, cavita ity api i vipiTm
sa piTilia supritan tatragacchan yadrcchaya i sarpasatrani
yatra raja cakara janaraejanah (sic) i ya vaisanipayaiiat tatra
^ui^iTiva jaiianiejayah i katlias ta Vyasakathitas tv a[u]i^rausam
bharatasritah i pararddhyani parikramya tirttbany ayatantlni
ca 1 s[y]amantapancakan nama tan desam gatavan ahain i
kurui.iaiu panclavanan ca sarvesan ca mahibhrtam i bhavatam
vividhaii (?) tasmad didrksur aham agatah i srotum kim
icchathety ukta luunayas sutaiii abruvan i pariksitena
Vyasokta ya vaisarapayanac chrutah i tab katha srotum
icchamo mababliaratasamjnitab i etc.
F. 2: — iti srimahabharatasamgrahe Maliesvarakrte saiii-
bhavaparvani vaidodamkacaritan nama prathamoddhyayab ii
F. 10b:— iti srimababbaratasaragrahe dusyantacaritan
nama astamoddhyriyah ii
F. 21b: — iti snmababharatasamgrabe bakavadho nama
paficadasoddhyayab ii
F. 26: — iti ^ribharatasamgrabe paficendropakbyanan
nama astadasoddbyayab ii
F. 32 (end of the I"'^* Parvan): — iti snmababharata-
samgrahe sambbavaparvaiii mandapalacaritan nama pafica-
vimsoddbyayah ii
F. 44 (end of the II"*'^ Parvan): — iti . . . sabbaparvani
Pandavadyutaparajayo nama astanioddbyayab ii srdvrsnOya
namab ii sabbfiparva samaptam ii barib om ii barib om ii
F. 54: — iti . . . riraiiyaparvani Nalacaritasamaptir nnama
astamoddbyayab ii
F. 81b (end of the III"' Parvan): — iti . . . aranyaparvani
aranibaranan nama dvattrirasoddbyayab ii
F. 95 (end of the IV^^ Parvan) :^ — iti . . . virataparvani
uttarabhimanyuvivaho nama dasamoddhyayab ll srikrsnaya
namab ii virataparvam samaptam ll
F. 104 (end of the V"' Parvan): — iti . . . udyogaparvani
rathasamkbyambopakhyanan nama da^amoddhyayab ii
' Doubtful reading. Read tarn papnicchus te?
-5H 92 H$-
F. 110b (end of the VI *^ Parvan): — iti . . . bhlsmaparvani
bhlsmasaratalpasayanan nama saptadasoddhyayah ii
F. 146 (end of the VII*^ Parvan): — iti . . . dronaparvani
dronavadho nama astadasoddhyayah ii srikrsnaya namah ii
dronaparvam samaptam ii
F. 160 (end of the VIII*^ Parvan) : — iti . . . karnaparvani
karnavadho nama ekadasoddhyayah ii . . . karnaparva
samaptam ii
F. 169b (end of the IX'^ Parvan):— iti . . . salyaparvani
saptamoddhyayah li . . . salyaparvam samaptam ii
F. 173b (end of the X*^ Parvan): — iti . . . gadaparvani
tritiyoddhyayah i gadaparvani samaptam ii
F. 176 (XI *'^ Parvan): — iti . . . sauptikaparvani pratha-
moddhyayah ii
F. 178 (end of the XII ^'^ Parvan): — iti . . . aisikaparvam
samaptam ii harih om siibham astu ii
F. 190b (end of the XIII ti' Parvan):— iti . . . asvame-
dhikaparvani dasamoddhyayah ii . . . asvamedhikam sama-
ptam II
F. 194b (XIY"' Parvan): —iti . . . asramavasike parvani
caturtthoddhyayah ii
F. 197 (XV*'' Parvan): — iti . . . mausalaparvani dvitlyo-
ddhyayah ii
F. 198b (XVI ^'^ Parvan): — iti . . . mahaprasthanike par-
vani prathamoddhyayah ii
It ends (f. 201): — iti srimahabharatasamgrahe svargaro-
hanike parvani dvitiyoddhyayah li srikrsnaya namah i sita-
kiksmanabharatasatrughnahanumatsametasriramacandraya
namah ii sri - umapataye namah ii harih om i subham
astu srigurubhyo namah i karakrtam aparadham ksantum
arhanti santah ii pramathinamasamjhayam saradi prapnu-
vaty api i capam hamse daksinakhyayane pakse site tatha i
astavim^akhyake hy anhi somavasarasamyute i svatitara-
samayukte dasamyain minalagnake i ^ravanat sarvapapa-
ghnah pathanan muktidam subham i lekhanat ^rlpradam
sammyak mahabharatasam graham i Ramakrsnasya putrena
Raghunathena dhimata i raraabhaktena vidusa hkhitam
bhadram astu vah ii krsnSya vasudevaya devakinandanaya
ca I riikmiiiisatyiibliaiii:ibhyrii)i sevitSya naiiio iiainah i ^rl-
gurubhyo namah ii
Whish No. 72.
Size: 12HXlff in., (1)+10« leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated December 1828. The MS. may
be about 50 years oldei*.
Character : Grantha. The leaves are numbered by letters : ka (= 1),
kha, ga ... ha, la, ksa (=35), kya (=36), khya . . . ksya (=70),
kra (=71), khra . . . Ira (== 104), ksra (= 105). This foliation begins
from the second leaf.
The BrhatsamliltCi of Vardhamiliira, or the VardJiasam-
liitd, with a Commentary (SamJiUdvivrti) by Bhatfotpala.
A fragment only, extending from III, 1 to XXVI, 8.
It begins: — athadityacaro vyakhyayate i aslesarddha(d)
daksinam uttaram ayanam raver ddhanisthadyam nunarn
kadacid asid yenoktam piirvasastresu raver adityasya
a^lesarddha(d) daksinam ayanani tatha dhanisthadyam
uttaram ayanam, etc.
F. 8: — iti Bhattolpalaviracitayam sanihitavivr ** ditya-
caras trtiyoddhyayah i
F. 51: — iti Bhattolpahiviracitayain sarphitavivritau
^ukracaro navamoddhyayah ii
It ends: — dantair nnaga gohayadyas ca lomna hemna
bliiipas sikthakena dvijadyani tadvasa *** *** ** (Wank)
sesadravyany atraarupasthita[na]ni naga hastinah dantair
hanti dentaih romna gohayanyani go (sic) ii
73.
WmsH No. 73.
Size: 125- X it in., (1) + 155 + 39 + 30 + (1) leaves, 7 or 8 lines
on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry December 1828'.
The MS. may be about 50 years older.
Character' Grantha.
■^ 94 f^
a)
The Rgveda-Pratimkliya, by &aunal:a, the text (ff. 1—33),
followed by the text together with a Commentary, called
Pdmidairttl (ff. 34—155). This MS. and its relation
to the MSS. of Uvata's Commentary used by Professor
Max Mtiller in his edition and translation of the Egveda-
Pratisrikhya have been fully discussed by Prof. Eggeling.
See Rig -Veda -Pratisakhya, das alteste Lehrbuch der
vedischen Phonetik. Sanskrittext mit Ubersetzung und
Anmerkungen herausg. von Max Miiller (Leipzig 1869),
Einleitung, pp. 22 — 32. As Prof. Eggeling states, the
name of Uvata is not mentioned in this Commentary,
which differs considerably from Uvata's Commentary as
known to us, and probably contains an older and more
authentic interpretation of the Pratisakhya, than that of
Uvata {I. c, p. 23 seq.). A complete collation of the text
given by this MS., and an edition of this Commentary
would be very desirable, though the MS. is unfortunately
incomplete. The text breaks oft' after XVI, 52 in Prof. Max
Miiller's edition, wdiile the Commentary only reaches to
the end of the tenth Patala.
The text begins: — astau samanaksarany aditas tatas
catvari sandhyaksarani i ete svara iparo dirghavat pluto-
nusvaro vyahjanam va svaro va i etc.
The text ends (f. 33b): — a yah paprau visvasan ca ta
rcotra nidarsanam ii 52 i gayatri purausnik catuspadam
manye dvadasa ii iti chandovicitau prathama aditostadasa-
patalah ii harih om i
The Commentary begins (f. 34): — astau samanaksarany
uditah varnasamamnayasyaditostaksarani saraanaksarasam-
jhani veditavyani i etc.
It ends (f. 155): — iti pa(rsa)davrttau kramapatalan nama
dvadasam samaptam ii sriguru" etc.
(2)
Short treatises, a kind of Appendices to the Pratisakhya,
on the Egveda-Samhita, viz..
->4 95 H^
(Ij the Blsarvasamdndm by NCigadeva, son of Yajnand-
rCiyami (ff. 1 — 5);
(2) the B(jrilaii(ihijcdah-mu(i by the same author (ff. 5— 81j) ;
(3) The title of this tract (ff. 9—15) is not given;
(4) raddntadljiml (ff. 15—17);
(5) Tr/sandhdlaJ{sana (f. 17);
(6) Bksamlhyd (f1'. 17 b— 18);
(7) Avarnadlpa (f. 18);
(8) Ndntasamgralia, or NdntaJakmna, by Semndrdyana
(ff. 19— 21b);
(9) Tdntalalimnn, or Tapara, or Tdntasamgraha (f. 22);
(10) Naparavydldidna, a Commentary on No. 8 (ff. 23—35);
(11) Taparatlkd, a Commentary on No. 9 (ff". 35-39).'
The first treatise begins: — pranamya pranatabhlstaprada-
taram patim sriyah i bahvrcanam subodhaya i5am[m]rinam
kriyate laghu i visarjaniya akrirapurvako ghosavatparah I
vyahjanasprkcchasaparo hipyate samhitaksane i yesii varna-
kramat tani pravaksyami padany aham i nanapadatvam
amgyanam (read iingyanam?) purvabhagah tv ava[t]grahah i
nimittana grhyate yat tat padam evatra laksa\ie i pra-
thamas ca dvitlyas ca hitviX vargyas traya[h]s trayah I
antasthas ca hakaras ca ghosavantah prakirttitah i iti
jiaribhasa ii etc.
It ends (f. 5): — YajhanErayanakhyasya yajvanah priyasti-
nuna samanam sadhu savyakhyam Nagadevena nirmmitam ii
iti rksarvasamanam samaptam ii
Then the Vilahghyahiksana begins: — harih om i snddlia-
sphatikasamkasam pundarikanivasinam i dataram sarva-
vidyanani hayagrivam upasmahe i Yajfianarfiyanat siirer
utpannas somayajinah i Nagadevo vadisyami vilimghyani
padany aham i etc.
It ends (f. 8b): — proktani yatha tatha vapi prit3^a ba-
lakaloktivat I mayoktany rgviUimghyani varnakramata eva
tu I vihimghyahiksanasloka astasastir udiritilh i vihxmghya-
laksanam samaptam ii
t Compare the similar treatises on the Black Yajur Yeda, No. 25 (a).
-^ 96 f«-
The next treatise begins (f. 9): — rtvig yajnesu kam vi^-
vam devya vrttapuroliitau i devam yastlio hotrsabdo rtvik-
sabdo rkaravat i marutan tvararacchevas samudrasyeva
varmmana I asyendrettha sato visnuli i purvesu maliima
bhavet i etc.
It (?) ends (f, 15): — atra tadvabetlie ye devaso ati vayo
uti devanam itva vellam varjam ii
Then begins the Padantadlpini: — harih om i bhutesopi
prasadartthi yasyabhutipurantakah i karunyanidhaye ta-
smai gaiiadhipataye namah i 1 i manisitesu sarvesu bha-
satan nas sarasvati i visvaprakasinl sasvat kumudesv iva
kaumudl i 2 I rgvedapathe Sakalyadrste tadvartmana
krtim i padantadipinin namna karomy artthanubandhi-
nlm I 3 1 . . . alocya Saunakaproktam prati^akhyam praya-
tnatah i Tivrnomy atimiidhopi mndhanugrahakamksaya i 5 I
It ends (f. 17): — tesu kosthesu ganite padajate varata-
kaih pademgyosmantamanan nirnayo bhavati ddhruvam l
sabdah pada bhadha bhfiyad iti sarvam snmamgalam ii
Then begins the Trisandhalaksana: — harih om i trisandha-
laksanam i vargam vadet kascana tan ca sarve padam
dvitiyasya sa capi sarve i sarve punah ptirvavad eva var-
gam kramam dvitiyasya vadet sa te ca i etc.
It ends (f. 17b): — trisandhalaksanam samaptam ii
This is followed by the two small treatises, the Rksam-
khya, ending on f. 18: — rksamkhya samapta i harih om ii,
and the Avarnadipa, which begins: — gurum gunabdhin
nikhilaptavanmayarn pranamya samsarasamudratarakam i
padadyavarnavagamaya vacm(y) ream avarnadipakhyam
aham sulaksaiiam ii
Then follow the Nantasanagraha, and the Tantasam-
graha, (ff. 19 — 22 b), and Commentaries on these two trea-
tises (ff. 23—39).
F. 19 begins: — pranamya garudarudhara harin nila-
bhrasannibhara i Sesanarayanakliyena laksanam kriyate
maya i etc. F. 21b: — iti nantasaragrahas samaptah ii
F. 22 b: — iisyam (?) evan natantakhyam laksanam samudl-
ritam i iti taparam samaptam i F. 35: — naparavyakhyanam
samaptam ii F. 39:— iti tapari(read tapara)tika samapta II
-^i 97 i<-
(3)
Some more treatises of the same kind, viz.
(1) FaribMsd (?) (f. 1);
(2) Avaruilal-.^am (ff. 1 — 3);
(3) Avamilaki^ana (f. 3);
(4) Avarnivydkhydna, a Commentary on No. 2 (ff. 3b-24);
and
(5) Avarnivydliliydna, a Commentary on No. 3 (ff. 24—3013).
Compare the Saptalaksana al)ove No. 25(a).
F. 1 begins: — gurum gunabdhin nikhilaptavaumayani pra-
namya samsarasamudratarakam i padadyavarnavagamaya
vacmy roam avarnadTpfikhyam aham sulaksanam i etc. (like
the 'Avarnadlpa' above p. 90, 1. 23). But it ends (on the
same page): — iti paribhasa samapta il
F. 3: — avarnilaksanam samaptam ii sridaksinamiirttaye
namah ii
F. 3b: — avarnilaksanam samaptam ii
F. 24: — avarnivyakhyanam samaptam il
Then the Commentary on the Avarnilaksana begins: —
akarasamgrahavyakhyam svayam eva karoti ca i asmin
laksanepi pratipadikagrahanam sarvarttharn sarvatra i etc.
It ends: — akaradipadanan tu spastaya pratipaditam |
yathamati hrdi prityadhri(ra)m vidvajjanais sada ii harih om ii
avarnivyakhyanam samaptam il srimahatripurasmidaryyai
namo namah ii . . . srimahadevyai namo namah ii
74.
Whish No. 74.
Size: I23 xlg- in., (2) + 256 + (1) leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th or 19 th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
The Smrtlmuktdpliala, by Vaidyandtha DlWita of the
Vddhdla family; Pariccheda I: the Varndsramadharmanird-
pana. See Burnell, Tanjore p. 134.
7
-3^ 98 H$-.
It begins: — suklambaradharara visnum sasivarnaii catur-
bliujam I prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye ii
amke viliarinam anuksanam adrijayas tarn kevalam kala-
bham atbhutam asrayamah i nityarn. ya esa baliubhir
nnijasevakanam pratyuhapunjakabalaih paritosam eti i pa-
ri! vatlvidhimukliavalisaiidhapankter mmayaviliinajanama-
nasarajahamsam i yogesvarair api vimrsya nijasvariipa
vati(read vani?)svari disatu me vacasam samrddhim i sara-
bham upaimi sadliu sevyam sadayam kaficaiia devatavi-
sesam i . . . dasakantliarupam vande dasasyandana nanda-
nami (read °syandanan iiamami?) i Yaidyanathaddhvarlna-
niadaso Yadhiilavamsajah i smrtimuktaj)halan nama kurute
sarasamgraliam ii uruvistaradliarmmasastravarddher upalab-
dlier minabata parisramena i sravanesu nidblyatam kirn
anyaih smrtimuktriphalam ekam eva satbbili I kva nu vi-
sakalitan tu dbarmmasastram kva ca punar akalane mama
pravrttih i sa(ka)lamatijiisas tathapi santas satatam idam
mama sabasam sabantam i tatradau dbarmmapramanani
niriipyante i Manub i vedokbilo dbarmmamiilam i etc.
F. 10b: — atba smrtikarttrnirtipanam i F. lib: — atba
dbarmmadesab i F. 21b: — atba srstib i F. 36: — iti yaja-
nam ii atba yajanan iiirupyate i F. 39: — ity addbyayauam I
atbaddbyapanam i F. 63: — iti dauam i atba patranirupa-
nam i F. 78 b: — atba ksatriyadbarmmab ii
F. 86: — iti brabmanasraistbyam i atba jativivekab i
F. Ill: — iti yajiiopaYltanirmmanadi ii atba dandadbaranam i
F. 149b: — iti snutakadbarmmab i atba vivabab i F. 170: —
atba brabmanadiyivababbedab i F. 195: — garbbinidbar-
mmab i F. 196 b: — atba vidbavadbarmmab i F. 201: — iti
stridbarmmab II grbastbadbarmman aba Daksab i F. 209 b: —
atba yatidbarmmab i F. 224b: — atba gurvadinirupanam I
F. 245:— atba bbiksacaryya i
It ends: — Vyasab i moksasramam yas carate yatboktani
sncis sam (read san) samkalpitabuddbiyuktab i anindbanam
jyotir iva jjrasantam ya (read sa) brabmabbavam sruyate
(read srayate) dvijatii- iti' i iti Yaidyanatba - Diksita-
I See Mahabharata XII, 192, 6.
-^ 99 ^^
viracite smitimuktiipluilc varnasramadliarmmanirupanan
iiama prathamali pariccliedah ii harih om i srigurubhyo
namali i,
75.
Whish No. 75.
Size: lllxlg in., (1) + 79 leaves, 7 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. AVhish dated 'December 1828.' The MS. may
be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
Tlie GrJnjavrtli, a Commentary on the Khadira-Grliyasu-
tra or Drdhydyam- Orhyasutra of the Sdmaveda, by
EudraslMndha. It is incomplete, ending at the end of
III, 4. For other MSS. of this work, see Burnell I, O.
p. 56. See also Oldenberg, S. B. E. xxix, pp. 371 seqq.
It begins: — athato grhyakarmmani i athanantaram i kas-
mad anantaran deva savitar ityadimantravacchakhaddhya-
yananantaram yattetta nadhitavedasya mantraparijhanat'
vaksyamanesu vakyesu karmmanusthanayogyataya pratipa-
ttiim asakyam atas tadanantaram iti gamyate i etc.
The first Patala ends (f. 36b):— pahcamah khandah h
iti Rudraskandhakrtayam grhyavrttau prathamali patalah ii
The Il'^'i Patala (5 Khandas) ends f. 65. "
It breaks off at the end of the 4*^ Khanda of the
jjjTd Patala: — sthalipakasya purnapatram yathotsahani-
vrtyartthain i carutantraprakrtir ayam homah ii tritlyasya
patalasya caturtthah khandah ii navamin dasamini vanva-
stakyam ii harih oin ii subham astii i etc,
76.
AVhish No. 76.
Size: 18?><2 in., (1) + 132 + (1) leaves, from 9 to 11 lines on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated '5*1^ January 1830 Tellicherry.'
The MS. may be about 50 or 80 years older.
Character: Grantha.
I Read with Ind. Ofi'. MS. : yatonadhitavedasya mantraparijuauat.
• ->i 100 H$-
Four Khandas of the Siitasamhitd of the Sl;amla - Bu-
rma, viz., the ^ivamdlidtmydklmmla in 13 Adhyayas
(ff. 1—24), i\iQ Judnayogakhanda m 20 Adhyayas (ff. 24— 48 b),
the MiMiManda in 9 Adhyayas (ff. 48b— 68b), and
43 Adhyayas and part of the 44*^ Adhyaya of the Yajha-
vaihliavalilianda (ff. 68b— 132b).
It begins: — gurave sarvalokanam bhisaje bhavaroginam i
nidhaye sarvavidyanam i sridaksinamiirttaye namah i ai^va-
ram paramatatvam ridimaddhyantavarjjitam i adharam
sarvabhutanam (a)nadharam avikriyam i anantanandabodham-
bunidhim atbhutavibhramanj i ambikapatim isanam anl^am
pranamamy aham ii satravasane munayo visuddhahrdaya
bhrsam i naimislya mahatmanam agatam Romaharsanam i
drstva yatharham sampujya prasannendriyamanasah i pa-
pracchus samhitam enam Siitam pauranikottamam i evam
prsto munisresthaih Siitas sarvartthadayinam i mahadevam
mahatmanan dhyatva Vyasaii ca bhaktitah i samahitamana
bhutva vilokya munisattaman i vaktum arabhate Suta(h) sam-
hitam vedasammitam i sii-Sutah i biTihmam puranam pratha-
mam dvitiyam patmam ucyate i trtlyam vaisnavam proktam
caturttham saivam ucyate i tato bhagavatam proktam
bhavisyakhyan tatah jDaram i saptaman naradiyaii ca
markkandeyan tatah param i agneyam navamam pascat i
brahmakaivarttam eva ca i tato laimgah ca varahan tata
skandam anuttamam i vamanakhyan tatah kaurmmam
raatsyan tatparam ucyate i garudakhyan tatah proktam
brahmandan tatparam viduh i granthatas tu caturllaksam
puranam munipumgavah i etc.
F. 24: — iti skande purane sutasamhitayam ^ivamahatmya-
khande trayodasoddhyayah ii
F. 132 : — iti yajhavaibhavakhande tricatvarimsoddhyayah ii
Siitah I athatas sampravaksyami dravyasuddhim sama-
satah I etc.
It breaks off (f. 132b) in the middle of tlie 44*'' Adhyaya
with the following words: — asuddhya[su a]suddhavat bhati
sarlrades tu cetanah i vyavahare yatlia candro niscalopi
calaty api i
->i lUl H$-
77.
Whish No. 77.
Size: 12tX1s in., (1)4- 190 -|- (1) leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Telliclierry 1829". The MS. may
be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
The Batndpana, a Commentary, by Kumar asvdmin,
son of Mallindtlia, and younger brother of Koldcala
Pedddcdrija (?), on Vidydndtha's Pratdparudra^ in 9 Pra-
karanas. Cf. Biirnell, Tanjore p. 56 sq., and Wilson-
Mackenzie (1882) p. 161.
It begins: — kalyanani karotu kascana puman arddham-
gadantavalo gandabhogavilolupan aliganan karnaficalais
crdayan i yatpadamburuhavalambasaranah purve pumilmsas
traya(s) trailokyasthitisargasarnhrtividhau nirvighnasiddho-
dyamah i vastiikalyanadan divyam astu nririnaratmajam |
svopajham vaumayam yasya viharagrhavedika i ** nim (read
vanim)^ kanabhujim ajlganad avasasic ca vaiyyasikim antas
ta(n)tram aramsta pannagagavikumbhesu cajagarat i vacam
acakalad rahasyam akhilam yascaksapadasphuram lokebhiid
yadupajiiam eva vidusam saujanyajanyam yasah i [sjtriskan-
dhasastrajaladhim ciilukikurute sma yah i tasya sri-Mallina-
thasya tanayojani tadrsah i kolacalapeddayaryyah (read
Kolacala-Peddacaryah?) pramanapadavakyaparadrsva yah i
vyakhyatanikhila^astrah prasangakartta ca sakahividyasu i
tasyanujanma tadanugrahaptavidyanavadyo vinatapana-
mmrah i svami vipascid vitanoti tikam prataparudriyara-
hasyabhettrim i punya^lokagunoktisanakasanad iittejanalam-
bhitam safijagraha rasadiratnanicayara vidyavinathah puril i
sohan tad vyavaharahetum adhuna kihcit karomy apanan
tatranugrahamulyatobhilasitam grnhantu dhauya janah i
yady asti gudham akhilam saktya tat tat prakasyate i na-
mulam likhyate kihcit nanapeksitam ucyate i atha tatra-
bhavan Vidyanathanama mahfikavir alamkarasastram ara-
bhamanah, etc.
I See Mallinatha's Introd. to his Comm. on the Rag-huvamsa.
•^H 102 H$-
F. 46: — iti prataparudiavynkhyane ratnapanakhyane
kavyasvarupan nirupanan nfima dvitiyam prakaranam ii
F. 139: — pratapanidravyrikhyane ratnapanakhyane gunan
nirupanan nama sastliaprakaranam i
It ends: — vistarabliirubhir iiparamyata iti sarvam ava-
datam il iti prataparudrlyavyakliyane ratnapanakhyane
misralamkaran nirupanan nama navamam prakaranam ii
prataparudriyavyakhySnam samriptarn ii srlguru'', etc.
Whish No. 78.
Size: 12,|xl8 in., 94 -}- 57 -)- 86 leaves, 8 lines on a pags.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry 1829'. The MS. may
be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
(1)
The Bhdsfjaratnaprabhd, or gloss on Sahkara's Com-
mentary to Bddardi/ana's Vecldnta-Stdras, by Govinddnanda,
with Notes (ff. 1 — 69). It is incomplete, containing only
the portion corresponding to Yol. I, pp. 1 — 90 in the
edition of the Yedanta-Sutras, published in the Bibliotheca
Indica (Calcutta 1863). In the margin of f. 1 the title
'TdtparyyabodhinT is given, and Mr. Whish states (f. 69):
"Here ends the Talparyyabodhini. This appears to be
annotations on the Sutra Bhashyam of Sankara Acharyyah".
See below No. 93.
It begins: — yam iha kurunikam saranani gato hy arisa-
hodara apa mahat padam i tam aham asu harim varam
a^raye janakajamkam ana(n)tasukhakrtim i Vibhisanorisaho-
daropity anvayah (i) srigauryya sakalartthadan nijapadam-
bhojena muktipradam praudhani righnavanara harantam
anaghasridunditundasina vande carmmakaprilikopakaranai(r)
vairagyasaukhyat paran nastiti pradisantam antavidhuram
srlkasikesam sivara i pradisantam upadisantani i yatkrpala-
vamatrena muko bhavati panditah i vedasastrasarirantam
vanim vinakaiam bhaje i kamfiksTdugdhapracurasurasu-
-^> 103 f«-
tanu ' pi^MJyaljliojyritipujyasrigaurlnayakribhitprakatana - 8i-
varainriryya-labilh[v]atmabodhaih srimat-Gopalaglrbhilipra-
lcatitapai\imri(lvaitabhrisriR[t]mit5sya-srimat-Govindavrinica-
ranakaiiKilago nirvrtohaiu yatludili i moksapuryyam sri-
kriucyfuii srikamaksya dattam payasaiii devair api shitaiu
prajyani sampfirnain prakr^tr>jyayuktam va yat bhojyam
aima(i]i) teiiatipiijyas SivaiTimayoginah kifica sivas casau ra-
mas ceti svanamna srigaurinayakayor abhedam prakatayanti
tebhyo gurubliyo kabdha atmabodho srimat-Goprdasai-asvati-
bhili tail- ity artthali kSamkarani bhasyakrtain prunamya Vya-
sam harira sutrakrtan ca kurve sribhasyatirtthe parahamsatu-
styai vagjahibandhacchidam abhyupayam (') atra bhasye, etc.
F. 20: — prathamavarnakam ii
F, 32: — caturttbavarnakam ii prathamasutram samaptam ii
It ends: — atmaniscayat an maryyadayam pramatvtvasya
kalpitatvepi pratyaksadivisayavadhat pramrin(y)ain iti bha-
vah II om ramanamni pare dhamni krtsnamnayasamaii-
vayali karyyatatparyyabadhena sadbitas suddbabuddha-
ye II srigurubbyo namo namali, etc.
(2)
Tlie Balivrcahraliuicmopanisadvivarana, or Aitareyoimni-
sadllidmja, i. e. the Commentary on the Aitareya-Upanisad,
by ^afikara (ff. 70 — 94b). Printed in the Bibliotheca Indica,
vok yil, Calcutta 1850.
It begins (f. 70): — om parisamaptam karmma sahapara-
brahmavisayavijfianenaisa karmmano jhanasabitasya para
gatir ukthavijhrina[sa]d\Tireno[no]pasaiphrty etat (read "sam-
hrtaitat?) satyam brahma pranakhyam etc.
It ends (f. 94b): — asmat k:)kad utkrammyamusmin loke
sarvan kaman aptvamrtas samabhavas samabhavat ity iipa
stam (?) iti ii iti sri-Govindabhagavatpiijyapadasisyasya sri-
matparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasya srimac - Chamkara-
bhagavatah krtan bahvrcabrahmanopanisadvivaranara sam-
pfirnam ii gurubhyo namali ii aitareyopanisatbhasyam sa-
maptam II
I For dugdhapracura the metre reciuircs -^- -^^. The Edition
reads o dattadugdhapracurasuranuta".
-^ 104 f<^
(3)
Tlie Kaufdalm, or Sdnibavya Grhyasutm (ff. 1 — 23).
This is the MS. K. discussed by Prof. Oldenberg in his
edition of the Sahkhayaua-Grhyasutra. See Indische
Studien, vol XV, p. 4 seq.; Sacred Books of the East,
vol XXIX, p. 6 seq.
It begins: — utthaya pratar acamyahar aha svaddhyayam
adhiyitadya no deva savitar iti dve, etc. (see Sankhayana-
Grhyastitra I, 4).
F. 12 b, 13: — iti kausitakagrhye prathamoddhyayah il
F. 19: — iti kausitakagrhye dvitiyoddhyayah ii srlguru" . . .
pindapitiyajhe aparanhe aniavasyayam, etc.
F. 21: — iti kausitakagrhye pindapitryajnavidhil.i ii
The last chapter contains Mantras with accents (the
udatta only being marked by the sign '>- placed on the
top of the letters), beginning: — ayusyam varccasyam
rilyasposam autbhidam i idam hiranyam varccasvaj jaitraya
visatad mam ii 1 i (See Mantrapatha, II, 8; Asv. Grhy.
Ill, 8, 21.)
It ends (f. 23): — priyam ma kuru devesu priyam ma
brahmane kuru i priyam nsvesu bliiitesu mayi dhehi ruca-
rucam ii harili om etc.
(4)
A metrical Commentary on the KanfdalM or Sdmhavya-
Orhyasutra (ff. 24 — 57). See the preceding number.
It begins (f. 24 = f. 1): — natva Kausitakacaryyam Sam-
bavyam siitrakrttamam i guhyan tadiyyam samksipya vya-
khyasyai bahuvismrtain i yathakramam yathabodham pahca-
ddhyayasamanvitam i vyakhyatam vrttikaradyai srauta-
smarttavicaksanaih i utthayosasy athaplutya sandhyam
karmma samapya ca i kurvita nityam svaddhyayam ara-
bhyadyan na {sic) ity a(r)thah i
F. 43b (= f. 20b): — grhye kausitakiyesmin etad uttari-
yasammata i vyrdchyata karikarupa pilrvaddhyayasasahcita
{sic) 11 harih om i etc.
->^ 105 H$-
It ends (f. 57 = f. 34) with the description of funeral
rites (the Ekoddista ^ruddha begins f. 55 b): — daksinurtthaii
ca giirave dadyat svistakrtady atha na (read "ki-dadya-
rthena?) sistakarmma samapyagnim iipatisthec ca sanna-
met II harih om etc.
(5)
The Asvaldyajia-Grht/asntra (ff. 1 — 29).
It begins: — uktani vaitani(kani) grhyani vaksyamah, etc.
The first Adhyaya (21 Khandas) ends f. 12 b, the
2«''iAdhyaya (10 Khandas) f. 17, the 3'<i Adhyaya (9 Khandas)
ends f. 22 b.
The fourth Adhyaya breaks off in the middle of the
12*1^ Khanda (corresponding to IV, 8 in Stenzler's edition)
with the words: — patram palasena vapani juhuyad iti
vijiiayate i (IV, 8, 18 Stenzler).
(6)
The Sarvdnulmunanl, by Kdtydyana, divided into eight
Astakas (ff. 30 — 54). Incomplete.
It begins: — agnin nava Madhuscbanda Vaisvamitro, etc.
It breaks off after Rv. X, 105: — tristub antyadya gayatrl
va II 5 II ubhau bhutam ii srigurubhyo namali ii srlmahatri-
purasundaryj^ai namali ii barib om subham astu ^rigana-
dbipataye namali ii
(7)
Lists of words, occurring in the Bgveda-samliitd, and
ottering certain difficulties with regard to Sandhi: appa-
rently a kind of Parisista to the Pratisakhya (ft\ 55 — 86).
In the margin of f. 55 it is wrongly described as 'Sarvanu-
kramani'.
It begins (f. 55): — ganadhipan namaskrtya gurun devih
sarasvatlh i sandigdhacchedanany ukta (read uktva) vili-
khyante padany atha i ejante ca visargante pade ci parato
yatah i vigrhya tulyariipa syat sarahita tatra samsayab i
ya rjra mahyam mamalie ko no maliya aditaye yo vo
mahya abhisanteh sakhyaya bra ba bhra iidhany urddhva
►^ 106 f<-
•usuna iitaye ubha iirunanta dina blind ublia u arasave
nakarante makarante parayo^ ca tavargayoh ntanade sat
tulyarupa sarahitatrapi samsayah i etc.
It ends (f. 86 b): — kaniyan i tvasta i avagra paficadasa |
satyam uciili i rupakam i ahali i avenat i ranan i akrnvan |
sindhun i atisthan i sukarmmah i dharttali i nali i avagra
caturdasa i iti trini i rbliur vibhvali i rbhub i agmata |
uta I agriyah i vSjali i avagra dasa i iti dve i anavatah I
srir naye i gnas patnibbih i daivena sindhubbih i ye i ra-
jabhih n
79.
WmsH No. 79.
Size: ll-sXl^ in-. (1) + 31 + 131 + (1) leaves, 8 or 9 lines on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 1829. The MS. may be about
50 years older.
Character: Grantha, except fi'. 1— 67b (Parilsara-Smrti I — IV) wbich
are in Malayalam.
(1)
The SaiilMrdcCiryacarlta, a Life of Sankara, in 9 Adbya-
yas.'^ This seems to be another recension of the work
described under the same title by Burnell, Tanjore p. 96 seq.
It begins : — ganesaya namas tasmai yatprasadavivasvata |
pratyiihaddhvantaviddhvamsali kriyate bhaktakarmmanam I
madly arasanaramge natanesu samutsukah i esa sarasvati
bhiiyat satam anandadayini i samasritapadambhojajanata-
surapadapah i etc.
It ends: — srimac-Chamkaradesikasya caritam stotram pra-
bodhapradan nirddagdhakhilapapa(ca)ndanavipinam sani-
ksiptam etan narah i ye srunvanti pathanti cadarayutas
sahcintayanty anvaham te labdhva bhuvi sampadah ca
sakalam ante labhantemrtara ii iti Samkarilcaryyacarite
desikacaryyasayujyapraptir nnama navamoddhyayah ii harih
cm II acaryyavilasas samaptah ii cm i
I The author is Govindanatha, accordino^ to Prof. Aufrecht.
-^, 107 r^
(2)
The Pardiarasmrti with the Commentary of Mddhavd-
cCirya, in 12 Adhyayas.
It begins: — Maniih i srutim pasyanti munayah smaranti
ca tatha smrtiru i tasmat pramanara ubhayam pramitani
bhuvi I yovamanyeta te tubhe heyasastrasrayo narah i sa
saJhubhir bahiskaryyo nastiko vedanindaka iti i Parasara-
smrtav asya (read asyaiu?) granthaklp.tir vivicyate i dve kande
dvadasaddhyaye sloka astonasatsatam i etc. (See edition of
the Parasarasmrti in the Bibliotheca Indica, I, p. 12 seq.)
F. 40: — vedrdvsaravicrirena sCidras caiKlalatam vrajet I
iti 1 madyani bahuvidhani . . . agamya bhaginyadayah I
spastam anyat i iti mahrirajadhirajaparamesvaravaidikama-
rgapravarttakasrivira - Bukkanabhupalasammrajyadhuran-
dharasya Madhavamatyasya krte Parasarasmrtivyakhyaya
Madhavlyavyakhyayas sanigrahe prathamoddhyayah ii sivaya
namah li
Adhyaya II ends I 49, A. Ill f. 58b, A. IV f. 67b,
A. V f. 70, A. VI f. 78b, A. VII f. 84b, A. VIII f. 93b,
A. IX f. 99 b, A. X f. 108, A. XI f. 119b.
Adhyaya XII ends (f. 131): — yathaddhyayanakarmmani
dharmmasastram idan tatha i adhyetavyain prayatnena niya-
tam svargagamina ii iti srimaharajadhirajaparamesvara-
vaidikamargapravarttakasrlvira-Bukkana-Madhavamatyasya
krtau Parasarasmrtivyakhyayam Madhaviyakhyayam dva-
dasoddhyayah i karaki-tam aparadham ksantum arhantu
santah i; srimahatripurasundaryyai namo namah li harih orn il
80.
Wiiisii No. 80.
Size: 12lxls in., (1) + 196 + (1) leaves, 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Telliclierry 1829.' The MS.
may be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
The HarihhaJdisudlwilai/a from the Ndradlya-Piirdna,
with a Commentary, in 20 Adhyayas.
•^ 108 H$-
It begins: — suklambaradharam visniim ^asivarnan catur-
bhujam i prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye ii
gurave sarvalokanam bhisaje bliavaroginam i nidhaye sar-
vavidyanam sridaksinamurttaye namali i yasya bhavanaya
daityas tatara bhavasagaram i dustaran tad aham vande
narasimham mahat param i sakalasancitan duritasamtati-
samanadvarakaprriripsitaparisamaptiphalakaparadevatanu -
ddhyanalaksanam mamgalam anutisthati i ekam yaj jana-
yatiti II ekam yaj janayatiti i ekam yaj janayaty anekatanu-
blirtsasyanny ajasram mitho bliinnakaragunani kaiscid api
va noptan na siktan jalaili i kalenapi na jlryyate huta-
bhuja no dahyate klidyate natbhis tat sakalasya bijam
anisam bralimabbiyan dhimabi ii
F. 10 b: — iti sriharibhaktisudhodaye savyakbyane pratha-
moddbyayab ii
F. 105b:— iti sribaribbaktisudhodaye mabapurane savya-
kbyane ekadasoddhyayab ii
It ends: — Saimakadin naimisiyan brahmasunus tirodadbe ii
brabmasunur Nnaradab ii etan Naradlyapuranasravanaka-
tbanayoli pbalam aba ya idam iti i ya idam srunuyan
nityam baribbaktisudhodayam i katbayed va sa papaugbair
mmukto moksaii ca gaccbati ii saktyaddbyatmake tat asakrt-
sravanadinoktasadbanadvara moksas siddbyatiti sarva(m)
samafijasam ii iti sriharibbaktisudbodaye mabapurane savya-
kbyane vimsoddbyayali li srikrsnaya namab ii etc.
81.
Whish No. 81.
Size: 12.7X15- in., (1) + 110 + 86 + (1) leaves, 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated '5tii January 1830 Tellicherry.'
The MS. may be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
(1)
Tbe Vedantasdra , or Veddntasdraxn'alMrana , by Sadd-
nmida (ff. 1—17).
^^ 109 •<-
It begins: — on namo nrsimhaya i akhandam saccidrman-
dam avanmanasagocaram i atmanam akhiladharam asraye-
bliTstasiddliaye i artthatopy advayanandfin ati[m]tadvaita-
bhanatali i guriin araddhya Yedrintasrira(m) vaksye yathfi-
mati I vedrmto namopanisat pramanan tadupakarini sari-
rakasutrudini ca i etc.
It ends (f. 17b): — vimuktas ca vimucyate ity evam adi
sruteh ii iti paramahamsaparivrajakacaryya-Sadanandakrtau
vedantasaraprakaranam samaptam ii ^rlgurucaranaravinda-
bhyan namo namah ii
(2)
The Paiicadasl, or Pancadasapra'karana {CitracUpa etc.),
by Vidydranija Ttrtha (ff. 18—110).
See No. 58.
It begins (f. 18): — yathfi citrapate drstam avasthanafi
catustayam i paramatmani vijneyan tathavasthacatustayam |
yatlia dliauto ghattitas ca lancliito rafijitah patah (i) cidan-
taryyamisutratma virat catmil tathocyate i etc.
F. 34: — iti ^riparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasri-Yidya-
ranyamunivaryyaviracitam citradipakhyam prakaranam
sampiirnam ii srilaksmlnrsirphaya namah il
F. 56 : — iti srimatparamahamsaparivrajakacaryya - sri-
Yidyaranyatirtthamunivaryyena viracitam kutasthadipa-
khyam prakaranam sampurnam ii
The Dhyanadlpa ends f. 65, the Natakadlpa f. 66 b, the
Tattvaviveka f. 70, the Pancabhutaviveka or Mahabhuta-
viveka f. 76 b, the Pancakosaviveka f. 79 b, the Jivadvaita
f. 85, the Mahavakyaviveka f. 85b, the Brahmananda (in
five Adhyayas) f. 110.
It ends:— tatvamos sarngatau satvaram dvaitaparoksya-
varjitarn i viruddham i dasatyagat piirvabodho parisyate(?) ii
harih om i srigurubhyo namah ii
(3)
The Pratyalhijndnasaliuntala, or AhhijmnasakiintaJa, by
Kdliddsa, in 7 Acts.
It begins: — yil srstis srastiir adya vahati i etc.
-^i 110 ^
The Prakrit passages differ somewhat from our editions,
and are followed by a Sanskrit version. The following are
the two first speeches of the Natl: — ama iam hmi i aryya
iyam asmi i and:— suvihidampaoadae araamsa na kim vi
parihavairasidi i suvihitaprayogataya aryyasya na kimapi
parihapayisyati i
F. 13 b:— iti pratyabhijiiana^akuntale prathamomkah ii
The Vidusaka's speech at the beginning of the 2^^"^ Act
begins:— ha hadohmi i eamsa miaasilamsa ramno vayamsa-
bhavena i ha hatosmi i etasya mrgayasilasya raj ho vayasya-
bhavena i aam miao aam varaho i etc.
The 2'^d ^ct ends f. 23b, the 3^^ Act f. 33b, the 4*^^ Act
f. 47, the 5^^ Act f. 57, the 6*^ Act f. 75.
It ends: — iti pratyabhijhanasaku(nta)le saptamomkah i
harih oiu ii sriguru" . . . ii Srdiuntalam samaptam i
82.
Whish No. 82.
Size: 111 X It in., (1) + 89 [really 90, as 31 is double] + (1) leaves,
11 or 12 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Wliisli dated '5th January 1830 Tellicherry.'
The MS. was either written for Mr. Whish in the Virodhin year
(see below) corresponding to A. D. 1829,30, or perhaps in A. D. 1769/70.
Scribe: Raghunatha, son of Ramakrsua.
Character: Grantha.
The Sdhityasarvasva , a Commentary on Kalidasa's
Ahhijhdnasakuntala, by ^rlnivasacdrya, sou of Tlmmaya
Arya, of the VaikJidnasa family.
It begins:— laksmim vas sutaran tanotu madhukrlla-
ksmimukhambhoruho bhaktabhistavarapradanauipunas Se-
sadricudamanih i . . . Vaikhanasanvayapayodhimrga(ii)kamu-
rtti srlkausiko vijayate khalu Timmayakhyah i tasya putrosti
vidyanam svayamvarapatir mmahau i anvartthauama vikh-
yata-Srinivasagunakarah i (yam) Srluivasam akhilagamasara-
siudhukumbhotbhavam budhajauah pariklrttayanti i soham
vicaryya bharatadimunipranitam sastrain kavindraracitani
-^ 111 f^
ca natakrini i uyayam Plianindrapluinitin ca kapinjalan
ca' Kanadatautram atha Jaiminina krtaii ca i tikanta
(read tikam karoiui?) vidusam paritosanaya ^akuntalasya
Phanisailapateh prasadat i vyfikliyane kalpite kificit nutauaii
natra kutracit i purvasuribhir uktesu saiTin uddhrtyacamate
(read °badliyate?) i etam sajjanaranjanaksamagunopeta-
magliam tikrim yatnavata maya viracitam, etc.
F.30:— itisrlramana-Vemkatesacaranambujasamaradhaka-
Timmayixryyaputrena sakalakalapakusalenayaikliana(sa)ku-
lavatamsena iSrinivasacar}'}'ena viracite praudhavedye sahitya-
sarvasvasamakhyane Sakuntalavyakhyane prathamomkali ii
It ends : — iti sriramana- Verakatesacaraiiambujasamara-
dliaka-Timmayriryyaputrena sakakikalakalapakusaleua Vai-
khanasakulavatamsena Srinivasacaryyena viracite praudha-
vedye sahityasarvasvasamakhyane Sakuntalavyakhyane
saptamomkah ii srigurubhyo uamah n . . . anandavallisameta-
srlcandramaulesvarasvamisahaya ii . . . sakuntalavyakhyanam
samriptam ii
virodhisamjnam samprapte hayane margasirsake l masi
hy aslesasamjnayan tarakayam krter(?)dine i tithau pah-
camasamjfmyain Eamakrsnasya sununa Eaghunatbena vi-
dusa likbitani bhadram astu vah il harih om etc.
83.
WmsH No. 83.
Size: 19^x11- in., (5) + 174 + 2 + (4) leaves, 8 or 9 lines on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: An entry by Mr. Wbisli is dated 'August 1830 Telliclierry'.
The MS. seems to be fairly old, ITtii or 18tii century.
Character: Grantba.
Injiirics: The MS. lias been damaged by insects on ff. 17 — 32
(f. 24 seriously), 34-37 (seriously), 43-45, 79-80, 102-106 (f. 103
seriously), 112—115, 150 — 154 (seriously), and 168—169.
The Satacldmju, by Yemkatamltha, in 6G chapters.
Mr. Whish describes it as the 'Xata-Duzini; or refutation
I For ca kapinjalan ca read Kapilasya tantram?
-^ 112 f^
of the Uttara Mimamsa'. According to Aufrecht CC. p. 630
(see Mitra-Bikaner p. 519; Hall p. 112) it is 'directed
against the Samkhya doctrine'. See also Hultzsch II,
p. 145 sqq. (No. 1532).
It begins: — sriman Verakatanatharyyali kavitarkkika-
kesari i vedantacaryyavaryyo me sannidhattam sada hrdi i
samaharas samnam pratipadam rcan dhama yajusa(in) layah
pratyuhanam laharivitatir bodhajaladlieh i kathadarppaksu-
bhyatkalikathakakolahalabhavam hara tvan tad dhvantam
hayavadanahelahalahalah i idam prathamasambhavatkuma-
tijalakularakasa mrsamatavisanalajvalitajivajivatavah i ksa-
ranty amrtam aksayam yatipurandarasyoktayas cirantana-
sarasvaticikurabandhasairandhrikah i pracTm iipetya padavim
yatirajadrstam yat kificid anyad api va matam asrayantah I
prajfia yathoditam idam sukavat pathantah pracchanna-
bauddhavijaye parito yataddhvam i padahavesu nirbhettum
vedamargavidusakan i prayujyatam sarasreni nisita ^atadti-
sani I tatra tavac chastrarambhe i etc.
F. 3: — iti kavitarkikasimhasya sarvatantrasvatantrasya
srimad-Yemkatanathasya vedantacaryyasya krtisu ^atadu-
sanyam brahmasabdavrttyanui)apatti?adah prathamah ii
F. 38 b: — iti satadusanyam nirvisesavisayanirvikalpaka-
bhamgavada ekadasah ii
F. 64b: — iti satadusanyam samvidanutpattidusanavada
ekavimsali ii
F. 95: — iti . . . atmadvaitabhavas sattrimsah li
F. 128: — iti . . . vikalpapramanyabhamgostacatvarira-
sah II
It ends: — na casti samvada iti darsitam iti ii iti kavi-
tarkkikasimhasya sarvatantrasvatantrasya srimad-Vemkata-
nathasya vedantacfiryyasya krtisu satadusanyam advaitimate
sutrasvarasya bhamgas satsastitamah ii harih cm srimate
vedantagurave namali ^rikavitarkkikasimhamahagurave
nam ah ii
Then follow three pages, containing some fragment of
a Vedantic treatise, beginning: — jhananandagunopetam
jnananandamayam mahah i etc.
^ ii;] ^
U.
Whish No. 84 a.
Size: 14xli in., (2) + 134 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Cadroor 1827'. The MS. may
be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
The MaMhM7-at(( , Parvaii v: The Utlyoga Farvan,
Adhyayas 1 — 94.
It begins: — Vyasam Vasisthanaptaram Sakteh pautraiu
akalmasam iParasaratmajam vande Sukatatan taponidhiiii i
Janamejayah i vrtte vivahe hrstatma yad uvacaYudhisthirah i
tat sarvaiii kathayasveha krtavanto yad uttaram i Vai-
^ampayanah i ki- ***** (bhmk) kurupraviras tathabhiraanyor
mmuditas sapaksrih i visramya catvar}7 usasi pratltas
sabhain viratasya tatobhijagmuh i etc.
F. 133b: — ity udyogaparvani trinavatitamodhyayah ii
Vaisam i tam bhuktavautam, etc. (v, 92 in Bombay edition).
It breaks off with the words: — sarvadha hi mahabaho
daivair api durutsahah i prabha (v, 92, 28 Bombay).
85.
Whish No. 84 B.
Size: 18s x Is in-, (2) + 208 + (2) leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry August 1830'. The
MS. is of the same date as No. 8-1.
Character: Grantha.
The Mahabhdrata, Parvan v: The Udyoga-Parvan,
Adhyayas 41 — 198 (the end of the Parvan).
It begins: — Dhrtarastrah i anuktam yadi te kihcit vfica
vidura vidyate i dharmmam ^usrusate bridii vicitrani
vibhasase i etc.
F. 77: — iti sri-udyogaparvani caturimavatitamoddhyayah ii
Vaisam i vidurasya vaca srutva prasritam purusottamah i iti
-^ 114 H$-
hovaca bbagavan vacanam madhusudanah i siikrsnali i yatha
bruyan mabaprajiio, etc. (v, 93 Bombay).
It ends: — vadayanti sma sambrstas sabasrasataso narah ii
ity udyoge mababbarate satasabasrikayara sambitayam
udyogaparvani paiidavayuddbasannabo namastanavatisata-
tamoddbyayab ii matrkadosato vatba likbitur ddosatotba-
va I nyimatiriktako grantbas samsoddbyas satbbir anjasa ii
barih om, etc.
86.
Whish Xo. 85.
Size: 12|xl-s- in., (1) + 81 + 16 + (2) leaves, 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr, Whish dated 'Tellicherry 1830", The MS, may
be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
(1)
Tbe ChandogamantrahrdhniancibMsya, a Commentary on
tbe Mantra-Brdhmana or Mantra-Parvan of tbe Sdmaveda,
by Sdyana, in 2 cbapters, Tbis is MS. 'C, used by Dr.
Heinricb Stouner for bis edition of tbe I^.Iantrabrabmana
(Inaugural-Dissertation znr Erlangung der Doctorwiirde),
Halle a. S. 1901.
It begins:— pranipatya gurim adyan vedavedarttbako-
vidan i yatprasadena jananti pravaktum madrsa api i sada
samatvavaisamyanirabadbatvabetubbib i ccba(read ccba)-
ndogyamantrabbasyam vai Gunavisnor vidbasyate i abam
l^adyavisalarttbapramavakyoptiYisvatab^ I tatbapy asraya-
saundaryya(j) janomusmin prapasyatu i aditenumanyasvety
adi 1 yajustrayam parisecane viniyuktam adityadidevatakam
aditir devatS sapi sarvatra karmmany anujnrman dasyati i etc.
F. -lib : — vedarttbasya prakasena tamo haddi vakarab su-
stbiram anugrnbatu {sic) vidyatirttbamabesvarab i srlmadrS,-
jarajaparamesvaravaidikamargapravarttaka - srivira-Bukka-
bbupalasa(mra)jyadhurandbarena Sayanaryyaviracite Mfi-
dbaviye vedarttbfyjaprakase samabrabmanabb5sye mantra-
parvani pratbamoddbyayab ii yasya nisvasita veda, etc.
I Stonner reads: yady api sastrarthapramavakyoktiviplavah.
~> 115 f^
It ends : — vedartthasya prakasena tamo bfirdan nivara-
yan i piijyamas caturo vedan vidyatlrtthamunLsvaram ii iti
srimatrajadbirajaparamesvaravaidikamrirgapravarttakasrivi-
ra-Bukkabliupalasammrajyadliurandharena S5,yanacriryyena
viracite Madliavlye vedartthaprakase ccliandogamantra-
braliraanabliasye mantraparvani dvitiyapatbake saptamah
kbandab II srigurucarana° etc.
(2)
Tbe Mantraparran, or MantrapdtJia , or Mantra -Brd-
hmana of tbe Sdmaveda, in 2 Patalas, containing the
Mantras prescribed by tbe Gohhila-Orliyasidra. See Dr.
Stonner's Dissertation, p. xi.
It begins: — deva savitah jira suva yajnam pra suva
yajnapatim bhagaya divyo gandharvab ketapub ketan nab
punatu vacaspatir vacan na svadatu, etc.
It ends: — pra nu vocan cikituse janaya {sic) ma gam ana-
gam adbitani (read aditim?) vadbista om utsrjata ii man-
tra[m]parvani dvitiyab patba(b) samiXptam ii barib i man-
trapatba samaptam ii
87.
Whish No. 86.
Size: 13f Xl? in.. (2) + 69 [really 68, as f. 68 is missing] leaves,
9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Probably end of 18 ti^ century.
Character: Grantha.
Tbe 2Iahdhhdrata. Fragment of the Drona-Parvan (VII),
Adhyayas 1 — 34.
It begins: — om Sanjayah i tam apratimasatvaujobalavir-
yyaparakramam i batan devavratam srutva pahcalena
^ikhandina i etc.
F. 67: — iti dronaparvani dvatrirnsoddbyayah ii dvitlyopa-
haras samaptah ii
It breaks off in the middle of Adhyaya 34 with tbe
words: — sisunaikena samare dvisatsainyani vai maya i adya
-^ 116 f^
draksyanti rajanah kalyamanani sampa^ah i Yudhisthirah i
evan te bhasamanasya balam saubhadra varddhatam i yas
tvam utsahase bhettum dronanikam su. See YII, 35,
26—29.
88.
WmsH No. 87.
Size: ISxSj in., (1) + 129 +(2) leaves, on an average 14 lines
on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entries by Mr. Whisli dated '1829' and 'June S^d i831
Tellicherry.' The MS. was i^robably written A. D. 1792. See Xo. 103.
Character: Grantha, very small.
The ^ivarahasya-Khcmda, from the Sankarasamhita of
the Skamla -Parana. Vol. I, containing _the Samhhava-
Kanda in 50 Adhyayas (ff. 1 — 53), the Asura-Kanda in
15 Adhyayas (£f. 53 — 74), the Viramahendra - Kanda in
7 Adhyayas (ff. 74— 84b), and the Yuddha-Kdnda in
35 Adhyayas (ft'. 85— 129 b).
For Vol. II, see No. 103 (Whish No. 102).
It begins:— omkaranilayan devam gajavaktrah catur-
bhujam picandilam aham vaude sarvavighnopasantaye i . . .
pura kancyaii catu(r)vaktrah tatapa paraman tapah I srastu-
kamah prajas sarvah krpaya paramesituh i tasmin mahe-
sacaranaparicaryyaparayane i munayah katicit punye sthitva
garhasthya uttame i etc.
F. lb:— om ity adimahapurane snskande samkarasam-
hitayam sivarahasyakhande sambhavakande sutamunisam-
vado nama prathamoddhyayah il
F. 53: — om ity adimahapurane sriskande samkarasam-
hitayam sivarahasyakhande sambhavakande pahcasoddhya-
yah II sivaya namah ii harih om sambhavakandas samaptah ii
F. 74: — om ity . . . sivarahasyakhande asurakande pahca-
da^oddhyayah ii asurakandas samaptah ii
F. 84b:— om ity . . . sivarahasyakhande viramahendraka-
nde saptamoddhyayah ii srlsambaya parabrahmane namah ii
on tat brahmarpanam i om subham astu viramahendraka-
pdas samaptah ii
-^- 117 f^
It ends (f. 129 b): — om ity udiinaluipuiTuie srDikande
igamkarasaiphitayrini sivarahasyakbande yuddbakande sura-
patmasambaro nama paucati-insoddbyriyab li . . . yuddbakfi-
iidas samaptab ii yadrsam pustakau drstva i etc.
89.
Whish Ko. 88.
Size: IItXU in., (2) + 84 + (lo) + 108 + (H) leaves, 9 lines on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Telliclierry 1830.' The MS.
may be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
(1)
Tbe Pratdparudrayasobliumna (or Pratdparudra, or Pratd-
parudrli/a), by Vidi/dndtha. It is incomplete, ending at
tbe beginning of tbe cbapter on Artbrdamkaras.
It begins: — vidyakairavakaumudlm srutisirassimantacu-
damanin daran patmabbuvas trilokajananlm vande giran
devatam i yatpadabjanamaskriyas sukrtinam srirasvata-
prakriyabijanyasabbuvo bbavanti kavitanatyaikajivatavah i
Y. 8: — iti sri-Vidyanfitbakrtau prataparudrayasobbiisane
iilamkarasastre nayakaprakaranam samaptam ii
j^. 84: — iti Yidyanatbakrtau virarudrayasobbusane sa-
bdalamkaraprakaranam i! atbarttbalamkarab i
It breaks off (f. 84b) witb tbe words: — upamanopame-
yasadbriranadbarmmasadr^yapratipratipadakanam prayoge
purna I See f. 74b in tbe litbograpbed edition of tbe Prata-
parudriya (publisbed at Poona 1849, Sake 1771).
(2)
Tbe ^ivdrcanasiromaui, a manual of Saiva worsbip, by
Bralimdnandandtlia, a pupil of Lolidnandandtlia, composed
by order of Amrtdnandandtlia (complete?) in seven UUasas.
~^i 118 H^
It begins:— santi sreyamsy anekani jananam yatprasa-
datah i matamgavadanam vande devim tripurasundarimj
yasya svatmavabodliodayavigatamahamoliagadliandliakaiTis
sanmargan darsayantah khalu caranajusara santi cante
vasantah i satyam brahmeti dehady akhilam id am asad
veti santavadanta sri-Lokanandanatbam guriivaram anisam
bhavaye sambamiirttim ii . . . Amrtanandanathasya niyogat
tasya dbimatab i sri-Brahmanandanatboham bitayalpa-
dbiyam api i sri-Lokanandanatbasya sisyavargapurogamab i
tantrany alokya sarvani kulariiavamukhani ca i arabbe vi-
staram karttum sivarccanasiromanim i santas santas saml-
ksyaitat santu santustamanasah i sadbako rajanituryyayame
vibuddbva cavasyakam krtva bastau padau ca praksalya-
camya i svasane samupavisya pujamurtter nnirmmalyara
visarjjya praksalya i etc.
F. 15: — iti sri-Lokanandanatbasisyena Brabmananda-
nathena viracite sivarccanasiromanau pratbamollasab ii
Tbe 2°d Ullasa ends f. 30b, tbe 3'^ Ullasa f. 45, tbe
4*^ U. f. 60, tbe 5*^ U. f. 82, tbe 0'^ U. f. 98b.
It ends (or breaks off witb?): — eby ebi varuni devi mama
siddbim kuru priye i apavitram parityajya sadbake siddbim
arpaya i sarvapatramaye devi sudbarilpe namostu te i
90.
Whish No. 89.
Size: 13f Xl"5^ in., 97 leaves, from 8 to 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry 1830.' The MS.
may be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
Tbe Adhikaranaratnamdld, by Bhdratillrtlia, incomplete.
Printed under the title Yydsddhikaranamdld at tbe end of
vol. II of P. Eama Narayana Vidyaratna's edition of tbe
Yedanta-Sutras (Bibliotbeca Indica, 1863).
It begins: — pranamya paramatmanam vidyatlrttbasvaru-
pinara | Vayyasiki (read Vaiyasiki) nyayamala slokais saiii-
grbyate spbutam | praripsitasya grantbasyavigbne(na) pa-
->* 110 H^
risamaptaye i pracayagamanaya ^istacaraparipalanaya ca[ra]
visii?testadevatatatvain gurumurttyupadhipiktamanaskrtya
(read °am iiamaskrtya) grantham pratijanite pranamyeti
Vyiisena prokta Vaiyyasiki i etc.
F. 3b: — tatra sastrasya prathamara siitram ii athato
brahmajijnasa ii pratliamadhikaranara riracaya(ti), etc.
F. 12: — prathamasyaddliyayasya pratliamah padah i va-
sudevaya namah ii sarvatra siddhopade^at ii
Ff. 28b, 29: — iti srimatparamaliamsapanvrajakacri(r)yya-
Bharatitirtthapranitayaiu adhikaranaratnamalayam pratha-
maddhyayasya caturttbapadali ii
It breaks off after tbe 7"' Adhikarana in Adbyaya lY,
Pada 2 witb tbe following words: — saptama + ti i jfiasya
vagadaya svasvabetau linab i paretbava agnim vag ity
adi^astrat svasvalietusii tallaya(li) i nadyabdbilayasamyokter
vidvaddrstya layali pare i anyadrstiparam sastram gnim vag
ity udabi'tam tatvajnani no vagadayah prana viliyamanab
pratisvikesu karanesu viliyante na tu mabatmani yatrasya
purusasya mrtasyiXsti vag apy eti vatain pranas caksur
adityam ity adi sruter iti prapte brumab i tatvavido drstya
paramatmany eva paya. (See edition p. 72.)
91.
WmsH No. 90.
Size: llTXlrr in., (2) + 70 + 58 + (2) leaves, 9 or 10 lines on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry 1830'. The MS. may
be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
(1)
Tbe Gylii/rqmrisista, a compendium of domestic rites.
It is incomplete, and tbe name of tbe aiitbor is not
mentioned.
Amongst tbe autborities quoted are Satyayani (ff. 6, 65),
Ranayana Muni (f. 24b), Salibotra Muni (f. 51b), Rauruki
(f. 66b), and «aunaka (ff. 66 b, 70).
-^ 120 :«-
The following are some of the ceremonies described in
this work:
saucavidhi (f. 1), mrttikasnanavidhi (f. 2), sandhyopa-
sanavi'' (f. 3 b), brahmayajhavi° (f. 4b), jiratisarabandhavi"
(f. 6 b), ankurarpanavi° (f. 7 b), punyahavi° (f. 8 b), udaka-
santivi° (f. 9), rudrasamhitayah kalpa (f 13), mahabhise-
kavi° (f. 13), satabhisekavi° (f. 14), parjanyasuktavi° (f. 15),
arkavivahavi° (f. 15 b), agnivivaha (f. 17 b), grhasantivi"
(f. 18), ankurasya vidhi (f. 22 b), apamrtyuhjaya (f. 25b),
ayurhomasya laksana (f. 27b), grharcanavi° (f. 32), agha-
marsanasukta (f. 36 b), garbhinivi° (f. 40), vrsotsarjanavi°
(f. 41), ekoddistavi° (f. 42), nandimukhasraddha (f. 44),
pindapitryajhavi" (f. 45b), krcchravi" (f. 56b), candrayana
(f. 58 b), sarpasanti (f. 68).
It begins:^ — athatas saucavidhim vyakhyasyamo gramad
diirataram gatva yajhopavitam sirasi daksinakarne va
ki'tva mrttika grnhati kastham antarddiiaya iipaviiied, etc.
F. 6: — athatas Satyayaniproktani grhyagniprayascittani
vyakhyasyamo, etc.
The l"t Prapathaka (in 25 Khandas) ends f. 17 b.
F. 51b: — iti grhyapari(siste) dvitlyaprapathake ekona-
vimsah khandah ii athatas sampravaksyami karmma prsta-
(read vrsti?)pradayakam i Salihotrena nmnina prokta(m)
lokahitaya ca i
F. 61 (II, 40 begins): — athatas sampravaksyami vivaham
pipalasya tu i margasirse maghamase vaisakhe krttikepi
va I vivaha(m) karayed evam pipilasya mahaphalam i vrksa-
civayam praticyan tu mandapam krirayec chubham i etc.
F. 65b: — iti grhyaparisiste karikayam Satyayaniprokta-
sarvaristasanti ii
F. 66 b: — iti grhyaparisiste karikayam Raurukina viracita-
vidhuragnisandhanam ii
F. 70:- — iti Saunakoktasarppasantis samapta ii sarpasanti-
homamantrah i etc.
It breaks ofi" (f. 70b) with the w^ords: — kayantararjjitan
do§am kalarupi vyapohatu svaha i suryyayedam ii om ii
~>- 121 i^r-
(2)
The Sdraraliasijacciturvarnakramavihhdga, a treatise on
civil law, extracted from Vaidyandtha D'lksita's work
{Smrtlmulddphala?).
It begins: — gurubhyo namah i abliisekadigunayuktasya
Di'pasya prajapalanan dbarmmah i tac ca dustanigrabam
antarena na sambbavati i dustaparijfianafi ca na vyavaba-
rena vineti vyavabaradarsanam abarabab karttavyafni) ity
uktam (i) vyavabaran nrpab [,] pasyet sabbyaib j)arivrto-
iivabam iti i sa ca vyavabarab kidr.sab i etc.
F. 10 b: — iti vyavabaramiXtraprakaranara I
It ends: — atmasamipaiu netavyab mocaniya ity arttbah |
evafi caturvarnakrama vicaryyab ii iti Vaidyanatbadiksiti-
yoddbrtasararabasyacaturvarnakramavibbagas samaptah ii
sngurubbyo uamab i: :subbam astu ii
92.
Whish Xo. 91.
Size: ISixls in., (2) + 172 + 50 + (3) + 2 + (1) leaves, 12 lines
on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: An entry by Mr. "Whish is dated 1831. In the colophon,
containing the date, 'Svabhanu' seems to be meant for 'Subhanu'.
The Subhanu year immediately preceding 1831 is A. D. 1823/24, but
tlie MS. was probably written in A. D. 1763/64.
Scribe: Yeinkus.l, a lady of Sekharijiattaua (?j
Character: Grantha.
(1)
Tbe Blidffacllpikd, a Commentary on Jaimini's 2Ii))tdmsd-
iJarsana, by Khandadevamiira , a pupil of Visvesvara,
Adbyayas I— VI, and XI— XII. Our MS. begins witb
tbe first Sutra of Jaimini, wbile tbe MSS. described by
Hall p. 179; Aufrecbt- Oxford p. 353; Burnell, Tanjore
p. 83 b; Ind. Off. IV, pp. 704 seq.q.; and Mitra, Notices,
vob VII, p. 271 (Xo. 2521) begin witb tbe second Pada
of tbe first Adhyaya.
-^ 122 f<-
It begins: — om Yisvesvaram gurun natva Khandadevas
satam mude i tanute tatprasadena saniksiptarn bhatta-
dipikam ii ilia khalii nikliilapumartthan artthasadhanaii
dharmmadharmmau saragopamgavedaddliyayanaikasama-
dhigamyau tac ca vicaram antarena na bhavyayalam iti
tatpradarssanaya paramakaruniko bhagavan Jaiminir aca-
ryyas sakalavidyopakaridharmmamimri(m)srim athato dhar-
mmajijnasety arabhya vidyate vanyakalatvad yatha yajya
satnpraisa ityantais sfltrair baiica(read "h paucri?)dliika-
ranagarbhitam sodasalaksanim abhyarhitam vidyara prakati-
cakara l adhikaranaii tu vedavat sadamgam i yad ahuli vi-
sayo visayas caiva piirvapaksas tathottarara i saragatis ceti
pancamgam prancodhikaranam viduli iti prayojanaii ceti
**** (blank) samgatiprasamgadibliedat bahuvidha itatredam
adyam adhikaranam athato dliarmmajijnasa i (I, 1, 1.)
F. 18b: — iti sri-Khandadevaviracitayam bhattadlpikayam
pratliamasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padali ii addhyayas ca
sarapurnali ii
The 2""^ Adhyiiya ends f. 38, the 3^^ Adhyaya f. 98,
the 4*1^ A. f. 120, the 5*^^ A. f. 138 b, the 6"' A. f. 172.
Then begins the ll'^^ Adhyiiya (with a new foliation).
The 12*'^ Adhyaya begins f. 27 b.
It ends (f. 50) with the explanation of the Sutras XII,
4, 41 sqq.: — prabhutvat ii prasamgat brahmanasyaiva-
rtvijyam uta trayanam api varnanam iti cintayam . . .
brahmanasyaivartvijyam iti siddham i tad evan nirupitau
dvadasabhir addhyayair ddharmmadharmmau il iti ^rl-
Khandadevamisraviracitayam bhattadlpikayam dvadasa-
syaddhyayasya caturtthah padah ii addhyayas ca samaptah ii
harih om ii
The scribe's colophon: — ambhomuksamaye svabhanu-
saradi vi'kse kumTiryyahvaye (dutthe masi kanya, written
underneath the last three w^ords) citrabhe prathama tithav
anasite pakse dine dyomaneh i bhattaprakpadadlpikam
samalikhac chri-Vemkusa stri sudhi srlmacchekharipatta-
nottamasiroratnriyamano cirat ii om ii
-^: 123 r^
(2)
F, 50b contains the following eight stanzas, called
BrahmdmibJiavdstaka: — ritmavadhujanakaraksasunyo hy at-
matanubhavakamksasunyah i atmaniketanakamksasunyas
tusyati tusyati tusyaty eva i parani eva paran naparam
evam prabalanubhavadyotitabuddhih i upasamsriram sain-
prati hitva hrsyati hrsyati lirsyaty eva i prakrtipumaikye
drsyam sarvara sphiirati caracaravupara vis vara i iti medhavi
jivannmktim gacchati gaccliati gacchaty eva i tatvani asi
srutilaksyam vastu jhatva soham soham itiva i vagvrtter
yyo laksyam kurvan divyati divyati divyaty eva i satyam
jfianam suddham anantara brahmaivaham tad ahan tv
eva I iti samskrtabuddhi's sarvara pasyati pasyati pasyaty
eva 1 atmanatmavicare saddhye sadhanahlno mudho jantuh i
iha sarasare paiTivare muhyati muhyati muhyaty eva i kiiii
va jfianam kim ivajnanam bhedo yasya na yato jantoh i
prajnanasrutivisayatvam syat iti vai manye manye manye i
sarasaravivekl dehi dehajfianain bhitvan(u)haya i bralima-
jhane yatate yady api duhkhan nastan nastan nastam ii iti
brahmanubhavastakam samaptara ii om ii
(3)
Two leaves at the end of the volume contain Paradigms
of Conjugation, beginning: — sapi i bhii sattayam i edha
vrddhau i dupacas pake i pacati pacata ity adi i liti I
jDecitha i papaktha i etc., and ending: — luiii aciicurat acu-
curata i luti corayitety adi i pala raksane arcca pujgyara
purvavat ii luiii arccicat arccicata i
n.
Whish No. 92.
Size: 134 X2f in., (2) -f 248 -j- (2) leaves, from 12 to 14 lines on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
I (rlloko divyati divyati) inserted, but crossed out.
^ 124 H$-
Date: Entry Ly Mr. Whish dated 1831. The MS. may be about
50 years older.
Character: Grantba.
The Bhdsyarainaiorahhd , a Commentary on ^ankara's
Bhasya on BadardyamCs Veddnta-Sdtras, by Govinddnanda,
a pupil of Gopdla Sarasvatl. The name of Govindananda
is given in the colophons at the end of I, 1; II, 2; 3; 4;
IV, 4, while in the colophon at the end of the first
Adhyaya Rdmdnanda, the pupil of Govindananda, is men-
tioned as the author of the work. In the Berlin MS.
(described by Weber-Berlin I, p. 177) Padas 3 & 4 are
marked by 'Ramanandi' in the margin. According to Hall
p. 89 (see also p. 202) the real author of the work is
Ramananda Sarasvati, who dedicated his work to his Guru
Govindananda. But it seems, we have to distinguish
between the original Bhusyaratnaprabha by Govindananda
(as printed in the edition of the Yedanta- Sutras, Bibl.
Ind.), and a Tippana or brief notes on it, by Ramananda.
(See Ind. Off* lY, p. 724.) Our MS. might be described
as containing 'Ramananda's adnotated edition of Govinda-
nanda's Bhasyaratnaprabha'. See also Aufrecht CO. p. 386,
and above No. 78 (1).
It begins: — om sivaya parabrahmane namali i avighnam
astu I srigurucaranaravindabhyan namah i yam iha karu-
nikam saranam gatopy arisahodara apa mahat padam i tarn
aham asu liarim varam asraye janakajamkam anantasukha-
krtim i Vibhlsanorisahodaropity anvayah i srigauryya nikhila-
rtthadan(read °dan) nijapadambhojena muktipradam prau-
dham vighnavanam harantam anagham sridumdhitundasina i
vande, etc. . . . srimat-Gopalagirbhih prakatitaparamadvaita-
bhasasmitasya-srimat-Govindavanlcaranakamalago nirvrto-
ham yathalih i moksaijuryyam srikaucyam srikamaksi-
dattam payasam devair api stutam prajyam sampurnam
prakrstajyayuktani va yat bhojyam annam tenatipiijya i
sri-Sivaramayoginah kihca sivas casau rfimas ceti svanamna
srigaurinayakayoh abhedam prakatayanti tebhyo gurubhyo
labdhatmabodho yaih srimat-Gopalasarasvatibhih fair ity
artthah i sri-Saijikaram bhasyakrtam in-anamya Yyasam
^- 1 25 -^
harim siitrakrtaii ca kurve i sribhasj'atlrtthe parahara?a-
tustyai vakjalri(read "jala)bandhaccliidam abliyupfiyam i atra
bhasye, etc. . . . aham brahma nirbliayam ii om il ilia khalu
svaddliyayocldliyeta(vya) iti, etc. Sec edition of the Veda-
ntasutras, Bibl. Ind., p. 1 sq.
F. 54:— sriraatparamahamsapariviTijakacriryyasri-Govindri-
nandabhagavatkrtau sririiakaraimamsakavyakhyayam bba-
syaratnaprabhayara pratbamaddhyayasya piathamah padah ii
I, 2 ends f. 64b, I, 3 f. 85b.
F. 100: — iti srlparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasii - Go-
vindanandabhagavacchisya - Hamanandakrtau sarirakaml-
mamsavyakhyayain bhasyaratnaprabhribhidbayara pratba-
masyaddbyayasya caturtthapadab :i addhyayas ca samaptab ii
II, 1 ends f. 118b, II, 2 f. 146b, II, "^3 f. 166b, II, 4
f. 173b, III, 1 f. 179, Iir, 2 f. 189b, III, 3 f. 220, III, 4
f. 231, lY, 1 f. 237, IV, 2 f. 241, IV, 3 f. 245 b.
It ends (f. 248 b): — atoktadososakyasya ^ esa by eveti sa-
sanat ii iti srlparamabarasapavivrajakacriryya.sii - Govinda-
nandabbagavatkrtau bbasyaratnaprabbayam caturttbasya-
ddbyayasya caturttbab padah i addhyayas ca samaptab ii
era sivSya parabrabmane namah i
94.
Whish No. 93.
Size: Ul X Ig- in., (2) + 62 + 54 + 67 + (2) leaves, 9 or 10 lines
on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18*1^ or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantlia.
(1)
The Dvaklhasutra, a portion oi Bodln'ti/ancCs Srautasfiti-a,
in 4 Prasnas. MS. No. 1571 in Mitra, Notices IV, p. 146
contains Prasnas 3, 4 and 5. But Eurnell, Tanjore p. 20a
only gives 4 Prasnas, like our MS. Cf. Mitra, Notices X,
p. 266 (No. 4159).
It begins: — katbani u kbalupavasatba iti vijanlyat san-
dbya svid evopapadyatho *** *** *** (blank) lusandher
I Ed.: ato'tra doso'saiikhyah syad.
^i 12G H^
upapadanan nanu klialu sandliyasupapadaya iva sarvesan
tv eva sandbyasu ha smaba Bodhayano yatraitad u pava-
tostam ita aditye purastat candram alohiti, etc.
F. 22: — dhenum vanadvaham va dadyad itiBo + nonyad
vai kathana iti Sallkih n 33 ii iti dvaidhe prathamah pra-
6nah II srImad-Yajfiesvaraya namali ii liarih om ii caturmma-
syani vyakliyasyamas, etc.
F. 37 b:— pratijulmyad iti Bo + no na pratijubiiyad iti
Sabkib II 27 II iti dvaidbe dvitiyab prasnah ii . . . atbatogni-
kalpam vyakbyasyamab, etc.
F. 49 b: — kuryj^ad iti Bo + no na kuryyad iti Sabkib ii 21 n
dvaidbe trtiyab prasnas samaptab ii . . . atbata istikalpam
vyakbyasyama sva basma + neb, etc.
It ends (f. 62b): — nityani ca dadyad iti Bodbayana
etany eveti Salikir ety anye ceti Sallkih ii 18 i dvaidbe
caturttbab prasnah ii samapto dvaidhab ii sri-Kanvaya Bo-
dbayanaca(rya)ya namah ii siibbam astu ii
2—3.
Two fragments of the Mahdgnisarvasva, a Commentary
on the Agnikalpasatra, Dvaidliasutra, and Karmdntasutra
of BodhdyancCs 6raidas€dra, (by Vdsudeva Dik.^ita). I could
not find the author's name in the MS., but see Burnell I.O.
p. 27 sq., Hultzscb II, p. 74 (No 695). The Oxford MS.
Sansk. d. 13 contains a comjilete cojjy of the work in
19 Adhyayas.
It begins: — Bodbayanam pranamyagneb kalpasutram
yatbamati i dvaidhakarmmantasiitrabbyam saba vyakbya-
syatetaram i agner anarabhyadbltatvad adhltanan ca pra-
krtagamitvadiksadisu sambandban darsapurnamasayos ca
diksadyabbavat jyotistomamgataddhyavadbiyate diksadi-
bbir jyotistomamgam prasiddhan tatsambandbognau bha-
vati, etc.
F. 19 b: — iti mabagnisarvasve pratbamoddbyayah ii
F. 28: — ^iti mabagnisarvasve dvitlyoddbyayab ii om li
F. 35b: — ^atbestakanain karanani vaksyamab, etc.
F. 40: — atha gSrbapatyaciter i§takah ii
-S>< 127 i^
It breaks off (f. 54) with the following words: — ildyentye
ca diksadivasesu visnukramavfitsaprasamuccayah maddhya-
divasesu vyatyasena iti Salikiraatam i sagnicitye kratau
samvatsaran tisrah sat dvadasa va diksa iti diksakalpa-
vyavasthitah ekacara didiksakalpas tatra na bhavanti
tasmat.
Then the second fragment (with a new foliation) begins
(f. 1): — cita srayaddhvan taya deva tayamgi + sidateti i
agniksetrasya bahih parita ucchritas sarkarah . . . anuvyii-
liati II vyrikhyatam grirhapatyacitau ii mahagnisarvasve sa-
ptamoddhyayah li
F. 12: — iti mahagnisarvasve navamoddhyayah il
F. 42: — iti mahagnisarvasve caturdas[y]oddhyayah ii
F. 58 b: — iti mahagnisarvasve sodasoddhyayah ii
It breaks otf (f. 67b) with the words:— sruvahutyo karana
iti kuryyad iti Bodhayano na kuryyad iti Salikih atha
sruci caturgrhitam grhitvajyasya piirnam sruvau juhoti
sapta te agna iti ajyasya piirnam iti punarvacanam catu-
rtthe sruve yatha sruk piirna bhavati tatha prabhiitam
anayatity eva.
95.
Whish No. 94.
Size: U\xli in., (2) + 187 4- (2) leaves, from 10 to 13 lines on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entries by Mr. Wbisli dated 1831. The MS. may be 100
or even 150 years older.
Character: Grantba.
(1)
The Faribhdsdrthasamgraha, a Commentary on the Pari-
Ihasas to Panini's Grammatical Sutras, by Vaidyamltha
gastrin, the son of B((t)iagiri D'lMta (ff. 1—55). See
Hultzsch IL p. 122 (No. 1254, see also No. 1058). The
arrangement of the Paribhasas is somewhat similar to
that in Siradeva's Paribhasavrtti. See The Paribha-
sendusekhara ed. by F. Kielhorn, Part II, pp. 529—537
^i 128 K~
In Hultzscb I, p. 26 (No. 311) Siradeva is given as the
author of a Paribhasarthasamgralia.
It begins: — vijeyyanas sada sambhiir jjaragaccbat girijam
muda I sancancuranab pasima tantantad vaggatim mama i
mtirttir yyasya hi Paninih padamahabhasyapraban(d)dba
tatha vakyanara krd api svadharma'' vitanute vag yasya
dasyam sada i sisya yasya virodhivadimakutikuttakavag-
dbatikas tasmai matula-Hamabhadramakhine bhtiyo namo
me bbavet il pranamya paraman devam bbavanlpatim avya-
yam i kriyate Vaidyanatbeua paribbasarttbasamgrabab ii
vyakbyanato visesapratipattir nna hi sandehad alaksanam^ II
vyakbyanatab vyakbyanad dbetupancamyantad adyaditvat
tasih, etc.
Ff. 6b, 7: — iti srlmad-Ratnagiridlksitaputrasya Vaidyana-
tbasastrinah krtisu paribbasarttbasamgrabe pratbamasya-
ddbyayasya pratbamab pildah ii ekayoganirddistanam saba
va pravrttis saba va nivrttib^ ii
Adbyaya I (in 4 Padas) ends f. 14; A. II (in 4 Padas)
f. 17b; A. Ill (in 4 Padas) f. 22; A. IV (4) f. 25b; A. V
f. 26b; A. VI f. 34b; A. A^II (4) f. 47b; A. VIII f. 49b.
Last Sutra (f. 55): — purvan dbatus sadbanena jmjyate
pascad upasargena^ ii
It ends (f. 55 b): — iti ubbayatha bhasye vyavabaro drsyate
iti II 125 II iti srimad-Ratnagiridiksitaputra-Vaidyanatbasa-
strinab krtisu paribbasarttbasaingrabe nyayamulaparibbasa
samapta ii barih om Ii srimatgurubhyo namah ii
(2)
The Candrikd, a Commentary on the Parihhdsdrthasam-
gralia, by Svcujamp'akdsdnanda, a pupil of Advaitdnaiida
Sarasvatl. See Ind. Oil. II, p. 180 sq. (Nos. 674, 675);
Mitia-Bikaner, p. 269 (No. 573).
It begins (f. 56): — natva gurupadadvandvam samsara-
jaladbiplavam i vyakaromi yathabuddbi paiibbasai'ttbasam-
grabaip i grantbadau sista mamgalam acaranti, etc.
1 For svadharma, the metre retjuires only two syllalsles (yj-).
2 See Paribhasendusekliara, P. 1.
3 See raribhasendusekliara, P. 17.
4 See Paribhasendusekliara, ed. Kielhorn, II, p. 537.
->^ 129 f^
F. 94b: — iti paribhasarttliasamgralie vyakhyane pratlia-
masyaddliyayasya tritiyah paclah ii saki-t gatau vipratisedhe
yat badhitam tat badhitara eva ii
F. 95, Sutra: — kalut tu mum khalavtthesu vasarupa-
vidhir nnasti ii
F. 9Gb, Sutra: — sampratikabbaVe bbutapurvagatih ii
F. 99 : — paribhasarttbasamgrahavyakbyane tritlyasya-
ddbyayasya pratbamab padali ii laksaiiapratipadoktayob etc.
F. 113: — iti sriparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasarvata-
ntrasvatantrasrimad-Advaitananda-Sarasvati-caranaravinda-
bbrmgayamanasya srimat-Svayampraka.saiiandasya krtau
paribbrisarttbasamgrabavyakbya(ya.)fi candrikayam catu-
rttbasyaddbyayasya caturtthab padab il samaptas caddhyri-
yab II grabanavata priitipadikena tadantavidbis tasti ii
Adbyaya VI ends f. 136; A. VIII ends f. 172.
Last Sutra (f. 186): — purvan dbatus sadbane yujyate
pascad upasargena ii
It ends (f. 187): — ubbayatbeti tatba ca bbasyakaravaca-
napramanyat sarvestasiddbir iti bbavah ii iti srlparamabani-
saparivrajakacaryyasarvatantrasvatantrasrimad-Advaitana-
nda-Sarasvatl-caranaravindabbrmgayamanasya Svayampra-
kasanandasya krtih paribbasarttbasamgrabavyakbya can-
drika sampiirna ii barib om ii
A later band has written on f. 187b: — iti mimamsa-
sastre piirvamimamsa sarnpurna ii
96.
"Whish No. 95.
Size: 12tX1|- in., (2) + 83 + 15 + (2) leaves, from 8 to 10 lines
on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entries by Mr. Whish dated 1831. The MS. may be about
50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
(1)
Tbe Candrajmndgamasamgralia (Tantra) in 15 Pa-
talas.
9
.^ 130 Hg-
It begins: — srisivah i athatas sampravaksyami tripura-
ndasya laksanara i yad uktam purvam astiti saktam andam
liiranmayam i asti balarkakotyabhan tripurandam hiran-
mayam i rathakaram mahad divyam samanante tu sam-
sthitam i etc.
F. 1 marg. : — prathamapatalam i sadamnayalaksanam i
Ff. 10b, 11: — iti candrajnanagamasamgrahe purandala-
ksane sadamnayalaksanan nama prathamah patalah ii
Patala II (tripurandalaksane pithalaksanam) ends f. 20 b;
P. Ill (sripurandalaksane srlcakralaksanam) f. 41b; P. IV
(tripurandalaksane sr icakrantaraladevatapratipadanam) f.45 ;
P. V f. 49 b; P. VI (srlvidyasandhyanusthanam) f. 50b;
P. VII (srividya[n]nyasa) f. 52 b; P. VIII (srividyajapa-
kalpab) f. 55b; P. IX (pujadesakalanirupanam) f. 57; P. X
(cakraradhanaphalam) f. 63; P. XI f. 67; P. XII f. 69;
P. XIII (saktasamayadiksavidhanam) f. 75; P. XIV (dl-
ksavidhih) f. 79.
It ends (f. 83 b): — vidyamantrarabasyajfiasambbogan mu-
ktim apnuyat ii iti candrajnanagamasaragralie rahasye
mantrartthapratipadanan nama pancadasab patalali ii barib i
om II sriparambayai namah ii sripurnanandanatbante ii barib
om II yadrsam pustakan drstva, etc.
(2)
Tbe Kaidddarsatantra, by Visvdnaudandtha. See Auf-
recbt CO. s. vv. kauladar^ana, kaulacara, and kauladarsa.
It begins: — natva srigurupadukan ca vatukam vaniii ca
vigbnesvarani kame^an tripuram param bbagavatim devlin
sukasyamalam i vaksye kaulikadburttadambhikasatbadinam
kulajnani namacarasya ca laksanani vilasat satkaulikanam
kramat ii kaulagamatantrarttban samgrbya srikularnava-
rttbams ca i kauladarsam kurute Visvanando bitSya kaula-
vidani ii
It ends: — srimad-Visvanandanatbapranitam kaulacara-
sesadbarmaprakasam i kauladarsain kaulasastranusaram
kaulacaryyas samyag alokayantam ii iti sri-Visvanandana-
tbaviracitakauladarsatantrara sanipurnara ii srimabatripura-
sundaryyai namab ii subbam astu i
-$H 131 »<-
97.
"Whish No. 96.
Size: lOfxlT in., (2) + 71 + (2) leaves, 7 or 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th or 19 th cent.?
Character: Grantlia.
The PrapaHcasamsdrasamgraha, an abstract oi tankard's
PraiKiHcasdra. Incomplete. The author of the abstract
is Oirvdnendra Sarasvatl, pupil of Visvcsvara Sarasvati,
who was a pupil of Amarendra Sarasvati, see Burn ell,
Tanjore, p. 207b; Stein-Jammu, p. 232.
It begins: — om agajananapatmarkam gajananam ahar-
nnisam i anekadantam bhaktanam ekadantam upasmahe i
on natva sri-Samkaracaryyam Amarendrayatisvaram i kurve
prapahcasarasya sarasamgraham uttamam i tatra prapanca-
sare yad yac Chamkaracaiyyair uktam mantrayantrapra-
yogadi tat sarvam api sarataram eva tathapidanim manda-
prajfirivata vistaraso jhatum anusthanaii (read °atuh) ca-
sakyatvad atyantopakarakatvena yat sarabhiitan tad alpa-
granthenaiva yatha [i] sarvamantrayantratantrasaragraha-
nam syat tatha [i] sarvatas saram grhitva maya satsamprada-
yasarvasvabhidhavyakhyanoktamargena vaksyate (i) tatra
punah prasaragat tatra tati'a mantrakalpantare mantrasa-
rakramadipikaSanatkumari[r]yyasaradatilakamantradevata-
prakasikadau yad yan man tray antrady uktam i tad api kificit
kiucid vaksyate i tatra prapahcasare [i] prathaman tavat
ksirabdhau, etc.
It breaks off with the following words: — evan dhyatva
nyaset i om hrim am narayanah jyotir aham parajyotisi
juhomi liamssoham svaha namah hrim a 3 m.
98.
WmsH No. 97.
Size: lOlxlj in-, (1) + 133 + (1) leaves, from 7 to 9 lines on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18tt or 19tii cent.?
Character: Grantha.
-^- 132 Hg-
(1)
The Dciksinamurtisamliitd , in 43 Patalas (ff. 1 — 111),
described as a 'Kaulasastra' by Mr. Whish.
It begins: — dvitiyena caturttliena sasthenarkena sundari i
indrena candrakalayavidyam sambhedya ca svaraih i sadam-
gani nuyajen mantrl hrc chiras ca sikha(m) tatha i kavacan
netram astran ca namah svaha kramena ca i vasat vausad
astraii ca phad ebhis saha vinyaset i etc.
F. 2: — iti sridaksinamiirttisamliitayani ekaksaralaksml-
pujavidhili patalah prathamah ii
It ends (f. 111b): — tasya samvatsarl puja srividyadhisthita
bhavet ll iti sridaksinamurttisamhitayain niadana(read da-
mana?)ropananaimittikavidhanan nama tricatvarimsatpata-
lah 11 iti daksinamurttisamhita samptirna ll subham astu ll
(2)
The Kumdrasamhitd , in 10 Adhyayas (£f. 112 — 133),
described as a 'Kaulasastra' by Mr. Whish.
It begins (f. 112): — srigurubhyo namah i gurumiirttir
ambikam srikrsnam srlsambadaksinamurttim vande vina-
yakam kam vanini sundaramurttim dharanim ^rlsamasta-
yudhasampiirnarn satbhujah cadayanvitam i adhastad vanita-
karam adyam vande gajananam i rahjitadrivare ramye
munivrndanisevite i kalpadrumaih parivrte sikhare hema-
bliusite I ratnastambhasahasrais tu sobhite ratnamandape i
ratnasimhasanariidhan devya saha mahesvaram i drastum
samagato brahnia pranipatya krpanidhim i baddh[v]anjali-
puto bhutva tustava paramesvaram i brahma i namas
sivaya devaya, etc.
F. 113b: — iti srikumarasamhitayam sadasivabrahmasam-
vade vidyaganesamantroddharan nama prathamoddhyayah i
F. 129: — iti srividyaganapatikalpe rahasyagame samgra-
mavijayo nama astamoddhyayah ii
It ends (f. 133): — kim atra bahunoktena sarvan kaman
avapnuyat ll iti srikumarasamhitayam rahasyatirahasyan
nama dasamoddhyayah ll srigurubhyo namah ll etc.
■^H 133 H$-
99.
WmsH No. 98.
Size: 12f xl-j- in., 100 + 68 + 65 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18 tb or 19 tb cent.?
Character: Grantba.
(1)
A Commentary on a Manual of ^rauta Bites, viz. New
and Full Moon Sacrifices (darsapuriiamasau), Laying of
the Fire (adhana), and Animal Sacrifice (pasubandha),
according to the school of Apastamha (ff. 1 — 100).
It begins: — athato darsapfirnaraasau vyakhyasyamah i
pratar agnihotram hutva darbhesv asino darbhau dha-
rayamanah patnya saha praiian ayamya sanikalpam karoti i
darssena yaksye i animirvapyaindravaimrdhena saha pii-
rnamasena yaksye i tena paramesvaram prinayani i dar-
bhan nirasyapa upasprsya i vidyud asi + paimi i dvih i
apa upasprsya i yaksyamanopa upasprsati tad idani sarva-
yajuesupasparsanam bhavati i etc.
F. 17b: — prathamah prasnas samaptah ii ^rikrsnaya
namah ii dev[y]asya tva + madade i sphyam adaya i indrasya
bahur asi daksinas, etc.
F. 35b: — dvitiyaprasnas samaptah ii idiim eke piirvam
samananti prasitram eke prasitrapatra upastiryya, etc.
F. 49b: — trtiyah prasnas samaptah il . . . atha yajamano
daksine vedyante daksinena pada caturo visnukraman
pracah kramaty uttaram uttarah jyayamsam i etc.
F. 56 b: — atha naksatrani i etc.
F. 71: — harih oni ii subham astu li (71b:) adhanam trivi-
dhara somapurvam homapiirvam istipilrvah ceti i etc.
F. 76b: — harih om ii pasubandhaprayoga ucyate i pra-
vrtpaurnamasyam amavasyayam va pratar agnihotram
hutva, etc.
It ends (f. 100) : — sarasvati i idam havih i sarasvan idam
havih 1 agnabhagi (read agnir?) idam havih i deva ajyapa
ity adi sarvam samanarn ii harih om etc.
-^ 134 H$-
(2)
Text of the Manual of Srauta rites, on which the pre-
ceding work is the commentary (ff. 1 — 28).
It begins: — athato dars^apurnamasau vyakhyasyamah i
pratar agnihotrara hutva i darbhesv a + patnya saha pra-
nan ayamya i darsena yaksye i anunirvap(y)aindravaimr-
dhena saha paurnamasena yaksye i vapanara i vidyud asi
+ paimi i dvih apa upasprsya i asyam istySm addhvaryyun
tvam vrnimahe i etc.
F. 17 b: — caturtthah prasnas samaptah il adhanaprayoga
ucyate i uktanaksatresu brahmanadayognin adadhiran i etc,
F. 23b: — pasubandhaprayoga ucyate I pravrtpaurnama-
syam amavasyayam va, (pra)tar agnihotram hutva, etc.
F. 28: — ayan te yonir iti punar agnim samaropyagnyaga-
ram prapya mathitvayatane nidhaya i upavarohya I dhrstya-
danadi samanain ii harih om il subham astu ii
(3)
A Manual of Srauta rites, viz. the Agnistoma, according
to the school of Apastamba.
F. 28b begins: — pratar agnihotrara hutva pranan ayamya
samkalpam karoti i tripiirsasomapithavicchedajirayascitta-
rttham aindragnam pasun daurbrahmanyanirharanarttham.
a^vinara pasuh cagnistomiyasyopalabhyau kurvan somena
yaksye i jyotistomenagnistomena rathantarasamnaikavimsati-
daksinena tena paramesvaram prinayani i vid}aid asi + mi
dvih 1 etc.
F. 48 b: — patnisamyajantognlsomiyas santisthate 11 harih
om II ye deva manojata iti vratayati i agniddhre havirddhane
va yajamanan jagarayanti, etc.
It ends (f. 68): — vacaspataye brahmana idam i tarn
agnim parityajya i sayam agnihotrara fju)homi i dhrstya
danadi marjjani (?) nantani krde pratarhomas santisthate-
gnistomah ii harih om ii etc.
(4)
A Commentary on the preceding work.
It begins: — om kratusanikalpukale i hotil i ko yajuah I
-^- 135 r<-
rtvijah i ka daksineti prativacanaiu bruyat ) mahan me
voco bhargo roc voco yaso me voca stomam me vocah klptim
me voco bhaktim me vocas sarvam me voca iti' japitva i sa
vrto japet i agnis te hota, etc.
F. 28b: — ity agneyakratu(h) samaptab ii athosasyab i etc.
It ends (f. 65 b): — vacaspatinetyadi i ilanta santistbate |
ayas cetyadi sarastbajapas santistbategnistomoguistomab^ il
barib i om ll srlgunibbyo namab ii
100.
Whish No. 99.
Size: 184- Xl-^- in., 37 + 12 + 13 + 29 leaves, from 6 to 9 (in the
last part from 10 to 13) lines on a i^age.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: The Siddhfirthin year in which the MS. was written (see
below) may correspond to A. D. 1679—80 or A. D. 1739/40.
Scribe: Sesfidri Siiri. See No. 34.
Character: Grantha.
(1)
Tbe TayJcajmrihham, by Kesavamisra (ff. 1 — 30). See
Ind. Oft". IV, p. 605 sq.
It begins: — balopi yo nyayanaye pravesam alpena
vancbaty alasasrutena i samksipya yuktyanvitatarkkabbasa
prakasyate tasya krte mayaisa i pramrinai)rameyasam.saya-
prayojanadrstantasiddbantfivayavatarkkanirnayavadajalpa-
vitandahetvabliasaccbabxjatinigrabastbananan tatvajnanau
nisreyasadbigaraa iti nyayasyadimam sutram i asyarttbah i
pramanadisodasapadarttbanan tatvajnanau moksapraptir
bbavatiti i etc.
It ends (f. 30): — etavataiva balavyutpattisiddbeh i iti
Kesavamisrena viracita tarkkaparibbasa samfipta ll yadrsam
grantbani alokya, etc. . . . siddbarttbyakbye tu varsesmin
bbaskare sirribasaiiistbite i bkbitam paribbasakbyam gran-
tbam Sesadrisiirina n
1 Cf. Ap. Sraut. X, 1, 4.
2 Cf. Ap. Sraut. XIII, 25, 10.
-^ 136 K-
(2)
Fragment of tlie Tarkdblidsdpra'kdsika, a Commentary on
Kesavamisra's Ta7-JaqxirMdsd,hjCi7inaml)hafta. (fit". 30b — 37).
See Aufrecht-Oxford, nr. 606. Burnell, Tanjore p. 112b.
It begins (f. 30 b): — om sakrn natvapi yam loko lab hate
santisampadah i sa nab payad apayebhyah yogananda-
nrkesarl i cikirsitasya granthasya nispratyubaparipuranaya
sistacaraparipraptam visistestadevata[na]pranamam manasi
nidhaya cikirsitam pratijanite balopiti i etc.
It breaks off (f. 37) with the words: — laksye tv apy
avarttanam asambhavali i yatha gor ekasapbatvam i kratv-
antarvarttadhi (?).
(3)
The Kdrakavdda, by Jayardma Bhatta Acdrya
(ff. 1— 12).
It begins: — natva visnoh padambhojah Jayaramas
samasatah i karoti karakavyfikhyiim iha samkhyavatam
muda I atra karanakani karttrkarmmakaranasampradana-
padanadhikaranani sat tatvah ca na tat kriyanimittatvam
caitrasya tandulam pacatityadau, etc.
It ends (f. 12): — tatra saptamiti tat sutrarttha ity
adosah il iti sri-Jayaramabhattacaryyaviracita-karakavadas
samaptah ii namas te sarade devi kasmirapuravasini i tvam
aham prartthayisyami vidyadanan tu dehi me ii harih om ll
(4)
The Vddaratndvall (by JRdma &dstrin), a fragment only
(ff. 1—13). See Aufrecht CC. p. 562.
It begins: — kavitarkkikasimhaya kalyanagunasaline sri-
mate Vemkate^aya vedantagurave namah avighnam astu i
bhasyam yadabharanabhasitam eva jatam yatsutanisva-
sitam eva bhavanti vedah i yadvajivahavaca eva 2)urana-
jalam tarn srigirisam anisam saranam bhajami ii vagdevatan
namaskrtya vadibalavinodinim i vadaratnavalim kurmmas
tarkkabhrisanusO-rinlm i nanu grauthadau mamgalam ava-
syam acaraniyyam i etc.
•^4 137 -^
It breaks off (f. 13) with the words:— atas tatkahlvrtti-
bhavatvam piTigabhavatvam iti purvoktadoi?abhavad iti
sarvam sustham iti kriranatavadah ii naiiu yumi mi^srana-
mi^ranayo.
(5)
A fragment of a work on Xyaya, possibly belonging to
the YddaratncwaU (S. 1 — 29).
It begins: — pratyaksaniriipananantaram upajivyopajlva-
kabhavasamgatya anumanam nirupayitum pratijanite atheti
athasabda anantaryyavacanali pratyaksanirupanasyfirttliad
avadhitvam avagamyata iti ata eva siddhatvam api niru-
pyata iti varttamanrirtthakalasaprayogena canumananirupa-
nasya saddhyatvalabhah evan ca siddhasiiddhyasamabhi-
vyahare siddham saddhyayopayujyata iti nyayena malinan
te vapu snaya ity atrevatrapi pratyaksanumananirupanayoh
upajlvyopajivakabhrivalilbhah, etc.
It breaks off (f. 29) with the words: — niscitasaddhyavad-
vrttatvat asadharanyapattih istatvat asadharanasatprati-
paksayor anityatadosatvavadinani pracam uiatenaital la-
ksanad iti.
101.
WmsH No. 100.
Size: IGjXH in-, (1) + 70 (numbered as leaves 45—114) + 1 (odd
leaf between ft'. 81 and 82) + (1) leaves, from 6 to 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 17 th or 18th cent.?
Character: Grantha (one leaf between ff. 81 and 82 in Malayalan).
Injuries: The first two leaves are slightly damaged.
Fragment of a work (probably some Commentary) on
Nyaya philosophy.
It begins (f. 45): — yat kimcit saddhyanisthadheyatvani
rupakadhikaranatvam va adye kevalanvayiti kevaliinvayisa-
ddhyaka ity artthah avyape **** (broken) yatisaddhyanistheti
dvitiyenane(ne)ti vahniman dhiimad ity adau adye dosan-
taram aha kvacid iti visistasattavan jater ity adau satta-
-^ 138 Hg-
nisthadheyatvauirupakatvasya samanyadau satvena tatra
jatyadbikaranatvabhavasya satvad iti bliavah i etc.
F. 51: — iti pancalaksanarahasyam ii paribhasikam evety
evakarena yoganadaras siicitali, etc.
F. 72: — pragalbbiyalaksanam aba saddbyeti gunanya-
tvavisistasattavan j Titer ity atra, etc.
F, 76: — misralaksanam eva pariskrtya darsayati keci(t) tv
iti sajatyam sadrsyam, etc.
F. 85: — sarvabbaumalaksane samudayapadadane taddo-
sanam alagnakatety asayena, etc.
F. 102: — tipu^ I sattavan dravyatviid vabniman dbumad
ity adau tadrsakiitadbikaraTiajagadvrttitYasya, etc.
F. 106: — tipii^ I atra jaladiriipadravyam na svasabdar-
ttba I etc.
r. 111b: — tipu- I tatra samavayena gunasamanyabbava-
syotpattikalavaccbedena, etc.
F. 112: — kecit tu vyapya vrttitvam kincid avaccbinna-
vrttikabbinnatvam etc.
It ends (f. 114): — nanu pratiyogitavaccbedakavisistajna-
nam nabbavapratyakjsamatre betub idan tv adina abbava-
pratyakse vyabbicarat na tilvad abbavapratyaksavisese
manabbavad ata aba visesanatavaccbedakavisisteti visesye
visesanam iti nyayena nabbavapratyaksam ananubbavat
vivecitau cedani alokamanjaryyam asmabbib ii srigurubbyo
namab ii
102.
Whish No. 101.
Size: Ufxll in., (2)4-19 + 147 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: IStii or 19th cent.?
Ch ara cter : Grantha .
(1)
Tbe Qcmtanwja Dharmasdslra in 3 Adbyayas or 29 smaller
subdivisions (called 'Adbyayas' in tbe Commentary, and in
Stenzler's edition).
I May be tipu.
-^ 139 K-
It begins: — vedo dharmmamula(m) tadvidafi ca snij-ti-
^ile, etc.
In I, 44 this MS. supports the reading srehu adopted
by Stenzler from his Telugii MS. See 'The Institutes of
Gautama', ed. by A. F. Stenzler, p. iv.
The ^i^rsi Adhyaya ends after the 9**^ chapter ('Adhyaya'
9 in Stenzler's ed.), f. 7: — acaram prathamoddhyayah ii
The second Adhyaya ends after the 19*^ chapter
('Adhyaya' 19 in Stenzler's ed.), f. 13: — vyavaharan dvi[ti]-
tiyoddhyayah ii
Then follows the 20*^ chapter which is not found in
Stenzler's edition.
It begins: — atha catussastisu yatanasthanesu duhkhany
anubhuya tatremani laksanani bhavanti, etc.
The chapter ends: — visuddhail laksanair jjayante dhar-
mmasya dharanad iti dharmmasya dharanad iti ii 20 ii
Chapters 21 — 29 correspond to Adhyayas 20 — 28 in
Stenzler's edition.
It ends: — iti dharramo dharmmah il 29 ii prayascittam
trtlyoddhyayah ii karakrtam aparadham ksantum arhanti
santah (read sadhavah?) ii kotikannyapradanaii ca kotigoda-
nam eva ca i apuryyrima(read °yyamana?)sahasranan tatsa-
mali pratarahutih ii kotigodavarisnanam makararke sita-
site I tat phalam samavapnoti sayamhomavalokanat i dSntam
ksantam jitakrodham jitendriyam akalmasam i tam agrya-
brahmanam anye sesat (read manye sesah) sudra iti smrtah ii
yac caitanyam anasyiita (read anusyutam?) jagratsvapnasu-
suptisu 1 tad eva tvam idana [njtatvam ito nasty adhikam
param ii sriguru^ . . . namo namah il
(2)
The Mitalisara, a Commentary on the Gautamiya
Dharmasdstra, by Haradattamisra. It is incomplete. The
first Adhyaya (of the smaller subdivisions) is wanting, and
at the end one leaf seems to be lost, containing the end
of the Commentary.
It begins: — pragupancanayanat^ kamacaravadapaksah
I Head prag upanayanat.
->4 140 H$-
Spatkalasyopanayanasya grahanam i a sodasat brahmana-
syetyadi brahmacariti limgat na hi nityakalat prak striga-
manasya prasamgosti, etc.
The second chapter ends (f. 9): — Haradattamisravira-
cita(yam)mitaksarakhyayamGautamadharmmasastratlkayan
dvitiyoddhyayah ii
The I"' Adhyaya (acaram) ends f. 39.
End of the II^<^ and beginning of the III'<^ Adhyaya
(f. 1021)): — iti Haradattamisraviracitayam mitaksarakhya-
yam Gautamiyatikayam ekonavimsoddhyayah ii atha ca-
tussastisu yatanasthanesu du(h)khany anubhuya tatremani
Laksanani bhavantiti karmmavipakaddhyayasya vyakhyanan
durllabham i etc.
It breaks off with the last but one Sutra (28, 51
Stenzler): — yatoyam aprabhavo bhiitanam himsanugraha-
yogesu 1 prabhavaty asmad iti prabhavah karanam I
(tathaha).
103.
Whish No. 102.
Size: 15x2-g- in., (1) + 160 (numbered 130 to 289 in continuation
of No. 88 = Whish No. 87) + (2) leaves, about 13 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: The MS. was written in theParidhavin year, corresj^onding
to 967 of the KoUam era, or A. D. 1792.
Scribe: Subrahmanya.
Character: Grantha.
The Sivarahasydkhanda from the SahkarasaniJiitd of the
Bkanda-Piirdna, continued from MS. Whish Xo. 87 (No. 88),
and containing the Devakdnda (ff. 130 — 141), Daksakdnda
(ff. 142—181), and the Upcidesakdnda (ff. 182—289).
It begins: — matamahamahasailam mahas tad apitama-
ham I karanah jagatam vande kanthad uparivaranam i
srigurubhyo namah i srisarasvatyai namah i sivaya on
namah ii atha viksya guho devah jayantapramukhan iha i
bandhitan anayety aha virabahum tadasuraih i sa tatheti
vinirgatya guhajham sirasa yahan i etc.
-^ 141 H$-
The Devakanda (in 7 Adhyayas) ends f. 141b: — om ity
adimahapurane snskande samkarasamhitayam sivarahasya-
khande devakiinde saptamoddhyayali ii om sivaya namah ii
devakandas samaptah ii yadrsam pustakan drstva, etc. . .
srlsomaskandaparamesvaiTiya namah ii . . . Subrahmanyasya
svahastalikhitam ii
The Daksakanda begins (f. 142): — harividhimukhyavan-
dyam sarvakarttaiam isam padanatadiuitaghnara sasvatain
vaktratundam i abhayavaradahastam sambhuputrara gane-
sani hrdayakamalamaddhye santatah cintayami ii rsayali ii
daksaddhvaras tvaya proktah (read °ah) pura suta tapo-
dhana i jayantayendraputraya samasena brhaspatih i etc.
This Kanda ends (f. 181b): — om ity adimahapurane
sriskande samkarasamhitayam sivarahasyakhande daksa-
kande catvririmsoddhyfiyah ii sriminaksisundaresvarribhyan
namah ii harih om | daksakandas samaptah ii . . . Siibrah-
manyasvahastalikhitam ii sridaksinlimurttaye namah ii
The Upadesakanda begins (f. 182): — om visvesvaram
visvavandyam vimakijhanabodhakam i upadesakandam mii-
ktyarttham umaputran namamy aham | subrahmanyam
suresanam dhuryyakotisamaprabharn I sukumaram aham
vande sada sarvamgasuudarara | etc.
It ends (f. 289 b): — om iti srimatskande mahapuranc
sarpkarasanihitayam sivarahasyakhande upadesakande pah-
casititamoddhyayah ii om sivaya namah ii samaptam idam
upadesakandam i harih om ii . . . Subrahmanyan svahastena
likhitam . . . sarakarasamhitasaptakandam parisamaptam
9 100 60 7 srlmesamasam i parltapmamasamvatsaram
caitramasam parisamaptam ii om . . . subham astu ii
On the same leaf written by Mr. Whish:
"100
967
825
This copy written in 1792 AD April/May
Here ends tlie 7"' & Last Kandam of the Sankara
Samhita."
-^ 142 .^
104.
WmsH No. 103.
Size: 12|x2 in., (1) -f 10 + 80 + (2) leaves, 10 or 11 lines on a
Malayalam page, 8 or 9 lines on a Grantha page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 1831. The MS. may be about
50 years older.
Character: The first two works (10 leaves) in Malayalam, the rest
in Grantha.
(1)
The SanJcliyasai^tati, or SdukhyaMriJ^d, by I^varah'sna
(ff. 1—3).
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namali avighnam astu i
duhkhatrayabliighataj jijnasa tadajjagliatake hetau drste
saparttha cen naikantatyantatobhavat i drstavad asravikas
sa hy avisuddhiksayatisayayuktah, etc.
It ends (f. 3 b): — saptatyam khalu yertthas tertthah
krtsnasya sastitantrasya akliyayikavirahitah paravadavivar-
jjitas capi ii tatha ca rajavarttikam ii iDradhanastitvam
ekatvam arttliamatvam athanyata i parartthyan catmano
naikyam viyogo yogavivacasesavrttir akarttrtvam laukikar-
tthas tatha dasa viparyayah pahcavidhas tathokta nava
tustayah karananam asaniartthyad astavimsatidha vadhah i
iti sastih padartthanam astabhis saha siddhibhih ii ' namah
Kapilaya ll . . . sub ham astu ii ii
(2)
The Bhdsydrthasamgraha, by Bralimdnanda Yati, the
pupil of Visvesvardnanda (ff. 4 — 10).
It begins (f. 4): — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam
astu I ghatarupena yo bhati patarupena ca prabhuh sarva-
[bhajvasakam vande tarn ahan devakisutam srlmatbhasyamr-
tambhodher arttharatnam samuddhare hnum (?) Lamkurv
ahcane (?) naryah kantham kaustubhavaddharih srutismrtiti-
liasapuranani hi brahmani pramanam tesah ca trividha
pravrttih kesaiicit parinamadrstyanusarini anyesam vivar-
ttadrstyanusarini paresam apavadadrstyanusarini, etc.
I "All this (tatha ca . . . siddhibhih) from the TattvakaunmudI
of Vacaspatmisra, and faulty", Prof. Aufrecht.
-5H 14:5 Hg-
• It ends (f. 10):— atrantahkaranopadher badhitatvan na
gamanadisaraka iyam evaitat sutrasamdarljliapratipadya
bhasyakaradyabhimata ca iti sri-Visvesvaranandagurupra-
sadasriditasarvajnatvena Brahmanandayadina (sic) krtasrl-
matbhasyrirttliasamgraha(h) samaptah ii srimatbhasyalivayo
visnuli prasldatu sada mama yadiyarasam asvadya na ma-
nonyapumartthadrk ii ii srigurubhyo namah ^rlsfivj'--^^---
vagrahebbyo namah sriramava nn^-^V etc.
(3)
A Commentary on the SdnJ:]ii/asaptati, by Vdcaspatimis7~a
(ff. 1—45).
It begins: — ajam etam lohitasuklakrsnain bahvih prajas
srjamanan namaraah aja etafi jusamanam bhajante jaliaty
enam bhiiktabhoga I asamastan I Kapilaya mahamunaye
sisyaya tasya tasya casmaraye Pancasikhaya tathe^vara-
krsnayaite namasySmah l iha khaki pratipitsitam arttham
pratipadayan pratipHdayitavadheyavacano [bhavacano] bha-
vati ipreksavatam apratipitsitan tii pratijiadayat nayam lau-
kiko na parlksaKa ixi preKsa(vajT:unu- uniuuutavau upc^v.^jcra
sa caisam pratipitsitortthah yo jatah purusartthaya kalpate
ity adipsitasastravisayajnanasya paramapurusartthasadha-
natvahetukan tadvisayajijnasam avatarayati dulikhatraya-
bhigbriLaj jijnasa tadapaghatake hetau evam hi sastravi-
sayo na jijhasyeta yadi dubkban ntimn, j^aati na syat, etc.
'f. 45:— ity aryyamatir yyasya soyam aryyamaUK ofnc
ca sastram sa sri-Vacaspatimisraviracita sarakhyasaptativya-
khya sampurna ii harih om ii
(4)
The Sauliliycmvaranatativalmumndi, a Supercommentary
on Vacaspfdimisra^s work (No. 3), by Bodhahhdndl, a pupil
of Badlifiranya' (ff. 45—80).
It begins:— yatprasadad ajan nityam atmanam asami-
nam l vi>.juau tan gurim bhaktya namami karuiirikaran I
^rimatsaipkl^^
X The author's name is generally given as Blidrat'iyati, pupil of
Bodlmranija. (Prof. Aufreclit.)
-$H 14:-i H$-
prarlpsitasya granthasyapratibandhena parisamaptiprabala-
pratyartthino vyuda(read vyulia)rttham sistacaraparipalanaya
ca pradhanasya purn(so) bliogapavargarttha(m) pravrttila-
ksanasastratatparyyakathanapurvakam pradhrmam purusams
ca namasyaty ajam ekam ity adislokena na jayata ity aja
syan mukprakrtili ta namama ity uttarenanvayali nanu
iLjc. --.i.i>n,Ye pramanabhapanir visayatvan nomaskaras-
yeti cet tatraha oaiiviv ^-.-aias sriainanad iti, etc.
It ends:— saktitustisiddhakhya ity arabhya viparyy(ay)Jida-
yah padarttha iti sa>^tih padartthab kathita ibety arttbab
kva sri-Vacaspate(h) suktib kva ca mandasya me matih i
kayitam etac ca yat tat (?)' ccboddbyam subuddbibbib ii iti
sri-Badbaranyasripadasisyaparamabainsaparivrajakacaryya-
sri-Bodbabbaratisripadakrta samkbyaYivaranatatvakaumudi
samapta ii . . . subbam astu i
105.
WmsH No. 104
^. .~i .-4 •-., y^-j I oo -T ^-i; icttvca, T ur 0 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Probably early 18tii century.
Character: Grantha.
Tbe VedmitasdstrasiddMntalesasamgraha^ in 4 Pariccbe-
das, by Appayi/a Dlksita, son of Rangardja Diksita. On
the oxitoiae cover tbe following titles are given: ^'Siddhdn-
talesasamjraha, or Siddhdntahhedasanjgraha, or Siddhdn-
tasdrasamgraha.^'' An edition of tbis work bas been published
in vol. I, Part I of tbe Yizianagram Sanskrit Series
(Benares 1890). See also Ind. Off. IV, p. 790 sq.
It begins: — yadviksanam sakalabhuta(m) ca yasya srstir
yyasya smitam sakalabbautikasrstir esa i yanmayaya vila-
sitaii jagad indrajalam tasmai namo bbagavate paramesva-
raya ii adbigatabbida purvacaryyan upetya sabasradba
sarid iva mabidesan samprapya sauripadotgata i jayati
bbagavatpadasrimanmukbambujanirgata jananabarini siiktir
brabmadvayaikapariXyana i etc.
I Mitra, Notices No, 2820 reads: kva capi sanmatam tattvam iti.
->• 145 f<-
It ends: — iti vedantasastrasiddhantale^asamgrahe catur-
tthah paricchedah il vidvatguror vihi'tavisvajidaddhvarasya
^rlsarvatomukharaahavratayajisunoh sri-Ramgarajamakhina
sritacandraraaulir asray Appadiksita iti prathitas tanujah i
tantrany adhltya sakalani sa tatapada^vyakhyanakau^ala-
kalavisadikrtani i atraaya vakyam^ anuruddhya ca sarppra-
dayasiddhantabhedalavasaragraliam ity akai-sit i siddha-
ntaritisu maya bhramadiisitena syad yad yathapi likhitara
yadi kificid asya i samsodhane sasrayas (?) sadaya bhavantu
satsarapiadayaparisilananirvisamkah ii liaiih om ii sabda-
ntarabhyasagunasamkbya praka(ra?)nanamadheyani bheda-
sadhakapramanani ii . . . karotu mama kalyanam karunanidhir
isvarah i jananasthitisamhara(n) jagatSni vidadbati yah ii
^rimanmahadevaya ^ambaya (read sambaya) parasmai
brahmane namali ii om brabmaiva satyafi jagan mithya on
tat sat II siva tsiva n ^ri il subbam astu.
106.
WmsH No. 105.
Size: 14TX2g in., (l) + 23 [14—23 marked by letters from Jca io
jha] + 30 + 1 [single leaf inserted between 21 and 22] + 41 leaves,
from 9 to 12 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: The MS. consists of old and modern parts. The first leaf,
and ff. 22 — 41 at the end of the MS. are written by a different hand
and have a more modern appearance. The older parts may have
been written in the beginning of the IS^i century, the modern parts
at the end of the 18 1^^ or beginning of the 19 th century.
Character: Grantha.
(1)
A philosophical treatise, or fragment of a larger work
(Gddcidhau?) called Yog ijatdv Martha (ff. 1 — 13). See
Aufrecht CC. p. 482.
The first leaf (marked f. 13) begins: — ekapadartthasam-
sarge aparapadartthanisthatyantabhavapratiyogitvapraka-
* Doubtful aksara.
2 sadavadata Ed.
3 asthaya mulam Ed.
10
-^ 146 r<~
rakapramavisesyatvTibhavo yogyata[m] idr.si ca yogyata
ghatam anayety atra varttate, etc.
F. 8: — yogyatavadas samaptah ii
F. 13 b: — yogyatavadarttliah samaptah harih om.
(2)
A philosophical treatise (part of the Gadddhari? See
Aufrecht CC. p. 147, s. v. visayatavada and visayatavada-
rtha), called Lauhikavisayatdvdddrtlm (ff. 14 — 19).
It begins: — ghatam saksatkaromity anuvyavasayavisaya-
taya laukikavisayataya atiriktayas siddhir iti navlnah i etc.
See the beginning of the Laukikavisayavicara in MS.
Walker 201 i, Aufrecht-Oxford, p. 245. Cf. Mitra, Notices,
Kr. 143. Ind. Off. IV, p. 648. Hall, p. 41 sq.
It ends (f. 19): — samapto laukikavisayatavadartthah ii
srivemkatesaya namali ii etc.
(3)
The Fardmarkivdddrtlm , another treatise or fragment
from the Gadddhari (ff. 19 b— 23 b). See Aufrecht-Oxford,
Nr. 611: Navlnamatavlcdra.
It begins: — anumitim pratiparvatiyadhiimaA'yapako vahnir
ity akarakali paramarsa eva hetuh, etc.
It breaks off with the words: — dhumiya ity akarakaba-
dhadipratibaddhyatvaprasamgah tadrsadhumaprakarataya.
(4)
TheVeddntaparihlidm, by Dharmardjddlivanndra, a pupil
of y eiikatanatha, and the author of the Tarkactidamani, and
of several Commentaries (ff. 1-12). See Aufrecht CC, p. 269.
The first leaf contains the beginning of the first Pariccheda
(as far as p. 3, 1. 6 in the edition of the text published
at Calcutta, Sake 1769), while ff. 2-12 contain the two
last Paricchedas.
F. 1 begins: — yadavidyavilasena bhiitabhautikasrstayah i
tan naumi paramatmanam saccidanandavigraham i yadan-
tevasipahcasyair nnirasta bhedivaranah tan naumi narasini-
hakhyam yatlndram paramam gurum i srimat-Vemkatana-
-$^ 147 f<-
thakhyan vilarakutinivasinah i jagatgui'un aliam vande
sarvatantrapravarttakan i yena cintamanau tika dasatika-
vibhanjani i tarkkacudamanir nnaraa krtiX vidvanmanorama i
tika sasadliarasyapi balavyutpattidayini i padayojanaya
pancapadika vyfdvrta tatlia i teiui bodhaya mandanam veda-
ntartthavalambini i Dharmraarajaddhvarmdrena paribhasa
vitanyate i iha khalu dharmmartthakamamoksakliyesu ca-
turvidhapurusrirtthesu moksa eva paramapiirusartthal.i, etc.
F. 8b: — iti Dharmmarajaddhvarindraviracitayam veda-
ntaparibliasayaiu visayaparicchedah ii
It ends (f. 12):— iti siddtiam prayojanam il iti Dharmmara-
jaddhvai'indraviracitayam vedantaparibhasayam astama-
paricchedah ii harih om om brahmadibhyo brahmavidya-
sarapradayakarttrbhyo namah ii vedantaparibhaseyam sarasa
likhita maya l etena vaudito devali kesabhyam priyatam
harih.
(5)
The Veddntasikhdniani, a Commentary on the Veddnta-
paribhdsd, by Rdmakrmddhvarin , the son of the author
Dharmardjddhvarlndra (ff. 13 — 30, 1 — 41). The two first
Paricchedas only. A lithographed edition of this work, with
a commentary, was published at Benares (202 folk, oblong).
It begins (f. 13): — vagisad yas sumanasas sarvarttha-
nam upakrame i yan natva krtakrtya[su] syus tan namami
gajananam i naidaghabhanukiranesv iva varipilras sarvo
vibhati yadabodhavasat prapahcah i malaphaniva ca ni-
mllati yatpi'abodhat tat brahma naumi sukliam adva-
yam atmarupam i a setor a sumeror api bhuvi viditan
Dharmmarajaddhvarindran vandehan tarkaciidamanima-
nijanauaksiradhims tatapadan i yat[sa]karunyan mayabhiid
adhigatam adhikan durgraham siiksmadhikair apyantam
sastrajatana jagati makhakrta Ramakrsnahvayena i veda-
ntaparibhasakhyara sohan tatavinirmmitam i vyakaromi
krtim sarvara srutyantartthapraka^ikam i etc.
After f. 30, a new numbering of leaves begins, but no-
thing seems to be missing.
10*
-^ 148 H$-
End of the MS.: — va mithyatvam bodhyam anumanaru-
pena prayojanam upasamharati tasmad iti ii iti Dharmmara-
jaddhvarindratmaja-sri-Kamakrsnaddhvariviracite vedanta-
sikhamanau anumanaparicchedah ii sri-Ramakrsnaya namah ii
bar ill oin ii
107.
Whish No. 106.
Size: 121x1-8 in., (2) + 95 + (1) leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 1831. The MS. cannot be many
years older.
Character: Grantha.
Injuries: One of the three leaves £f. 82 to 84, and parts of the
two others are lost, so also part of f. 89.
The Prapahcdlirdaya, in 8 Patalas, described by Mr.
Whish as *an admirable cyclopaedia of modern works of
Science.'
It begins: — lokadehadikaryyanarn karanasyadikaranam i
prapancahrdayadharam tan namami sada harim i atheda-
nlm asesapurusartthasesataya sakalaprapaiicoyam iha pra-
darsyate sa tu trividho vedyavidyavettrprapaiicabhedena
tatra vedyaprapaiico dvi"\idhah tanubhuvanabhedena tatra
tanur dvividha[h] sthavarajamgamadehena tatra pancavidha
sthavarah, etc.
Patala I (tanubhuvanaprakaranan nama) ends f. 18,
P. II (vedaprakaranan nama) f. 23 b, P. Ill (sadamga-
prakaranan nama) f. 34b, P. IV (caturttham upamgapra-
karanam) f. 48 b, P. Y (upavedakaranan nama) f. 59 b,
P. VI (beginning: — athedanim asesapurusartthagryas sa-
kalasamsaraduhkhapravahanivarttako moksopi [vi]pradar-
syate i) ends f. 66, P. VII (jhanaprakarana) f. 74b.
It ends : — vai^vanara svayarn vahnir brahmarandhravinir-
gatah I yathaiva mathito vahnir aranim sandahet tatha i
santapayati svan deham apadatalamastakam i brahmaiva-
sau bhaved atma na punar janmabhag bhavet i nanavijiia-
najananam vidvajjanamanoharam i prapancahrdayrikhyam
-^ 149 f<-
hi prapancottamabhusanam i samyakjnanapradarasaii ca
da (?) jnanam saivavastusu i aprakusyam idan tantram
samharavanadahakam ii iti prapancahrdaye astamah pa-
talah II prapaficahrdayam samfiptam om i . . . srlgurubhyo
namah li
108.
Whish No. 107.
Size: 15tX2 in., (1) + 266 + (1) leaves, from 8 to 10 lines on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. "Whish dated 1831. The MS. may be about
100 years older.
Character: Malayalam. Two different hands, a larger one (ff. 1 to
112 b), and a smaller one (ff. 112 b to the end). The leaves are num-
bered by letters, according to the system mentioned above to No. 19.
After f. 247, a new foliation begins, by the letters ka, kha, ga, etc.
The Mlmrlmsn -Tantravdrttika , by Kumdrila Svdmin,
beginning with I, 4, 3 and ending with the end of the
second Pada of the third Adhyaya.
It begins: — harih i idanim ayaugikesu vrihyadival lokaru-
dhesu jatigunavacanasabdesu cinta na hy anumanikakarana-
tvanurodhena pratyaksaprasiddhibadhas sambhava[n]titi pu-
rvadhikaranenasiddhih nanv Sjyai stuvate prsthai stuvate
bahispavamanena stuvata ity upapattivakyatvad etany uda-
harttavyani tatha hi utpattau namadheyam va guno vapy
avadharitam (sic) vyavaharamgatain yati saivodaharanaksama
sa tu nodahrta siitrakarena yasmin gunopadesa iti gunava-
kyasyasritatvat, etc.
The 1"* Adhyaya ends (f. 30b): — iti mimarasatantrava-
rttike prathamasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah ii sama-
ptas caddhyayah ii
The first Pada of the 2'^'^ Adhyaya ends on f. 114 b,
the second Pada ends on f. 175, the third Pada ends on
f. 196 b. The second Adhyaya ends on f. 205 b.
The MS. ends with the 2'^'^ Pada of the 3"^ Adhyaya:—
tasmat sarvavitanam indrasomasavanasarabandhitvan man-
-^- 150 H^
travat bliaksanam iti siddham ii ity acaryya-Kumarilasva-
miviracite guruvakyalesasaingrahe mlmamsatantravarttike
trtlyasyaddhyayasya dvitlyah padah ii
109.
Whish No. 108.
Size: 7| X It in., 84 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18 tt or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
The Kuvalayanandiya, by Appayya Diksita. See Auf-
recht CC. p. 113. Other copy below No. 127.
It begins: — sngurubhyo namah i parasparatapassarppat-
phalatita(read phalayita?)parasparau i prapancamatapitarau
praiicau jayapati stumah i utghatya yogakalaya hrdayabja-
kosam dhanyais cirad api yatharuci grhyamanah i yah
prasphuraty aviratam paripurnarupas sreyas sa me disatu
sasvatika(m) mukundah i alamkaresu balanam avagahanasi-
ddhaye i lalitali kriyate tesam laksyalaksanasamgrahah i
yesaii candraloke drsyante laksyalaksanaslokah i prayas
ta eva tesam itaresan tv abhinava viracyante i etc.
It ends; — gunena tadiyasnanato gamgayah i pavanatva-
guno varnitah i gunopayadvarnyate sa ullasah ditivarddha-
madyasyodaharanam (sic) I tatra pativratamahima gunena
tadiyasnanato gamgayah iti kuvalayanandlyam sampurnam ii
haiih om i
110.
Whish No. 109.
Size: 6|-Xls in., (2)-|-41 + (3) leaves, 7 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'December 1831.' The MS. is
probably not much older.
Character: Grantha.
A fragment or fragments of a work belonging to the
Samr/itasdstra , and treating of the art of dancing and
->• 151 re-
acting, but chieHy of the various motions of the hands
used by female dancers (ahhinaya).' The title Ndtijalakmna
given by Mr. Whisli is doubtful. A work called Ahhina-
l/adarpaHa (see below) is mentioned by Burnell, Tanjore, p. 60.
The jNLS. begins: — hastabhavasirodrstirekhapuspanjalis
tatha 1 mukhacriliyacrdlya dvadasamgam atah param ii pata-
kalaksanara i prasaranam amgullnam amgusthasya ca kun-
canat patakakhyakaraproktah karatikavicaksanaih i natya-
rambhe parivahe vare vastunisedhake i kucasthale nisayan
ca nadyam amaramandale i etc.
F. 30b ends: — ity abhinayadarpanam il harih om i sri-
gurave namah i
F. 31 begins: — hamsasyahastalaksanara i maddhyamfi-
dyas trayomgulyo virala prasrta yadi i tarjanyaipgustha-
sainslesat karo hamsasyako bhavet i etc.
F. 35 ends: — vame tu mrgasirsam syat daksine ca ka-
pitthakam i radhaya darsane caiva ratnavah niyujyate il
srigurubhyo namah ii
F. 35b begins: — ramgalaksanam i purodese narapater
ddasahastaparakramat i devalaye sabhayan ca bhaveyuli
puratas tatha i etc.
F. 36b breaks off with the words:— anyatha nrtyate
caiva brahmahatyadipatakani i etau tau viparitau tu ba-
ddhne strlpumsayos tatha ii
F. 37 begins: — makaras tu mahadevo dakaro danuja-
ntakah i etc.
F. 38 ends: — purato Bharatacaryyo narttakivakalavati i
tatpascat gayakas tisthet pascat ganikii dasa i astau sad
va catasro va bhaveyu pa (read bhaveyuh) i vibhramanvitah
iti natyalaksanam ucyate ii harih ora ii
F. 39 begins: — tantriraja namas tubhyam tantri layasam-
anvita i gandharvakulasambhiita sesakfira namostu te i etc.
The MS. breaks off" (f. 41) with the words: — staraba-
pralayaromahcasvedo vaivarnyam eva ca i asruvaispuryyam
ity astau satvikah parikirttitah i
I As Prof. Aufrecht informs me, the work is the Ahhinayadar-
pana, attributed to Xandikesvara.
-^ 152 f^
111.
WmsH No. no A.
Size: 14|x1t in., (1) + 233 + 4 + 37 + 37 + 43 + (1) leaves,
generally 9 or 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Probably end of 18tii century.
Character: Grantha (the first three works), and Malayalam (the
two last works).
(1)
The Horasdstra, i. e. Vardhamihira's BrhajjdtdJm, with
a Commentary {SuhodUm), Adhyayas II— XXV. (Ff. 233.)
See Inch Off. V, p. 1093 sq.
It begins: — atha grahayonibhedaddhyayo vyakhyayate
tatra prathamena slokena piirvoktasya horakhyasya kala-
irarusasyatmadisvarupam rajadiriipatvah caha i kalatma
dinakrn manas tuhinagus satvam, etc.
F. 24: — iti Yarahamihiracaryyaviracite horasastre dviti-
yoddhyayah ii
Adhyaya 4 ends f. 48, A. 5 f. 67b, A. 7 f. 113, A. 11
f. 151b, A. 16 f. 177, A. 20 f. 192, A. 24 f. 230b, A. 25
f. 233 b.
It ends: — minantyadrekkanarupam aha i svabhrantike
sarppanivestitamgo[r] vastrair vihinah purusa[h]s tv atavyam i
coranalavyakulitantaratma vikrosatentyopagato jhasasya i
ayam sarppadrekkanah purusa[h]s tatharanyas ca ii 36 li iti
horasastre pancavim^oddhyayah ii om ii ii
(2)
Fragment of an astronomical treatise (ff". 4).
It begins: — vargesa ucyante ii bhaumacchavic candrara-
vijna^ukravakredyamandakah kusutamaredyah i
It ends: — mukhyamsas tv avisesarajapadavlparavatam
gopuram brahmasthanam uranivirapadavi rudrasana dva-
dasa II ralios tu mitrani kavldyamandfih ketos tathaivatra
vadanti ta(j)jhah ii
-$» 153 •<-
(3)
Fragment of the Trilokasdravrtti, with numerous dia-
grams in the text. (Ff. 37.) Mr. Whish describes it as
the '-first part of the Triloka-saram, a Jaina work." In
the margin of the first page we read: — siddhan namah
trilokasaravyakhyanani ii ahan namah i See Professor Leu-
mann's list in the Vienna Oriental Journal, vol. XI (1897),
p. 303. Other MSS. of the Trilokasara, see in Poona Cat.
p. 108 (VIII, 599); ib. p. 411 (XVIII, 268); Peterson,
IV, No. 1431; Bhandarkar, Sixth Rep. (1897) Xo. 1002.
(Prof. Leumann by letter).
It begins: — srivitaragaya namah i: tribhuvanacandrajinen-
drani bhaktyana(r)ttya trilokasarasya vrttini yam kincijfia
(read vrttir yatkimcijjha)prabodhanaya praka^yate vidhina
II 1 Ii jiyad akalanikadyah siirir ggunabhiiriramalavrsadhari
anavaratavinatajinamatavirodhivadiprajo jagati ii 2 ii
F. 20b: — samkhyapramanam samaptam ii atha samkhya-
pramfinavisesas caturddasa dharah saprapaficam pradar-
syedanlm prakrtam upamapramana^takam nirupayati ii
It ends (f. 35b): — etavat khandanam 9 ''°°°° 8 vanitanu-
vatabahalyasya dandikrtatvad ayam jaghanyavagahopi sa-
rd dhahastatrayarupah I pra ha 4 phala 1 icche | = lab-
dhadanda I anena trairasikena dandikrtah.
Then follow two leaves Avith diagrams.
(4)
The Sahasrandmasamgrahabhdsya, a Commentary on the
Visnusahasrandma, by ^aiikara. (Ff. 37.)
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu
^itam *** (blank) nnamamy adya divyam vacam sarasva-
tim I sahasranamavyakliyeyam brahmajnana *** (blank)
na nirmmita adis tvara sarvabhutanam maddhyam antas
tatha bhavan, etc.
It ends: — samadisampatsamyuktair ddhyeyo yah pu-
rusottamah tasmai namostu krsnaya samsaraklesaharine ii
iti srImat-Govindabhagavatpujyapadasifyasya srimatparivra-
-^i 154 r^
jakacaiyyasya srimac - Chamkarabhagavatah krtih ^iisa-
hasranamasaragraliabhasyakhya samapta ii sahasranama-
prathamasatake i ksetrajnoksara ity ekan nama i . . .
vrsakapir iti dvitlyasatakasyadih i sandhata iti trtiyasya i
yugavartta iti caturtthasya i vira iti pancamasya i kavln-
dra iti sasthasya i srivatsavaksa iti saptamasya i saktety
astamasya i aksobliya iti navamasya dasamasya svastida
iti II srjgurubhyo namah srikrsnaya namah ii
(5)
A Commentary on BaitlxarcCs Vimiipddddil^esdntastidif
incomplete. (Ff. 43.)
The text with a Tij)pana has been printed in the Kavya-
mala, Part II (1886), pp. 1—20.
It begins: — harili sriganapataye namah avighuam astu
srigurubhyo namah jatyakhyagunakarmmavarjjitataya nir-
nnitam apy agamair jjatyayam pasupalam Tiptavacasah
krsnam grnanty akhyaya srisani jhaninam isvaram suyasa-
sam viram viraktam gunais trata rajju (?) gataii ca
karmmabhir aho devaya tasmai namah srimac-Chankara-
piijyapadaracitam padadikesavadhistotran datram aghasya
netram amalam tratram hareh preksitum vyacikhyasati
mayyam hasati satam esapi ya hasati vyaktam bhaktir
athapi visnupadayoh pusnati me dhrsnutam i tatra tavad
atma va are drastavya iti, etc
It ends: — harim manisyamarucini tatra svairancaran-
tistha trnrmi gosthasauri (?) svayam bhukta ivapatrptin trp-
yanty udarah paratarppanena ii 42 il II
112.
Whish No. hob.
Size: llf X 2 in., (2) -|- 38 -)- 1 1) + 35 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
->^ 1 5") H$-
(1)
The Diiyamangal.adhijdna, a chapter from tlie EdjarCi-
jesvaritantra (ff. 1 — C).
It begins: — sridevy uvaca i devadeva mahadeva sacci-
dananda vigraha | paucakrtyaparesana paramananda da-
yaka i srirajarajarajesi ya §ris tripurasundarl i tasya
ddhyanara mamacaksva yadi te karuna mayi i etc.
It ends: — ity umamahesvarasanivade rajarajesvaritantre
moksaprade divyamaragaladdhyanan nama trimsatpatalah u
(2)
The Lalitddevistotra from tlie LidJtopdJiJiydna of the
Brahmdnda-Purdna (Uttarakhanda) (ff. 7 — 15).
It begins: — srimahadevyai namah ii Agastya uvaca l
asvanana mahabuddhe sarvasastravi.sarada i kathitara lali-
tadevyas caritam paramatbhiitam i piirvam pradurbhavo
devyas tatah pattabhisecanam i etc.
It ends: — iti sri - Markandevaviracite brahmandottare
lalitopakhyane stotrakhande hayagrivagastyasamvade laH-
tadevistotram sampurnam ii srimahatripurasundaryyai
namah ii
(3)
The Trisatl Stotra (from the Lalitopdklujdna in the
Uttarakhanda of the Brahmdnda-Piirdna, see Aufrecht CO.
p. 239) (ff. 16—21).
It begins: — cm parasaktyai namah i sri-Agastya uvaca i
hayagriva dayasindho bhagavah chisya vatsala i tvattas
srutam asesena srotavyam yad yad asti tat i rahasyanama
sahasrani api tvattas srutam maya i etc.
It ends: — iti sritrisati nama mahastotram sampurnam
harih om ii srigurubhyo namah il
(^)
The Ambdstava (ff. 22—24).
It begins: — yam amana[ya]nti munayah prakrti(m) pura-
nlm vidyeti yam srutirahasyagiro grnanti i tam arddhapaHa-
-^ 156 f<-
vitasamkararupamudran devlm ananyasaranas saranam
prapadye ii 1 ii
It ends: — ambastavam sampurnam i harili i ora i srl-
gurubhyo namah ii
(5)
The Mantraksaramdla, or Mdnasajmjd (ff. 25 — 27). The
latter title is given in the margin of f. 25, and in the
table of contents at the beginning of the MS. See above
No. 43 (2), and Aufrecht CC. s. v., p. 452.
It begins: — kalloloUasitamrtabdhilaharimaddhye virajan-
manidvlpe kalpakavatikaparivrte kadambavat[t]yujvale i
ratnastambhasahasranirmmitasabhamaddhye vimanottame
cintaratnavinirmmitam janani te simhasanarn bhavaye il 1 ii
It ends: — phalasruti i srimantraksaramalaya girisutam
piijarcaye cetasani' sandhyasu prativasaram suniyatara
tasyamalasyacirat i cittambhoruhamanclape girisuta nrttam
vidhatte sada vanlvaktrasaroruhe jaladhijagehe jaganmam-
gala II 16 II harih om . . . srir astu i
(6)
The Anandasdgarastava (by Nllakantlia Diksita) (ff. 27b —
33 b). Incomplete. See above No. 63 (3).
It begins: — vijnapanarhaviralavasaranavaptya mando-
dyame mayi daviyasi visvamatuh i avyajabhutakarunapavana-
paviddhany anta smaramy aham apamgataramgitani ii 1 ii
It ends: — kaiiclgunagrathitakancanaveladr^yan canda-
takaipsukavibhaparabhagasobhi paryyamkamandalapariska-
ranam purane ddhyayami te vipulam aqaba nitambabim-
bam II 69 ii
(7)
The Carccdstava, by Kdliddsa, in 25 stanzas (ff. 34—36).
It begins: — saundaryyavibhramabhuvo bhuvanadhipatya-
sarnpattikalpataravas tripure jayanti i ete kavitvakumuda-
prakaravabodhajDiirnendavastvayi jagajjananipranamah ii 1 ii
It ends: — iti Kalidasaviracitam carccastavam sampurnam
harih om ii subham astu.
I Read with MS. No. 43 (2): yah pujayec cetasa.
-3H 157 H5-
(8)
The Kalyamstava, by Kdliddsa (ff". 37 — 38).
It begins: — kalyanavrstibhir ivamrtapuritabhir llak^ml-
svayamvaranamamgaladipikabhih i sevabhir amba tava pa-
dasarojamulenakari kim manasi bhaktimatafi jananam ii 1 il
It ends: — Kalidasaviracitam kalyanastavam samaptam il
^rimaliadevyai namah ii srimahatripurasundaryyai namo
namali ii om i
(9)
The Faramarthasdra, by ^esandga, with a Commentary.
See Aufrecht- Oxford p. 353 (MS. Wilson 535), Mitra,
Notices, voh II, p. Ill, No. 698, Hall p. 105, Ind. Ot^'.
Part IV, p. 841.
It begins: — vandeham vasudhadharam vacasam adika-
ranam i vasudevapriyani Sesam asesasukhadaqa param i
prapadye caranadvandvam advandvam sukhaduhkhadam i
srimatkrsnasarasvatya guros tatvartthadarsinah i praripsi-
tasya granthasyavighnena parisamaptaye pracayagamanaya
sistacaraparipalanaya paramatmasmaranalaksanam marn-
galam acarati ii paramparasyah prakrter anadikam i ekan
nivistam bahudha guhasu sarvalayam sarvacaracarasthi-
tam I tam eva visnum saranara prapadye ii 1 ii asyayam
artthah, etc.
It ends: — ity evam sisyena prstain prativiviktam sacci-
danandam brahmasvariipan tasmad upadisya gamayati ii 85 i
vedantasastram akhilam Sesas tu jagadadharah i aryya-
pancasitya baddhah (read babandha) paramrirtthasaram
idam ii iti paramartthasaram samaptam ii dantini daru-
vikare darii tirobhavati sopi tatraiva i jagad iti tatha
paramatma paramatmany eva jagat tirodhatte ii iti ^esa-
viracitaryyas samapta ii ^rigurubhyo namah ii
(10)
The Kdrtavirydrjimaliavaca, the 12*^ Adhyaya of the
Udddmaresvaratantra (ff. 23—35 = 1—13).
-^. 158 H£r-
It begins: — yolafi caracaragurur bliuvanam bibhartti
yasyarddham adritanaya visadasmitasya i yasyogratamkamu-
khakrttagalo vidhata rudrasya mtirttir akhilam sivam
atanotu i asya rudrasya bhagavan agnih kandarsih i cchando
mahavirat i sambhiir devata tatra jabalopanisat i atha
hainam brahmacarina iiculi, etc.
It ends: — ity uddamaresvaratantre karttaviryyarjunaka-
vacan nama dvadasoddhyayah ii karttaviryyarjjunamaha-
mantrasya [i] dattatreyabhagavan rsili i anustup cchandali i
karttaviryyrirjjuno devata i prom bijam i namas saktih i
karttaviryyarjjunayeti kilakam i karttaviryyarjjunaprasada-
siddhyartthe jape viniyogah i am prem cchrim am i im
kllm bhrum I sirah i urn am hrlm um sikha i em krom
srim aim kavacam i om hum pbat uetram i am srikartta-
viryyarjjunaya namali ii ah i astram i midam i orn prem
cchrim kllm bhrum arn brim krom srim hum phat srikar-
ttavlryyarjjunaya namah ii
113.
Whish ^"o. 111.
Size: 15tX It in., (1) + 126 + 17 + (1) + 24 leaves, 8 or 9 lines
on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: At the end of the first work the date is given (in Malaya-
lain language), viz. January of the Kollam year 985 i. e. A. D. 1810.
Scribe: Krsnadvija.
Character: Malavalam.
(1)
The ^rutiraujim, a Commentary on Jaijudeva's Gitago-
vinda, by LakpiudJiara, son of Yajnesvara, in 12 Sargas.
(FL 126.)
See No. 142 (Whish No. 144) for another copy of the
same work.
It begins: — harih ^riganapataye namah avighnam astu i
dhavalajaladavarnnah candramahkhandacudam parasuhari-
iKihastam jnanamudrabhiramaiu bhujagaparavirajatkam-
kanah janubahun dalitanatajanarttin daksinamiirttim ide i
Laksmidharena vidusa kriyate siutirahjini vidvatkavi-
-^ 159 ^^
niude gitagovindasyaittliadlpika i yad istam likhyate na-
tra yac canistam vilikhyate dvitayaip tad dayam viglmaih'
ksamyatara varnnitair^ mmayi i na buddliyate sudhair3
ggltagovindasyarttliagauravam vyakliyana^atakenapi viluiya
siutirafijinim i etc.
It ends: — saddhvl maddhvika cinta na bhavati bhavatah
sarkare sarkarasi* drakse draksyanti tes tvam ami-ta
nirtam asi ksiraniratvam esi moce ma jiva jayadliaradha-
i-akuhare majja yusmajjayayai va kalpam kalpitaipgya yad
ilia bhuvi gira sthiyate jiiyadevya ii he maddhvika ii iti
dvadasasarggah ii Ii srikrsnaya namah i kollam 900 ayi-
I'attaempattan camata makaramasam aficantiyaticoppac
caymii rohaniyiim suklapaksattil dvadasiyum simhah kara-
iiavuin kutiyadivasampataleyesanugrahena K]-siiadvij ena
likhitam pustakam ii srigurubhyo namah etc.
(2)
Fragment of an astronomical treatise (ff. 17). In the
margin of f. 1, and on the title page the title Krmvjam
is given.
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu ;
"ena traikalajfianain uktam ajhanatimiravattibliyah tajhanan
divyayiitam vaksye tasmai namaskrtya jyotisaphalam adesah
phalarttham rirainbhanam bhavati loka tasmad yatnah
k;iryyo hy adese jyodisajfiane navabhir nnavabhir athaniser
unispanna rasayo etc.
F. 10: — II iti jivayonih ii candras catuspadastho dre-
kkano, etc.
It ends (f. 17): — caturtthadivase maddhyahnarkkena
sarayukte ajalagne budhadrste hy asvatarinam adarsanam
bruyat suskanadikulagata labhyante mrgyamanais tah
1 dvitayan tad dayanighnaih, MS. Whish No. 144.
2 panditair, MS. AVhish No. 144.
3 budiiair, MS. Whish No. 144.
4 karkarasi, MS. "Whish No. 144.
5 ke, MS. Whish No. 144.
-^f 160 r<r-
sukre ksitejalagne dhenudvayam atra garbhini caika tisr-
nam gavam adarsanam astamadivase bhavel labhah bu-
dhadrste tallagne by asvatarlnam adarsanam bruyat
svabkale ravyudaye labhyante mrgayamanena adya caturtthe
divaseccbagostamesvare drste prativesiko vayasyo navame
divase svayan deta ^asisukrabbyam drste sitir ggavo bbutas
sagopalah i
(3)
Tbe Veddntasdra, in 22 Adbyayas. Tbe name of tbe
autbor is not given. ^
It begins: — barili sriganapataye namah avigbnena pari-
samaptir astu[h] suklambaradbaram visnum sasivarnnam
caturbbujam prasannavadanam dbyaye sarvavigbnopasan-
taye i ajnanatimirandbasya jiiananjanasalakaya caksur
unmilitam yena tasmai srlgurave namab i . . . atbasadhana-
catustayasamvakyanantaram atmanatmavivekam ucyate i
atma sariratrayam i vilaksana avastbattrayasaksi nityasu-
ddbabuddbamukam (?) satyaparipurnnasaccitanandakatvam
nama kalattrayanasanarabitatvam nama kalattrayavidya-
manaprakasatvam svasaktasasamsayadbivirodbi svabbavatva
mama (read °tvam nama?) tasmad anantariipatvam satva-
rajastamogunasvarupam ajiianasaccidanandasvarupam brab-
manab ubbayab (?) akasam ulpannam akasadvayum vayor
abni ahni ravab,* etc.
F. 4: — iti vedantasare prapaiicarabasyapratbamoddbya-
yab II F. 7 : — iti vedantasare sariralaksanam nama trtiyo-
ddbyayab ii F. 15b: — iti vedantasare bbaktilaksanasam-
pranaye trayodasoddbyayab ii
It ends (f. 24): — iti vedantasare videbakaivalyalaksane
samsararabasye dvavirasoddbyayab ii ii upadesavedantasi-
ddbyarabasyam saniaptah i srigurubbyo namab ii
114.
Whish No. 112 a.
Size: IGjXlg- in., (1) + 95 + (8) leaves, from 9 to 12 lines on
a page.
1 "It is by Sarikaracdrf/a", Prof. Aufrecht.
2 Read utpannam akasad vayur vayor agnir agner apah?
->* IGl .^
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Probably end of 18tii cent.
Scribe: Yasudeva.
Character: Malayalam.
The BhaJdaprii/d, a Commentary on the XdrCujanlya-
stotra, in 12 Skandhas. The author of the Stotra is Nd-
rdyaua Bhatta of KeraLa. See Aufrecht CC. p. 294.
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu
srlgurnbhyo namah i gajananam giran devlm Yyasam
karasahanam gurim bhiitesam isam a.sasitartthadan prana-
mamy aham srimatbhagavatartthasamgrahamayanarayani-
yahvayam stotram hrdyam anargham ujvalataraddhvastan-
dhakfirodayam yat kanthesu satam anuttamagunam pra-
tyagrara utbhasate tasyeyam kriyate yathamati maya vya-
khya hi bhaktapriyakirttanam bhagavatkirtter mraatkrtriv
anusamgikam ity evam prayatnenasmadvyakhyatrtyaprasi-
ddhaye (i) iha khahi samadhigatanikliilanigamartthasatatva-
tayli sabdaparabrahmapara[vara]vurinataya paramabhaga-
vatataya ca saka]asahi-da3'amahitayasris sri-Narayanakavih
paramakarunikatayil bhaktanugrahaya sribhagavatarttha-
nusarinarayaniyabhidham stotraratnah cikir>;uh prathamam
prathamaslokena praripsitasya stotrasyavighnena parisa-
maptipracayagamanabhyam srotrj ananikhihijanasamlhita-
siddhaye ca stotrapratipadyajagatsarggadidasakaLaksanaliLa-
nidanabhutaparatatvanusmaranarupamaragahim acarati i
sandrety adina brahmaguruvacanapure saksat bhatiti
sambandhah brahma sarvam asrayam sarvanusyiitam
suddhacaitanyam guruvacanapuram iti prasiddhe ksetre
saksat bhati, etc.
F. 41b: — iti narayanlyastotravyakhyayam bhaktapriya-
yam navamaskandhaparicchedah ii
It ends: — sribhagavatavyakhyadrstanarttliat padanyepi
{sic) stotravyakhyanarupena racitani parara mayayan namna
sammatani stotrah janiinam antarantara tabhyam eva
hrdisthabhyam maya neyam krta krtih ii iti narayanlya-
stotravyakhyayam bhaktapriyayam dvadasaskandliapari-
cchedah ii ii Vasudevena likhitam idara i harih etc.
11
-^ 162 HS-
115.
WmsH No. 112B.
Size: 12 j X 2 in., (1) + 49 + (1) leaves, from 8 to 11 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18 ti^ or 19th cent.?
Character : Grantba.
A Collection of Stotras, and sundry fragments. The
titles of the Stotras are given in the margins at the
beginning of each of them, and in a list on the first leaf.
(1)
The Mdtrkdstava (ff. 1—4).
It begins: — apratyaksakatham akrtrimarasam arkapra-
kasakramam asmaccittagrham atarkyavibhavam avyaja-
niryyatkrpam i aksanam adhidevatam aviditam addhvanta-
gam addhvagam aksinagamasamvidabhyupagamam anvemi
daksatmajam I 1 |
It breaks off (f. 4b) in the 37*^ stanza with the
words: — bhasmakaravidagdhake hutavahe bhavakrte man-
math e.
(2)
The Mdtrkdnydsa (ff. 5 — 6).
It begins: — atha balrisampiititamatrkanyasah i Daksina-
miirtti(r) rsih i gayatri cchandah i balarupini matrka saras-
vati devata i etc.
It breaks off with the words: — somamandalaya sodasa-
kalatmanerghyamrtaya nama jalam apiiryya.
(3)
The Triimrddottara (ff. 7—8).
It begins: — kalyani tripura bala maya tripurasundari i
sundaryy uma blias[v]avati omkari sarvamamgala i etc.
It ends (or breaks off) with the words: — sariracesta
mama te pranama stutis ca vag indriyavrttir astii i sarva
manovfttir anusmrtis te sarvan tavaradhanam eva bhuyat i
(4)
The ^yamaldmhavarmaratna, or MdtangllMvaca (the latter
title in the margin and in the Table of Contents), i. e. the
->4 1<J3 H$-
tenth Patala of the Sauhhayijalaksmlkalpa (ff. 9 — 10). Soe
Burnell, Tanjore, p. 197 b.
It begins: — senapatitvan devanam pura prapya sadana-
iiah I sadasivam upagamya pitarara vakyam abravit i etc.
It ends: — iti srisaiibliagyalaksniikalpe caturllaksagran-
thavistare skandesvarasamvade syamalambavarmmaratnan
nama dasamah patalah ii sri:iyamalambayai namah ii
(5)
The MataUgyastoUara (flf. 11—12).
Jt begins: — raatamgi vijayil syama sacive^I sukapriyil i
nipapriyiX kadambesi madaghurnitalocana i etc.
It ends: — etair yyas sacivesanim sakrt stauti sariravan i
tasya trailokyam akhihini haste tisthaty asamsayah Ii
(6)
The Bdldsaliasrandman (ff. 13 — 16).
It begins: — asya sribalasahasranamamahamantrasya
Daksinamurtti(r) rsih | paukti cchandah i bala paramesvari
devata i aim bijam ksim saktih i etc.
It ends (or breaks off) with: — kamkalapatni kalindi
kaumarl kamavallabha i panodyukta panasamstha bhima-
rupa bhayaprada i
(7)
Ff. 17 — 21 contain various Mantras for Tantric purposes.
F. 17 begins: — sirasi Antaryyami bhagavan rsih i mukhe
anustup cchandah i hrdaye sadyo devata i etc.
On f. 19 we read: — asya srisaktipahcaksarastotramaha-
mantrasya Yamadeva rsih i pankti cchandah i umamahe-
svaro devata i etc.
F. 21 ends: — harir haro virihcas ca srstyadin kurute
yaya i namas tripurasundaryya namami padapamkajam I
(8)
The Trijnirdstava in 54 stanzas, attributed to Durvdsas
(ff. 22—27). Printed with the title Tripurdmahimastotra
in the Kavyamala, Part XI, p. 1 ff.
11*
-^ 164 f<$-
It begins: — srimatas tripure parat paratare devi trilo-
kimaliasaundaryyarnavamanthanotbhavasudhapiTicurvyaA^a -
rnojvalam i udyatbhanusahasranitatnajapapuspaprabhan ' te
vapuh svante me sphuratu trilokanilayara jyotirminayain
vanmayam i etc.
It ends: — bhusyam vaidusyam udyaddinakarakiranaka-
ram akriratejassammanam (bhurimargam Ed.) nigamani-
gamanam durgamam yogamargam i ayusyam brahmaposyam
bariharavisadam kirttim abbyeti bbumau debante brabma-
bhuyam parataracaranakaram abbyeti vidvan ii 54 ii
(9)
The Dalmndmurttiimnjara, or tbe 18* Adhyaya of the
Brahmdmla-Purana (ff. 28 — 29).
It begins: — pranamya sambam isanam sirasa Yainiko
niunih i vinayavanato bhutva papraccha skandam adarat i
Narada iivaca i etc.
It ends: — iti sribrahmandapurane guhanaradasamvade
daksinamtirttipahjaran namastadasoddhyayah ii snsivaya
namah ii
(10)
Ff. 3(1 — 36 contain various (Tantric?) fragments, too
small to make anything of them.
(11)
The Ganapatyastaka, ascribed to Saddsiva (f. 36).
It begins: — asya srimahaganapatistotramalamantrasya
Sadasivo bhagavan rsih i anustup cchandah i ganapatir
devata i etc.
It ends: — iti Sadasivaproktam gane^astakain sarn-
piirnain ii
(12)
The Lalitdstavaratna (if. 37 — 49).
Other copies in Nos. 63 (5), ]60 (2) and 174.
Beginning and end the same as No. 63 (5). See above
p. 81 seq.
I Kead onutanajapapuspaprabhaTp with Ed.
->t 1G5 H$-
116.
Whish No. 113.
Size: lls-x2 in., (1) + 102 + 31 + (1) leaves, 9 or 10 lines on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. AVhisli dated 4th December 1831. The MS.
may be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
(1)
The ISrutisnktliiifdd, or Caturvedaidtimryasamyralia, in
149 verses, by Haradatta, together with a Commentary.
Mr. Wliish gives the title ' Caturvedabhasya' . (Ff. 102).
See Steiu-Jammu, p. 359 seq.
It begins: — iha khalu i kalikalakalananantaram avaidika-
bauddhridiraddhantanusandhanavisuddhabuddhin nirisvara-
tvanirvahakavaidikripasata(read°prasasta?)mimamsakalpita-
ualpavikalpajalpasravanonmisitakahi'>akahiia->lkrtavrsrimka -
visayasemusitanmanlsinonugrhitakamo mahesvaramsavatara-
3'amano (read °nah) padavakyapramanajho Haradattaca-
ryyas saivavaidi(ka)tantravisvasakarinim avaidikamatauira-
karinim i samastakalmasapaharimm i abhedapurusartthapii-
ranlm i samsarasagarottaranlm bhavaikabhaktivibhavavista-
riniin i pahcasaduttaraslokatmikain srutisuktimrilam cikirsur
llaksanapramanabhyam hi nyayena tatsiddhyarttham asyam
srutisuktimalayam pradhanyena prati(pi)pridayisitani namas-
sesitvaniratisayaisvaryyadigunakatvanrirayanopauisadudlri -
topasyatvagayatripratipadyatvalaksanani kratusesitvalaksa-
iiani pahcalaksanani pahcabrahmaniva paficrdvsaranlva sru-
tisiddhaui panca *** *** (blank) pahcayava(read pahca-
vayaYa?)sthitasya paramesvarasya pancalaksanani samgrn-
hanah tadvisistatvenananasadharanatvad asyaivasrayaniya-
tvad anisvaram ****** ** (blank) ntranam visnubrahmadi-
nam asrayaniyyatvapattavi(read "tvapattav avi°?)duratopa-
stety asyaivasrayaniyatve hetutvan darsayann aha yasmai
nama iti ii yasmai namo bhavati yasya gunas samagra
uarayanopanisada yadupasanokta i yo na(h) pracodayati
buddhim adhikrtau yas tan tvam ananyagatir isvara sam-
jsravami ii 1 ii namo namaskarah, etc.
-$H 166 r<r-
Amongst the books and authors quoted in the com-
mentary are: Jaimini, Badarayana, Sudarsanacarya (f. 5),
Padma-Purana (quoted as 'Patma'), Aditya-Purana (f. 15 b),
Markandeya-Purana, Parasara-Purana (f. 59), etc.
It ends: — bhaktani bhavanadidaparsvacaropanitam ma-
hyam mahesvarapayasi grapitam prasannani i bhunjana eva
tad aharn ghatiti brabuddha svapnas samadhiriktadhiyam
abhinnah^ ii 149 ii stomas same tad avadhaya grnhatam
artthara asya nikhilena janatam i grahyam annyad api
navasisyate jiieyam anyad api va na kincana il om i harih
om etc.
(2)
The Manimanjari, a Commentary on Keddra^s Vrttara-
tnakara, by the Purohita Ndrdyana, son of Nrsimlmyajvan^
in 6 Adhyayas. Ff. 31. See Nos. 54 (3), and 170.
It begins:— svetambhodhisthitan devam suddhasphatika-
vigraharn i vagvibhutipradam saksad vande gandharvakan-
dharara i Nrsimhayajvanah putro Narayanapurohitah i vrtta-
ratnakaravyakhyam vyakaroti yathamati ii
P. 14: — iti sodasamatraprakaranam ii
It ends: — iti vrttaratnakaravyakhyayam manimanjaryyam
sasthoddhyayah ii srigurucaranaravindabhyan namo namah ii
om
117.
Whish No. 114.
Size: 14x If in., (3) + 56 + (1) + 97 + 1 (f. 28 being double) + 9
(numbered as £f. 112—120) + 8 + (1) leaves, from 10 to 13 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: End of 17th or early 18th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
Injuries: The first leaf, and f. 28 of the second work are slightly
damaged.
The eight leaves of the last work are numbered by the Aksaras
of the invocation 'harih sriganapataye namah' as follows: hari^i = 1,
sri = 2, ga = 3, na = 4, pa = 5, ta = 6, ye = 7, namah = 8.
' Words and metre quite corrupt.
"5^4 167 f^
An entry by ]Mr. Whish says: "This volume contains
the Tarkka-Chudamanih; a work by Bahwricha Dharrama-
rajah; in refutation of the Nyaya or philosopliy of Gauta-
mah; the founder of the Nayyayikah or Aristotelian Sect —
and also a second work on the same subject by the same
author."
(1)
The TarJcacwJdmani (a Commentary on the Anumana
chapter of Biicidatta's TattvacinUimanipraJxdm), by the
BaJivrca Dharmaraja, "an inhabitant of Kandararaanikya-
grama (our IMS. has Kantaramanikka), and son of Tri-
vedinarayanayajvan of the Kaundinyagotra" (Burnell, Tan-
jore, p. 115), The MS. is incomplete (ff. 56).
It begins: — kaverivaripanapratihatatamasara mandite
panditanani nyandai (?) sri-E,amacandra smrtibalavisada-
sei?atantrartthasrirah dese vikhyatavaso vividliagurukapalesa-
to labdhabodho nyayabdhin tarkkacudamanira iha kurute
Bahvrco Dharmmarajali i tretagnidhumakulavithikam karne
(read "karakane?) grhe grhe yatra vasanti surayah adlilta-
sarvasrutayah kathantare lia nirjjitapratyanumanavadinah i
tatra kantaramanikkagramaratnanivasina i maniprakasavi-
vrtir Dharmmarajena tanyate ii dasanam api tikanara bhani-
gam kurvan kvacit kvacit i anumanaprakasasya vivrtim
karavany aham ii arabdhaparisamaptaye maragalam aca-
ritam si[k]syasiksriyai granthato nibadhnati pranayeti vi-
ghnaddhvarasam iti yady api granthasamaptir eva prarttha-
niya tatha sati vighnaddhvarase lokavagatakaranad eva, etc.
It breaks off with the following Avords (f. 56b): — tadaiii-
gikarat vyadhikaranaprakrirakecchamgikrid ity artthah ista-
bhedepi upasthitestabhedety artthah tatjhanarttham iti i
anagatajhanrirttham ity artthah i ata eva paramate ana-
gatapakajhanaya prasiddhapakavisayanumanadara iti bha-
vah I uktaprSyam iti abhedajhanasya pravarttakatve stha-
p(y)ate icchajanakatvam api tasyaivoktaprayam ity artthah
'numaneneti i idara sukharn sukhapiirvavartti sukhatvad ity
anumanenety artthah 'siddheh.
-^ 168 H^
(2)
A Commentary on Gaurilxdnta Sarvaljlianma Bhattdcd-
rycCs Tarkahlidmhhdvdrthadqyikd (Commentary on Kesava-
misra's Tarkahlidsd). Incomplete (K 97). See Ind. Off. IV,
p. 607.
It begins: — namas te sarade devi kasmirapuravasini i
tvam aham prarttlia(y)isyami vidyadanan tu dehi me ii
Gaurikantakrti svatotivisadanaghratadosapy asau balanam
lirdayam na ranjayati yat praudhasya ceto yatha i ta-
ddosaya bhavaty atali prakatayan bhavam vicaryyanaya
kurve Kesavabhavananugataya balapramodam param i ciki-
rssitasya granthasya vighnasantyai krtam mamgalam sisya-
siksayai nibadhnati om iti i atra omkaras cathasabdas ca
dvav imaii brahmanab pura i ka[m]ntham bhitva viniryyatau
tasman mamgalikav iti siksavaeauenonikriraprayogasya
pratyekam mamgalatvat on tat sad iti nirddeso brahmanas
trividha smrta iti, etc.
F. 2: — nanv evam bahumamgalacaranena vighnarupa-
drstapratibandhakakiitanivrttav api siromanirupamahagran-
thavyakhyacaturyyajanitahamkaramCdakalajjarupadrstapra-
tibandbakad alpagrantha-Kesavakrtivyakbyane svabhara-
tyah pravrtyanupapattir ity ata aba matar iti kim lajjasa
iti, etc.
F. 11: — sistacaroUamgbinali Kesavamisrasya krtir iyam
katham sistair adaraniyetyabbiprayavatam samkam apa-
karoti atra ceti grauthakaravisaya ity artthali, etc.
F. 97 ends: — dravyeti dravyasamavetalaukikacaksusa-
tvam kriryyatavaccbedakara alokasarnyogatvam karanata-
vaccbedakam svasamavayisamavayab karanapratya(sa)ktili
sparsadisparsane karyyatavaccbedakasyatiprasamgavara-
naya pratyaksatvam apabaya caksuseti tamas caksuse ca-
ksusatvasya nilan tama iti nilatvasamanyapratyasaktija-
biukikarui:>acaksuse dravyasamavetavisayakacaksusatvasya
gbatadimatravisayakalaukikacaksuse dravyavisayakalauki-
kacaksusatvasya rilpatvadimatravisayakanirvikaliJake sama-
vetavisayakalaukikacaksusatvasyatiprasaktataj'a dravyasa-
-^ 169 :^
mavetavisayakalaukikacuksu^atvam karyyatavaccliedakam
ity uktaiu riqiiidika.
(3)
A fragment of the PraJcri;/dsarvasva (9 leaves, num-
bered as ff. 112 — 120), apparently the work of Ndrdyami
Avlio is described by the Maharaja of Travancore (in the
JRAS. vol. Xyi, 1884, p. 449) as 'the most popular and
Avell-admired author of pi-akrii/dsarvasuam, dlidtdkdvyam,
ndrdyamyam, etc."
F. 112 begins: — brahmanimata brahmanihata i pullim-
gasadharanasyety ukteh prthivitarety atra na i nadyas
sesasyanyatarasyam i nyantavarjjitasya nadisarajfiasya nya-
ntesv eka ca scaghadau hrasvo va syilt i etc.
F. 120 ends: — vatir nnana iiathamus ca krtvortthas ta-
ddhitev}^ayam i itah parain samasantah santi kecana ta-
ddhitah I tesan tattatsamases;u varnanaiva laghiyasl ii
iti prakriyasarvasve taddhitakhandah il sarnk'^epatisayepi
vacyabahutiX hetor abhud vistarah spastatvepi krte sva-
bhavagananabhagamanaga sphutah i evam vyaktim iyan
padarttha iyata granthena yatoyam ity evam yo vimrset
sa eva kalayed asmannibandhe gunan i harih gurubhyo
namah ii
(4)
Fragment of a Oanapdtlia (ff. 8), perhaps part of the
preceding work.
It begins: — athapatyaganah i utsodapanavikaravinada-
tarunatalunadhenupilukunasuvarnebhyah i autsah audapa-
nah I vaikarah i vainadah i tarunah i talunah i dhainavah i
pailukunah i sauvarnah i bharatakurusatvadindravasana-
janapadapahcalo^inarebhyah i etc.
It ends: — caupayatacaikayatacaitayatabailvayatasaika-
yatfinah ca i caupayatyfi caikayatya caitayatya bailvayatyil
saikayatya iti ii
->4 170 H^
118.
Whish No. 115.
Size: (1) ISg-Xlg in., (1) + 156 + (1) leaves, from 9 to 13 lines
on a page. (2) 14xlr in., 11 leaves (numbered as ff. 79—89), 11 or
12 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: The MS. of the first work was probably written about the
middle of the 18 th cent. The MS. of the second work seems to be older.
Character: Malayalam. The leaves are numbered by Aksaras in
the same way as No. 19.
Injuries: Slightly damaged by insects in the middle of the book.
(1)
The Naukd or Horduivarana, a Commentary on Vard-
liamihira's Brhajjdtaka. Also called Dasddhydt/i, ac-
cording to Aufrecht CC. p. 2-18.
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namali aviglmam astu
jayati bbagavan gajfisyena (corrected to gajasyo) yatka-
rnnavyajanamaruta bbajatam yanto vyasanani baranty
ayantas cSrppayanty abblstani satyajnanaparam brabma
jyotiranandarupinim naiimi sarvottarodattaprasnamalam
sarasvatim satyajiianapradayestadesakalaprabodbine nama
srlgurave saksiXt paramesvaramurttaye i yesam atmani
garbbasamskrtimukbair mmaunjini baddbantimaih vrate
karmmabbir atra bliati vidhivat brabmapratisthapitah sraii-
tasmrirttasamastakarmmasatatanustbananistbatmanas tan
etan pranamami bbumivibudhan istarttbakalpadruman sri-
suryadln su(kba)samvedya^ nigrabanugraban jagatsrstistbiti-
layajnanabetun upasmabe i srimad-Varabamibiraboratri-
Iparyasagare sadarttbaratnasamsiddbyai tika nauka vica-
ryate i etc.
It ends: — addbyayanukramam vrttanuvyafica (read vrttena
vyanjayati?) slokatrayena i ra.siprabbedo grabayonibbedo
viyonijanraatba nisekakalab janmatba sadyomaranan tatba-
yur ddasavipakostakavarggasarajiiab karmmajivo rajayogab
kbayoga^ candra yoga dvigrahadyas ca yogab pravrajyato
* sukhavedya corrected to susamvedya.
^- 171 f<^
rasisilail ca drsti(r) bhavas tasmad asrayotha prakirnnah
nestayoga jatakam bharainanan niryanam syan nastajannia
drganah addliyayanam vinisatib pancayuktacaryuktanyfread
°caryoktaiiy?) atra vrtta[s]satani i iti pratharao rasiprabhc-
dah dvitlyo grahayonibhedab trtlyo viyonijanma caturttbo
nisekakalab ])ancamo janma i sastlias sadyomaranam i sa-
ptama ayurddayab astamo dasaphalani navamostavarggab
da.samab karmraajlvah ekadaso rajayogah dvadasab kba-
yogab trayodasas candrayogab caturda^o dvigrahadiyogab
pancadasab pravrajyayogab sodaso rasisilani saptadaso
grabadrstib astadaso bbavapbalam ekonavimsani asrayayo-
gab I vimsab prakirnnab ekavimsonistayogab dvavimsas
trijatakam trayoviraso niryanam caturvimso nastajatakam
paficavimso drekanaplialapaksa sadvirp.sopradarsanaparo-
ddbyayab horavivaranam samaptam ii ii sriparamagurave
saranara ii etc.
(2)
Tbe Prasnamrta, by Knmdra, pupil of Ndrdyana Jyotisa,
a fragment only. A work of tbe same title is ascribed
to JamhumitJm in tbe "Index of MSS. in tbe Government
Oriental MSS. Library, Madras," p. 55.
It begins: — barib sriganapataye namab avighnam astu
srigurubbyo namab samastavigbnaprabbavopasantaye na-
maskaromi dvipanayakananam vacab prasadani kurutarn
sarasvati etc. . . . asid dvijanma dvipakananakbye grame
sudbib pratr (?) janinacetab sastrrirttbavetta srutiparadrsva
Narayano jyotisas tarppayayi i tasyasti sisyo vinayapradba-
nas tadiyakarunyanivasabhumih yas ^ri-Kumaro vidito dvi-
janma grabendrasaficaravicaracuficub pranamya soyam
gurupadapatmam niriksya borara sakalarttbapustani adaya
saran tu tato vyadbatta prasnamrtam balabitaya hrdyam
paropakaraikato mabantas santcsamantab krpaya vidbaya
sammanayantam idam asmadiyani prasnamrtan nirmmalaki-
rttibbajab, etc.
It breaks off witb tbe words: — caturtthajvarasantaye \
krsnaya namab i
-^ 172 H5-
119.
Whish Xo. 116.
Size: 13f x if in., (2:i + 82 + (1) + 133 + 6 + (2) leaves, 10 lines
on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18 th or 19 th cent.?
Character: Grantlia.
(1)
The Blidftadlpikd, a Commentary on Jaimini's Mlmdmsd-
darsana, by Kliandadeva, from Adhyuya VII, Pada 1 to
Adhyaya IX, Pada 3. (Ff. 82.)
It begins: — srutipramanatvac chesanam mukhyabhede
yathadhikarabhava syat ii evam sadhikare iipadesevagate-
dhuna tadadhinasiddhir atideso nirupyate i etc.
Adhyaya VII ends f. 15 b, Adhyaya VIII f. 28 b.
It ends with the third Pada of the IX *^ Adhyaya: — iti
sri-Khandadevakrtau bhattadipikayam navamasyaddhya-
yasya trtiyah padah li
(2)
The BJidttacandrlJid, a Commentary on Kliandadeva' s
Blidtiadipikd, by Bhdskarardya Bhdrat'i, the son oi Gam-
hhtra and Konamd (?), and pupil of Nrsimlia and Sivadatta.
The author lived at Benares in 1629, according to Aufrecht
CC. p. 411. The MS. contains the whole of the first
Adhyaya, and the two first Padas (Pada 2 incomplete)
of the second Adhyaya. (Ff. 133.)
It begins: — sri - Ganibhlravipascitah pitur abhud yah
Konamambodare vidyastadasakasya marmmabhid abhud ya
sri-Nrsiinhat guroh i yas ca sri-Sivadattasuklacaranaih
purnabhisiktobhavat sa tretatripuratrayiti manute tam eva
nathatrayim i bhagirathibhimarathi tatakiitah kakuppatah i
panduramgah param brahma mama daivam vrsakapih i
mimainsasastrajivatum Jaiminyadimunitrayam i sarasvatin
ca natvaham vyakurve bhattadipikam i sri-Khandadevodi-
tabhattacandrikam prasarayan sodasalaksanim bhuvi i sa
bhattacandras samudeti yam vyadhan mahagnicit Bha-
H>^ 173 K=^
skaraiTiya- Blifirati i paripurnavidhudayrinvnj'avyatirekanu-
vidhayini sati l budhakrtkumudaprabodhakrdvisadarttliri
bhuvi bhattacandrika i praripsitasya granthasyavighnata-
dyarttham srlcakrasoraayagaii slesena stauti ii diksfimga
iti I etc.
F. 17b: — iti bhattacandrikayam candrodayanamni tika-
yam Bhaskararayasya krtau prathamaddhyaye adimah
padah ii
I, 1 ends f. 17b, I, 2 f. 34b, I, 3 f. 66, I, 4 f. 95b (end
of the first Adhyaya), II, 1 ends f. 115b.
It breaks oft (t. 133b) with the words: — sfdiityanavagame-
neti saptadasapasughatitasamudayasyaikasya pratisamban-
dhitvena devatatvanvayakaleniipasthitatvad ity artthah.
(3)
A fragment belonging to the BhaffadlpiJ^-d (ff. 6).
It begins: — kamyapasiikande vayavyam svetani illabheteti
siutam tatra svetam ity atra svetasabdasya dvitiyantatvepi
bhavanaya bhavyajanakajanakam, etc.
It ends: — itibhattadlpiklyapaurnamasyadhikaranaprasam-
uaritih ii harili om ii
120.
WmsH Xo. 117.
Size: 13tX1|- in., (1) + 225 leaves, 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th or 19th cent.?
Character: Malayalam.
The A^tdiigahrdmia, by Ydghluita, incomplete (I, 1 to
I\^, 18). See the excellent edition of the work by Dr.
Anna Moreshvar Kimte (Bombay 1880).
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu
ragadirogan satatanusaktan asesakayaprasrtan asesan au-
tsukyamoharatidah jaghana yopurvavaidyaya namostu ta-
smai I athata ayiiskaralyan namaddhyayam vyakhyasyamah
iti ha smahiir Atreyadayo maliarsayah i etc.
->i 174 H$-
The Sutrasthdna (in 30 Adhyriyas) ends f. 82, the &d-
rirastlidna (in 6 Adhyayas) f. 108, the Niddnasthdna (in
16 Adhyayas) f. 145.
It ends with the 18*^ Adhyaya of the Cikitsitasthdna
(f. 225): — visarpe(read °sarpo) na hy asamsrstas sosra-
pittena jayate raktani evasrayas casya bahusosram hared
atah na ghrtam bahudo!?aya deyam van na virecanam i
tena dosopy upastabdhas tvagraktapisitam pacet ii cikitsite
astadasah kusthacikitsitam iyah ii
121.
WmsH No. 118.
Size: 18x2 in., (1) + 1 + 197 leaves, from 9 to 12 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Probably 18tii cent.
Character: Malayalam.
Injuries: Some leaves damaged by insects. Part of leaf 196 lost.
A Commeiitaiy on KdUddsa's Kumar asamhhava, hy
Isdrdyana, a pupil of Krsna. Saigas 1 — Till, with lacuna
from II, 58 to III, 76.
It begins: — harih sriganapataye iiamah ! avighnam astu i
satpadamukharitagandam kotirabhaiTimva(i'ead "bhrirava?)-
baddhasasikhandam pranamata varanatundam padakamalam
pranatasakalasurasandam apara + runapiirataramgitadr-
gahcalam kalayakomalacchayah janaklnayakam bhaje i . . . .
pracinacaryakrtas suvicaryyakuniarasambhavavyakhyah ba-
laprabodhanarttham lalitam karavani vivaranan tasya i
piacinasurivihite mahati prabhute vyakhyantare viphala
esa parisramo me vatiprakrimasubhage malayadrijamtavate
phalain kim u karotu mukhaniloyam i vyakhyaisa tu tathapi
pradarsitanvayapadartthavakyarttha vivrtasamasavaratam
giirutaram upacarara acarayet {sic) i vyakhyantaresu drstesu
vimrstesv api tatvatah subhagas Sivadasokto margga eva-
nugamyate i bhuvi khalu mahakavih Kalidasah parvati-
pararacsvarapavitracaritravicitram kumarasambhavabhidha-
-^ 175 H$-
nam kavyam cikir>uh asirnamaskriya vastunirdeso vapi
taumukliara ityadivacauanusarena vastunirde.san tavat ka-
roti astiti i na tu kavye yava(read yad a°?)saddhyam ta-
danusfirenaiva ktlvyasarajfia karttavya i yatlia yudhisthira-
vijaya-janakiharana-sisuprdavadLaprablirtluara atra tu ta-
rakasuranigrahah kavye saddliyataya nirddistali i etc.
F. 36 b: — iti srI-K]'.snasya ' NaiTiyanasya krtau Kiima-
rasaiubliavavivarane prathamas sarggab ii ii
P. 54 ends with the commentary on II, 58. Up to f. 54
the leaves are numbered by Ak>;aras, then begins a new
I'ohation (by figures) and a different handwriting with f. 55
where we find the commentary on III, 76 (last verse of
Sarga 3).
The III'^*^ Sarga ends (f. 55):— iti srl-Kr.^nasisyasya
Karayanasya krtau kumarasambhavavivarane ti'tlyas sa-
rggab II
Sarga IV ends f. 70 b, Sarga V f. 110b, Sarga YI
f. 132b, Sarga VII f. 165.
The eighth Sarga begins: — harih atha purvasarggopa-
ksiptan devasya uavavadhiivisayain prathamanuraganantara-
sainbhutani sambhogam varnnayitum astamas sarggoyam
arabhyate tatra Madhavenoktara atra'?tamas sarggo gauri-
sambhogavarnnanatvad vacayitum srotum vyakhyatuh ca
na yuktam etacchilanan devatasapad ayusah ksayo bhavi-
yyati iti daksinavartte na punah asya prakaranasya siva-
yos sambhogavisayatvad rasabhavan vivicya vaktum bi-
bhemi tasmad anvayamatram atradhikriyate ity uktam
Ai'unacalanathena tu tad ubhayam api dusitara ay am kila
tasyabhiprayah pfirvatiparamesvarayos sariramatragraha-
nam api lokanugraharttham eva yathoktam bliagavato vi-
ditam^ vo yatha svarttha name (read nama?) kascit pra-
vrttayah iti i devya api sarlragrahanadikam lokanugraha-
rttham eva iti devimahatmyadisu tatra tatra pratipaditam
trividha hi loke janah mukta mumuksavas saktas ceti i . . .
yena kenapi prakarena bhagavati manahpranidhanam eva
» Read Krsnasisyasya, so all the other colophons.
2 bhagavata viditah pi-, m.
•^ 17G r<r
raiiktilvaranam ity uktam' bhagavate i kamam krodham
bliayam sneham aikyam saulirclam eva va nityam haraii
vidadhato yanti tanmayatam hi te iti mahakavir api ka-
luinan cittam iiarvatlparamesvarapadaravindavasaktam vi-
dliatum evastamesmin sargge Yatsyayanasastranusarinim
padavim uraricakara i etc.
Sarga VIII ends f. 196, and the MS. breaks off on
f. 197 with the words: — nanu yadi bhavya maduktapraka-
ratvam eva virupaksasyaniiditam tarhi tatpraptimatra-
phalat tapaso viramyatani ata aha i mama manah atra
sthiraip.
122.
Whish No. 119.
Size: lofxl-i- in., (1) -f 136 leaves, from 8 to 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Kollam 962 = A. D. 1787.
Character: Malayalam,
The Ndmaliiigdimsdsana , by AmarasimJia, or the
AmaraJiOsa, with a Malay ahxm gloss.
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu
srlgurubhyo namah mama gurave namah yasya jhana-
dayasindhor agadhasyrmagha gunah I etc. . . . svar avyayara
svargganakah tridivah tridasalayah suraloko dyodivau dve
striyau klibe trivistapam ii 6 ii svah i avyayam 1 svarggah i
nakah i tridivah [ tridasalayah i suralokah i ivadim pulim-
gam II dyauh i okarantam i divauh i vakarantam i dveh i
striyauh i kllbe trivistapani i ivanu ii svarggattinnuperah ii
amara nirjjara devas, etc.
Kanda I ends on f. 30, Kanda II on f. 9G.
Kanda III ends (f. 136): — sastyantaprakpadas sena-
stheyan namalimganusasanam ii aksarain yat paribhrastam
etc. . . . avedomam aham vande menadeyaya te namah
asurat praiiinosyedam etat sarvam apalayam ii . . . srina-
rayanaya namah srlkrsnaya namah . . . srisiiryadisarva-
grahebhyo namah kollam toUayiratta arupattarantainata
kannimasarp, etc. (Date, scribe, and benedictions in Mala-
yalam language.)
-^' 177 f<^
123.
Whish No. 121.
Size: IS-^Xl-g- in., 107 leaves, generally 8 or 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18 tb or 19 tu cent.?
Character: Malay alara.
The BharttrlMvija i. e. Bhaffikdvi/a, with the Commentary-
called Jayamaufjald, Sargas I — III complete, beginning of
Sarga IV, and V, 8— VI, 71.
It begins: — hari srlganapataye namah avighnam astu i
srigiirubhyo namah i pranipatya sakalavedinam atidustara-
Bharttrkavyasalilanidheh jayamamgaleti namna naukeva
viracyate tika i laksya(m) laksanan ca dvayam e(ka)tra vi-
dusani pradar^ayitum ^n-Svamisunuh kavir Bharttrnfima
ramakathasrayam maha,kavyafi cakara, etc.
F. 17 b: — iti Bharttrkavyatikayan jayamamgalayam pra-
kirnnakande ramasambhavo nama prathamas sarggah ii
Sarga II ends f. 40b, Sarga III f. 58 b.
After f. 60 there is a lacuna extending from IV, 11
to V, 8.
V, 106 ends f. 85b (f. 86 which should be the end of
Sarga V seems to be misplaced).
The MS. breaks off (in the Commentary on VI, 71)
with the words: — sakhyasya tava sugrivah karakah kapi-
nandanah drutan drastasi maithilyas s[v]aivam uktva tiro-
bhavat l ito bulficav ity adina krtam adhikrtyocyate
krtyanam akrtyanani krdantarbhavepi bhavakarmano(h)
krtya iti visesapratipadanarttham prthagadhikaravacanain
^esas tu krtah kartta.
124.
WmsH No. 122.
Size: 16^x2 in., 67 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: End of 17 1^ or beginning of IStli cent.?
12
-^ 178 r^
Character: Malayalam. The leaves are numbered by letters,
as follows: ka = l, ka = 2, ki=3, ki = 4 . . . kau = 14, kam = 15,
kah = 16, kha = 17 etc.
Injuries: The MS. is much damaged, many leaves broken, and
lines lost.
(1)
The SuldhdntaseJihara, by Srlpcdi, in 20 Adhyayas
(ff. 1—40).
It begins: — ******* taye namali aviglinam astu (i) yat-
tejah pitrdhamni sitamahasah patlioyame mandale sam-
krantam kumudakarasya kuriite kantim vikasadhuyain'(i)
cancaccaiicuputai[h]^ cakoranikarais caplyatesau ciran trai-
iokyalayadipako vijayate devo uidhis tejasam (n) nijaguru-
padadvandvam krtva manasy atibhaktito ganakatikika-Sri-
purvoyam Patir dvijapumgavah (i) spliutam avisamam ma-
ndaprajiiaprabodliavivrddhaye lalitavacanais siddhantanam
karoti hi sekharam (i) satanandaddhvastiprabhrtitiitiparya-
ntasamayapramanam bhudhisnyagrahanivahasamsthanaka-
thanam (i) grahendranah caras sakalaganitam yattrgaditam
(read yantraganitam?) sa siddhantah prokto vipulaganita-
skandhakusalaih (ii) kratukriyartthah srutayah pradistah
kalasrayas te kratavo niruktah i etc.
F. 3b: — iti Sripativiracite siddhantasekhare grahabha-
ganaddhyayah prathamah ii
The 2'^'^ Adhyaya (maddhyamadhikaroddhyayah) ends
f. 8, the 3'd A. f. 12, the ^'^ A. f. 17 b [one leaf missing
between ff. 17 and 18], the 5*^ A. (candragrahana) f. 19,
the 6*^^ A. (suryagrahana) f. 19 b, the 7*'^ A. (parvanayana)
f. 20, the 8*1^ A. (pata) f. 21, the 9*^ A. (grahodayasta-
maya) f. 21b, the 10*^^ A. (candra) f. 23, the 11*^ A.
(grahayiiddha) f. 25, the 12"^ A. (bhayoga) f. 27, the
13 til A. (vyaktaganita) f. 29 b, the 14*^ A. (avyaktaganita)
f. 31b.
After f. 34 three leaves (gi, gu, gii) are missing.
The 16*5^ A. (golavarnana) ends f. 36, the 17«^ A. (rahu-
nirakarana) f. 36b, the 18*^ A. (grahanopavarnana) f. 37b,
the 19 1^ A. (yantravidhana) f. 39.
* For vikasadhuyam the metre requires ^ m.
->i 179 HS-
The 20"' Adliyaya ends (f. 401j): — iti siddhilntasekhare
Sripativiracite siddhantasekhare prasnavidhanaddhyayo
Tim^ali II nama§ ^ivaya srisuryadisarvagraliebhyo namah
srikrsnaya namah ii ii ii
Amongst the authorities quoted are Aryabhata, Jisnu-
nandana, Sritrivikrama.
(2)
The Mdlidhhdsluiriya Karmanihandhana, in 8 Adhyayas
(ff. 41 — 54), based on the Aryabhata.
It begins (f. 41): — harih ^rlganapataye namah kalam
bibhartti ksanadakarasya yah prakasitasam sirasa gabha-
stibhih namostu tasmai suravanditaptaye samastavidyapra-
bh(av)aya sarnbhave jayanti bhanoh kamalavabodhinah kara
himamsor vanitananatvisah sasuritarasphutadirggharasmayo
dharasutajfiaskisita(?)tvisah punah tapobhir aptam sphuta-
tantram asmakah ciratvam abhyetu jagatsu satgrahaih ciran
ca j]\7asur apetakalmasa Bhatasya sisya jitaragasatravah
navadrirupagniyutam mahlbhujam sakendranamnam sata-
varsasagraham dvisatkanighnam gatamasasamyutani, etc.
F. 44: — iti mahabhaskariye karmmanibandhane pratha-
moddhyayah ii
It ends (f. 54): — Bhaskare mithunaparyyavasane sarva-
ritigunasaptaghati syat aksacapaganitam vada tasmin
lambakena sahyatani viganayya Bhaskarena paricintya
krtoyara mandabuddhiparibhogasamartthah samyag Arya-
bhatakarmanibaudha spastavakyakaranais samavetah spa-
stasthanekakirane cchedyake grahane raveh yad ihasti tad
annyatra yan nehasti na tat kvacit ii iti mahabhaskariye
astamoddhyayah ii mahabhaskariyam samaptam ii aksaram
yat paribhrastam matvadhinan tu yat bhavet ksantum
arhanti vidvarasah kasya nasti vyatikramah ii arddhad
unah ca dhiimrani syat krsnam arddhadhikam bhavet
vimuhcatah kr!>nadhumram kapilam sakalagrahe ^rikrsnaya
namah namas sivaya sivam astu ll ii II
(3)
Fragment of some treatise on astronomy (if. 55—66).
12*
-^ 180 H^
It begins (f. 55): — harih Bhaskaram abhivandyahan
nikhilagrahagativisesabodhakaram vaksye vyatipatadijiiSno-
payam samasena ayanacalanan dvigunitam praksipyarke
tyajet tarn rtubhanvoh sistasame sitamsau kramasali kila-
latavaidhrtav uditau sayanacalane tasmin yady uttaram
ahivad adha upari sikhivad avagayanes tastatopi tat su-
ksmata ganitavasat suryendvor bimbayogarddhad atpake-
pakramantare vyatlpatahuli, etc.
F. 66 ends: — vainnye sobhanam ambikaramanabham
riktan apurnambhasam suktis sukrasasamkamandadivasa
simbasvigostrlghatah vastre surppabham uttamam himakaro
raaddhyo vyayaristhito na srisendujalesapapadivasah. kannya
*** mesalinam ii 33 ii ii
125.
Whish No. 123.
Size: 15jXl-g- in., (1) + 46 leaves, 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Probably ISt^ cent.
Character: Malayalam.
Injuries: Some leaves damaged by fire.
The Ktdacilddmani , or Laglmstiitimaliabhasya, a Com-
mentary on Laghuhhaftdraka's Lagliustuti , by Simhardja,
in 21 Vrttas, with an introduction in Malayalam. The
text is printed as the first part of the Fcmcastavl in the
'Kavyamala', Part III (1887). Mr. Whish describes the
work as '■^Vimsatl with Commentary of Simha-raja".
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu
aindrasyevetyadi | esa i asau i tripura i vah aghara i sa-
hasa I sada i cchindyat i eic. (follows Commentary in Ma-
layalam language).
F. 15 b: — athedanim adyavrttam vimyate i aindrasyeva
^arasanasya dadhati maddliyelalatam prabham sauryyim
kantim anusnagor iva sirasy atanvati sarvatah esasau
tripura hrdi d}aitir ivosnamsos sadahasthita chindyad vas
sahasa padais tribhir aghah jyotirraayl vanmayi (i) sriman-
-^ 181 f<-.
maharajasamaksam evan trailokye svatta' sicldliena sidJlia-
sarasvatena ^rimatgurukataksapatamatreiia samsiddhis tat-
ksanam eva sarasvati mandiraya raanavadanambujo Lagliu-
bhattarako nijalabhaprakarsas sarvesam bhavatv iti buddhya
i:)aramesvarya jyotirmaylsvariipam vanmayisvarupafi ca
prapancara pratipadayan tatkalavarttinas sadasya pratya-
^irvadam karoti i etc.
F. 23: — srimat-Siraharajakrte laghustutisriraanmahaman-
trabhasye kulacudamanau prathamavi-ttam sampurnnam ii
It ends: — dhruvara niscitara addbyayanam karisyatiti di-
vyasiddbarsimanavaugbagurvacchinnaparamparyagatam as-
min mahatsvacchandasamgraban tenedam Simbarajena
maya sucaritina^ krtam lagbustutimabubbasyam asesaga-
masammitam ii iti Simbarajakrtau bigbustutimababbasye
kulaculamanau ekavimsativrttam sarapurnnam ii Lagbu-
bbattrirakaya namab Simbarajaya namab sivaya iiamab
^ivaya namab subbani astu ii
12G.
Whish No. 125 a.
Size: 12|x2 in., (1) -f- 40 [numbered by letters from a, fi, i, I etc.
to am. ah, ka, kha, etc. to blia] -\- 143 [numbered as ff. 77—219] leaves,
8 or 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18 th cent.?
Character: Malayalam.
(1)
Fragment of a Commentary on tbe Blmgavata-Pardm,
in Malayalam language. (Ff. 40.)
(2)
Fragment of tbe Bhdgacida- Purdna, Skandba X,
Adbyayas 57 to 84 in Malayalam language (ff. 77—202),
and Adbyayas 85 to 90 in Sanskrit (ff. 202 b— 219 b).
1 Doubtful reading.
2 May be read also samcarlo. Read sukliarltina?
-^ 182 f<.-
It ends: — ksitibhujopi yayur yadartliah ii iti sribhaga-
vate mahapurane paramahamsasamhitayam sribhagavate
mahapurane dasamaskandhe navatitamoddhyayah ii ^rikr-
snaya namah ii k^antum arhati.
137.
Whish No. 126.
Size: 9fxlf in., (1) + 77 leaves, 10 or 11 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18tii or 19th cent.?
Character: Malayalam.
The Kuvalaydnanda , by Apimyya Diksita, complete.
See above No. 109.
It begins: — harih ^riganapataye namah avighnam astu
parasparatapassampatphalayitaparasparau prapahcamata-
pitarau prancau jayapati stumah i etc.
It ends: — amum kubalayanandam akarod Arppadlksitah
niyogad Vemkatapater nnirupadhiki-panidhe(h) i candraloko
vijayatam saradagamasambhavah hrdyali kuvalayanando
yalprasadad abhud dhruvam ii ii srigurubhyo namah ii
prakprsthekhilaphelavam^atilakas surltcaramobhavac chrl-
man cekamarutpradesa iti va gehentarasrenike talputrasya
ca sankarasya kavipatmarkaksamad eva sisyalpajiiasya hi
pustakam smarata ity etsudhi praudhakah ii ii subham
astu 11
128.
Whish No. 127.
Size: 17f Xlfl in., 82 4- (1) leaves, from 8 to 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Probably early 18tii cent. An entry by Mr. Whish is
. dated 'Calicut 1824'.
Scribe: Rama.
Character: Malayalam. The leaves are numbered by Aksaras in
the same way as No. 19.
Injuries: Leaves 1, 38—41 damaged, other leaves slightly damaged.
^i 183 f^
(1)
The Kdvyapralaisa (by Jxdjdnalia Maniniala and Alal.a,
in 10 Ullasas. Ff. 1 — 4 contain the Sutras only, ff. 4 — 51
the Sutras with the Commentary. On the authorship of
tills work see Peterson, II, p. 13 sqq. The Bodleian
MS. Sansk. e. 61 (Hultzsch Collection Xo. 172) contains a
Sarada MS. of the work, in which the colophon is: — iti
kavyaprakasabhidhani kavyalaksanani samUptaiu krtis srl-
Rajanaka-Mammatakalakayoh II
The text begins: — ******* niyatikrtaniyamarahitam
hladaika ***** paratantram navarasaruciran nirmmitim
adadhati bharati leaver jjayati kavyam ya^asertthakrte, etc.
It ends (f. 4): — esan dosa yathayogam sarnbhavautopi
kecana i uktesv antah patantiti na prthak pratipaditah ii il
ity esa mrirggo vidusrim vibhinnopy abhinnarfipali prati-
bhasate yat na tad vicitrara yad amutra samyag vinirmmita
samghataneva hetuh ii ii iti kavyaprakase dasama ullasah ii ii
Then the Commentary begins: — harih sriganapataye
namah i grantharambhe vighnavighataya samucitestadeva-
tam granthakrt paramrsati i niyatikrtaniyamarahitam hla-
daikamayim ananyaparatantram navarasaruciran nirmmitim
adadhati bharati kaver jjayati i niyatisaktya niyata-
rupa, etc.
It ends: — purvoktayaiva dosajatyantarbhavita na prthak-
(prati)padanam arhantiti sampurnam idam kavyalaksanam ii
iti kavyaprakase dasama ullasah ii ity esa marggo vidusam
vibhinnopy abhinnarupah pratibhasate yah na tad vicitraoi
yad amutra samyag vinirmmita saragha(ta)naiva hetuh ii
samaptam kavyaprakasam n sripatmarabha(read ^ri-Padma-
nabha?)gurupadasaroruhotthan reniin bhavabdhitarana-
sthirasetubhutan ajfianasantamasabhedasahasrarasmidha-
mno namamy akhilalokahitaikasilan ii kavyaprakasanrime-
dam vicitram kavyalaksanam i preksavataii camatkaraka-
ranam likhitam maya ii il on namo narayanaya ii n on
namas sivaya ii agamikala ujaye pratape cSyati smrta i
agaminyam samvddhau ii ii karakytam aparadham ksantum
-^ 184 r<-
arhanti santah ii Ramena likhitam idam pustakam ii sri-
govindaya namali ii . . . liarih ii harahara ii ii
(2)
The Brahmapm-a Stotra, with a Commentary (ff. 52 — 54).
F. 52 begins: — pracetasam brabmaparam mune srotum
icchamah paramam stavam japata kanda^nadevo yena-
raddhyata kesavah i Somali i paramparam visna para-
parah parah parebhyali paramartthariipl, etc.
F. 53 begins: — brahmaparamayam vedantartthamayam
brahmasabdapracuram va visnutatvapratipaditatvat sto-
trasya tadvijijfiasubhi sprstas Soma uvaca I paramparam
ity adi 1 etc.
F. 54 ends: — kathan ca na iti syat patakan tad api
banty urugayapada iti bhagavatokteh i brabmaparam sto-
tram II
(3)
The Faramartliasarcivivaram , a Commentary on the
^emrycl (ascribed to Sesanciga), hjRdghavduanda (ff. 55 — 82).
Cf. Burnell, Tanjore, p. 93 b. Hultzscb II, p. 131.
It begins (f. 55): — sriganapataye namah avighnam
astu 11 agnisomatmana nayudhadharam akhilavyaptam
asyamghridosnam sahasrair jniktam antabkrtasuranivaham
svaprabhotbha^sitasam (i) netrair arkenduriipair vilasitam
analogranana **3 travarnam bhiisa **4 bhipradiptavayavam
avatu vo visvarupam murareli i srlmac-Cham-
karamarggamaddhyava satis .^akhasatalarakrtas samsarar-
kagabhastitaptatanubhis samsevitamgbrir jjanaih (i) Krsna-
nandamahiruhomrtarasapiirnair aptirvaih phalais citram
pritim upasakesu janayan jiyan mahlmandale I ase.sopani-
sasara(read satsara?)siddha tatvanugaminl Eaghavanauda-
munina ^esaryeha vimrsyate i paramartthasarasam(jna)m
granthan ciklrsur acaryas tasyavighnaparisamaptipracaya-
gamanabhyam sistacaram paripalanaya ca visistestadevata-
1 Doubtful, very indistinct. Read kanjanabhadevo?
2 olla (corrected to tbha?).
3 illegible. Wanted two long syllables.
4 Illegible. Looks like diyo or diko. Wanted one long syllable.
-^ 185 H$-
pranamalaksanam manigalam mukhatas sampadayann
arttliatah rirambhupeksitara visayaprayojanasarpbandha-
dhikarilaksanam anubandhacatustayam aviskaroti I etc.
It ends: — aryrivi-ttiisloknnfim paficasitya asitis ca pafica
ca tatas catasrbhir videhamuktir ukta tatas tisrbhih kra-
mamuktir eva caturasitir iyfintim aryeti paficasitir arya bha-
vatlti parama,rttbasriravivara(na)m eta(d) Govindacandrikaya
samhrtasamsrtikapaC?) sambbuta Raghavanandat (ii) yosau
bbati caracaratmakajagadrupena bbiitya svaya yas canan-
tasukhaikatanavimalasYanmara('?) " prabodbasvarat (i) yatsva-
rajyam ameyam agamagiras samlaksa(ya)nty aksayas ta-
smai visvabrdistbitaya mabate pumse namas kurmabe ii ii
iti paraniai'ttbasaravivaranam samaptam ii ii srigurubbyo
namab ii . . . sri-Vedavyasaya namab ii baribarabiranya-
garbbebbyo namab ii ii ii
129.
Whish No. 128.
Size: 10}xll in., (2) + 107 + 24 + (2) leaves, from 10 to 12 lines
on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: ISt^i or 19tii cent.?
Character: Malayalam. Numbering of leaves by Aksaras in the
same way as No. 19.
(1)
Tbe SmrticandriJal, hj Deia oy Deranua Bhattopddhydya,
son of Kesavdditya Bliatfojiudli/jdya, Pariccbeda I of tbe
Yyavabarakaiida. "Tbe autbor's name sbows tbat be was
a Telugu", Burnell, Tanjore, p. 133.
Another copy of tbe same work in No. 141.
It begins: — barih sriganapataye namab avigbnam astuh
sarasvatipatim vande sriyab patim umapatim tvisam patim
ganapatim brbaspatimiikban munin pade pade praskba-
latam pradipadistbitav api drastfnam drstivisaye candrika
pravitanyate i atbedfinlm vyavabrirakandam arabliyate ii
tatradau vyavabarasvarupam nirupyate i tatra Brbaspatib i
1 Head osvantah, or otvan mato?
-^ 186 H$-
dharmmapradhanah purusah, etc. See Burnell, Tanjore
p. 134.
F. 2: — iti smrticandrikayam vyavaharasvarupam niru-
panam ii
F. 7: — smrticandrikayam astadasapadanirupaiiam ii
F. 9b: — iti smr° vyavaharabhedah ii
F. 26: — iti smr° pratijnavadah II
F. 41b: — iti smr° lekbyaniriipanam ii
F. 46b: — iti smr° lekhyapariksa ii
F. 55b: — iti smr° saksipariksa ii
F. 74: — iti smr° saksivisayani o samaptaii ca saksipra-
karanam ii athasaksipratyayah tatra Naradah i etc.
F. 85: — iti smr° rtuto divyavyavastha, ii
F. 102: — iti smr° dandaviifayani ii
It ends (f. 107): — iti smrticandrikayam balayantadi(?)-
dhanavisayani ^ ii harili ii sri - Kesavadityasamutbhavasya
Devasya santadvijarajamiirttes sa candrikam prapya sukhena
lokan kurvantu sarvavyavaharasiddhim ii iti sakalavidya-
visarada-sri-Kesavadityabhattopaddhyayasiinu-yaiijika - De-
vena * bhattopaddhyayasomayajiviracitayam smrticandrika-
yam vyavaharakande pratliamah paricchedali ii atreyarn
prakarananuiDurvi vyavaharasvarupanarn astadasanirupanani
vyavaharabhedanirnnetrnirnnayadharmmasthanevasthanam
vyavaliaradarsanavidhih ii krsnaya namali il
(2)
The Vycwalidramdlikd , the beginning only. See Ind.
Off. Ill, pp. 456 — 8 ("Yyavaharamala, a manual of civil
law (? by Varadaraja) much used in Malabar"); Hultzsch II
(No. 1472), p. 139.
It begins: — liarih sriganapataye namah avighnam astuh
srigurubhyo namah namostu narasimhaya bhaktanugraha-
karine ajaya bahurupaya sarggasthityantakarine i manu-
mukhyasarassamutbhavais sukumaraih prasavair vacoma-
1 No. 141 = Whi8li No. 143 reads baladidbana o.
2 Read yajiiika-Devanna? But MS. No. 141 also reads oyajuika-
Devena.
-^ 187 K-
yaih tridivaptiphalair nni-pocitrim racayami vyavaharama-
likam i sri-Naraclah Manuh Prajapatir yasmin kale rajyam
abiibhujan dharmniaikatanah, etc.
Some of the chapters are: — vyavaharavalokanadharmmah
(f. 1), sabhasabhyopadesah (f. 2,b), vyavaharalaksanam (f. 3),
hinalaksanara (f. 6), saksipratyuddhrti (f. 7 b), rajasasana-
laksanam, dusitalekhyapariksa (f. 9 b), lekhyaprakaranam
(f. 10), agnividhi (f. 13b), visavidhi (f. 14b), sapathavidhi
(f. 15 b), rnasya deyadeyavidhih (f. 20), nityadanasya pra-
karah (f. 24), etc.
It breaks off (f. 24b) with the following words: — dasya-
dhikaranam i abhyupetyasususrusa samaptah i Naradah i
bhrtaniim vetanasyokto danadHnavidhikramah vetanasyana-
pakarma tadvivadapadam smrtam ii
130.
AVmsH No. 129.
Size: 9x If in., 54 leaves (but f. 3 missing), 8 or 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Probably early 18tii century.
Character: Malayalam.
Injuries: First leaf damaged.
Fragment of ^ankara's Commentary on the Visnusaha-
srandman.
It begins: — parayanam tasmin loke ckam parayanam
param ayanam praptavyam pa *** *** ** *** **** ya-
granthis chidyante sarvasamsayah ksiyante casya karmmani
tasmin drste, etc.
F. 24b: — namnSm satam adyarn vivrtani ii F. 29: — iti
namna(n) dvitiyam ^atara ii F. 34: — iti trtiya(n) namnam
satam vivrtam ii F. 39: — iti namnah caturtham satakam ii
It breaks off with the words: — iti bhagavatsmaranat yan
devan devaki devi vasudevad ajljanat bhaumasya brahmano
guptyai diptam agnim ivaranih iti raaliribhrira(tam). See
MBh. XII, 47, 28.
-^ 188 r<r-
131.
Whish ^0. 130.
Size: 111 X ^i in., (1) + 155 + (15) leaves, 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18 th or 19tii cent.?
Scribe: Anantakrsna, son of Govinda.
CJiaracter: Malayalam.
The Tuldlmverimdhatmya from the Agni-Pardna, in
30 Adhyayas.
Other copies in Nos. 51 and 186.
It begins: — dharmmavarmma ca rajarsir etc., see No. 51
above p. 63.
E. 5b: — iti srimadagneyapurane tulakaverimahatmye pra-
tbamodhyayah II
F. 40: — ity agneyapuiTine tula° saptamoddhyayah ii sii-
raingesaya namah ii
F. 79b: — ity rigne° tula° pancadasoddhyayah ii
It ends: — iti prasannanananlrajri muda . . . (see above p. 63)
abhyapiijayan i ity agneyapurane tulakaverimahatmye trm-
soddhyayah ii yadrsarn, etc Avadugdharanagurave namah i
srikaveryai namah i sri - Govindan putran Anantakrsnan
svahastalikhitam sriramgesaya namah ii . . . harih i
132.
WmsH No. 132.
Size: 12x15- in., (1)-|-144 leaves, 7 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th or 19th century?
Character: Malayalam.
The Bralimottm'alihanda (from the Skanda-Purdna?),
Adhyayas 23 — 44. The beginning is similar to that of the
Bodleian MSS. Walker 160 and 132 d (see Aufrecht-Ox-
ford, p. 74 sq.), and Mitra, Notices No. 2567 (VIII, p. 19 sq.),
but the work is not identical with either of these.
It begins: — harih isriganapataye namah avighnam astu
suklambaradharam visnum sa^ivarnnam ca*.urbhujam pra-
~>-^ 189 f<-
sannavadanam dhyayet sarvaviglinopabfintaye i akliyfitain
bhavata purvani visinor mahatmyam uttamam sarvapapa-
harani pimyam saraasena srutan ca nah i idanira srotum
icchamo mahatmyam tripuradvisah tatbliaktanan ca maha-
tmyam nissesaghaharam param tanmantranan tadvratanan
tatppujayas ca sattama tatkathayas ca tatbhakteh pra-
bhavam anuvarnnaya i sri-Sutah i etavad devamarttyanara
sreyas sa sanatanam yad isvarakathayara vo jata bhaktir
ahetuki, etc.
Y. 5b: — iti brahraottarakhantle pahcakfaramahimanu-
varnnanan nama trayovimsoddhyayah ii
F. 24b:— iti l)rahmottarakhande ^ivacaturdasimahima-
nuvarnnane candrdikammasasivavokapiTiptikatlianama (?)
paficavimsoddhyayah a sriparvatyai namo namah subham i
bhuyopi sivamahatmyam vaksyami paramatbhutam srnvatam
sarvapapaghnam, etc.
F. 48b: — iti biahmottarakhande pradosapujamahimami-
varnnanan nama ekonatrimsoddhyayah ii
F, 68: — iti brahmottarakhande somavaramahimfinuvarn-
nane sivabhaktamahimanuvarnnanan nama ekatrirasoddhya-
yah II
F. 95b: — iti brahmottarakhande bhadrayurmiiktipra-
ptikathanan nama sattrirasoddhyayah ii
It ends: — yah pathec chrnuyac caiva puranam ^aivam
uttamam sa vidhiiya sarvakarmmani sivaloke mahlyate i
iti brahmottarakhande puranasravanamahimanuvarnnanan
nama catuscatvarirasoddhyayah ii srlparvatiparamesvara-
bhyam namah II . . . guriinara caranambhojaparagaparama-
navah manomukuram asmakani puniyur anuvasaram ii su-
bham astu I srigurubhyo namah srisulapanaye namo namah i
133.
WfflSH Xo. 133.
Size: lOsXlf in-, 194 leaves, 6 or 7 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 19th cent.?
Character : Malayalam-
-^ 190 Hg-
The Ndmaliugdnusasana (Amaralwsa) by Amarasimlm
(I, 1 to III, 2), with an explanatory gloss in Malayalam
language.
It begins: — barih sriganapataye namah ii yasya jnanadaya-
sindlior agadhasyanagha gunali i etc. . . . svali i ita * vya-
yam i svarggah i nakali tridivali tridasalayali i suralokah i
ivayancum pulimgam i dyauh okarantam i dyau vakara-
ntam dve striyau i klibe i trivistapam i etc.
It ends with the 2°'^ Varga of the 3""^ Kanda:— gra-
mata i gramavrndam i Janata i janavrndam i dhumya i
dhumavrndam i pasya[m] pas[y]avrndam i gavya i govrndam i
prthak i prthak i dim stri i apim sahasram i sahasravr-
ndam i karisyam karisavrndam i varmmanam(read °am) kava-
savrndam atharvanadikam i atharvanavrndam i kli i iti
samkirnnavarggah i
134.
Whish No. 134.
Size: 10s X It in., (1) + 129 + (1) leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 19 th cent.?
Character : Malayalam.
The Kriyakaldpa (astronomical portion) of the Tantra-
samgraJia, in 8 Adhyayas, together with a Commentary.
There are several copies of the Tantrasamgraha in the
Malayalam language in the Whish Collection.
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu i
pratyuhavyuhaviratikarakam param mahah antahkarana-
suddhim me vidadhatu sanatanam yatprasadat kavindra-
tvam mandopi labhate k«anat tarn saradendusvacchamgim
vande devim sarasvatim i narayanaii jagadanugrahajagaru-
kam srinilakantliam api sarvavidam pranamya yat tantra-
samgrahagatam grahatantrajataiji tasyaparafi ca vivrtim
vilikhami laghvira i tatradau tavad acaryyah prarlpsita-
prabandhapratyuhasamanayabhistadevatan namaskaroti i he
visno nihitam kj-tsnan jagat tvayyeva karane jyotisah jyo-
-^ 191 Kr-
tise tasmai namo narayanaya te iti i he visno sarvavyapin
yasmims tvayi krtsnam idaii jagan nihitam, etc.
F. 5: — iti caitradaya eva can dram asah maddhvaditveno-
ktah I etc.
F. 12: — tatra prathamaddhyayoktaprakarena traira^ika-
nita bhaganadika ye grahamaddbyamah i tebbyo bbaganan
apasya sistebhyo bbaganan apasya ^istebbyo la^yadibbyo
bbagatmakam upadistam svam svam mandoccani visoddhya
yac cbisyate tad iha mandakendram ity abliidbiyate ii etc.
F. 34b: — iti tantrasamgi'abasya kriyakalapam kramena
samgrbya racite vyakbyanesmin purnnoddbyayo dvitiyo-
bbat II
Tbe S'-'i Adbyaya ends f. 75b, tbe 4*^ Adbyaya f. 90,
tbe 5th Adbyaya f. 107b, tbe 6*^ Adbyaya f. 112b, tbe
7*^ Adbyaya f. 116.
It ends: — iti tantrasaingrabasya kriyakalapam kramena
samgrbya racite tadvyakbyane purnnobbud a^tiiuioddbya-
yab II samaptan cedam namas ^ivaya i etc. (follow some lines
in Malayalam language).
135.
WmsH No. 136.
Size: SjXIt in., 75 leaves, from 9 to 11 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18 th or 19th cent.?
Character: Malayalam.
Fragment of tbe Baldblidrata by Pauclit Agastya, ending
witb tbe 9*h Sarga. Tbe complete work is said to contain
20 Sargas, see Burnell, Tanjore, p. 159b; A. Holtzmann,
Das Mababbarata, III, p. 44.
It begins: — barib sriganapataye namab avigbnam astu
asty atrinetraprabbava(b) kalatma sasiti naksatraganasya na-
tbah yam varijasribaram aptavaco vamara barer llocanam
amananti i sevyas surana(m) bimavarsipadas sambbavaniyas
^irasa sivena mabiddbrabbartteva tamopabantrim yab kau-
mudim divyanadini prasute i na jabnaviyais ca na yamii-
-^ 192 ^^
nais ca na caparasam saritam payobhih yannya(?)dayenaiva
sujatadhamno barahlyasim vrddhim upeti partthali i budhas
tatobhim navasu grahesu ratnesu miiktaphalavan manojnah
yalikarddamapatyam ilabhidhanam paryyagraliit pancasarS-
yudharttah i tasyanujobhut puruhtitasarali Pururava bhu-
valayasya gopta narayanoruprabhavam striyam yo jaya-
sriya sarddham alabdha daityat i tasyayur ayurddamano
ripunam asid anunasya gunais tanujali i hrsyadvaritri pu-
lakankiuTibha raraja yasyaddhvaraytiparajih putras tadiyo
Naliiisodhiriidhatrivistapam piinyayarani parasuh kutrapi
sutramiii ciram pranaste svarajyam indras svayam era
cakre i ajayatasmad anagho Yayatih pestur dvisam ucca-
litasya yasya nabhasy udirnno balarenur asit ghano yasah-
ketakajanmabetuli i etc.
F. 8b: — ity Agastyapanditakrtau balabharate prathamas
sarggali ii
F. 31: — ity Agastyakrtau brdabbarate caturttbasarggah i
F. 59 b: — ity Agastyakrtau balabbarate saptamas sa-
rggali II
F. 66 b: — ity Agastyakrtau balabharate astamasarggab I
It ends: — pritosmi te prajnatamaya rajan yam icchasi
bhratrsu tarn dadami uktas sa tenaivam upodhaharso ji-
vantam aiccban nakulan narendrah i 101 i
136.
Whish No. 137.
Size: lljXlj in., (1)4- 4<3 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th cent.?
Character: Malayalam.
A Commentary on Jayadeva's G'ltagovinda, in 12 Sargas.
It begins: — hari sriganapataye nama avighnam astu i
Jayadevanama kavih gitagovindabliidham prabandham
vidadhanah tatpradipadyaiii vastupaksipann eva tanuirdde-
-^4 193 r<~
^arupaiu mamgalam acarati raegliair ity adi he radhe ani-
bara(m) meghair mmeduram vasantepi krsnahrtair mmegliais
timirair va, etc.
It ends: — yan nityair iti i yad vastu viriucagirijaprane-
samukhyaih bralimesamukhyai[].i]r mmulmr(?)jjasam nana-
karavicarasaracaturaih nanrividhacintavisesan nipunaih (read
°cintavisesanipunaih?) yidvatbliir nnityair vacanaih upani-
sadvrikyaili jadyapi (?) na nisciyate tad adyam param vastu
divyair ramadhurai[hjs satsuktisamsodhitaih mrduktisara^o-
dhitaih Jayadevakavyaghatitaih gitagovindavakyaih srirasya
sima *' sah bhaktivisesasalinam cetasi cakastu sphuratu il
iti srigltagovindavyakhyanc sarasarasiruhakso nama dva-
dasas sarggah ii srikri?naya namah ii
137.
WmsH No. 139.
Size: 11 ^ X It in., (1) + 70 -}- (1) leaves, from 8 to 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Probably middle of 18th cent.
Character: Malayalam.
The Suryasiddlidntavivarana , a Commentary on the
Suryasiddhdnta, by Paramesvara , pupil of Rudra, in
13 Adhyayas.
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu ii
gurubhyo namah ii lokambayai namah i srisuryaya namah
cidrupakriranam sarvagatam ksiragatajyavat yad yogidrsyah
jagatas tarn raahahamsam asraye i vyakhyatara bha-
skariyam laghu tad anu mahabhaskariyara sabhasyam
pascal lilavati ca grahagativisayam kihcid anyac ca yena
soyani sri-Rudrasisyo vadanajasisave suryasiddhantasama-
stliam vaksyaty aspastam arttham ganitavisayagara karma
tatraiva hi syat i tatra tavat bhagavata siiryena Maya-
yoditam suryasiddhantam vivaksur ayam acfirya istadevata-
pranamapurvakam Mayasiiryayos saravadamayaprasnottare
I Aksara indistinct, looks like ju or fiju.
13
-5H 194 K-
niyuktasya sCiryamsasya purusasya vacanafi ca kramat
pradarsayati I acintyavyaktarupaya, etc.
r. 11: — iti suryasiddhantavivarane pratliamoddliyayah II
F. 20b: — iti Paramesvare suryasiddhantavivarane dviti-
yoddliyayali ii ii
F. 31: — iti Paramesvare triprasnaddbyayas trtiyab ii
Adbyaya lY ends f. 34b, A. V f. 37 b, A. YI f. 40b,
A. YII f. 44, A. YIII f. 47b, A. IX f. 50, A. X f. 52b,
A. XI f. 55b, A. XII f. 68b.
It ends: — etat te sarvam akbyatam rahasyam param
atbhutam brahmaitat paramam punyam sarvapapaprana-
^anam evam upasamhrtam sastram nilabjyos sam-
gamat sauuiye sthitena paramadina siddhantam vivrtam
sauram isvarenaivam atppasab^ ii iti Paramesvare suryasi-
ddhantavivarane trayodasoddhyayah ii srilokambayai namah il
^risuryadisarvagrahebhyo namali ii srisarasvatlprasadika ii
138.
Whish No. 140.
Size: 9t X 1| in., (1) + 97 -]- (1) leaves, from 7 to 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: An entry by Mr. Whish is dated 1817 — which is very
strange, as the date given at the end of the MS. is the Koliam
year 998, i. e. A. D. 1823.
Cluu-acter: Malayalam. The leaves numbered by Aksaras.
The Saliasranama]}adijavrttl or metrical Commentary on
the Visnusahasrandman.
It begins: — harih srlganapataye namah i avighnam astu i
yasmad asij jagad idam akhilam yena va tat pravistaii
jivo bhutva khalu jalaravivan mayaya nirggunopi (i) yasminn
ante vilayantarn paranandan conani (?)^ visnum vande mama
hrdi uilayam sasvatam santam ekam ll srstvadisargge kavim
atmamayaya svanabhipatmad akhilartthasiddhaye (l) vedan
saharagair avadan (read avadat?) puratanan yas tarn gurun
naumi sadartthasiddhaye (i) Yyasasisyo mahatejas sa Yai-
^ampayano munih uvaca punar apy enam rajanam Jana-
1 Id est alpasah.
2 Metre wronjr. Four Aksaras wantino:.
-3m 195 i<~
Diejayara ii srutvavadharya ni^citya dliarmman iianavidha(n)
paran a^esenaiva kartsnyena nissesenavisamkaya i etc.
It ends: — .sripiirvapurnnapriyavfidarena samparkasam^o-
dliitamanasena vrttir mniaya kcsavapurnnanaiuMam ( ?)
sahasrasya samlriteyam i laghuvrttir iyaia liaripadayugan
drdliahhaktiiiiata katliita vimala suvimrsya naro yadi tSm
prapafhed dlirtiki-tyaliarim sa vimuktimayat i iti srlsahasra-
namapadyavrttau dasamasatam samaptam ii ii subham
astu I sri-Vedavyasaya namah, etc. (Date etc. in Malayalam
language.)
139.
AVmsH No. 141.
Size: 7f xl? in., (1) + 102 + (1) leaves, 6 or 7 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: KoUam year 999, or A. D. 1824.
Character: Malayalam.
SodasakiHyd, a manual of domestic ceremonies (Jata-
karman, Upanayana, Marriage, etc.), according to the
school of Bodlidyana, in the Malayalam language, the
Yedic Mantras being quoted in Sanskrit, e. g.: f. 9b: —
mantram asma bhava parasu(r) bhava hiranyam asrtam
bhava i vedo mai (read vai) putranamasi sa jiva ^aradas
satam indrah sresthani dravinani dhehi cittin daksasya
subliagatvam asme, etc. See ]\Iantrapatha II, 12, 1; 11, 33.
F. 35: — mantram a tisthemam asmanam a^meva tvam
sthiro bhava abhi tistha prtanyatas sahasva prtanEyatah i . . .
mantram ya akrntann avayan ya atanvata yas ca devir
antan abhi to dadhantha i tas tva devIr jjarasa sam vya-
yantv ayusman idam pari dhatsva vasah i See Mantrap. II,
2, 2; 5.
F. 67: — mantram i sakhasi saptapada abhuma sakhyan
te gameya i sakhyat te ma yosam sakhyan me ma
yosthah i See Mantrapafha I, 3, 14.
F. 79: — mantram yas tva hrda kirina manyamanomar-
ttyam marttyo johavlmi i jatavedo, etc. See Mantrap. II,
11, 5.
13*
-^ 196 H^
MO.
WmsH No. 142.
Size: Oj-xlf in-: 103 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18tii or 19tii cent.?
Character: Malay alam.
The Ndrdyamya, a Stotra (by Ndrdyana Bhatta of
Kerala). On the last page there is the following entry
by Mr. C. M. Whish: "Narayaniyam; by a native of
Malabar of the Vaisnava sect. The completion of the
work by the author is dated 27*^ November 1586 O. S."
The author is described as the 'most popular and well-
admired author of Prakriyasarvasvam , Dhatukavyam,
Narayanlyam, etc.', by the Maharaja of Travancore, JRAS.,
vol. XVI, 1884, p. 449. See No. 114.
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namali avighnam astu i
sandranandavabodhatmakam anupamitam kaladesavadhi-
bhyan niryyuktan nityam uktan nigamasatasahasrena
nirbhasyamanam aspastan drstamatre punar urupurusar-
tthatmakam brahmatatvam tat tavat bhati saksat gurupa-
vanapure hanta bhagyah jananam i etc.
F. 18 marg.: venasya katha i
F. 22 marg.: ajamilakatha i
F. 24b marg.: liiranyaksakatha i
F. 25 marg.: narasimhavataram i
It ends: — ajhatva te mahatvara yad iha nigaditam vi-
svanatha ksametha(h) i stotraii caitat sahasrottaram adhika-
taram tvatprasadaya bhiiyat i dvedha narayanlyasrutisu
ca janusa stutyatavarnnanena sthitam lilavatarair idam
iha kurutam ayurarogyasaukhyam ii srikrsnaya nam ah
narayaniyam samaptam ii ii srigurubhyo namah ii etc.
141.
Whish No. 143.
Size: 9^Xl-^i in., (1) -f- 189 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
-^i 197 i<~
Date: Kollam 981, i. e. A. D. 180G, according to the scribe's
colophon (written in Malayalam language) at the end of the MS.
Character: Malayalam.
The SmrticandnM, by Deva or Devanm BJiatfojjddhydya,
son of Kesavdditi/a BhaffoiMdhydya, Paricclieda I of the
Vyavaliarakanda. Another copy of the same work as
No. 129 (1) (Whish No. 128).
142.
Whish No. 144.
Size: 14x1 J in,, (11 + 99 leaves, 11 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date & Scribe: The MS. was copied by Krsuadvija in the Kollam
year 985, i. e. A. D. 1810, according to the scribe's colophon : — Kollam
toUayiratta empattaficamata makaramasain ancantiyyati coppaccayum
rohiniyuiu suklapaksattit dvadasiyum Siiiihah karanavum kutiyadivam
vatalayesanugrahena Ivrsiiadvijena likhitam pustakam ii
Character: Malayalam.
The Arutiranjinl, a Commentary on Jayadera's GUago-
vindn, by Lalxsmidhara, in 12 Sargas.
Another copy of the same work as No. 113 (1) (Whish
No. 111).
143.
WmsH No. 145.
Size: 9^ X Ij in. (and 7t X H in.), 16 + 21 + 19 + 5 + 11 leaves,
6 (4, 5, or 7) lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Early 19th cent.?
Character: Malayalam.
Various collections of Mantras for Tantric worship, and
fragments of Tantric treatises.
(1) A collection of 110 Mantras, beginning: — om hriiii
6rim kllm am (?') nityakamesvari klim sarvasatvavasanka-
I Indistinct.
-^ 198 t<-
rlsenali sarvastrlpurusavasankari aim kllm sauh sauh klira
aim hrim namo bhagavativiccai (?) mahatripurasundaryyai
namali, etc.
F. 10 b: — na guror adhikam na guror adhikam na guror
adhikam na guror adhikam sivasasanatas sivasasanatas
sivasasanatas sivasasanatah | 110 i srigurucaranaravinda-
bhyam namali ii ii
(2) A fragment begins on f, 11: — adhare limganabhau
hrdayasarasije talumiile lalate dvaipatre sodasare dvidasa-
dasadale dvadasarddlie catuske vasante balamaddhye da-
pbakarasabite kanthadese svaranam harnsan tatvarttba-
yuktam sakaladalayutam varnnarupan namami i etc.
This fragment breaks off on f. 13b, f. 14 contains some
benedictions (namo ganesaya namo vidbatre, etc.), ff. 15 & 16
contain another fragment.
(3) Another Tantric treatise (or fragment), beginning
(f. 1) : — caturbhujam mahavisnum samkhacakragadadharam
manasa cintaye devam manasasnanam ucyate kbasthitam
pundarikaksam mantramui'ttim harim smaret anantaditya-
sankasam vasudevah caturbhujam samkhacakragadapatma-
dharinani vanamalinarn syamalam, etc.
(4) A Collection of Mantras, beginning (f. 1): — atha
patram viti I om prakrtya vikarabuddhimatasrotratvak-
caksujihvaghranavakpanipadapayupastha - sabdasparsarupa-
rasagandha-akasaYayuvahnisalilabhumyatmana asuddhata-
tvena am am ah aim atmatatvena sthuladeham pariso-
dbayami sodhayeti bruyur aryyah, etc.
F. 17 ends: — iti samkhapuja i gaingamgayai visvarupayai
sadasivamrtayai narayanyai namo namali i
Ff. 18 — 19 contain some tables of Mantras in four
columns.
(5) Another collection of Mantras begins (f. 1): — Sukra
rsili amrtagayatri cchandah sarjjivani(read samjlvani?)-
rudro devata aim sukrasapanam klim, etc.
(6) A Collection of 50 Mantras, beginning (f. 1): — harih
sriganapataye namah srimadvagdevatayya tva gananatbam
pranamya ca natvri desikanathah ca sivanandarasam
bruve ii 1 ii
->i 109 H$-
It ends: — anandamrtapuritaharapadarnbhojalavale sthitil
sthairyopaglmaiii upetya bliaktilatika ^akhopa^akhil stbita,
uccair inmanasakriyamrmapatalim akramya niskalmasa
nityal)histaplialaprada bhavatu me salkarmraasamvar-
ddbita ii 50 ii
lU.
Whish No. 1-16.
Size: fl-s X It in., (l) + 52 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: ISt^i or 19th cent.?
Character: Malayalam.
(1)
Tbe Prasnasamgralia , from the Sdrasamgraha, a treatise
on astrology.
It begins: — sriganapataye namab avighnam astu srl-
suryadisarvagrahebhyo namali (i) stiryendvagnivilocanam
girisutfiraktani budliuntasvrkam devedyam rajatacalendra-
bhrgubhuh konadhivasotsukam sarppalamkrtacaruvigraba-
mayam vrddboksaketura bhaje kantbantarggatakalakiita-
gulikan ceHuranatbam sivam i 1 i maddhyatavyadhipam
pranamya kamalam prane^varam sarapade krsniyaprabhrtira
vicarya bahudha prasniigaman afijasa saragrhyapi guru-
ditam laghudhiya(m) bodhaya padyair nnavaih prcchasam-
graham adadhamy aham asau dcyva(read daiva)jnatustyai
bhavet i 2 i skandhesu trisu sasramali krtamanas siddhanta-
bhedesu va paficasv attamantrattamo (read °manastamo?)
nipimadhiracaryavan satyavan daivajnah krtanityakarma-
karano japtilttamantro grahan paficamgeksai.iapiirvakam
hi ganaye dastantata (?) svasthadhi(h) i 3 i
F. 2b: — dasabhir nnavasamyuktaih padyair iti samirita
dutalaksmadikaddhyayah prathaniali prasnasamgrahe ii
F. 4b: — iti sarasaragrahe prasna^astrestamamgaddhyayo
dvitlyah ii
F. 5b: — iti sarasaragrahe prasna^astre sugrivaprasna-
ddhyayas trtiyah ii
F. 22: — iti sarasaragrahe prasnasastre grahavivaranfi-
ddhyayo dasamah li F. 32b: — ity ayu(h)prasnah ii slokanaiu
-^ 200 f<-
^atakenaivam ayuhprasna udahrtali saikena dasakenatha
vivahaprasna ucyate ii
It ends (f. 38b): — uktam agamabhavena saptivarsa-
namrgayayudhoh laksanara vimsatislaukair (sic) ity evam
prasnasamgrahali ii iti pra^nasamgrahah ii ii ii iti prasnasam-
graham samaptam ii
(2)
Fragment of the Laglivl Jdtakapaddhati, and other
fragments not identified (if. 38b — 52).
It begins (f. 38 b): — harili natvadyara paramesvarara ga-
napatim suryendubhuvrtividvaglsrisphujidaki(?)raliusikhino
devan gurtims cakliilan krsniyad aparas (read °rac?) ca
saram api yet (read yat) kiiicit samadaya taccha(s)tram si-
syahitaya samgraham aham vaksyami samksepatah janma-
yuktaphalani janmasamaye jnatva salagnan grahan daiva-
jhah pravadet tathaiva sakalam prasnodayarksad api pra-
snam janma samam phalesu sudhiyas samsanty avijiiatam
apy adesyam vidusa hi varyam akhilam prasnopadesad
yatah tithyrksesu subhesu saumyadinakrdvarenukulekhile
deyva(read daiva)jham vidhivat prasadya sumatin datva
param piTibhrtam prahne prcchatu prcchakas tv abhimatam
nirddharya buddhyaiva tad ramye bhumitalesu mamgalayute
cakvam likhed daivavit i etc.
F. 46 b: — madane priye mrti sukhe putro yatha sam-
bhavah hara syat gunasamyutir ggunagunaharrdirta sva
dasa labdhany antaraja dasatha vidasa saddhya tatas
coktavat i 40 i iti jatakapaddhatir llaghvi ii ii
Tlien follows (f. 46 b) ^ : — harih sonarkanisakaraksiti-
javim (?) ^ jivasphujitsuryajan vighnesana svagurun praiiamya
^irasa devln ca vagisvarim prasnajhanavidhau Yarahamihira-
patyas sa yad vasturo llokanam hitakamyaya dvijavaras
tikam karoty albhutam i
1 This is (as Prof. Aufrecht informs me) the beginning of Utpala^s
Commentary on the SatpancdMkd of PrtJiuyasas, the son of Vard-
hamihira. See Ind. Off. V, p. 1059 (No. 2993).
2 kesajarkao . . . ovijjTva°. Ind. Off. MS.
3 Varahamihii'acaryasya sadvastuni 10°. Ind. Oft". MS.
-^ 201 f<-
This is only a fragment of one page. Tlie next two leaves
also contain fragments of which not much can be made.
Ff. 49—52 contain Mantras and invocations, and it is
doubtful whether the leaves beloni? together.
U5.
Whish No. 147.
Size: 74- x 2 in., (2) + 62 + 46 + 32 + 12 + (2) leaves, from 8 to 12
lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: An entry by Mr. Wliish is dated 'Calicut 1822', and at
the end of the Tarkasamgrahadlpika the date KoUam 997 (also cur-
responding to A. D. 1822) is given.
Character: Malayalam.
(1)
The Sdhlihyasaptatl, or Safilihyakdrikd,, by Isvaralcrsna
<ff. 1—7). See No. 104.
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu
duhkhatrayabhighataj jijhasa tadapaghatake hetau drste
saparttha cen naikantatyantatobhavat | etc.
It ends (f. 7): — iti sarakhyilsaptati samaptah | sat-
trimsata samghatitaya tatvais tvagadisaptavarano bha-
vaya etc.
(2)
The Jayamangald, a Commentary on the SdhliJiyasa;ptati,
by ^ankara (ff. 7—62).
It begins (f. 7b): — harih sriganapataye namah ii ii adhi-
gatatatvalokam lokottaravadinam prai.iamya munim kriyate
saptatikayas tika jayamamgala nama preksavantonukte
prayojane na kvacit pravarttanta iti prayojanam ucyate i
tatvajfifman moksah tatvani ,paficavimsatih i tathoktam
pancavimsatitatvajiio yatra kutrasrametarah jatl mundi
sikhi va vimucyate natra sarasayah i etc.
It ends (f. 62): — iti srlmatparamahamsaparivraja(read
°parivrajaka)caryasri-Govindabhagavatpi'ijyapadasisyena ^ri-
Samkarabhagavata krta sarakhyasaptatitlka samapta i sri-
sarasvatyai namah srikr^naya namah ii
-^ 202 f^
(3)
The Tattval^anmudi , a Commentary on the Sanhhyasa-
ptati, hj VdcasjKitimisra (ff. 1—40). See No. 104 (3).
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu
ajam ekam lohitasuUakrsnam bahvih prajas srjamanan
namamah aja ye tiXfi jusamana bhajanto jahaty enam
bhuktabhogan numas tan i Kapilaya mahamunaye munaye
sisyaya tasya casuraye Pancasikhaya tathesvarakrsnaya
vayan nam as}' amah i iha khalu pratipipitsitam arttham
pratipadayan pratipadayitavadheyavacano bhavati, etc.
It ends (f. 40): — iti sri-Yacaspatimisraviracita sara-
khyasaptatitika samaptah ii kumudanlva cetarasi bodhayanti
satam sada sri-Vacaspatimisranam krti syat tatvakaumudi ii
aksaram yat paribhrastam matrahlnan tu yat bhavet
ksantum arhanti vidvamsah kasya nasti vyatikramah ii sri-
gurubhyo namah ii ii ii ii
(4)
A fragment, not identified (ff. 41 — 46).
F. 41 begins: — te vidhasyati alam utkanthaya tavety
upadese tustih sakalakhyogha ucyate ya tu na kalan napy
upadanat prakrter vivekakhyatir api tu bhagya deva ata
eva madalasapatyani balani matur upadesamatra devavi-
vekakhyatimanti muktani babhuvuh, etc.
(5)
The TarlxasamgraliadlpU^d, a Commentary by Annam-
hhatta on his own Tdrlmsamgraha (ff. 32).
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu
visvesvarara sambamurttim pranipatya giram gurum tikam
sisuhitam kurve tarkasa(m)g;rahadipikam i etc.
It ends: — ity Annambhattopaddhyayakrtatarkkasam-
grahadipika samfipta ii ii srimahatripurasundaryai namah li etc.
(Date etc. in Malay alam language.)
(6)
The TarJi-asamr/ralici, by Annamhlmtfa (ff. 12).
-^ 203 Hg-
It begins: — harih srlganapataye namah avighnam astu
nidhaya hrdi, etc.
It ends: — Kanadanyayamatayor balavyutpattisiddhaye
Annambhattena vidusa racitas tarkkasamgrahah tarkkasam-
grahas samaptah ii sri-Vedavyasuya namali srigurave namah.
146.
Whish No. 148.
Size: 7 x Is^ in., 4 + 129 + 60 leaves, from 6 to 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Kollam 992, i. e. A. D. 1817. (Date given in ^NFalayalam
language on f. 129.)
Scribe: Damodara.
Character: Malay alam.
(1)
Ff. 1 — 4 contain some fragments, not identified.
(2)
The Sarvdrthacintdmani , an astrological treatise, by
yenlMfandyaha, son oi Appaydrya. Fragment only (ff. 1 — 22).
See Hultzsch II, No. 1307, p. 128,
It begins: — harih srlganapataye namah avighnam astu i
srimacchesagiristhale vinilayam sri -Vemkitesam gurura
natva Vemkitanayakas tv anudinam jatopayayat^ sudhih etc.
F. 22b breaks off with the words: — rahau vilagne
sakujerkaputre rahau brhatbijmihahuraryyah lagne sea + e.
(3)
Fragment of the first Sarga of the Balakanda of Tdl-
mllu's Rdmdyana (f. 23).
F. 23 begins: — lokam gamisyati idara pavitram pfipa-
ghnam punyarn vedai.s ca sammitam yah pathed ramaca-
ritam sarvapapaih pramucyate , and ends: — iti
sriramayane adikavye ^riyamadvadikande srinaradavakye
^risamksepo nama prathamas sarggah ii . . . srlganapataye
namah i
I Read jatoppayaryjat ■with Dr. Hultzsch' MS.
>^ 204 f<^
(4)
Ff. 23 b — 129 contain several fragments partly in Sanskrit,
partly in Malayalam, which I cannot identify.
(5)
A Malayalam Commentary on the Karanapaddhati
(Astrology?). Ff. 1—60.
U7.
Whish No. 149.
Size: 7^- X 1-j in., (1) + 160 + (3) leaves, generally 7 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th or 19tii cent.?
Character: Malayalam.
The Keralamdhdtmya from the Blmgola-Purdna.
It begins: — laksmigrame samagatya bhagavan bhrguna-
ndanah gramanin kalpayam asa tasmin saptadasa dvijan
kancidvijam dvijesv atra amgiranvayam eva ca ksetraka-
ryaya ramas tu laksmisasyalaye nrpa, etc.
E. 6b : — iti sribhugolapurane keralamahatmye addhyayah ii
F. 39b: — iti Sribhugolapurane pahcasoddhyayah ii
F. 50 b: — iti sribhiigolapurane keralamahatmye gargga-
yudhisthirasamvade addhyayah ii
F. 92: — iti keralotbhave nilanadimahatmye paiicamo-
ddhyayah li ii
F. 131b: — iti sriblmgolapurane umamaheSvarasamvade
keralamahatmye samksepo nama prathamoddhyayah ii
F. 155: — ity agastyasamhitayam keralotbhave iksunadi-
mahatmye paficapahcasodhyayah ii
It ends: — iti keralotbhave sthalesamahatmye catussastis-
Satatamodhyayah ii subham bhavatu li
148.
Wiiisn No. 150.
Size: ll:i X If in., 209 leaves (the first of which is missing), 7 lines
on a page.
Afaterial: Palm leaves.
-^ 205 f<^
Date: 17th or 18 th cent.?
Character: Malayalam. The leaves are numbered by Aksaras.
Injuries: The first two leaves damaged.
The Sutasamliitd of the Slianda-Purdna. The Sivania-
hatmyakhanda wants the beginning (one leaf), the Jna-
nayoga and Mukti Khandas are complete, the end of tlie
Yajnavaibhavakhanda is missing. See No. 76.
F. 3: — iti srlskande purane siitasamhitayam sivamaha-
tmyakhande prathamoddhyayah ii
The Sivamaliatmyakhanda ends (f. 41): — iti skiinde purane
sutasamhitayam sivamahatmyakhande trayodasoddhyayah ii
^ivamahatmyakhandas samaptah ii
The Jhilnayogakhanda ends (f. 83): — iti . . . jnanayoga-
kliande samadhividhir vimsatitaraoddhyayah ii samapta jha-
nayogakhandah ii
The Muktikhanda ends (f. 112): — iti . . . muktikhande
navamoddhyayah li muktikhandas samaptah ii
The MS. breaks off in the middle of tlie 39 ^^ Adhyaya
(which begins f. 204) of the Yajnavaibhavakhanda.
M9.
Wbdesh No. 151.
Size: 7| x It in., (1) + 1 + 109 + (1) + 20 + 29 + (1) leaves, 7 or
8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th cent.?
Character: Malayalam.
(1)
The AhhijmnasdJcuntala, by Kdliddsa, in 7 Acts.
It begins:— harih srlganapataye namah nandyante tatah
pravisati sutradharah ya srastus srstir adya vahati vidhi-
hutam ya havir ya ca hotra (read hotrl) ye dve kalam vi-
dhatta srutivisayaguiia ya sthita vyapya visvam yam ahus
sarvabhutaprakrtir iti yayfi prfuiinah jiranavantah pratya-
ksabhih prapannas tanubhir avatu vas tabhir astabhir i^ah i
naipatthyabhimukham avalokya i aryye yadi naipatthyavi-
-^ 206 r<-
dhanam avasitam itas tavad agamyatam 1 pravi^ya nati i
ama ia limi i su i abhirupabhuyistha parisad esa adya khalu
Kalidasagrathitavastuna navena natakenopasthatavyam
asmabhih i etc.
The first Anka ends f. 16b, the 2''^ A. f. 30, the 3'^ A.
f. 42, the 4*1^ A. f. 58, the 5*1^ A. f. 72b, the 6'^ A. f. 94b.
It breaks off (f. 109b) with: — api ca i tava bhavatu
vidaujah praiyavrsti(h) prajasatatayajhas (sic) svarggino bha-
vayalam yugasataparivartta. (Verse 193 in Bohtlingk's
edition.)
(2)
The Daksayajnaprahandha, a poem.
The Catalogue of the Library of the India Office, voL II,
part I, p. 65 mentions a 'Daksayajna, by Ramanarayana',
published Calcutta 1881. The same work?
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu
^rimatkailasasailesakalaganacamucakrasampurnnasanau sa-
nandam parijataprasavasulabhilan (?) manayan mandavatan
pratyagrapremahrdyam anisam anusaran daksajamiksu (?)
capakridabhedair anaisit kamapi sa samayam somalekha-
kalapah ii 1 ii
It ends (f. 20):— sadyas samprapya satraksitim anumili-
tam prakrtaih praptajivaih datva rudrasya bhagani vidhi-
vad avahitas satrasesam samapya svastha svam svan niva-
sarn prayayur atisukhas sopi dakso babhtiva ii iti daksaya-
jnaprabandham samaptam ii ii ii
(3)
A fragment, not identified.
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu
sakam raja sagarbhyais samayajalanidhira dustaram sadhu
tirttha (read tirtva?) nirmmukto vaktrarandhrad vidhur iva
tamaso bhasamano nitantam panim partthatmajenatbhuta-
bhujamahasa grahayann uttarayas santusyan bandhuvarggais
salia ^amanasuto matsyapuryany avatslt i etc.
It ends: — matrvacam aciran ni^amya padatarit (?) ' vlniha-
namaskaric (?) cadarena nijasodaran ca samudam pranamya
I The metre requires a short syllable.
->t 207 H$-
samanatraajam yatiidbanapararaesakollupatinri.sumarutasu-
tan teli (?)^ * adi devacaranaravindamakakan vila * (?)^
karutibhinan II ii
150.
WmsH No. 152.
Size: Q-k X ly in., (2) + 196 + (2) leaves, generally 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Kollam 999, i. e. A. D. 1824.
Character: Malayalam.
The Tantrasamuccaya.
It begins: — liarih sriganapataye namali aviglinam astu
^rlgurave namah i srimatsatgunasambhrtara vapur adhistba-
yanugrlmati yah sraddhabhaktipavitratopaharanai svarara-
bhabhukarukaib purnnanandarasanubhur ativisadan (?) tai-
ppito yajvanas tan devani nnigamagamadyadhigatam nityain
samaradhnuyah (?) 3 i gurudivakarabhadrakataksarusphuri-
tahr(t)kamalodarasainbbrtah likhitasmy atha tantrasamucca-
yah, etc.
F. 103: — iti tantrasamuccaye rahasyagamasarah patalah
samapi sasthaprakrtita (sic) krtapadapithapratimavarakapl-
thika pratisthah ii
F. 144: — iti tantrasamuccaye samudyatghatasamkhya-
parikalpanaprakarah patalah kalasaprasadhanaitatsnapana-
khyandavarosta samaptah ii
It ends: — baliplthamahaddhvajadijittena vihitair ddeva-
visuddhyavasrutais tatsuli^oddhya (sic) ii ii ii ii ii iti samntra-
samuccyeye samaptah i (sic) etc. (Date in Malayalam
language.)
151.
Whish No. 154.
Size: ll X It in., (1) + 137 + 4 leaves, generally 7 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 17th or 18th cent.?
1 The metre requires ^-.
2 The metre requires w-« for vila*.
3 Doubtful readiner.
^^. 208 r<-
Character: Malayalam. The leaves are numbered by Aksaras, in
the same way as Xo. 19.
Injuries: Leaves 93 and 94 damaged, half of leaf 100 lost.
(1)
The Alanikarasarvasva by Eajdnal<a Euyyalm or Maii-
lilmlm. Our MS. mentions Mankhuka as the author's
name. In Burnell, Tanjore, p. 54 a, the name of the author
is given as 'Kasmirasandhivigrahikamankhuka.' Generally
Eajanaka Ruyyaka (or Rucaka) is mentioned as the author
of our work. Thus in the edition published in the 'Ka-
vyamala' (Xo. 35, Bombay 1893); also in the Bodleian
MS. Wilson 406 (Aufrecht- Oxford 210 a), where Euppaka
is a mistake for Ruyyaka. Mitra, Notices No. 3015 (vol. IX,
p. 117) has Rajanaka Rucaka. Biihler (Report, pp. 51,
67 seq.) has shown that Rajanaka Ruyyaka was the Guru
of Mankha or Maiikhaka (who wrote his Srikanthacarita
between A. D. 1135 and 1145). Is Mankhuka identical
with Mankhaka, and was he the real author of the Alaiu-
karasastra which his Guru appropriated to himself?
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu
naraaskrtya param vacan devin trividhavigraham nijalam-
karasiitranam vrtya talparyam ucyate iha bhamahotbhata-
prabhrtayas tavac cirantanalanakarakarah pratiyamanam
arttham vacyopaskarakatayrdamkarapaksaniksiptam ma-
nyante tatha hi, etc.
It ends: — sabdalamkaratvaprasamgat tasmad asrayasrayi-
bhavenaiva cirantanamatanusrtih ii ii samaptaii cedam alam-
karasarvasvam ii ii iti Mamkhuko vitene kasmlraksitipasa-
ndhivigrahikah sukavimukhalamkaran tad idam alamka-
rasarvasvam ii ii ii ii namas sivaya santaya ii ii ii " subham
astu II II 11 II
(2)
A fragment (4 leaves, marked ka, kha, ga, gha), not
identified.
It begins:— iha visistau sabdrirtthau kavyam tayos ca
-^ 209 f^
vaisistyan dharmamukhena vyaparamukluma vyamgyamu-
kliena va iti trayah prayalipaksal.i adyepy alaiiikarato gunato
veti dvaividdhyara, etc.
It ends: — tririipatvad iti paksadharmmatvam sapakse
satvam vipaksad vyavfttir iti trini rupani ii vakyanyayo ml-
mamsakanyayah ii
152.
Whish No. 155.
Size: 13-| X Iv in., (1) + 137 + 39 + (1) leaves, from 10 to 12 lines
on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Probably copied for Mr. Whish in the early part of the
19 th cent.
Character: Malayalam.
(1)
The Amarakosodghdtana, a Commentary on Amarasimha's
Ndmalingdmisdsana, by Kslrasvdntm. Not quite complete.
See Aufrecht in Z. D.M. G., XXVIII (1874), pp. 103 seqq.;
Burnell, Tanjore, p. 45.
It begins: — barih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu
srigurubhyo namali disyac cbivani sivayos tilakayamanam
gorocanarucilalatavilocanam vah anyonyagadhapariram-
bbanipidanena pindibhavan bahir iva sphutitonuragah i
adyapy abhinnamudro yortthilrtthibhir Amarakosa esa
budhali utpatyate yathecchara grhniddhvan namaratnani i
prakrtipratyayavakyair vyastasamastair nniruktinigada-
bhyam iti saptastaih pathibhir nnamnain parayaiiaiu kur-
mmali bhagna abhidhanakrto vivarltaras ca yatra vibbra-
ntab namani tani bhaktum atigahanam aho vyavasita smah i
sabajo yas samullasah ksirabdhes sopi mamsyate candra
ity atra kim kurmo gatanugatikaii jagat i vastv eva tan
na hi bhavet kriyatenyatha yat kas chadayed dinamanini
karasamputona saretarantaravicaracanan pratlrsyams tena-
ham eva bata durjjana cakravartti | etc.
F. 21b: — ity Amarakosotghatane sabdadivarggas sara-
purnnah ii
F. 107: — ity Amarakosotghatane vaii^yavarggas sampii-
rnnah ii
14
-^ 210 H$-
F. 113: — iti sri-Ksirasvamyutpreksite Amarakosotgha-
tane bhumyadikancio dvitiyah i sudravarggas sampurnnah ii
F. 128: — ity Amarakosotghatane samkirnnavarggas sam-
purnnah II
It breaks off (f. 137b) with: — saradi bhavas saradah i
laksanayabhinavah i adhrstopratibhah ii suddho varsa ca
vidvatsupragalbhau visaradau i vigatas saradopratibhatvan
dososya vi^aradah ii ii ii See Amarakosa III, 3, 94.
(2)
The Campuhhdrata, by Manaveda, Stabakas I — VI.
Cf. 'Manavedacampu', Aufrecht CC. p. 451.
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu i
laksmim atanutat sa vo munivaro Vyasabhidhanonisam
yah praleyagirav Apantaratamoriipena nityan tapah tanvfi-
nasya kalaharer avikala lokopakarodyatad rag asyandata
bharatamrtajhari yasyeyam [asye yam] asyendutah I 1 1 nrtya-
ntam rajanimukhe svapitaram stutyan trilokljanair nnityan
tan nijakarnnatalavavanair atyantam anandayan aghnanas
ca yathalayam bhuvi karagrenoriinadam krpanighnatma sa
hi vighnaraja iha me vighnan vijeghniyatam i 2 i
F. 7: — iti sri-Manavedaviracite campubharate prathama
stabakah ii
It ends: — iti sri-Manavedaviracite campubharate sastha
stabakah ii ii atha bhiipatir atbhutavadanam gunasamra-
hjitasarvajlvalokam yuvarajapade yuvanam enam bharatam
modabharahcitobhyasihcat i 1 ii
153.
WmsH Xo. 158.
Size: 7^Xls in., 35 + 5 + -i + 9 + 14-|-44 leaves, 7 or 8 lines
on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 17 1^ or 18*^ cent.?
Character: Malayalam.
(1-3)
Fragments of works, partly in Sanskrit, partly in Mala-
yalam, not identified.
-^ 211 ^-
(4)
Fragment of a Fniyogasdrn, a Avork on ritual?
It begins: — barili atah param pravaksyami yogam para-
madurllabham dharmamoksapradan tatvan divj^am divya-
layapradani niskalasyaprameyasya devasya paramatraanah
santanayogam ity abiis samsaroccbittisadbanam yogat sama-
dhis sayujyam sayujyad divyasamnata sa hi samsarasa-
ndhana bavani muktir isyate kamakrodbas tatba lobbo
mobas ca mada eva ca i matsaryaii ceti sadvarggo vain
jneyo miimuksuna yamas ca niyamas tadvad asannam pra-
nadbaranam pratyabaro dbarana ca dbyanan capi sama-
dbita, etc.
F. 8: — iti prayogasare paiicamah patalab ii atab param
pravaksyami yatbavac cbamkulaksanam nitye naimittike
capi vasadblne ca karmani dikvidiksamsaye prapte sarn-
kus saranam ucyate, etc.
It ends (f. 9 b): — prasastasutrastiksman tu samkunaiva-
vadbarayet yatbaiva purvaparayamyasaumyadigbbagavi-
jfianam ibopadistam samasantastavisayara vivicya karyyani
karmanibandbanani i iti prayogasare satdvimsab patalab ii ii
(5)
Fragment of a work of tbe Prayoga kind, on witcbcraft
and domestic rites.
It begins : — barib mesamrimsamalakirnnatatketamisadbii-
pitadadimlpbalasanpattim mabatira labbate param i yasya
kasyapi mamsena goksiragulasamgina tena siktena nS,ramgI
sussvadakbya* pbalosrita i pratbamam kusumo mesah ku-
tbarena ksate krte jaragbayam tilaciinmena samena madbu-
sarppisa i etc.
F. 1 margin: — padapadobalaprakaravidbi.
F. lb marg.: — vrki?asecanam.
F. 2 marg.: — vijaropanam. (Read bija°?)
F. 2b marg.: — vrksavaicitryadobalabbedab bijastam-
bbanara.
F. 5 marg.: — tilakosarvalokavasyakaram.
I The reading of the syllable ssva is doubtful.
14*
-^ 212 H$-
F. 5 b marg.: — rtunasam.
F. 8 marg.: — vaiijiraprakriya.
F. 9 marg.: — payastambhah.
F. 10 marg. : — bhunagatailaprakarah. bhunagolpatti-
prakarali.
F. lib marg.: — dirghakesakaranam. ke^avrddhih.
F. 12 marg.: — karnnavrddhih. kucavarddhanam.
F. 12 b marg.: — strlmukhakantikaranam. syamikaharanam.
kantisaurabhakaranam.
F. 13 marg.: — ^ariradurgandhaharanam i dordduramo-
daharanam i vadanadurgandhaharanam i kantisaurabha-
karanam 1
F. 13b marg,: — sussvarakaranam. atibuddhiprayogali.
ksulpipasaharanaprayogah.
F. 14 marg.: — pipasaharanam.
It ends (f. 14) : — dugdhayuktam phalam dhatryadinaikam
pesayet tatali sitajyasahitah vacyamodakam bhaksayet tu
tarn dasaratresu sambanti iDipasan ca na samsayali ii ii
(6)
The Sambhava-Farvan of the Mahabhdrata , in twelve
Adhyayas. This MS. has been fully treated in my paper
"On the South-Indian Recension of the Mahabharata,"
Indian Antiquary, vol. XXVII, 1898, pp. 134—136.
154.
Whish No. 159.
Size: 10 Xl? in., 1 -{- 72 + 1 leaves, 7 or 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 17 1^^ or 18th cent.?
Character: Malayalam.
Injuries: Some leaves damaged bj^ insects.
The Prdkrtarupavatdra, a Prakrt Grammar, by 8im-
liardja, son of Samudrabandhayajvan. See Pischel, Gram-
matik der Prakrit-Sprachen (Biihler's Grundriss I, 8),
Strassburg 1900, p. 42 seq.
It begins: — harih ^rlganapataye namah avighnam astu
antarayandhatamasaviddhvamsanavibhakaram daityavar-
-^-4 213 ^<-
tmopamarddendum vande karimukliam mahah (read aham?) i
uttarabhimukha bhakta yasya vacaspatav api bhajami bha-
gadheyan tam prasannam daksinamukham i setum vyakhya-
narupam gahanam akrta ya^ sastrasahityasiiidhor buddhya
baddhva yatharttham vyaracayata nijam sindhubandheti-
samjnam natva tam yayajukain nigamavidhividara tatam
asya prasadad vyaktam rupavataram viracayati mitam
Simharat prakrtiyam i iha prakrtasabdas tridha i sam-
skrtasamas saraskrtabbava de^yas ceti i etc.
F. 13: — ity ajantah pullimgah parisamaptah II athajanta
strilimga ucyante i
F. 72b ends: — yusmadadibhyah parasya chasya didaro
bbavati i tuhmara i ahmara i anyadrsasyanna iravara isau ii
Ff. 73—75 are omitted.
It ends on f. 76: — ****i ssagrhnau drsigrahoh i vassadi i
grhnadi ii ii iti sakalavidyavisaradasya Samudrabandhaya-
jvanas suniina Simharajanamadheyena viracite prakrtaru-
pavatare saurasenyadivibhagas samaptak ii
155.
WmsH Xo. 160.
Size: 6|-xli in., (1) + 103 + (1) leaves, 9 or 10 lines on ca page.
Material: Paper.
Date: 17th or 18th cent.?
Character: Malayalam.
The AmaraJwsa, or the Ndmalingdnusdsana by Amara-
slmlia.
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu i
yasya jnanadayasindhor, etc.
It ends^: — dvandvesvabadavav asvabadava na samahrte
kantas suryenduparyayapurvoyahpiirvakopi ca vatakas ca-
nuvakas ca kudumgakah limgadisamgrahavarggah ii iti trti-
yakandas samaptah i Amarakosakandara etc.
1 Leaf damaged.
2 See III, 5, 16—17.
-^^ 214 H$-
156.
WmsH No. 162.
Size: T^xIt in., 137 leaves, 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: ITtii or 18tii cent.?
Character: Malayalam. Leaves numbered by Aksaras.
The Sivadharmottara , in 12 Adhyayas. See Aufrecht
CO. p. 649.
It begins: — harih sriganapataye naniah i aviglinam astu i
jnanasaktidharam santam kumaram samkaratniajam deva
** danam skandam Agastyah pariprcchati bhagavan dar-
sanat tubhyam antyajasyapi samgatih saptajanmasu vipra-
tva(iii) svarggat bhrastasya jayate yenasi natha blmtanam
sarvesam anukampakali atas sarvahitan dharmam sam-
ksepat prabravihi me dharma bahuvidba de^^ai devena
kathitah kila te ca srutas tvaya sarve prcchanii tvam ahan
tatah kimpradhanas sive dharmas sivavakyan ca kidrsam
limgerccitas sivali kena vidhina samprasidati vidyadanafi
ca dananam sarvesam uttamam kila tac ca srutau dvije-
ndranan nanyesam samudahrtam tat punyam sarvavarna-
naii jayate kena karmana, etc.
F. 8b: — iti sivadharmottare gosadamgavi(dhi)r nnama
prathamoddhyayah i
F. 25b: — iti sivadharmottare vidyarogyastutir nnama
dvitiyoddhyayah ii
F. 74b:— iti . . . papagativiseso nama saptamoddhyayah ii
F. 97: — iti . . . svargginarakicihnaddhyayo nama ii
F. 112: — iti . . . praya^cittavidhir nnama ekadasoddhya-
yah II
It ends: — iti sivadharmottare skanda[h]prokte sivagame
gomahatmyan nama dvadasoddhyayah ii sivadharmottaram
samaptam ii namas sivaya ii
157.
AVmsH No. 163.
Size: 7| x ll in., (1) + 1 + 52 + 2 + (1) + 17 [numbered from 7 to
23] + (1) + 1 -f (1) 4- 1 + 20 leaves, 7 lines on a page.
-^ 215 i<r
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 17th or 18th cent.?
Character: Malayalam. Leaves numbered by Aksaras.
(1) A fragment of the BhaijavadgUd^ breaking off at the
beginning of the 14*'' Adhyaya (verse 14), followed by some
fragments of works which 1 cannot identify.
It begins: — sriganapatayenamali avighnam astu i Dhrtara-
stra uvaca i dharmmaksetre kuruksetre samaveta yuyu-
tsavah mfimakah pandavas caiva kim akurvata Sanjaya i
Saujaya uvaca i drstva tu pandavanikarn vyudhan Duryo-
dhanas tada acaryam iipasaipgamya raja vacanam abra-
vit I etc.
F. 41j: — iti §ribhagavatgitasupanisatsu brahmavidyayam
yogasastre .srikrsnarjunasamvade arjjuuavisadayogo nama
prathamoddhyayah ii
The 13"^ Adhyaya ends f 52. Then follows:— sribba-
gavan i param bhiiyali piavaksyami jhananain jnanam utta-
mam ya(j) jnatva munayas sarve pararn siddliim ato ga-
tali, etc.
F, 52b ends: — pravrddlie tu pralayam yati debabhrt
tadottamavida(m) lo.
Then follow two leaves, not numbered. The first leaf
begins : — miilambhoruliamaddhyakonavilasatbandhukara-
gojvalaii 3vrilrijiilajitendukrintilahari[rn]m anandasandayinim
helalalitanllakuntaladharan nllottariyanisukani kollurfidini-
vasinim bhagavatln dhyayami mukambikam i etc.
A fragment of 17 leaves, numbered as leaves 7 to 23.
begins: — harih sriganapataye namali avighnam astu sukla-
mbaradharam visnum sasivarnnam caturbhujam prasanna-
vadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye i on namo bhaga-
vate viXsudevaya on namo bhagavate purusottaniaya on
namo narayanaya on namas sarvalokagurave, etc.
F. 20: — aksobhyas sarvapraharanayudhah i harih i iti
om kirttanam yasya kesavasya mahatmauah namnam sa-
hasran divyanam asesena prakirttitam ya idam srnuyan
nityam, etc.
It ends (f. 23b): — kayena vaca manasendriyair va bu-
-^ 216 i<~
ddhyatmana vanusrta svabhavat karomi yad yat sakalam
parasmai narayanayeti samarppayami i ^ubham astu ii
A fragment of one leaf begins: — harih mahesvara rsih
anustup chandab i annapurnnesvarl devata i on namo bha-
gavati annapurnesvari annam me debi dadapaya svaba ii
Vamesvara rsih i gayatrl chandah i kumaramiirttir dde-
vata I etc.
(2) The Anandalahari, by ^anJcardcdri/a. See Haeberlin's
Kavyasamgraha pp. 246 seqq.
It begins :^ — sriganapataye namah avighnam astu sivas
saktya yukto yadi bhavati saktah prabhavitum na ced evan
devo na khalu kusala spanditum api atas tvam araddhyam
hariharavirihcadibhir api pranantum stotum va katham
akrtapunyah prabhavati i 1 i
It ends: — pradlpajvalabhir ddivasakaranirajanavidhis
sudhasiites candropalajalalavair argghyaracana svaklyair
ambhobhis saHlanidhisauhityakaranan tvadlyabhir vagbhis
tava janani vacam stutir iyam i 103 ii ya kanthanalakaba-
likrtakalakiitacchayeva visphurati vaksasi candramauleh sa
me samastaduritani kataksamala tucchikarotu tuhinacala-
kanyakayah II
158.
Whish No. 164.
Size: 7x1t in-j 150 leaves (but the two first leaves are lost",
from 7 to 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 17th cent.?
Character: Malayalam. Leaves numbered by Aksaras.
Injuries: The MS. is in a very bad condition, many leaves being
badly damaged.
(1)
^ankcira^s Commentary on the Bahrrcabrdlimaua-Ux)a-
nisad, i. e., the 2^^^^ Aranyaka of the Aitareya- Aranyaka
(flf. 3—108).
The beginning is lost.
F. 7 : — atranantaratikrante gran the mahavratakhyam
karmmadhigatam yasmin mahad ukthrikhyam ^astram
-^ 217 H$-
brhati sahasralaksanam sasyate tat karmmoktbasastro-
palaksitam ukthannamanekalokakaladevatadivibliedavi^ista-
pranavijiianena samuccicirsi **, etc.
F. 34b: — svargge loke sarvan kaman aptvainrtas sama-
bhavat samabbavad iti ii iti sri-Govindabbagavatpujyapada-
^isyaparamabamsaparivrajakacarya-^rl-Samkarabhagavatpa-
dakrtau babvrcabrabmanopanisadvivarane pratbamoddhya-
yab II prana uktbam ity etad avadbaritam tasya ca pranasya
sarvatmatvan tan ca sarvatmapranam uktbam abam asmiti
vidyat karmajnanadbiki-tab purusah, etc.
Adbyaya 2 ends f. 45 b; Adby. 4 f. 92; Adby. 5 f. 103.
It ends: — iti sri-Govindabbagavatpujyapadasii?yaparama-
bamsaparivrrijaka-Sarnkarabbagavatpadakrtaubabvrcabrab-
manopanisattika samapta ii ii brabmane namah ii srlguru-
bbyo namab ii sridurggayai namab II narayanaya namab II
(2)
Sahlcara's Commentary on tbe Samhitd-Upanisad, i. e.,
tbe 3'''*Aranyaka of tbe Aitareya-Aranyaka (ff. 109 — 150).
It begins: — om atbatas sambitaya upanisad ity adya
sambitopanisad asyas sarnksepato vivaranara karisyamab
mandamaddbyamabuddbinam api tadarttbabbivyakti syad
iti tadarttbavijnanaprayojanan ca vaksyati sandbiyate pra-
jaya pasubbir ity adi, etc
It ends (on tbe fragmentary leaf 150 b): — ''^** bbagavat-
pujyapadasisyasrimatparamabamsaparivra **** rabliagavat-
krtau sambitopanisadvivaranam sa ** ii ** ya namab ii
srikrsnaya namab ii sridurggade * ai ** ii akliilabbuvana-
betun nityavijnanamurttim sakalajanabrdistbam sarvadava
***** n devadevam prasam ************
159.
AVmsH No. 165.
Size: Us X2 in., (2) + 45 leaves (numbered as 38 to 82), 13 lines
on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18tii cent.?
Character: Malayalam.
-^ 218 Hg^
The Commentaries on the TrjMd^pa, Kutasthadlpa {Tdt-
2)aryadlpikd), and Dliydnadipa, parts of the Pahcadasl, by
Bdmalrma, the pupil of Bhdrafdlrtha and Vidydranya.
See Nos. 58 and 81 (2).
It begins (f. 38): — vedartthasya prakasena tamo harddam
nivarayan pumartthams caturo deyad vidyatlrtthamahesva-
rah I natva srl-Bharatltirtha-Vidyaranyamunisvarau kriyate
trptidipasya vyakhyanam gurvanugrahat i trptidlpakhyam
prakaranam arabhamana sri - Bharatitirtthagurus tasya
srutivyakhyanarupatvad vyakhyeyam srutim adau pathati I
atmanan ced vijaniyad ayam a + iti purusah, etc.
F. 63 b: — iti srlparamahamsaparivrajakacriryya-srl-Bha-
ratitirttha - Vidyaranyamunivaryyakimkarena Ramakrsna-
khyavidusa viracita trptidipika vyakhya samapta ii subham
astu II natva srl-Bharatltirttha-Vidyaranyamumsvarau kurve
kutasthadipasya vyakhyan tatparyyadlpikam i etc.
F. 70: — iti . . . kutasthadipavyakhya samapta ii ii natva
sri-Bharatitirttha -Vidyarany amunisvarau kriyate ddhy ana-
dlpasya vyakhya samksepato maya i etc.
It breaks off (f. 82b) with the words:— iti proktam
yamenapi prcchate naciketasa iti i uktam arttham upa-
samharati I iha vamarane vasya bra.
160.
WmsH No. 169.
Size: ly X ll in , (1) + 19 + (1) + 14 + 21 + (1) + 57 leaves, gene-
rally 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18* or 19tii cent.?
Character: Grantha.
(1)
The Vrttaratndkara by Keddra Bhatta, the son of Bhattaka.
See No. 54 (3).
It begins: — srir astu sukhasantanasiddhyartthan naumi
brahmacyutarccitana | gaurlvinayakopetam ^amkararn loka-
sarakaram ii 1 ii vedartthasaiva^astrajuoBhattakobhu(d) dvijo-
ttamah i tasya putrosti Kedaras sivapadarccane ratah ii 2 ii
-^ 219 H^
It ends: — iti sasthoddhyayah ii vrttaratnakarali piirnnah i
om II
(2)
Fragment of the Lalitdstavaratna. The title is not
found in this MS. But see Nos. 63 (5), 115 (12) and 174
which contain other copies of the same Stotra.
It begins: — vande gajendravadanam vamamkarudhavalla-
bhaslistam i kumkumaparagasonam kuvalayinijarakorakfi-
pldam I 1 I sa jayati suvarnasailas sakaLajagaccakrasara-
ghatitamurttih i kancananikuhjavatikandaladamaripraban-
dhasaiiigitah ii 2 ii ... tatra catussatayojanaparinahan
devasilpina racitam i nanasalamanojfian namamy ahan
nagaram adividyayah i 5 i etc.
It breaks off (f. 14): — tatra prakasamanan taranikaraih
pariskrtam sevyam i amrtamayakantikandalam antal.i kala-
yami kundasitam indum i 102 ii srimga.
(3)
The Barhasimtyasutra, or NUisarvasva by Brhaspati, in
6 Adhyayas.
It begins: — Brhaspatir athacaryya iudraya nltisarvasvam
upadisati i atmayan [njraja i atmavantam raantrinam apii-
dayet i dandanitir eva vidyadharmmam api lokavikrustan
na kuryat i etc.
It ends: — iti Brirhaspatyasutre sasthoddhyayah ii sri-
gurubhyo namah i subham astu i
(4)
First Part of the Siibodlimi , a Commentary on the
Brliajjcdalm of VanViamihira.
It begins: — srlganesaya namah i atmayate svatmavidafi
jananam margayate janmavivarjjitanam i dipayate yo jaga-
tam abhistam dadatu nas sonyataranaveksam i ya hora
racita Varaliamihiracaryyena nanartthini tasya matgurude-
vatananasarojataprasadagatam i etc.
It breaks off at the beginning of the 2'*'^ Adhyaya: — iti
savj'akhyane horasastre samjuaddhyayah prathamah ii harih
-^ 220 f<-
om II subham astu atlia grhayonibhedaddhyayo vyakhyayate
tatra prathamena slokena purvoktasya horakhyasya kala-
purusasyatmadisvarupam rajadirupatvafi caha i . . . sacivaii
presyah sahajah ii 1 ii kalasyatma kalatma kalasya.
161.
Whish No. 171.
Size: l^xli in., 39 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: An entry by Mr. Whisli is dated 'Calicut 1823'. The MS. was
probably written at that date.
Character: Malay alam.
The Xrsmi/am, an astrological treatise. See No. 113
(2) and No. 162.
It begins: — sriganapataye namah i avighnani astu sri-
gurubhyo namah i yena traikalyajnanam sammuditani
ajnanan timiravarttibhyo tajjhanam divyayiitain vaksye
tasmai namaskrtyam jyotisaphalam adesah phalarttham
arambhanam bhavati loke tasmad yatnah karyyo hy adese
jyotisajhena^ ii 2 ii etc.
It ends: — Krsnasya krtis cintajhanam krsnlyam iti namna
iti krsniye ekatrimsoddhyayah ii ii Krsniyain samaptam li
harih srikrsnaya namah srivasudevaya namah i etc.
162.
Whish No. 172.
Size: 5ixlg in., (2) -f- 54 + (10) leaves, 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Beginning of 19 tb cent.?
Character: Malay alam.
Fragment of the Krmlijam, an astrological treatise.
See No. 161.
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu
yena traikalajuanam uktam ajhanatimiravarttibhyah i
tajhanan divyayutam vaksye tasmai namaskrtyaii jyotisa-
I See below No. 162 for various readiness.
~>i 221 Hg-
phalam adesali phalarttliam arambhanain bhavati loka
tasmad yatuah karyyo liy adese jyotisajfianena, etc.
It breaks off with the words: — sasi^ukrabhyam iste ^itir
ggavo hrtas sagopalah i
163.
WmsH No. 174.
Size: 14-g-X2 in., (1) + 59 leaves, 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: An entry by Mr. Whish is dated 1828. The MS. is probably
not much older.
Character: Grantha.
The Bhasaimricclieda, by Visvandtha Pancdnana Bhatid-
cdrya, followed by the Author's own Commentary Siddhd-
ntaniuMdvcdi.
It begins: — ** sriganapataye namah avighnam astu ^ri-
gurubhyo namah i nutanajaladharariicaye gopavadhutidu-
kUlacoraya i tasmai krsnaya namas samsaramahiruhasya
bijaya dravyam gunas tatha karmma samanyam savisesakam
samavayas tathabhavah padartthas sapta kirttitah ii 2 i
ksityaptejomarudvyomakaladigdehino manah i dravyany atha
guna rupam raso gandhas tatah param II 3 i spar^as saip-
khya parimitih prthaktvan ca tatah param I samyoga^ ca
vibhagas ca paratvah c3,pa(ra)tvakam i 4 i etc.
F. 6b: — iti paribhasaparicchedas samSptah li
It ends: — iti srlmahopaddhyaya-Pancananabhattacriryya-
viracita siddhantamuktavali samapta li harih om sriguriibhyo
namah ii
164.
Whish No. 175.
Size: ISj X li in., 43 leaves, generally 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Probably IStii cent.
Character: Malayalam. The leaves are numbered as follows: ma
ma mi mi mu mu mr mr ml me mai mo mau ma mama — ya ya
yi yi yu yti yr — na na ni ni nu nu nr nf nl nl ne nai no nau nama
na — pa pa pi pi pu.
-^ 222 r<-
Fragment of the Bliarttrkdvya {Bhattikdvya) with the
Commentary Jayamancjald.
The first leaf begins: — vyasaktam mam hatavan karmmani
hana iti ninih tatra hi kutsitagrahanam karttavyam ity uk-
tamyadi sugrive(na) mama virodhah kin tavayam iti kutsitam
hananan tad eva darsayann aha ii papakrt sukrta(m) maddhye
rajhah punyakrtas sutah mam apapan duracaram kin niha-
tyabhidhasyasi ii papakrd ityadi i etc.
F. 20 b: — iti bharttrkavyatikayaii jayamamgalabhidhana-
yam adhikarakande prathamah paricchedah ii sugrlvasama-
gamasamjhakah pancamas sarggah ii
The last (?) ^ leaf ends : — mriyamahe na gacchamah
kausalyayanivallabhain upalambhyam apasyantah kaumarim
patatam vara i mriyamaha ity adi i he patatam vara
mriyamahe na gacchamah kim iti kaumarim akrtapurvada-
raparigraham pati[ta]m labdhavatim kaumarapnrvavacana
iti kausalyaya apatyam kausalyakarmaryyabhyan ceti phiii
kausalyayanih ramah tasya vallabham istam upalabhyam
prasastam por adupadhad yat upat prasamsayam iti^ yati
pratyaye num i apasyantah anupalabhamanah ll
165.
Whish Xo. 176.
Size: 14x1^ in., (4) -f 271 + (1) leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: An entry by Mr. Whish is dated 'Tellicherry, December
1831'. The MS. may be about 50 years older.
Character: Grantha.
The JRgvetla-Samhitd in the Pada-Patha, accented,
Astakas I — IV. The Udatta accents are expressed by
the sign^-^— (u?) placed on the top of the syllable. The
Svarita is expressed by the signy at the bottom of the
line, e. g. kvay in V, 30, 1. At the end of unaccented
words we find the sign ^ at the bottom of the line. The
I Possibly the leaves are disarranged.
^ See Panini IV, 1, 155; III, 1, 98; VII, 1, 66.
-^i 223 Hg-
sign L is used to express the Anunasika, e. g. devaii i L i :^ i
iha I vaksati^ l in I, 1, 2.
It begins: — agnim i ile^. i purah — liitam i yajfiasya i
devam i rtvijam ii liotaram i ratna — dhatamam ii
The first Astaka ends f. 70: — prathamastake astamo-
ddhyayah ii
The second Astaka begins: — pva i vah^ i prantam i
raghu — manyavah^ l andhah i yajiiani i rudraya i milhuse i
bharaddhvam ^ ii etc.
Astaka II ends f. 137b, Astaka III f. 202b, Astaka IV
f. 271b.
The MS. contains also the following Khilas': Khila II
(end of Mandala I) on ff. 108b, 109; Khila III (end of
Mandala II) on f. 133; Kh. IV (end of hymn V, 44) on
f. 218b; Kh. VI (end of hymn V, 51) on f. 221b; Kh. VII
(end of V, 84) on f. 235; Kh. XI (end of VI, 44) on
f. 260; Kh. XII (end of VI, 48) on f. 265. The Khilas I,
V, VIII (Sristikta), IX and X are not found.
166.
AVhish No. 177.
Size: 19x2^ in., (1) + 166 [numbered as ff. 160—323, ff. 281,
282 counted twice] + 1 leaves, 11 (sometimes 12) lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entries by Mr. Wliisli dated "Tellicherry December 1831".
The MS. may be about the same age as Xo. 176, but it is wiitten by
a different hand.
Character: Grantha.
The Rgveda-Samhitd in the Pada-Patha, accented (in
the same manner as No. 176), Astakas V — VIII.
It begins: — stuse i nara | divah i vya i asya i pra-santa l
asvina i huvC'^ i jaramanah | vya i arkkaih i etc.
The V*'^ Astaka ends f. 198b, the VI *^ Astaka f. 241,
the VII*^ Astaka f. 282 b, and the VIII ^^ Astaka f. 323 b.
I See Professor Max Miiller's 2nd Edition of the Rigveda-Samhita
•with Sayana's Coram., vol, IV, pp. 519 sqq.
-^ 224 f<-
Mandala IX ends f. 265b. Khila XIV is found on f. 178,
Khila XVII f. 247 b. There may be more Khilas in other
places, though I could not find them.
It ends: — yatha i vah'^ I sii-saha i asati ii 49 ii gati-
tirnnadhadhamastama nassanna sanus sanam'(??) ii addhya-
yasya suktani vargasamasamkhyani ii ity astamestakestamo-
ddhyayah ii subrahmanaya paramagurave namah li bin-
dudurllipi° etc.
167.
WmsH Xo. 178.
Size: 15|xli in., 6 + 165 leaves, 7 or 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Wliish dated 1831. The MS. is probably not
very much older.
Character: Grantha.
The Prakrti (ff. 1—157) and the Prakfticalaksara
(ff. 157 b— 165) of the Sdmaveda. An entry by Mr. Whish
says: "This volume contains the Peakbitih of the Saivia-
Yedah; and the CHalaksheam of the same — C. M.
Whish — Tellicherry 1831 — NB. The Chalaksharam is
a running index of the Prakritih." The first 6 leaves
contain an Index to the volume, written by Mr. Whish.
It begins: — gautamasya parkkah i o ta gna i I a cho
yi hi na vo i to ya pre i i tokaya pre i i gr ka ni no ha i
vya CO dato ya pre i i tokaya pre i i naghi i ho ta sa i
tsa ve i ba au ho va i hi tu si i di 7 pa 9 ma 9 jho ii a
te gna a yihi vl i takaya i i gr kah nl no havya da taya
i I ni ghai ho ta satsi barha i si i baverha i sa aii ho va i
bajarhl si i di 9 pa 6 ma 6 tr ii etc. See Sv. I, 1, 1, 1.
F. 2: — ekonavim^ati prathamah ii F. 3: — paiicadasa
dvitlyah ii F. 4b: — ekavim^atis trtiyah ii F. 7:— dva-
vimsati caturtthali ii etc.
F. 18: — caturda^a dvadasa ii harih om ii agneyam sama-
ptam II
-^ 225 r<-
F. 30 b: — dvavimsati sasthah ii samam 132 ii bahusiimi
samriptara ii om tvastri saraa i I pam kha yantlli i etc. See
Sv. I, 2, 2, 4, 1. '
F. 35b: — ekada^a sasthah ii 64 ii ekasami samaptam ii
om II bharadvajasyfirkkau dvau i a pa bhi tva su i etc.
See Sv. I, 3, 1, 5, 1.
F. 51b: — ekadasastamah ii brhati samaptam ii samara
150 II
F. 58: — trayodasa tritiyah ii trstup samaptam ii om
saikhandinam i ga yi ya i etc. See Sv. I, 4, 2. 1, 1.
F. 66 : — caturvim^ati caturtthah ii anustup samriptam ii
F. 80: — sodasa navamah ii indrapuccham samaptam ii
F. 116: — pancatrimsad ekadasa ii pavamanam sama-
ptam II samam ii 387 li
F. 127b: — dvadasa saptamah ii prathamaparvam sama-
ptam II F. 137: — saptadasa saptamah ii dvitiyaparvas sama-
ptah II F. 150: — dvadasastamah ii tritiyaparvani samaptam ii
harili om ii aranam samaptam ii samam 248 ii
F. 156: — dasa trtlyah ii sukriyam samaptam ii F. 157
ends: — hi ma sthi ka a pre i da ka yo i a ci i di 6 pa
6 ma 2 ka ii gayatram samaptam ii subham astu sriguru-
caranaravindabhyam namah ii etc. (Scribe's colophon in
Malayalam language.)
F. 157b begins: — agnijho tra tra tam agne jhu agnin
duku i agnirvatra dhudhedi i prestha chodhau ku i tva-
nnojhego i eh}iindainr i a te the ju i tvam agne hi i agne
vivasvad agho ekona^^msati prathamah ii namas te du i dii-
tam vo nil i etc. See Sv. I, 1, 1, 1.
It ends (f. 165): — dasa tritiyah ii sukriyam samaptam ll
vi dama ghavanvi darayendran dhanasya cauti dhu i a i
va no I u dvaya nte i tatsaka i sakvari samaptam ii prakrti-
calaksaram samaptam ii harih om etc.
168.
Whish No. 179.
Size: TtXI^- in., 3 + 54 leaves, 4 or 5 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
15
^^ 226 HSr-
Date: 17th or 18th cent.?
Character: Malayalam.
(1)
A fragment of the Niddnasthcma of theAstdhgasamgraha
by VdgWiata, Adhyaya 3^
It begins: — smrto vatapittaslesmaksataksayaih ksayayo-
peksitas sarve balinas cottarottaram I tesam bhavisyatam
riipani kanthe kandurarocakah sukapiirnabhakantbatvam
tatradho vihatonilah i urddbvain pravrttoras tasmin kantbe
ca samsajan sirasrotamsi sampuryya tatomgany utksipann
iva I etc.
It ends: — kramad vlryyam rucili pattir balani varnnas
ca biyate i kslnasya sasrnmutratvam syac ca prstbakafi-
grabab vayu[h]pradbana(b) kupita dbatavo rajayaksmanab.
(2)
Some y aisnava tr ac ts, viz. Ekddasivratamdhdtmya, Jay an U-
mdhdtmya from tbe Skanda-Purdna, Jayantlvrata (?),
Anantavrata (?), and Bhdskaramatamdhdtmya.
Tbe first tract begins: — sriganapataye namab avighnam
astu I Yudbistbira uvaca i srutam maya yadiisrestba vrata-
nam uttamotta[motta]mam krt[v]arttbosmi na sandebas
tvalprasadad adboksaja i anyo me sarpsayo bbuyad dbrdi
salyab ivarppitah cbettum arhasi devesa na *** hi vidyate i
tvam rte devakiputra sarvajna yadupumgava ekadaslvratam
idan nityam va kamyam eva va i etc.
It ends (f. 19): — iti ekadasivratamabatmyam samaptam ii
namostu tejase dbenupabne lokapaline dbarapayodbarotsam-
gasayine sesa^ayine i sivaramanarayanagovindamabadeva-
krsnabari ii
Tbe Jayantlmabatmya begins (f. 20): — sriganapataye
namab i namab kapilasuryyaya sandrajiianatamascbide
vidvatpatmaprabodbaikanidanajnanatejase i sri-Naradab ii
jayantyas caiva mabatmyam katbayasva pitamaba taccbru-
tvabani gamisyami tad visnob paramam padam i pitamaba
uvaca I srnu vatsa pravaksyami prabbavaii castamisu ca
jay am puny an ca kurute ksayam papasya yasya ca i etc.
I As Prof. Aufrecht kindly informs me.
-^ 227 H$-
It ends (f. 41b): — iti skandapurane ^rijayantimahatmyam
sampurnam ii
The Jayantivrata begins (f. 41b): — atah parara pra-
vaksyami jayantlvratam uttamara caturvarggapradan nfnam
vaisnavanam visesatah anantara putradam sridam monta-
(read moksa)dafi ca visesatah sravanyam krsnapakse ca
tithitrayam anuttamam saptami castami caiva navami ca
tatha srnu paratrayan nisa caiva dinatrayani atah param
budhas ca gurus ca sukrau ca paratrayam udahrtam, etc.
F. 47 : — dvadasaksaramantrena snapayed vidhipurvakam ii
harih snganapataye namah i aranye varttamanas te pan-
dava duhkhadar^itah (read '^'karsitah?) krsnan drstva yatha-
nyaya(m) pranipatyedam abruvan i vayan duhkhena sanjatah
prthivyara purusottama katham muktir vadasmakam anan-
tad dukhasagarat i srikrsna(h) i anantavratam asty anyat
sarvapapapranasanam sarvapapaharan nrnam strinaii caiva
Yudhisthira i etc.
F. 54 ends:— ittham vratan devapurohitena labdham
pura Bhaskarasannikarsat tasmSd amarttya manujas ca
jagmur vratan caritva sakalan abhistan ii iti Bhaskara-
matamahatmyani samaptam il ii
169.
Whish No. 181.
Size: 9irXl-g- in., (1) + 15 leaves, 7 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18 th or 19tii cent.?
Character: Malayalam,
The TarkasamgraJia, by Annambhatta.
It begins:— harih srlganapataye namah avighnam astu[h]
srigurubhyo namah | nidhaya hrdi visvesva[ra]m vidhfiya
guruvandanam i balanam sukhabodhaya kriyate tarkasain-
grahah i etc.
It ends: — Kanadanyayamatayor balavyutpattisiddhaye
Annambhattena vidusa racitas tarkasamgrahah ii tarka-
15*
-^ 228 f«
-r^. ^-io rsr-
saragrahas samaptah ii jagatah pitarau vaude varppati
paramesvarau ii srikrsnaya namali ii
170.
Whish No. 182.
Size: 7|xl| in., (1) + 38 leaves, generally 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Kollam year 997 = A. D. 1822.
Character: Malayalam.
The Manimanjari, a Commentary on Keddra Bliatta's
Vrttaratncikara, by Ndrayam, the son of Nrsimhayajvan.
'See No. 54 (3).
It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avigbnam astu i
svetambbodhisthitan devam etc. See the beginning in
No. 54 (3). . . . yathamatib ii atba praripsitasya gran-
tbasyavigbnaparisamaptipracayagamanarttham istadevata-
namaskaram karoti i sukbasantanasiddhyarttban naumi
brahmacyutarccitam i gaurivinayakopetam samkaram loka-
samkaram I spastortthah, etc.
It ends:— yas tu prayunkte kusalo visese sabdan yatba-
vad vyavabarakale i sonantam apnoti jayam paratra
vagyogavid dusyati napasabdaih^ ii iti vrttaratnakaravya-
kbyayam manimahjaryam sastboddhyayab piirnnah ii barib
sriganapataye namah i asmatgurubbyo namah ii
vrttaratnakaravyakbyanam samaptam ii srlsarasvatyai na-
mah I etc. (Date in Malayalam).
171.
Whish No. 183.
Size: 9j-Xl| in., 10 leaves, 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th or 19tii cent.?
Character: Malayalam.
I See Mahabhasya, ed. Kielhorn, I, p. 2.
-^ 229 r^r-
Three Stotras, viz.,
(1) the Durgastaka (ff. 1—2);
(2) the Hastamalaka (ff. 2 b— 3);
(3) the Mantraksaramala (ff. 3b— 10b).
It begins: — harih matar mme niadhukaitabhaghni mahi-
sapranapaharodyame helaiiirmmitadhumralocanavadhe he
candamiindarddini nis^esikrtaraktabijanidhane nitye nisuni-
bhavahe sumbhaddhvamsini samharasu duritam durgge
namas tembike i 1 i traivaCrjiiyrinruu gunanam amisaranakala-
kelinanavatarais trailokyas tranasilam danujakulavanivahni-
kilasalilam devim saccinmayin tarn vipulitavinamatsatrivar-
ggapavarggam durggam devIm prapadye saranam aham
asesapadunmulanaya i 2 i
The Durgastaka ends f. 2 : — etat santah pathantu stavam
akhilavipatjjyrdatuLanahlbhamhrnmohaddhvantabhanuprati-
mam amitasamkalpakalpadrukalpam daurggaip daurggatya-
ghoratapatuhinakaraprakhyam auho(?)gajendrasrenipanca-
syadesyam suvipulabhayakalahitarksyaprabhavam i sridevyai
namah i
The Hastamalakam (f. 2b) begins:— harih nimittam
manascaksuradipravrttau nirastakhilopadhir akasakalpah
ravir llokacestanimittarn yatha yas sa nityopalabdhisvarupo-
ham atma i 1 i
F. 3 ends:— tatha cancalatvam tathapiha visnau i iti
hastamalakah ii See No. 63 (6) above p. 82.
The Mantrakisaramala (f. 3b) begins:— harih kallololla-
sitamrtabdhiLaharimaddhye virajanmanidvipe, etc. See
above Nos. 43 (2) and 112 (5).
It ends (f. 10b):— srimantraksaramalaya girisutam yah
pujayec cetasa sandhyasu prativasaram suvihitam^ tasya-
malasyacirat cittambhoruhamandape girisutanrttam vidhattc
sada vanivaktrasaroruhe jaladhijagehe jaganmamgala i
(Then follow some lines in the Malayalam language).
I The other two MSS. read suniyatam.
-5H 230 K~
172.
Whish No. 184.
Size: 7x1? in., (1) + 30 + (6) leaves, 6 or 7 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: IStii or 19tii cent.?
Character: Telugu.
Injuries: The MS. is mucli damaged by insects, some leaves being
almost illegible.
A treatise on dreams (Svapnadhydya?), only partly in
Sanskrit.
The beginning is not Sanskrit.
It ends:— saktya tu daksinam dadyat i nanaasyann ista-
devatan i sarvadusvaiDnajanitam i doso na syatvu samsayah
(read syat tv asainsayah) ii 8 ii iti dusvapnasa ** ii srira-
niarppanam astii ii ii
173.
Whish No. 188.
Size: 8tX1| in., 20 leaves, 7 lines on a page (5 lines only on
the last 3 leaves).
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th or 19th cent.?
Character: Malay alam.
Injuries: Slightly damaged, part of last leaf broken off.
The Caudikasai)tati, a Stotra in honour of Durga. Printed
in Kavyamala IV (1887), p. 1 seqq., and called there
Candlsataka. The author is Bam. See Aufrecht CC. p. 177.
It begins: — ma bhamksir vibhramam bhrur adharavidhu-
rata keyamasyasya ragain pane prany eva nayam kalayasi
kalahasraddhaya kin trisulam ity udyatkopaketiin prakr-
tim avayavan prapayanty eva devyfi nyasto vo murddhni
musyan marudasuhrdasun samharann amghrir amhah i 1 i
It ends : — ... kurvati parvati vah 11 sridurggayai namah
candikasaptatih ii
-^ 231 f<-
174.
AVmsH No. 189.
Size: 7 x 1^- in., (1) + 13 + (1) leaves, 7 or 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Early 19th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
Fragment of the LaUtdstavaratna, called Aryddvisatl
by Mr. Wliish.
Beginning and end the same as in the fragment
No. 160 (2).
175.
Whish No. 190.
Size: ISj x; It in., (1) + 39 + (3) leaves, 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th or 19tii cent.?
Character: Grantha.
The Bliojaprcibandha, a historical romance in prose and
verse, (by Ballala. See Aufrecht-Oxford, p. 150 seq.)
It begins: — svasti srlmaharajasya Bhojasya prabandhah
kathyate i adau dhararajye Bandhulasamjno raja ciram
prajah paryyapalayat i asya ca vrddhatve Bhoja iti putras
samajani i sa yada paiicavarsikah tada pita atmani jaram
jnatva mantrimukhyan ahuya anujam Mimjam mahabalam
alocya putrah ca brdam viksya vicarayam asa i yady ahara
rajyabharadharanasamarttham sodaram apahaya rajyam
putraya prayacchami tada lokapavadah i athava balam me
putram Muiijo rajyalobhad visadina marayisyati i tatha
hi I lobhah pratistha pFipasya prasiitir llobha eva ca i
dvesakrodhadijanako lobhah papasya karanam li 1 ii lobhat
kopah prabhavati krodhad (d)rohah pravarttate i drohena
narakara yati sastrajhopi vicaksanah ii 2 ii mataram pitaram
putram bhrataram va suhrttamam i lobhavisto naro hanti
svaminam va gurun tatha ii 3 ii iti vicaryya rajyam Munjaya
•^ 232 H$-
dattavan i tadutsamge atmajam mumoca i tatali kalantare
rajani divam gate sati sampiTiptarajyo Muiijah buddhisa-
garam vyaparamudrayali durikrtya tatpade anyan didesa i
gurubhyo rajaputram vacayati sravayati ca sastrani i evam
sthite jyotissastraparam gatali kascit brahmanah rajnas
sabliam abliyagat i sa ca rajne svastity uktva tadajfiaya
upavistali praha i raj an lokoyam mam sarvajiiam vakti i
kimapi prccha i kanthastlia ya bhaved vidya sa prakasya
sada budhaih i ya gurau pustake vidya taya miidhah pra
*** (11 4 II) mateva raksati piteva hite niyuiikte kanteva
cabhiramayaty apanlya khedam i kirttifi ca diksu vitanoti
tanoti laksmlm kim kin na sadhayati kalpalateva vidya ii 5 ii
tato raja putrasya Bhojasya buddhyatisayan jatakan ca
prstavan i tato brfilimana aha i raj an tava putroyam ati-
buddliiman biiddiiir eva khaki sarvakaryyasadhini i tatha
hi 1 ekam hanyan na va hanyad isur mmukto dhanusmata i
buddhir buddhimatotsrsta hanyad rastram sarajakaiu
II 6 11 etc.
It is incomplete, the end of" the MS. being as follows: —
raja sarvam bhumim kavidattam matva udatisthat i kavis
ca tam abhiprayam jhatva punar aha ii rajan kanakadha-
rabhis tvayi sarvatra varsati i abhagyacchatrasaiichanne
mayi nayanti bindavah ii 302 ii raja antahpuram gatva Li-
ladevlm aha i devi sarvam rajyam kavaye dattam i tasmat
tapovanam maya saha agaccha i asminn avasare vidvan
nirgatah i Buddhisagarena mukhyamatyena prstah i vidvan
rajha kin dattam i sa aha i na kimapi dattam i amatya
aha I ****** (leaf broken) akam patha i tatas slokacatu-
stayam pathati i tatomatyah praha i sukave tava koti-
dravyan diyate i paran tii rajha yad dattam tava bhavi
tat punar vikriyatam i kavis tatha karoti i tato kotisam-
khyan datva kavim presayitva amatyah rajani katam agatya
tisthati 1 raja tam fdia i Buddhisagara rajyam idam sarvam
kavaye dattam atas tapovanam gacchami i tavapeksa asti
yadi tarhi ma gaccha i tatomatyah praha i deva kotidrav-
yamulyena rajyam idam vikritam kotidravyah ca viduse
dattam i ato rajyam bhavadiyam bhumksva i rfija amatyam
sammanitavan i anyada mrgayarasena atavim atann ata-
■^ 233 H^
pena dunadehah pipasaya paryyakulas turaipgam adhiruliya
udakartthan nikatakatabhuvam atan tad alalxlliva, srantah
kasyacit taror adliastad upfivisat i tatra kacit gopakanya
sukumarl manojfiasarvamgl dharanagaram prati takram
vikritukama takrabhandam samudvahanti samagacchat i
agacchantin tan drstva raja pipasaya etat bliandasthani
peyaii cet pibamiti buddhya prccbati i taruni kira vahasi i
sa ca mukbasriya tarn Bhojam viditva rajfio bbavafi ca
jnatva iXba i deva i bimakundasasiprabbasamkbanibbaiii
paripakvakapitthasugandbi rasam i tarunikaranirmmatbitain
piba be nrpa sarvarujapabaram i
176.
Whish No. 191.
Size: lltx28- in., 4 + 226 + (3) leaves, from 14 to 16 lines on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'December 1831'. The Vyaya
year immediately preceding 1831 is A. D. 1826—27. The MS. may
have been written in that year, or in A. D. 1766 — 67.
Scribe: Raghunatha, son of Ramakrsna.
Character: Grautha.
Tbe Taittinya-Samhitd, in 7 Kandas, the Sambita-Patba,
complete, unaccented. Tbe first three leaves contain a
table of contents indicating the commencement of the
Prasnas and Kandas.
It begins: — suklambaradhararn visnum sasivarnah catur-
bhujam i prasannavadanan dbyayet sarvavighnopasantaye i
srigurubbyo namah ii srlramacandraya namah ii oin ise
tvorjje tva vayava sthopayava stha, etc.
Kanda I ff. 1 — 32, Kanda II ff. 33—68, Kanda III
£f. 69—88, Kanda IV ff. 89—116, Kanda V ff. 117—155,
Kanda VI ff\ 156—193, Kanda VII ff 194-226.
It ends: — yonis samudro bandhuh il vyattam avahad dva-
dasa ca ii gavo giXvas sisasanti .... catuhpahcasat ll gavo
yonis samudro bandhuh i harih om subham astu sriguru-
bhyo namah sriramaya namah. n krsnarpanam astu ii
-^ 234 r^
samvatsare vyaye bhanau kannyaraslm upeyusi i ayane
daksine pakse site vare brhaspateh i antiradhabhidhe tare
caturtthitithisamyute i Ramakrsnasya putrena ramablia-
ktena dhimata i Raghunathena vidusa likhitam vedapusta-
kam I abaddham va, etc. . . . ksantura arhanti santah li
177.
Whish No. 192.
Size: 121x2 in., 2 + 302 + (2) leaves, 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18tii or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
The Taittiriya-Bralimana, in 3 Astakas, ending with
III, 9. The first two leaves contain a table of contents
indicating the commencement of Astakas and Prasnas.
It begins:— brahma san dhattan tan me jinvatam i etc.
The l'"^* Astaka ends (f. 88 b): — varunasya yad asvibhyam
yat trisu tasmad udvatis saptatrimsat ii varunasya prati
tisthati II harih om etc.
The 2^"^ Astaka ends (f. 185 b): — pivonnam yuyam pata
svastibhis sada nah ii harih om, etc.
The 3'^'^ Astaka ends (f. 302): — prajapatir asvamedhan
juhvati II harih om i etc.
178.
Whish No. 193.
Size: 12tX2 in., 1 + 130 + (1) leaves, 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th or 19 th cent.?
Character: Grantha, the same hand as No. 177.
The Taittirlija-Aranyaka and the Aranya-Kcifliaka (i. e.
Taittiriya-Brahmana III, 10—12). The arrangement of
the Prapathakas differs from that in Rajendralala Mitra's
edition, and Prapathakas VOI and IX are missing, just
as in the Dravida text, described by Burnell, Tanjore p. 8b.
See H. Liiders, Vyasa-Siksa, p. 61 note.
-^ 235
K~
Ff.
1 — 20 =
Pi
apathaka
T )
^
21 — 28 =
29 — 36b =
II
III
^ cs y
^ -S ^3
36b- 45 =
46 — 54 =
VI
VII
2 ^ 3
55 — 69 =
X
■S '§ g
70 — 84 =
85 —103 =
IV
V
-S icS -"S
rt pf T3
Kathaka
104 —111 =
Taittiriya-Brahmana III, 10
or
Aranya-
Kathaka
112 — 120b=
120b-130 =
III, 11
III, 12
It begins: — bhadram karnebhis srimuyama devah i etc.
The 1"* Prapathaka ends f. 20b, the 2^d P. f. 28b.
The 3"^ P. ends (f. 36b): — suvaniara sahasrasirsabhyo
bliartta harin taranir apyayasveyuste ye jyotismatira praya-
saya cittam ekavimsatih i cittis sirnginikosyabhyam ii harih
om II srikrsnarpanam astu ii vasudevarpanam astu on tat
sat II
Then follows: — pareyivamsam pravato mahir anu bahu-
bhyah pantham anapaspasanam i etc. which is the 6**^ Pra-
pathaka in Rajendralala Mitra's edition. It ends (f. 45): —
om utsrjata ii vadhistha dve ca ii 12 ii pareyuvarasam ajo-
bhagas catuscatvarinisat i apasySma prnihi dvadasa
dvadasa i pareyivamsam ayatvotas te saptaviipsatih. i pa-
reyuvamsam oni utsrjata ii harih om i . . . subham astu ii
Then follows Prapathaka VII ending f. 54b, and this
is followed by P. X, which begins (f. 55): — ambhasy apSre
bhuvanasya maddhye nakasya prsthe mahato mahiyan i etc.
It ends (f. 69):— mahimanam ity upanisat ii 64 i ambhasi
bhur agnaye bhur annam bhiir agnaye ca pahi no
(f. 69 b) tasyaivam vidusas catussastih ii ambhasi vrsa harnsas
sarvo vai rudra ayatu sraddhayan tat purusa ya prthi-
vyaikannasltih ii ambhasity upanisat ii srikrsnarpanam astu i
. . . srigurubhyo namah ii
Then follow Prap. IV, ff. 70—84, & Prap. V, ff. 85—103,
which ends as follows: — devS, vai satram yajhaparur antas
tejasaivasminn acchrnatti svaha marutbhir j-tubhya eva-
->* 236 H^
dhiyantoveksante pamkto yajnas tabhya evainam yajiiam
raksamsi jighamsanti tat samnah payo vacyeva vacan da-
dhati tasmad idam satottarafi caturdasa i liarih om ii
Then follows the Kathaka, i. e. Taittiriya-Brahmana III,
10—12 (ff. 104—130).
It ends (f. 130): — tuhhyam saptapahcasat i tubhyam
om II harih om i subham astu i idam riranakathaka sama-
ptam II harih om ii tubhyan tapasa tava eta hiranyan dadati
sarva disas tapa asit saptapaiicasat il sriguru° etc.
179.
Whish No. 194.
Size: 14ix2 in., 2 + 150 + (l) leaves, 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'December 1831'. The MS. may
be about 50 or 70 years older.
Character: Grantha.
The Uhagdna or Saptagcma of the Samaveda, Prasnas
12—49, or iBooks II— VII. The titles of the Books are:
Samvatsara, Ekaha, Ahlna, Satrani, Prayascitta, and
Ksudra. The first Book, called Dasaratra, consisting of
Prasnas 1—11, is found in No. 180. The first two leaves
contain an Index of Books and Prasnas. On this work,
see Th. Benfey, Die Hymnen des Samaveda, p. vii; Weber-
Berlin I, p. 67; Aufrecht CC. p. 709.
It begins: — amahlyavani i yo i ucca, tajjatam andhasah ii
vr pha si, pavasva dharaya i ma cchara ru tva ta pre i I
ca kah matsarah i vi ro sva dadha i na kah ojasa u i etc.
See Sv. I, 5, 2, 4.
F. 31 : - samvatsaram samaptam ii om i nanadam i sva i
pra thu tyasmai pi pi l etc. See Sv. I, 4, 2, 2, 1.
F. 63: — ekahas samaptah ii harih om i srigurubhyo
namah ii harih om ii srautakaksam i yo i indrEya ma dva
ne siitri I etc. See Sv. I, 2, 2, 2, 4.
F. 94: — ahlnara samaptam ii harih cm ii (F. 94b) gaurl-
vitam I vipasah i vi ti so l v6 ta ti tatha im i etc. See
Sv. I, 1, 2, 4, 7.
-^ 237 f^
F. 119 b:— satiTini saiiiaptaui ii harih om ii udvat pra-
jfipatyam i yo i puniinas soma dha i pra ro tnam sadhastha-
ma I etc. See Sv. II, 1, 1, 9.
F. 129:— prayascittani samaptam ii harih ora ii subham
astu I akanvarathantaram i k rau bhi t\k sura no nii
mah I etc. See Sv. I, 3, 1, 5, 1.
It ends (f. 150b): — ksudram samaptam ii uhara sama-
ptam II harih om i etc.
180.
"Whish No. 195.
Size: 12^Xl|- in., 70 + 74 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'December 1831'. The MS. may
be about 50 or 70 years older.
Character: Grantha.
(1)
The Dasamtra or first Book of the Uliagdna of the
Sdmaveda, in 11 Prasnas. See above No. 179 (Whish
No. 194).
It begins: — amahiyavam svayona — u pha cca ta i i ja-
tam andhasah i di chii va i sat bhu pre i mi kah ya da da i i
u ro gram sarmmil i ma kah ha i srava 2 i yaca i sa pha na i
a indrti ya yu jyava i i va chu rii na ya pre i makah rilt
bhi yah i vakaira vo va it i pakah ra 2 srava 2 i vaca i
ephana va i sva ni aryya a i etc. See Sv. II, 1, 1, 8.
It ends: — o au ce ho ha i i sva kah nta u va i ya tl
ntyau ho i him kamapre i va khi mi jo muha i i di nu
4 2 nama 2 6 i lu ii dasaratrah il harih om, etc.
(2)
The Eahasya of the Sdmaveda, in 7 Parts. The titles
of these 7 Parts are the same as those of the 7 Books
of the Uhagana. The work is evidently the same as the
TJhyaydna or Uhyagdna, on which see Benfey, Die Hymnen
des Samaveda, p. vm; Weber-Berlin, I, p. 67; Aufrecht
CC. p. 709.
-^ 238 i<r~
It begins: — a ra blii tvl su ra no nma mo va i ratha-
ntaram ii sva catvari i a ra bhi tva su ra no nma mo va i
aka dugdham thenava (sec. m.: dugdlia iva dlienava) i(sa)-
nam asya jagatah i su kah vardrsam i etc. See Sv. L 3, 1 , 5, 1.
F. 11:— tritiyah i dasaratrah i harih om ii aprcchyam
samkrstah i dha ratnali purvavad rathantaram ii
F. 26: — uhasamam i 41 i samvatsaras samaptah ii athar-
vanam i uhu va o hi i o au ca ho va i etc.
P. 34: — ekahas samaptah ii rtanidhanam ajyadoham ii
cyokaham i prakasunvanaya, etc. See Sv. I, 6, 2, 1, 9.
F. 44 b: — ahmas samaptah ii mabhe i yo i rathakhye i
samkrstah rathantaram ii ma rabhe mama, etc.
F. 48b: — satram samaptam i: harih om ii u ca hu va o
ha 1 0 au ca ho° va i etc.
F. 54b : — prayascittam samaptam samarn 19 harih om ii
0 au ho iyajfia yajna, etc.
It ends: — it ku ida i simasuva i adya yo stotriyo ritya-
gatih I di 12 I ut 3 I manu 4 i jl i 2 ii rahasyam sama-
ptam II srigurubhyo namah ii harih om ii subham astu i
181.
Sansk. No. 1.
Size: IT^xIt in., (1) + 53 leaves, from 5 to 7 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 19 & cent.?
Character: Grantha.
The Hastigirimdhdtmya from the Brahma - Purdna,
Adhyayas 1 — 15. According to Aufrecht-Oxford p. 30a,
it belongs to the Br ahmdnda -Parana.
It begins: — Bhruguruvaca i bhagavan muni^ardiila varna-
sramasamasrayah i akhyata bahavo dharmma bhavata me
sanatanah i utpattih kathita dhatur visnunabhisaroruhat i
devata * ryyan^ naranah ca sambhavah kathitas tvaya i
I A piece of the first leaf is broken oft", one Aksara being lost in
each line. Read devatanan?
-^ 239 Hg-
dharmmarttliakamamoksunam svarupau ca yathatathani i
dehinam karmmabandlias ca taddhetus ca suvismrtah i
pradhaiiapumsor ajiieyo svarupan ca (sa)miritara i vidyavidye
ca katliite lokabhedas ca vismrtah i punyaksetrani sarvani
kathitani saraagratah i nagarani ca punyani vi.sesena mahi-
tale 1 salagramam kuruksetram tatlia badarikasramam i etc.
F. 5: — iti sribrahme purane Bhrugu-Naradasamvade ^ri-
hastigirimahatmye prathamoddliyayah ii
F. 19: — iti sribrahme purane Bhrgu-Naradasamvade sri-
hastagirimahatmye ahamkaranirupane hiranyagarbhavibu-
dbasamvado nama pancamoddhyayah II
F. 23: — iti . . . gunatrayavibhago nama sasthoddhyayah ii
F. 25b:— iti . . . bhagavatpradurbhavo nama saptamo-
ddhyayah ii
F. 33:— iti . . . asvamedhavabhrtho nama navamodhya-
yah II
F. 43: — iti . . . dvijabharadvajasamvado nama dvadaso-
ddhyayah ii
F. 47 : — iti . . . apsaroganavipralambho nama trayodaso-
ddhyayah ii
F. 50: — iti . . . mrkandugajendrasainvado nama cadur-
dasoddhyayab ii
F. 52b ends: — yaksasamghais ca munibhir gandharvais
ca nisevitam i sa pravisya saromaddhye kautuhalasaman-
vitah 1 dadarsa paramapritas sobhitan nirmmalodakam i
The end of the work is lost. The last leaf does not
belong to it.
182.
Sansk. No. 2.
Size: 9x1t in., (2) + 57 + (2) leaves, generally 6 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18 th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
The ^rirangamdhatmya from the Brahmdmja-Purdna,
in 10 Adhyayas. See No. 49 (a) and Ind. Off. YI, p. 1248
(No. 3437).
-^ 240 r^
It begins: — asmatgurubhyo nainali i Naradah i devadeva
virupfiksa smtam sarvam mayadhuna i trailokyantargatam
pratnam tvanmukhambhojamssrtam i tatha pimyani tirtthani
punyany ayatanani ca i gamgadyas saritas sarva itiha-
sas ca samkara i kaveryyas tu prasamgena tasyas tire tvaya
pura 1 prastutam ramgam ity uktam visnor ayatanani
mahat i tasyaham srotum icchami vistarena mabesvara i
mabatmyam agbanasaya punyasya ca vivrddbaye i etc.
Y. 5b: — iti brabmandapurane mabesvaranaradasamvade
sriramgamabatmye srlramgaksetravaibbavan nama pratha-
moddbyayab i sriramganatbaya namah ii
F. lib: — iti . . . sriramgamabatmye bralimasrstikatbanan
nama dvitiyoddbyayab ii bayagrivaya namab ii
Adbyaya 3 (srlramgavimanam avirbbavan nama) ends
f. 16; Adby. 4 f. 20 b; Adby. 5 (arccavataravigrabasvaru-
pavaibbavan nama) f. 25 b; Adby. 6 f. 31; Adby. 7 (sri-
ramgadivyavimanam Iksvakulabdbavaibbavan nama) f. 38b;
Adby. 8 f. 44b; Adby. 9 f. 50b.
It ends: — iti brabmandapurane mabesvaranaradasam-
vade sriramgamabatmye dasamoddbyayab i sriramganatbaya
namab i barih om subham astu.
183.
Sansk. Xo. 3.
Size: ISlxlj in., (6) + 82 (numhored also as £f. 66 to 148) + (3)
leaves, 5 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: IStii or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
Tbe Visvagunddarsa, by Vet^lmfdcdryayajvan, son of i^a-
(jlmndthdryadllmta. See Aufrecbt-Oxford p. 150 (No. 319).
It begins : — ^rirajivaksavaksastbalanilayarama bastavasta-
vyalolallila(bja)n nispatanti madhuramadbujbari nabbipadme
murareb i astokam lokamatra dviyugamukbasisor ananesv
arpyamanam samkbaprante na divyam paya iti vibudbais
samkyamana punatu i kancimandalamandanasya makbinah
-^-4 241 H$-
karnatabhubhrtguros tataryyasya tligantakantaya^aso yam
bhagineyam viduli i astokilcldhvarakarttur Appayaguror
asyaisa vidvanmaneh putra srI - llagliunatliadiksitakavih
purno gunair edhate i 2 i tatsutas tarkavedantatantravya-
krticintakab i vyaktam visvagunadarsam vidhatte Ye(n)kata-
ddhvari i padyam yady api vidyate bahu satam hrdyam vi-
gadyan na tarka (read tad?) gadyan ca pratipadyate na
vijahat padyam budha svadyatam i adhatte hi tayoh prayoga
ubhayor amodam mamodayam samgali kasya na hi svadcta
manaso maddhvikamrdvlkayoh i visvavalokasprhaya kadacit
vimanamriruhyasamauarupamiKrsanuvisvavasunamadheyaiu
gandharvayugmam gagane cacara i 5 i tatra tu i Krsfinur
akrsasuyah purobhagi padam gatah i Yisvavasur abhud
visvagiinagrahanakaiituki i 6 i atha puratas samapatantam
aravindabandhavam avalokayann avandata nanam (?) aga-
masagaraparadrsva visvavasuli i brahmacaryyavratotsarga-
gurave kokasantateh i cchayabimbokalolaya cchandasa-
jyotise namah i 7 i
It ends: — jayatu nigamavartmanis sapatna (read °tnafi;
jayatu jayaya murarir anjanadrau i jayatu jagati laksmana-
ryyapakso jayatu vacas srutimaulidesikanam i prakasado-
sapracurepy amu^min granthe madiye karunanubandhat i
prasadavanto na krsanavantu j)aran tu visvavasavantu
santah i slo i 575 i ga i 222 ii iti srimad-Atreyanvaya-
Raghunatharyyadiksitatanayasya srinivasakrpatisayasuvidi-
tanayasya Sitambagarbhasambhavasya srimatkahcinagara-
vastavyasya Verakatacaryyayajvanah krtisu visvagunadarsa-
khyaii cambu (sic) sampuniam ii harih om ii
184.
Sansk. No, 4.
Size etc.: IS^-xli in., (2) + 176 + (2) leaves, from 6 to 8 lines
on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
16
^ 242; H^.
(1)
• The Madhydrjunamalmtmya from the SJcanda-Piirdna
(ff. 1—79) and Uparihlidga of the same (ff. 80-145).
It begins: — sriganesaya namah i advaitadantam ahiraja-
krtopavitam akhandaladivibudhair abhivanditamghrim i apa-
nnakalpatarum adrtahastirupam anandavarddhanam aham
sivayor nnamami i srikantham varadam vande sndhara-
drumareditam i dharayantam viyannadya samam mur-
ddh[a]ni sudhakarani i suprasannamiddiambhojam suvarna-
citivigraham i gaurisakham anadyan tam bhajeham jaga-
disvaram i om rsayali i srutani pimyasthanani tirtthani
vividhani ca i etc.
F. 4b: — iti skSnde purane maddhyarjjunamahatmye pra-
thamoddhyayah ii
Parti (f. 79) ends: — iti sriskande purane maddhyarjju-
namahatmye trimsoddhyayah ii maddhyarjjunamahatrayam
sampurnam i srimaddhyarjjunesvaraya namah i ajhagane-
svaraya namah i sridaksinamurttaye namah ii harih om
avighnam astu.
Part II begins (f 80): — mahaganapataye namah i sri-
Saunakah i nadmadapuranajha tirtthavaibhavakovida i
srutam saivarahasyam me tvattas samgam mahamate i
gamanagamanan caiva maddhyarjjunapateh prabhoh i
vrsnivaryasya mahatmyam tatragamanakaranam i maya
srutam vistarena Suta tatvavisrirada i srotum icchami
mahatmyam tirtthanan ca visesatah i kani tirtthani tatksetre
subhe maddhyarjjune pure i kartsnyena bruhi dayaya tlr-
tthadevadikany api l etc.
F. 83: — iti sriskandapurane uparibhage tirtthavaibhava-
khande Siitasaunakasamvade karunyamrtatirtthaprasamsa-
nam nama dvatrimsoddhyayah li
It ends (f. 145 b): — iti sriskandapurane Sutasaunakasam-
vade uparibhage ksetravaibhavakhande srimanmaddhya-
rjjunamahatmye kalyanatirttha^ikharatrivaibhavanirtipanan
nama dvipancasoddhyayah II srimahamamgalamurttaye na-
mah I snbrhatkucambanayaklsametasriraahahipgamahamur-
ttaye namah ii
-^ 243 ^<-
(2)
The Madhydrjunamdludmya from the Bralimakaivarta-
FurCum (ff. 14()— 160).
It begins (f. 146 = 1): — srimahaganapataye namah i
Narado munivaryas tu kadacit caturauanain i pudamulam
upasritya vavande pitaram svakara i sabhayain manito
bhutva brahmana patmayonina i upavi.syasane divye sarva-
devais supujitah i drstva rnunir brahmasabham murttamur-
ttajaiiai(r) vrtani i etc.
F. 149 (=4): — iti srlbrahinakaivarttapurane rahasye
sivavaibhavakhande brahmanfiradasamvade maddhyarjjuna-
mahatmye prathamoddhyayah il
It ends (f. 160 b = 15 b): — iti sribrahmakaivarttapurana-
rahasye Sivavaibhavakhande brahmanaradasamvade sri-
manmaddhyarjjunamahatmye sasthoddhyayah ii
(3)
The Madhijdrjanamdhdtniya from the Linga-Purdna
(ff. 161—176).
It begins (161 = 16): — srimahaganapataye namah i
naimise nimisaksetre Saunakadya maharsayali i dvadasabda-
kratuvaram cakruh kailasahetave i tadayato mahapiijyah
Siitah pauranikottamah i sivasarnkirttanam kurvan tripu-
ndramkitadehavan i etc.
F. 164 (=19): — iti srimallimgapurane maddhyarjjuna-
maha,tmye maddhyamakhande Sutasaunakasamvade pratha-
moddhyayah II
It ends (f. 176b = 31b): — iti srimallimgapurane nagara-
maddhyamakhande Sutasaunakasamvade srlmanmaddhya-
rjjunesvaramahatraye pancamoddhyayah ii sribrhatkucam-
basametasrimahahmgamahaniiirttaye namah ii harih i cm i
185.
Sansk. No. 5.
Size etc.: Io'jxIt in., 219 + (2) leaves [if. 16, 82, 214 are missing,
106, 108, 124 occur twice, 104, 107, 109, 198, 211, 212 & 213 are
misplaced], 6 or 7 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
16*
-$H 244 H$-
Date: 18 th or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantha. The MS. is written by two different hands.
It looks as if original lacunas had been supplied by a more recent
hand. The end is missing.
The Pancanaclamdhdtmya from the T'lrthcqorasamsd of
the Brahmahaivarta-Purdna, incomplete and very incorrect.
It begins: — suklambaradharam visnum sasivarnam catur-
bhujam prasannavadanam ddhyfiyet sarvavighnopasantaye I
ya kundendutusaraharadhavala (read °la)ya subhravastravrta
(read °ta) ya vlna(read °na)varadandamanditakara ya sveta-
padmasana i ya brahma(read °hma)cyutasarakaraprabhrti-
bhi(r) devi sada pujita sa (read °ta sa) mam patii (read patu)
sarasvati bhagavati nigyesajadyilpali (read nissesajadyapa-
ha)* I doskayukta (read dorbhir yukta) caturbhi sphatika-
manimayim aksamalan dadhana hastenaikena patmarn sitam
api ca sukam pustakafi caparena bhasakundendusamkha-
sphatikamaninibha bhasamana samanam (read °am) sa me
vagdevateyan nivasatu vadane sarvada suprasanna (read
"nna ii) vande mahesvaran devam vighnesarn sanmukham
gurum I ganesan nandimukhyas (read °khyains) ca sivabha-
ktamahamunin i namo dharmmaya mahate namah i krsnaya
vedhase brahmanebhyo namaskrtya dharmman vaksyama(h)
sasvatan (read °tan) srlgurubhyo namah i Devavarmma-
bhidho raja suryavamsasamutbhavah i sumutura (read Su-
mantum) paripapraccha sivabhakta[ka]dvijottamrih (read
°mam) i uktam samastam bhavata Sumanto tlrtthavaibhavam i
kaverya mahima prokta (read °kto) vrddhadrsasya vaibhavam
madhuraksetramaharttham (read mathnraksetramahatm-
yam?) vistarena tvayoditam i idanim srotum icchami srl-
matpahcanadasya vai i mahatmyam kayutam vidvan (read
kathyatam vidvan) kautiihalaparasya me i etc.
F. 6: — iti srimatbrahmakaivarttakavye mahapurane tir-
tthaprasamsayam i)ahcanadamahatmye prathamoddhyayah 11
F. 54: — iti navamoddhyayah ii
F. 99 b: — iti dvavirnsoddhyayah ii
I See the beginning of Nr. 187 in the 'Katalog der Sanskrit-Hand-
schriften der Universitats-Bibliothek zu Leipzig' von Theodor Aufrecht
(Leipzig 1901).
-^ 245 K-
F. 164: — iti pancatrimsoddliyayah ii
p, 187: — iti tricatvririmsodclhyayah ;i
F. 212b: — iti sribrahmakaivarttakhye' mahapurane tir-
tthaprasamsayara paficanadamahatmye astacatvarim^o-
ddhyayah.
186.
Sansk. No. 6.
Size etc.: Ifijxl? in., (1) -f- 149 + (1) leaves, 7 or 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: ISth or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
The Tulakaverlmahdtmija from the Agneya-Purdna, in
31 chapters.
Another copy in No. 51 (= Whish No. 52).
It begins: — suklaipbaradharam visnum sa.sivarnah catur-
bhujani i prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopa.santaye i
Dharmmavarmmatharajarsir nniculapuravallabhah i bhiiyah
papraccha tan natva Drdbhyara bhagavatottamam i bhaga-
van praninas sarve kenopayena sampadah i bhavanti putran
samprapya sukhinas cirajivinah i katham syat papanirhara
srise (readsrisca?) bhaktih kathani bhavet i kena dharmmena
santusto bhagavan bhutabhavanah i prasidati manusyanam
bhuktiniuktiphakxpradah i visesapapabhuyisthe duracare
kalau yuge i papanaso bhavet brahman mahapatakinopi
va I etat sarvam asesena tava sisyasya me vada i iti
rajhanusamprsto bhagavan bhagavatpriyah i babhase Dhar-
mmavarmmanara dharmmistham brahmanottamah i Dal-
bhyah i sadhu prstam maharaja bhagavatbhaktivarddhana i
yat te manogatam srotuni divyam visnukathani .subharn i
tasmat te varnayisyami sarvani tatvani yathfimati i asrainn
artthe pura prsto Hariscandrena Kumbhajah i kuruksetre
munindranam agrato yad avarnayat i tat teham sampra-
vaksyami srunusvavahitodhuna I etc.
Y. 5b: — iti srimadagneyapurane tulakaverimahatmye
prathamoddhyayah ii
1 This is exceptional. The colophons at the end of almost all the
chapters have srlmatbrahmakaivartta/v«i'^e.
-^^ 246 i<r-
It ends: — iti srimadagneyapurane tulakaveiimahatmye
ekatrmsoddliyayah ii evam etat puravrttam akhyanam
bhadram astu vah i pravyaharata visrabdhrdi balam visnoli
pravarddhatam i kaverl vai'ddhatam kale kale varsatu
vasavali i tiriramganatho jayatu siiramgasris ca varddha-
tam 1 lablias tesan jayas tesam krtas tesam paiTibhavah i
tesam indivara syamo lirdaye supratisthitali ii liarih om I!
187.
Sansk. No. 7.
Size etc. : 16 X 1 ¥ in., (1) + 187 -f (1) leaves, 6 or 7 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18 th or 19tii cent.?
Character: Grantha.
The Kaunjarasanaksetramdhdtmya from the &atarudriya-
hofisamhitd (VaidikadharmaMiawJa) of the &iva-Pnrdna.
Incomplete.
It begins: — suklambaradharam visnum sasivarnam catur-
bhujam prasannavadanam dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye i
gurave sarvalokanam bhisaje bhavaroginaiu i nidhaye
sarvavidyanam .sridaksinamurttaye namah li .srigunibhyo
namah il krtva samvatsaram diksaniyamam Maithilo mahan i
suddhavratyah suddhamana nivisto rauravebliavat i tatra
bhagirathltire sarvadevasamasraye sannidhan vi.svanathasya
cittasuddhividhayake i kevalam cittasudhyarttham rtvikbhih
parivestitah i santyajya sarvakaryani rajyakriryani mantrisu i
niksipya khalu medhavi svasya meddhyatvasiddhaye i netra-
krsnavinasaya tvagasthyaikatvasiddhaye i atiYrattya[h]s sa-
padnikah babhuva kila diksitah i sanantarika (read satranta-
rita?)krdesu Maithilas tarn mahamunim i tesan dvijanam pu-
ratah srutidharmman asesatah i smarttan pauranikams capi
paripapraccha tatra vai i vaidikah kepi va dharmma ye va
pauranikah punah i anusthitais tu tair ddharnimaih phalani
kim iti tatvavit i punas ca paripapraccha srnvatsu nikhilesv
ayara i prstas tena tathaddhvaryyur Mmaithilo dharmma-
vittamah i provaca :^rnu rfijendra vaksyEmy etani te dvijah i
caturbhis ca caturbhis ca dvabhyrini pahcabhir eva ca i
--2-^ 247 ^<~
kriyate yas sa dharmma syad atonyo namadharakal.i i iti
Karsnrijiiiih pralia sa srimrm brahraavittamah i etc
F. 3b: — srity adimahripurane srisaive satakotirudras[s]ain-
hitayam kunjarasadivyaksetramahatmye prathamodhyayah :i
F. 7: — ity adiraahapurane srisaive satarudryakotisaTn-
hitriyam kufijarasanadivyaksetramrdiatraye dvitiyyoddhyayahii
F. 18: — ity adi" srisaive satarudriyakotisamhitayani
kaufijarasaiiaksetramfdiatmye paficamoddhyayah ii
F. 45: — ity adiniahapurane srisaive satarudriyakotisani-
hitayara vaidikadharmmakhande srikaunjarasanadivyakse-
tramfdiatmye caturddasoddliyayah ii
F. 78: — ity adi° srisaive sata° vaidikadharmmanii-upana-
khande srlkaufijarasanadivyaksetramahatmye astaviraso-
ddhyayah ii
F. 113: — ity adi" srisaive sata" vaidiicadharmmaniru-
panakhande srlkaufijarasanadivyaksetramahatmye ekacatva-
rimsoddhyayah ii
F. 164b:— ity ridi° sri° sata° vaidika° srikau" asta-
paficasoddhyayah ii
In the colophons at the end of the following Adhyayas
the number of the Adhyaya is not mentioned, e. g. f. 169 b: —
ity adimahapurane srisaive satarudriyakotisamhitayara sri-
kauhjarasanadivyaksetramahatmye (then a blank space) i
So also ft'. 176 and 184.
It breaks off (f. 18Tb) with the words: —indranandah
ca paramara dhi^sanasya tatah param i anandam atblmtani
prapya copamilrahitani pararn i tatah prajapater ddivyani
anandam yogidiirllabham i samprapya ksanamatrena tandu-
lanam dharadhipah ii
188.
Sansk. No. 8.
Size etc.: lOixlj- in., 51 + 4 leaves, 5 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18 ti^ or 19tii cent?
Character: Grantlia.
The KapaUsastlKdamCMtmya from the Uth'^fasivah^etra-
praharana of the Saivakoflrudrasamhitd (i. e. Kofiriidrasam-
hitd of the Siva- Par dm?), in 10 Adhyayas. Followed by
-5H 248 Hg-
the 27 ^'^ Adhyaya of the Mmjurapirmalidtmya from the
Ki^etraMwla of the SlxCinda-Purana.
It begms: — kalyanam kurutam kascit karunavarunala-
yah 1 mayuranagaradhiso mama nrttavinayakah i srimaha-
ganapataye namah i srigamdhabamdhure sarvapusprirama-
tisobhite i campakairandacamvedhaih phanasaih patalair
api I vakulair vaipjulair devapunnagais saralair api i
dhavaih kumdais ca mamdarai(s) tatha camalakadibhih i
krtamalai(r) nnaktamalair nnalikeradibhis tatha i rasalais
tantrinibhis ca ciribilvair visesatah i vitapollikhitakasair
visramamekha(read °megha)mandahiih i pacelimaphala-
nammrapakvapuspopasobhitaih i atisyamalapatralimattaya
meghamandalaih i pura samudrapanena jalabhavataya punah
tatratyam isvaram kihcin miininam kurabhasambhavam i
yacitum tvaraya ramyaphalapallavapanibhih i phalabhara-
natai ramyair agatyavasthitair iva i etc.
F. 3: — anandasthalamahatmyanny akhilani srutani hi i
kapalisasya mahatmyam sarvagamavivarnitam i srotum
sannahya tisthanti srutayosmakam adarat i brahman tad
adya karimajaladhenugrhana nah i Agastyah i atha va-
ksyamy aham punyam rahasyataram adbhutam i kapalisasya
mahatmyam vividhagamavarnitam i savadhanah prasrnvantu
naimisaranyavasinah i etc.
_F. 5 b : — iti srisaivakotirudrasamhitayam utkrsta^ivakse-
traprakarane kapalisasthalamahatmye prathamodhyayah ii
F. 6b: — srisaiva° utkr" kapalisasthalamahatmye dvitlyo-
dhyayah ii
Adhyaya 3 ends f. 15, A. 4 f. 27, A. 5 f. 30b, A. 6
f. 36, A. 7 f. 40b, A. 8 f. 42, A. 9 f. 47 b, A. 10 f. 51b.
F. 51b: — iti srisaivakotirudrasamhitayam utkrstasivakse-
traprakarane kapalisasthalamahatmye dasamodhyayah ii ii
siir astu ii sarvara puranam sainpurnara ii ii sarvalokaikana-
thaya padmanetraya visnave i nilambhonibhasyamavigvahaya
namo namah ii pura narayano devo mayaya mohayan
ramSm i amtardhanagato visnu(i') visvavyajn jagadguruh i
aiptardhanagatam devara vicinvarpti vibhum rama i cacara
prthivim sarvam napasyat pu(herc begins f. l)rusara param i
kaslm gamgara prayagam ca kuruksetran tu i)uskaram i etc.
■^ 249 *<r-
F. 4b : — iti ska[rn]ndapurane Agastyadillpasamvade ksetra-
kande mayurapurimahatmye varnanam nama saptavim^o-
dhyayah ii
189.
Sansk. No. 9.
Size etc.: 16^ x It in., (l)-[- -^5 leaves, from 5 to 7 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18 "» or 19tii cent.?
Character: Grantha.
The KumWuKjlionamdhdtmya from the Bhavisyat-Purdna
(Madhyamakhanda), Adhyayas 97 to 106.
It begins: — etat kalyanarajiva nalinimaddhyamandire I
kumbhaghone sayanasya sSriigapaneh prasasanam i srl-Na-
radah i bhagavan patmasambhuta paravaravidam vara i
paravarajagatsrstisthitisaraharakurana i varnitara bhavata
samyak punyaksetrakadarabakam i jambudvlpavisesena
varse bharatasarajfiake i susrusus tasya mahatmyam ksetra-
sya harimedhasah i tatvam acaksva bhagavan vistarena
pitamaha i iti prsto mahateja visvasrg visvagrahanah i uvaca
Naradayaiva ksetramahatmyam uttamara i brahma I srunu
Narada bhadram te savadhanena cetasa i kumbhaghonasya
mahatmyam sarvalokesu pujitam i etc.
F. 5: — iti bhavisyatpurane kurabhaghonamahatmye sa-
ptanavatitamoddhyayah ii
F. 17: — iti bhavisyatpurane raaddhyamakhande brahma-
, naradasamvade kumbhaghonamahatmye satatamoddhyayah ii
It ends: — iti bhavisyatpurane maddhyamakhande bra-
hmanaradasamvade kumbhaghonamahatmye sat^atatamo-
ddhyayah ii kumbhaghonamahatmyam sampurnam ll om i sri-
.sariigapanisvamine namah ii
190.
Sansk. No, 10.
Size etc.: 16x1t in., (1) + 61 leaves, generally 7 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18tii or 19th cent.?
Character: Grantha.
-^ 2C0 H$-
The Samastikdnanamdhdtmi/a, or Samastikdntdramdhd-
imya, from the Bralimdnda-Purdna, Uttarakhanda, Adhya-
yas 1 — 17, incomplete.
It begins:— sivaya namali i vande mahesvaran devam
vighnesara sanmukham gurum ganesan nandimukhyans ca
sivabhaktan mahfiraunm i kadacin naimisaranyamunayas
sarpsitavratah i satrayagani prakurvanas saivagamavisaradrdi i
drstva Siitam[ni] mahatmanarn papracchm\amitaujasah i sani-
bhoh kathapato netra **** pajayate i punar bruhi ma-
hesasya kathani papapranasinim i satkathasravanenaiva
cittavairagyam uttamam i divyajhanan ca sumahat jayate
paramaisvarara i iti prstas SutayogI karunarasasevadhih i
Vyasam sarvajnam atulam ddhyatva svantasaroruha i yii-
ya(n) dhanyatama loke mahesasrayasatkathara i srotukamSs
ca sa(m)jatah vaksyarai srunutadarat i rahasyam asti nikhile>;v
agamesu ca sarvasah i .srimatkarnpaharesanaksetramaha-
tmyam uttamam i srunvatam sarvapapaghnam bhuktimukti-
phalapradara i sarvasaumyadani sadyah caturvargaphala-
pradara i brahmavismimahe(n)dradyaih sevitam sarvasi-
ddhaye i puragastyena saipproktam rslnam bhavitatmanam i
vaksye piiratanam punyam srlmattribhuvanabhidhani i dar-
sanat sarvapapaghnam k^^etrarn ksetresv aniittamam i tathapi
tasya mahatmyam brahmande bahudha srutam i tad adya
vaksye yusmakara lokanan ca hitaya ca i etc.
F. 3b: — iti brahmandapurane brahmanaradasamvade
samastikananamahatmye uttarakhande prathamoddhyayah ii
F. 8: — iti srimatbrahmaiidapurane samastikantarama-
hatmye dvitiyoddhyayah ii
F. 30 b: — iti sribra° samastikananama° navamoddhyaj-ah !i
F. 56: — iti bra° samastikantrirama" sodasoddhyayah ii
It breaks off (f. 61b) with the words: — laukikair vaidikais
capi krtva stotrasatais sivam i prarttha(ya)m asa devesara
harsagatga(da)ya gira i svamin mannatha sarvajha srlmatkani-
pahareti ca i sarve lokas ca grnhiyur nnamadheyan tava-
(d)bhutam i evam samprartthito devah tathastv iti tirodadhe i
tirohite tada deve raja harsasamanvitah i
APPENDIX
BY
F. W. THOMAS.
191.
WmsH No. 44.
Size: 14jXl? in.; 66 leaves + 2 containing index and title in
English + covers, 6 — rarely 7— lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Probably 17 th cent.
Character: Grantha, legible and fairly correct.
The Aitareya-Aranyalia in close agreement with the text
printed in Bibliotheca Indica, At the end of II. 2. 3 we
have the error tad vai Visvdmitrcm for tad vaisvdmitram:
at the beginning of II. 5. 4 and II. 6. 1 respectively the
words apakramantu garhhinyali and yathdsthdnan tu gar-
hhinyah are omitted. A peculiarity of the MS. is that the
colophons read dranah for dranyahali.
The label reads 'Rig-Vedah; Aranyam. Vol. 4.', and
inside Whish has written 'The Aranyam of the Rig-Vedah'
and opposite 'N. B. The 2^^^ Aranyakam is called the
Bahwricha-Brahmanopanishat; and the 3'"^ Aranyakam is
called the Samhitopanishat'.
192.
Whish No. 47.
Size: llfx 2 in. ; 2 leaves (with 2 covers). 7 — 10 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Perhaps 19th cent.
Character: Square Grantha, clearly written.
The Kaivalyopanisad.
At the end the MS. reads phalam (not padam) asmde
with the best editions, and proceeds: — ity aha bhagavan
brahma i om i bhadram dadhatu i om I santih trih i kai-
valyopanisat samapta i harih om i
-^ 254 H$-
Then a note in the handwriting of Whish: 'Here ends the
Kaivalyopanishad C. M. AVhish Calcutta 1825'.
On the front cover we also read outside (in Malayalam
character) KaivalyojMnishat with a few other faint marks
in the same character, and inside: 'These few sheets contain
the Kaivalyopanizat Grantham character. C. M, Whish
Calcutta'.
193.
Whish No. 167.
Size: 13|xl| in., 21 leaves + 2 blank + wooden covers, 8 lines
on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Probably 19th cent.
Character: Square Grantha.
The BrahniasutracandriM, a concise Commentary by an
unnamed author on the Veddntasfitras.
It begins: —
sri-Lokanandanathagurucaranaravindabhya(ni) namah i
avighnam astu i
pranamya paramatmanarn saccidanandavigraham i kurve-
ham atisamksepat brahmasutrasya candrikam n athato
brahmajajhasa (sic) i atha nityanityavastuvivekaihikamusmika-
phalabhogaviragasamadamadisampan mumuksatmakasadha-
nacatustayasampatyanantaram I
It ends: —
iti vai prajapatir ddevan asrta asrtasramitamanusyat iti
pitrn trir apavitram iti grahan. The last siitra cited is
I. III. 27 (20b, 1. 4), but the commentary seems to touch
also on the subject of 28.
The name of the work and the words 'first part only'
are written faintly, in Whish's hand, on ,the outside. A slip
in Burmese reads 'Commentary on the nine parts of
Metaphysics'.
Whether the work is identical with any of the other
canclrikds mentioned in several places by Aufrecht CC. s. v.
Brahmasiitra, it is impossible without fuller descriptions
of these to say.
.^ 255 H6-
lU.
Sansk. No. 11.
Size: 12x2j in.; 40 leaves -j- 2 blank + covers, 10 lines on a
page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Probably 19*^1 cent.
Character: Square Grantha, clearly written.
The Vdsuclevainanana2)ral'arana in 12 varnahis, ending
respectively foil. 4a, 5b, 7a, 1] b, 18b, 25a, 29a, 32b,
33 b, 36 a, 38 a, 40 b, generally with namaskara to Mlnaksi
and Sundaresvara. At the end of the seventh we read
also in-Ksemdnandandthayaramagurave namah, mentioning
the author's guru.
According to Burnell, Tanjore, p. 92 b the work
is at least two hundred years old, as an ancient Tamil
version is known. But the present MS. exhibits not the
original, but a shorter compendium, the date of which is
not known, probably identical with some of those cited
by Aufrecht CC. , p. 428 b , s. v. Mananagrantha. Of this
an edition in Telugu character was printed in 1884 at the
Saradanilaya press. With this edition the MS. agrees as
far as the end of varnaka 7, after which the former pre-
sents a much longer and widely differing text. The opening
stanza, also, is different, the MS. reading: —
yovatiryyeha acaryyarupena yatinam mude i sriman-
narayanam vande tarn harim karunanidhim ii mananakhyam
prakaranam vasudevayatl^varaih i racitara vistarenadya
samgrahena prakasyate ii balanam upakaraya mamapi
jnanasiddhaye i tatra sribalagopalakrsnas sanuihito bhavet ii
It ends: —
iti jhatva tat-tvam-padadivakyajhanena paroksajhananu-
bhavenaparoksasaksatkarah ca yonubhavati sa candrdo va
brahmano vasmakam gurur evety acaryyavacanena vijha-
tatatvopi vidisasanyasino mahasanyasinas ca variyan
paramahamso bhutva madaha(read deha)vasane paripurna-
brahmasvarupo bhavati i
iti manane dvadasavarnakam samaptam I sriminaksisun-
daresvarabhyan namah i srlgurucaranaravindabhyan namah i
-^ 256 H5-
The divergence of the MS. and the edition in the last
five varnakas, combined with the peculiarity in the seventh
colophon of the MS., suggests that either the edition supplies
the full text and not the samgraha or we have two dif-
ferent, possibly independent, summaries.
On the outside in European hand 'Mananaprakaranam'.
195.
Whish No. 187a.
Size: ITjXlf in.; 19 leaves, generally 8— 9 lines on a page. The
cover and label are shared with No. 203, q. v.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Probably 18 th rather than 17 tu cent.
Character: Grantha.
Injuries: The ends of the first 2 and the last 3 leaves somewhat
broken away.
HhQVirata-Parvan of the Mahdhhdrata as far as XII. 7.
Adhyaya I ends on f. 2 b, II on f. 3 b, III on 1. 5b,
IV on f. 7a, V on f. 9b, VI on f. 10b, VII on f. 12b,
VIII on f. 15b, IX on f. 17a, X on f. 18a, XI on f. 19a.
— The text agrees in general . with the Grantha edition
published at Sarabhojirajapura (Tanjore), but presents
not a few small divergencies, such as the omission of
III 51 — 2, IV 8. 33., and the addition of two slokas after
IV. 21 and a halfsloka after 55 a. To the commencement
we find prefixed the verses: —
;»;■«• baradharam visnum sasivarnam caturbhujam i pra-
saunavadauan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye li Vyasam
Vasisthanaptriram Sakteh pautram akalmasam para «■«••>(• «
m vande Sukatatan taponidhim ii Vyasaya visnurupaya
Vyasarupaya visnave i namo vai brahmanidhaye Vasisthaya
namo namah ii
196.
Sansk. No. 12.
Size: 16^—17x1—1? in.; 14 + 14 + 14 leaves, from 5 to 8 lines
on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Early 18 1^ cent.
Character: Grantha.
^' 257 ^
(1)
The Kumdrarudrasami-dda of the Tlrtliamdhdtmya in
the TJttaraklianda of the Slianda-Purdna.
It begins: —
rsayah i Suta Suta niahaprajiia puiTinartthavi^arada i
srutaui sarvatirtthani pimyani subahOni ca ii tesu madhye
mahatlrttham sesakupe sthitam srutara i tad vadasva
mahabhaga srotum icchamahe vayam ii
Siitah I pura khalu maharanye nanapaksivirajite l vya-
ghrapahcasyasampurne candanadruniasobhite ii kastiiri-
mrgasammardde devagandharvasevite i auf?adhadrau sam-
agatya visrantam madhavena ca ii
It ends: —
sarvam maya ^rutam proktam rahasyam idam uttamam ii
navaisnavaya datavyam nabhaktaya kadacana I sarvesam
na tu vaktavyam idam paramasobhanam ii
iti skande piirane iittarakhande tirthamahatmye ku-
mararudrasamvade trayodasoddhyayah i srimate vedanta-
gurave namah i
Summary of the adhydyas: —
X (ends 2b): Origin of the Sesatlrtha on the Ausadha hill,
where was the Khagendra or Garuda river.
XI (ends 9 a): Story of a combat between the devas and
asuras, headed respectively by Visnu and Siva. At
the end Siva asks permission to occupy the Patala Yaua
near the Sesatlrtha.
XII (ends lib): Story of Bhvgu and Hemabjanayaki.
The Bhutirtha (11a, 1. 1): Ahindrapura (lib, 1. 2).
XIII (ends 14b): Story of Vrtra (Vrka 12a, 1. 2) and Indra.
The Laksmitlrtha (13 b, 1. 4).
(2)
The Ahindrapuramdlidtmya in the Brahmandradasamvdda
of the Bralimdnda-Piirdna.
It begins: —
kadacit pitaram praha brahmanam Narado munih i
bruhi pranamya devesa barer vaibhavam uttamam ll
brahma i
17
-^ 258 f«-
srnu Nrirada vaksyami liarer mahatmyam uttamam i
arccavataravibbavam paramam papanasanara ii atha tai (sic)
munayas sarve Sanakadyas surarsayah i kadacil lokana-
tbasya darsanarttham samagatali ii gagaue jagmur alokya
kslrabdhim rsisevitam i
It ends: —
^rutva tu brabmano vakyam Narado rsisattamali i ahi-
ndranagaram prapya devauatbam (bis) nauama ca ii iti sri-
brabmandapurane brabmauaradasamvade ahmdrapura-
mahatmye paficamoddbyayab i
Summary of tbe adhydyas: —
I (ends 3 a): Tbe Virajatirtba is conveyed by Garuda
and Sesa to Abindrapura, wbicb is tbus located (lb, lb
1-2):-
sadyojauapramanena kumbbagbonasya cottare i kaii-
cyas {sic) tu daksine bbage samudrasya ca pascime ii ar-
ddbayojanamatrena by ablndrapurasaiijiiake i agneya-
bbage Sesadrer Markkandeyas tapasyati ii
II (ends 7 a): Visnu directs tbe tirtba brougbt by Ananta
(Sesa) to be called Sesatlrtba and tbat brougbt by
Garuda to be tbe Garuda river (Suparnatatiui 7a, 1. 5).
Brabmau establisbes a festival, and begs Visnu to abide
on tbe spot witb Rama (entitled Hemabjanayaki).
Brabman bimself occupies tbe Brabmatirtba in tbe
agneyadigbbaga, tbe Rsis Patali (Patalesvara 7a, 1. 5)
on tbe Ausadhapi.rvata in tbe purvottaradigantara,
Hanuman a part of tbe Safijivanausadbagiri in tbe
j)urvabbaga, Saiikara a linga under a Putali tree at
Patali, Prablada tbe Bbrgutlrtba in tbe nortb at a
ksetra called Krsnnranya.
III (ends 10 a): At tbe request of Prablada Visnu consents
to abide, arccdvatdram dsrtya, facing tbe west at
Krsnaranya. Praise of tbe aranya and of tbe Ausa-
dbacala standing on tbe river's (Suparna's) bank.
IV (ends 12 b): Siva is implored by tbe gods to destroy
Tripura and performs tapas.
V (ends 14b): Siva, after destroying tbe demons, goes to
tbe eastern ocean, on tbe sbore of wbicb Visnu esta-
-^ 259 f^
blishes him, and there arises a city devoted to the
two gods, viz. Ahindrapura.
(3)
The AJundrapnramdhdtmya of the Jhdnakdnda of the
Brhan7idradlya-Mahd-Purdna.
It begins: — ■
purabhuu naimi^aranye satram hi bahuvarsikam i sameta
r^ayo yatra kusalSs Saunakiidayah ii labdhavakasas tain
Sutam aprcchan harivaibhavam i rsayah i kirttitan ta(t)
tvaya brahman hares caritram uttamam ii sinitvadyapi na
trptir no jay ate matravabhava (read mativaibhava) i
Sutah I kin tais tapobhir uruvikramabhaktihmaih ii pu-
nyair athalpaphalasantatidair anantaih i danair jaganmaya-
padarabujayugmasaktaciutavatrim hrdayatosanaviprahinaih il
aho tapahphalain kiiicit bahujanmabhir arjitam i yad ya-
jhesapadambhojayugacintaprasutikrt ii — — — —
— — — — — (3 verses).
rsayah i divyabhivyaktidesanain kirttanavasare pura i
ahindranagaran nama devesacaritasrayam ii &c.
It ends: —
srutvaitas (read "tac) caritan tasya Sutad devapater
dvijah I harsasrupurnanayanah krtarttha iti menire ii pra-
sasamsus ca tam vij^ram nemisaranyavasinam i yajhasrilam
punar jagmuhkriyam uddisya yajnikim ii iti sri-brhannaradl-
yamahapurane jnanakande ahlndrapuramahatmye catu^ca-
tvarimsoddhyayah.
Summary of the adliydyas'- —
XL (ends 3 b): Brahman visits the world at a place called
the Sugaudha Vana (2 a, 1. 5) by the eastern ocean,
where was a hill called Ausadha producing a mahau-
sadha called Samjivana (2 a, 1. 6). Then appears Visnu,
whom Brahman lauds.
XLI (ends 7 a) : Brahman obtains from Vi?nu the boon that
a tirtha like the Virajatirtha and bearing his name
may be established by the mountain (Brahmacala
4 b, 1. 5), that Visnu may always be present there, and
17*
-^ 260 H^
the ausadha be named after liim (4a, 1. 1). The tirtha
is to be the Brahmatirtha.
XLII (ends 9a): Visnu helps the gods against the asuras.
When he is tired after battle, Sesa makes him a pool
and Garuda produces a river (pragvahimm nadim).
Visnu promises to be ever accessible there.
XLIIl (ends lib): Story of Markandeya and the lotus-
born maid Taraiiganandini.
XLiy (ends 14b): Continuation of the story of Markan-
deya. Sesa founds Ahindranagara.
197.
Sansk. No. 13.
Size: ISjxlj in.; 168 (167-1-65 bis) leaves -[-covers between
wooden boards, 7 (foil. 1 — 117), later 8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th cent.
Character: Grantha, small clear writing.
(1)
The CampaJidranyamdhdtmya of the Sivapdrvatlsamvdda
of the Ksetravaihhavakhanda of the Bhavisyottara-Pardna.
Ff. 1—117.
It begins: —
kallyanyai namah'l harili i om i
pura hi kailasaginndramaddhye
surasuradyaih abhivandite jDare i
vicitravaiduryyamukhaih suratnakaih
suvarnamuktasraj adamasobhite ii
sanmandape devavaraih samanvite[h]
samstiiyamane munidevanayakaih i
astadasaih vadyavaraih abhistute
ramgamukhaih narttanasobhite muda ii
nandisacandisamukhaih suparssadaih
samsevite cchatravitanasobhite i
suratnaplthasritasarakarainke
sthita g(ir)isendrasuta mrdani ii
-^ 201 f<-
sarvajna svapatim viksya, smayamanamukhambuja, i
brahmadin ajfiapaitum svapateh vaibliavain param ii
samartthya vismayam vaktuiii gamguilharakathamrtam I
^ivena prakatikartura visesena sabbatale ii
pranamya saipkaram devi devanafi ca samabksitah i
papraccha bliaktibhrivena samkaiam nllalobitara ii
(31 slokas)
tvayoktaiii puranyaddba saivaksetrani bbutale ii
bhaktimuktipradany eva darsanat namanad api i
saptasabasrasamkbyani catub^atayutSni ca ii
tatra pitub visesena stbanani tava bbutale i
dvatrimsatsaptasatakasamkbyakani mama prabbo ii
tatrapi satasamkbyakastbanany uktani me vibbo i
tatrapy atyautadayitara dvatrimsatstbanam uttamara ii
tesu puiiyatamam srestbam pumarttbanam nidarsakam I
ksetram ekam samastagbakriitanara subbadan nrnara ii
kalau kabisayuktanara sadyab siddbikaram subbam i
saksatkailasasadrsam Campakaraiiyasamjnitam ii
It ends: —
itiritas te munayotibbaktya
sarapiijayamasur adinasatvab i
supunyade naimisakanane subbe
sutam suvastrabbaranais ca godbanaih ii
iti srimat-bbavisyottarapurane (sic) ksetravaibbavakbande
carnpakaranyamabatmye sivaparvatisamvade kannyatirttba-
dbarmraarajatlrttba - indratirttbamabimanuvarnanam nama
catubcatvarimsoddbyayab i
^riyai namah i subbam astu i karakrtam apai-adbain
ksantum arbanti santab i srlmatgirikucambayai namab i
barib i om bbavisyatterapurilnam (sic) sampiirnam i sripar-
vatyai namab i avigbnam astu i saksiganesaya namab i
^rimattripurasundaryyai namab i
Tbe titles of tbe ailhyayas are as follows: —
I (ends 4 a) Anukramanika.
II (6b) ^iilatirttbanirraana rsinara sarupyadana.
III (8 a) Nandisvarapujananandikesvarakrtamabotsava.
IV (10 b) Vinayakapujakarana.
->i 262 r<r-
V (13 a) Durgatapascaryyaya sivapratyaksavarapradana-
samkalpakarana.
VI (15 b) Girikanyavaralabha parvatya rupadvayaniru-
panaarddhanarisvaravirbhavamulalimgabhutanagesvara-
vaibhavaniriipana.
VII (18 a) Devibhyam krta adarsotsavanirupana.
VIII (20 b) Indragamana indrasya devyopatisthacandano-
tsavavidhananirupana.
IX (23 a) Indrasya devya proktacandanotsavanirupana
antara itihasanirupane sivadutaih yamadutan prati
sivabhaktisvarupanirupanarambhana.
X (25 b) Sricandanotsavaniriipane srimatgirikucambaya
surarajam prati prokta itihase srisaile jaladipaliprada-
viprasya sivapadaravindah prapti Candrasenarajiia nara-
kanubhavanantaram campakaranye dvijatve durgan-
dhamgatvapraptimahimauuvarnana.
XI (29 a) Devyopatisthamargena indrena krtacandana ut-
savavidliananirupana.
XII (32 a) Gautamapujanimittakagautamasramam prati
indragamana Ahallyasaragavidliananirupana.
XIII (35 a) Gautamena indrasya svabharyayah sapanu-
grahadana badarivane Gautamasya Vyasopadesaniru-
pana.
XIV (37a) Ahallyasapavimocana Gautamona uagesvara-
pujamaliimanuvarnana.
XV (40 a) E,tuparnarajyasya svepne satruvijayakhatga-
praptibhutanalapiij aniriipana.
XVI (42 b) Gagesvara (sic) pujavaibliavena Nalasya nasta-
rajyasriya prapti.
XVII (45 b) Nalapuja Nalakrtavaisakhotsavavidhananirii-
pana.
XVIII (48 b) Pandavapiijavidhana naganathaprasadeua
Pandavanani svarajyaprapti,
XIX (52 a) Nagesvarasya Pandavapujamahimanuvarn(an)a.
XX (55 b) Brahmagamana brahmanah puja brahmana
krtakrirttikotsavaniriipana.
XXI (58a) Masyagandhisaipgamena bhrantiyuktaparasa-
-$H 263 HS-
rasya naimisfiranyagamana tatrakyarsin prati svapa-
panuvarnanam srutva te tasya niskrter alocanakarana.
XXII (60 b) PaiTisarapujamahimaiiuvarnana.
XXIII (63b) Nagesvararutyasya (sic) nagagamanopotghata-
saragatya apiitradvijakathayam dampatyoh vyasanapari-
briraka-Markandeyagamana.
XXIV (66 b) Dvijaputranimittakataksaka^amkarasamvada.
XXV (69a) Takf?akasya viprasapagamana.
XXVI (71b) Taksakasya Kasyapenoktasivaksetranirupana.
XXVII (74b) Taksakasya Kasyapoktastaladvayamahi-
maiiuvarnana bhagirathapuj aniriipana.
XXVIII (77 a) Taksakasya Kasyapoktasaivaksetrasthana-
catulistayamahimaniivarnana.
XXIX (79 b) Taksakasya campakaranyara prati pimara-
gamana.
XXX (81b) Nagesvarasya nagadhipatyapraptyarttbam
JMagesvarasya anekaratnapiijakarananantaram Taksa-
kasya nagixdliipatyaprapti.
XXXI (84a) Xagendrapujamabimanuvarnana nagendra-
pujavalmikapiijamahimanuvarnana.
XXXII (87 a) Campakaranyam prati siiryyagamanasa-
dbanibbutacchayasiiryyakopakarananuvarnana.
XXXIII (89 b) Suryyamayakopaprasadavarnananuuirupana.
XXXIV (91b) Savaradhipasya svarnapanibprapti.
XXXV (94 a) Vasistbapujanimittakavisvamitrajasu(u)da-
uimittakakalmasapadarajua vacana.
XXXVI (97a) Siidaruparaksasavadha Vasisthena Kal-
masapadarajfiab sapapradananirupana.
XXXVII (100 b) Brabmopadistamargena campakaranyam
prati Vasisthagamauodyamauirupana.
XXXVIII (102 b) Vasisthapiij aniriipana.
XXXIX (104 b) Sivadbarmapbalauiriipana.
XL (107 a) Sivadharmapunyauirupana.
XLI (109 b) Suryyatirtthamabimanuvar[tta]nana.
XLII (112 a) Suryyatirtthamabimanuvarnaua.
XLIII (114 a) Suryyapuskarinivaibbavaniriipana.
XLIV (117 b) Kannyatirttba - dbarmarajatirttba-iudra-
tirttbamabimanuvarnana.
-^ 264 r<~
The site is thus described (2 a): —
kaveryya daksine tire hariuadyas tatottare i
srImat-Maddhyarjuuapateh uairrtye punyadayake li
Karkatesasya samsthanat daksine krosamatrake i
kannyatirtthasya purve tu krosamatre siipunyadam ii
kificitvayavyabhage tu Manojhesasya vaih prabho i
campakaranyasainjfiam tu mahapatakanasanam ii
(2)
The CampaMranyamaliatmya of the Amharlmnaradasam-
vdda of the Ksetravaihhavaklianda of the Sl;anda-Purana.
Ff. 118—135.
It begins: —
bhuyah pranamya caturanauajatam agryam
munisvaram sa(m)karatatvakovidam i
trilokasahcarinam avyayam sada
papraccha raja sivasatkathamrtam ii
Ambari^;ah i
bhagavau yoginam .srestha ksetratirtthavicaksana i
iiadinadavisesajfia mantrayantravidam vara ii
tvayoktani inahabhaga .saivaksetravarani ca i
tesu sthauatrayam punyam bhuinau kailasasammitam li
vedaranyam svetavanam campakaranyam eva ca i
tesu sresthatamam proktam campakaranyam uttamam ii
ity uktana yat tvaya pilrvaui samgrahena munisvara i
tad vadasva ca ka(r)tsnyeua mamanugrahakamyaya ii
It ends: —
yah sraddhaya pathati pavanapavanah ca
srutvapi tat darsanam acared yah i
samastapapaih sa vimucya tatksanat
samastasamnmaragalam apnuyan nrpa i:
iti skande raahapur[ur]ane ksetravaibhavakhande campa-
karanyamahatmye Ambarlsanriradasaravade sfiryyatlrttha-
mahimanuvarnanam namil pahcasititamoddhyayah i
sriyai namah i srimatgirikucambasametanaganathaya
mam gal am i
srimat-girikucambam tarn girikannyam tathaiva ca ii
-^ 265 H5-
naganathe^varaTTi vande pranaraami punah puuah ii
sumeru.srmgamaddliyastham sulcsmanipam sukhapradam i
nagauatha[li]priyam bhavya uamami giiikanuyakaiu II
karakrtam aparadliam ksantum arlianti saiitali i
harih i om ^rlgurubhyo namah i subliam astu i sarnpui"-
narn i harih i om i
The adliyciyas end as follows: —
LXXXl22a,LXXXII125b,LXXXini28b,LXXXIV
(indrena krtami-gasarotsavavidhinirupaiia) 131 a, LXXXV
(suryyatirtthamahimanuvarnana) 135b.
(3)
The Ndgandtliamahdtmya of tlie Tlrthalihanda of the
Ujjarihhdga of the Brahmdiyla-Purdm (foil. 136— ^154a)
in adhydyas numbered LI — LVII ending as follows: —
LL 138a, LIL 139b, LIII 142a, LIV (Pisacamocana)
145 b, LV (Tlrthavaibhavanirupana) 149 a, LVI 152b.
LVII (Parvatya tapascarana) 154 a.
It begins: —
om I Sutam prati rsayah i
Siita Siita mahaprajna sarvasastravisarada {sic) l
bruhi nah sradd(adh)ananam paramrirtthaikasadhanam ii
sarvapapaprasamanani sarvopadravanasanani i
sarvasampatpradani nrnam sarvarogavinasanara ii
ilyuskaram balakarain prajavi-ddhikaram nrnam i
rajham jayakarain yuddlie parasenripravasanam ii
samksepam asrutam purvam naimiseye tapovane i
idanini srotukamanani muninani bhavitatmanam ii
suryyapuskarini nama tirttham paramapavanam i
yatra devi jagatdhatrl tapas tepe suduskarara H
tapobalayuta nityam tatra vasam akarayat i
siiryyanamrdchyapadminyam tate ye nivasanti ca ii
ye ye krtartthitam yatah tan atra A'asato mune vada no
mune i
It ends: —
etat salam (read satara?) paramapavanam advitiyam pu-
nyamunindrair adhivasitah ca i
-^ 266 H5-
pasyanti ye brahmapurisam adyam dhanya bliavanti
manujah khalu bhagyavantah il
iti sri-brahmandapurane uparibhage nagauathamaha-
tmye parvatya(s) tapascaranan'nama saptapaiicasoddhyayah i
sriyai namah i iti brahmandapurane naganathamahatmyani
samaptali i sampiirnam i harili i om i subham astu i
sriyai namah i
(4)
The Camijakdranyamahatmya of the EMdasarudrasam-
liita of the Siva-Fiirdna. Ff. 154a — 167b,
In spite of the difference of title this work is a con-
tinuation of the preceding as regards the numbering of
the adhyaijas, which end as follows: —
LVIII 156a, LIX (Siuyatlrthavaibhava) 159a, LX
160 b, LXI 162 a, LXII (Caudravarmacarita) 164b,
LXIII 166b, LXIV 167b.
The work begins: —
Saunakovaca (sic) \
Siita pauranika[h] srestha sarvalokaprapujita (read °ta) i
campakaranyamahatmyam bhavata kathitam pura ii
idanim siiryyakundasya mahatmyani saragrahat srutain i
tasya tirtthasya mahatmyam samgrahat ii
vistarat srotum adyaiva vahcha me varttate nunam i
« «• ^ =>(= ;* x- « « krpa yady asti ced vada ii
It ends:—
vrjinavilayahetum yah srunotlha nityam i
sa bhavati paripurnah sarvakamaih mrdasya
padam akhilasuredyam yogivaryyabhigamyani ii
iti saivapurane ekadasarudrasamhitayam cainpakara-
nyamahatmye catuhsastitamoddhyayah i sriyai namah i
carnpakaranyamahatmyam sainpurnam i harih om i
srimatgirikucambasameta naganathamarngalarn i harih l
om 1 karakrtam &c. i srigurubhyo namah i gobrahmane-
bhyah subham bhavatu i harih om i
On the front cover of this MS. we read (inside) 'Tiru-
nakesvara' (Tamil for Srinagesvara) and (outside), ' Tepiska'
-^* 267 f<-
' Tiruuakesvara' 'Purfinam' (167) and the number 10 in
Telugu and European figures, and a sign probably indicating
the same number appears on all the leaves.
198.
Sansk, No. 14.
Size: 15? X It in.; 172 leaves (169 — 170 blank) and wooden covers,
6 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th cent.
Character: Telugu, fairly well written, but often difficult to read
and showing many corrections. The leaves are numbered as far as
130, though even here with troublesome erasures and corrections.
As far as ful. 56 the writing is in three columus : at that point
commences a rather larger hand, traversing the full width of the
leaves.
The Madhyamahlidga of the HemahltaJx'hawJa of the
Bhdradi'djasamhitd of the Adunalid-Fiirdija.
For another MS. of this work see Ind. Off. No. 3698,
pp. 1387 b sqq., with which the text seems to agree
closely. Thus in the opening verses si. 4 reads
srnvamtu, and after sudhdnisyam si. 5 we have a mark
showing that there has been a correction. The colophons
also are generally in nearly literal agreement, and their
disagreements (e. g. in XXXI) sometimes point in the
same direction.
There are, however, considerable divergences. The
Hariscandropakhyruia is inserted at a different point in
the two MSS., while each offers certain chapters not found
in the other, according to the following scheme: —
As. Soc. MS. Ind. Off. MS.
adhyy. 1—18 = adhyy. 1—18
19—35 = 36—52
40—47 = 20—27
36—39
9
? = 28—35.
HH 268 .<-
The present MS., however, breaks off in the middle of
adhy. 47.
The existence of this MS. confirms Dr. Eggeling's sugges-
tion of a Telugu source for the Ind. Off. Nagari copy, and
his conjecture of lirdayastheydn (for ""steyctn) in adliy. 9. 22
is also confirmed.
The following statement gives the numbers of the pages
on which the adhydyas end and the names of those not
given in Dr. Eggeling's list: —
I 3b, II 6b, III 9a, IV 12a, Y 17a, VI 19a,
VII 20b, VIII 22b, IX 25a, X 26b, XI 28b,
XII 29 b, XIII 33 a, XIV 34 a, XV 36 b, XVI 38 a,
XVII 40 a, XVIII 42 a, XIX 44 a, XX 47 a, XXI
53b, XXII 57b, XXIII 61b, XXIV 66 a, XXV
70a, XXVI 75a, XXVII 80a, XXVIII 86b. XXIX
91b, XXX 96 a, XXXI 102 a, XXXII 107 a.
XXXIII 112b, XXXIV 115a, XXXV 118a, XXXVI
(Ka2)ildsramMivydghra2mta(sic)tlrthaparyantatlHhdni ka-
thanam) 123 b, XXXVII (Devaghdtaniamrara (sic)
kathana) 127 a, XXXVIII (Surasdsamgamajdlapddatir-
tliakathana) 130a, XXXIX (ManuiukhatirthotpatlJcathana
(sic) 134 a, XL 139 b, XLI 143 a, XLII 149 b, XLIII
154 b, XLIV 159 b, XLV 162 a, XL VI 167 b, XLVII
(imperfect) 168 b.
The names of the chapters in the Hariscandropakhyana are
XIX Vasist{sic)avisvdmitrasamvdda.
XX JMryayd.
XXI Vasisthadharmopadesa.
XXII Mdydvardliaprabhdva.
XXIII Hariscandrasvas^adarsanaromvirbhdva.
XXIV Canddlakanyalaidarbana.
XXV Kdsikena rdjdpraliarana.
XXVI Rdjdnnirgamana.
XXVII Mdydvahnisrsfi.
XXVIII Hariscamdrena Camdravatlvikraya.
XXIX Vlrabdlmdarsana.
XXX Hariscamdrena smasdneksana.
XXXI Camdravatyd visadastalohUdsvasam darsana.
-^ 269 H^
XXXII Hariscamdrena Camdravatlvadha.
XXXIII Hariscamdravaraprasddana.
The concluding lines of the MS. read thus: — tatah param
tanubhrta sidhido bramhmanirbharah i mahato malyava-
cchrmgas te pataraty udhasikarah. rau (= 20 — 21 of the
Ind. Off. MS. adhy. XX VII j.
For Sanmukha (see Ind. Off. adhy. 9) this MS. seems
always to read Manmuklia, which is perhaps due to the
likeness of the aksaras ma and .srt in the Telugu character.
On the last two leaves we read 'sri Virupaksa sri' (bis)
'sri Ramaya namah' '^ri (3) sakadadaya namah' and a
few other scrawls. At the commencement of adhy. XXXIX,
after a blank half leaf, there is a fresh beginning with
the words 'sri Virupaksaya namah'.
199.
Sansk. ]N'o. 15.
Size: 17jx2 in.; 10 leaves, 9 lines to a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th cent.
Character: Grantha, not inked over.
The Kadamhainmmdhdtmya of the Brahmandradasam-
vdda of the Parvaklianda of the Brahmdnda-Purdna.
It begins: —
suklambaradharam visnum sa^ivarnam caturbhujam I
prasannavadanam dhyayet sarvavighnopasiXntaye ii
naimise punyanilaye rsayas satram asate i
Asito — — • — — — — —
ete canye ca bahavo naimisaranyavasinah ii
jamitandosasantyartthain satkathasravanotsukah 1
Sutani pauranikam §restham idani vacanam abravit ii
rsayah i
Sutavidvan (read°dYan)mahaprajha[s] sarvasastravi^arada i
tvatta srutany anekani ksetrani vividhani ca ii
nadyas ca vividhas sarva tirtthani ca vanani ca i
idanira srotum icchamo nipaksetrasya vaibhavam ii
H5H 270 i<r-
It ends: —
idara purfinam jagatam yasaskaram
surais ca sendrair api nityacintitam i
ayusyam arogyakaram yasasyam
sada sujalpam paraiuatmayogibhih h
iti brahmandapurane brahmauaradasamvade sri-kadamba-
purlmahatmye sasthoddhyayah i harih om i subham astu i
srimate srinivasamabadesikaya namali i
Summary of tbe adhydyas:
I (ends 2 a): Kaverl, being adjudged inferior in her
rivalry witb Ganga, performs tapas in Sutala. Brahman
appearing informs her that superiority to Gaiiga can
be obtained from Visnu alone. Narada directs her to
the Nipaksetra.
II (ends 2b, "jmriisottamamdhcctmye dvitiyoddJiydyaJi) : De-
scription of the Ksetra: —
srirarngasya vimanasya kimcid isanya uttare i
^amivanamahaksetrapiirve vai krosamatrake ii
^rl-kadambavanam nama prasiddharp lavanatraye i
purvvam Dasaratho raja yagam arabhya satkrtah ii
kaveryya uttare tire colabhumau tu suvrate i
sri-kadambapuriksetram muninam sthanam uttamam ii &c.
The Kadambavana is astdvimsatindmdka. There dwells
Purusottama and in front of him an arrow's reach is
the tirtha called after Prahlada and also the Nipa-
ksetra, where dwells Markandeya.
III (ends 4 a, °puravalh]iava]cathanam tejasddhikyaprdpti-
katha(na)m ndma): Long stotra by Kaveri, to whom
Visnu promises a boon. K. asks for superiority to
Ganga in tejas, that V. should dwell near her, and
that all creatures living in the neighbourhood may be
sure of moksa. V. creates a temple on the spot.
4 a, 1. 7: — tadaprabhrti tatksetramm adimapuram ity
abhiit.
IV (ends 6a, °scdlurttivarddlianasdrnpyaiwd'pti):
Markandeya at the advice of Brahman visits Kadamba-
pura by the Kadambasaras (= Nipapuskarini). At
-^ 271 »<-.
liis advice a Cola king Satkirttivardhana by worshipping
Visnu obtains a son. He afterwards builds a temple
and gains moksa.
V (ends 7 b): The Nipapuskarinitirtha and the Brahmatirtha.
VI (ends 10 a): The Prahladatirtha and the Nipatlrtha.
The Adimfipura of 4a, 1. 7 is again mentioned 8 b, 1. 2: —
krte yuge uipaksetram tretayam adimapurara.
On the outside of the last leaf in European hand 'Ka-
dambapuri Mahatmya of the Brahmanda Purana'.
200.
Sansk. No. 16.
Size: 165- Xl 5- in., 22 leaves -{- 2 blank covers between boards,
6 lines to a ijage.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18 1^ or 19th cent.
Character: Grantha, clear and well written.
The same work as the preceding, from which it is copied,
as is proved by its displaying the same numerous small
gaps, and in one or two slight points (e. g. 6a, 1.4 = 3a, 1. 2,
9 a, 1. 6 = 4 a, 1. 8) making corrections. In this MS. the
chapters end foil. 3 a, 5 b, 9 b, 13 b, 16 b, 22 a.
On the outside of the last leaf in European hand
< D Kadambapuri Mahatmya', and of the first a statement
of the contents in Tamil, and the numbers 22.
201.
Sansk. ±\o. 17.
Size: lifxlr in., 35 leaves + 1 blank + covers, 6 lines (nearly
always) on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th or 19th cent.
Character: Grantha, fairly correct.
The Kajnsthalauidlidtmi/a of the Brahmandradasamvdda
of the Ksetragolakavistdra of the UttaraUidga of the Brali-
mdnda-Pardna.
-^ 272 ^<-
It begins: —
^uldarabaradliaram visnura sasivarnan caturbhujara I
prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye ii
!^ri-Naradali i
pitamaha namas testu prasida karunanidhe i
sarvajna sarvalokesa sarvaksetrajna mantravit ii
viinanatarasarajna tirtthasarajna punyavit i
girlnan ca nadinan ca vananam vaibhavam pura ii
srutan tvatto mahabbaga astottarasatasthalam i
tesu ksetresu sarvesu srutam ekam subbastbalam ii
sarasaram mabaksetrara kaveryyas cottare tate 1
kapistbalam nrnam sarvasiddbidam pavanam param ii
It ends: —
punyaii caritraii jagadekapavanam
bbaktipradam sarvasiikbavabafi ca i
patbec srunotiba kapistbalesvaram
prapnoti drstva purusarttbabbak bbavet ii
iti &c.
barih om i srigurubbyo namab i srimate gajendra-
varadaparabrabmane namab i srimate bayagrivaya namab i
gajendrarttivinasaparabrabmane namab i a i grantbam
7, 100.
Summary of tbe adliydyas: —
I (ends 4b); II (ends 8a); III (ends 11 h, Indradyumna-
gajendrcqjrdpti)] IV (ends 15a, Gajendrdrttiharaua); Y
(ends 16b). Tbese five adhydyas relate tbe foundation
of Kapistbala by Kama's apes, and tbe figbt between
an elepbant and a crocodile as told in tbe Gajendra-
moksana (Aufrecbt-Oxford, p. 5 a, Ind. Off., p. 1159 a b
and often printed in tbe Pailcaratna). According to tbe
present MS. tbe nakra is a Gandbarva cursed by bis
teacber Devala, and tbe elepbant tbe Pandyan king
Indradyumna, wbo bad incurred tbe anger of Agastya.
Tbe elepbant is saved by Visnu, at wbose instance
Brabman founds tbe Gajendramoksana or Gajarttibarana
tirtba. Tbere Visnu sbows bimself yearly in tbe montb
Vaisakba.
-^ 273 K~
VI (ends 18 b): Brahman visits Visnu at Kapistbala and
founds a festival.
VII (ends 22b, Gajendramoh^atirtthavaihliava).
VIII (ends 26 b, Gajendramol^^atirtthapariksana) gives an
account of a visit by Indra and 6aci.
IX (ends 29 b, Ttrtthavaibliavanirupana)', X (ends 31a).
XI (ends 33 b, Tirttliavaihliavanirripana), and XII (ends
35b, SarvaksetraprahhCiixiplialasnitiniruxmna) give the
history of various other tirthas at Kapisthala, the
Brahmatirtha, Indrapuskarini, Yamatlrtha (IX), the
Vyasatn-tha, Laksmitirtha (X), the Bilvatirtha, Papa-
vinasatlrtha with the story of Cyavana and Sukanya,
Agastyatlrtha (XI), the Visvamitratirtha, Dasatirtha.
This last perhaps means all the ten preceding, taken
together: cf. fol. 2a, 11.4—6 (XII). In all cases are
recorded the names of the tirthaprda, the devata, the
bodhi-tree, and the exact location.
The most important feature of Papavinasa appears to
have been a temple called Paficasriiga (18 a, 1. 2., 26 b, 1. 2j.
Visnu is attended by Sri under the title Sri-Bhumi.
The site is thus defined, 1 b, 1. 5 sqq. : —
kaverisaritas tire hy uttare daksine tatha i
pascime caiva ptirvabdher yojananaii catustaye ii
sriramgat piirvabhage tu yojananafi catu^5taye i
The covers give in Tamil the words kumpakonam sva-
pavukku merakke kapistalappuranam yedu 315 and the
numbers 8 (Tamil) and 5 (European), also the title 'Brah-
mandapuranam' in European writing.
202.
Saxsk. Xo. 18.
Size: 10x1? in., 15 leaves + 1 cover, 7 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Probably 18th cent.
Character: Grantha,
18
-^ 274 f^
The KCujaroli anamdli a tmya.
It begins: —
6aunakadya mahatmana r>ayo bralimavadinah i
naimisakhye maliaranye tapas tepur mumuksavah ii
ekada te m(ali)atmanali samajan cakrur uttamam i
dliarmartthakamamoksanam upayam jnatum icchavah ii
sadvimsatisahasranam munayas te mahaujasah i
tesam sisyaprasisyanam sa(m)khya vaktun na sakyate ii
kani ksetrani punyani kani tirtthani bhutale i
katham va prapyate muktir brhan (read nrnan ?) tapartta-
cetasam ii
ity evam prastum atmanain .udyatan preksya Samkarah
(read Saimakah) n
Saunakali i
aste siddliasrame punye Suta(h) pauramkottamali ii
yajan makhair bahuvidhai(r) visvarupam jagadgurum ii
sa eva sakalam vetti Vyasasisyo mabamunih ii
tasmat tam evam prcchama ity uce Saunako munih ii
atha te munayo jagmuh punyam siddhasramam vanam ii
iksantas tam avabhrthan tatra tasthur makhalaye ii
addhvaravabhrthasnanam munim pauranikottamam ii
papracchus te sukhasinam naimisaranyavasinam ii
rsayah i
kani &c. &c.
katham sive manusyanam {sic) bhaktir avj'abhicarini ii
vada sarvamunisrestha sarvam etad asamsayah i
Sutah 1
srunuddhvam rsayas sarve sandisto vo vadamy aham ii
gitam SanatkiimarSya kumarena mahatmana i
kayarohananathasya mahatmyam paramatbhutam ii
It ends: —
etatksetrasya mahatmyam i
ye ^rnvanti pathanti ca i
vaktaram piijayanti ye i
tesam manoratliam svayam i
dadyat kayadhirohanam i
-X 275 ♦<-
bhu^anair vividhai(r) vastrai(s) trimbulai(r) dhauaddhanya-
vaktaram pujayitva tu sivasayujyam apnuyat u [kaih i
harih i om i
Summary: —
I (4 b, Adipurane Limr/otpatti) relates tho origin of the
linga near to Sivakhyarajadhanl. The site is tlius
described (3 a, 11.6—7):—
purvarabodhitate ramye pundarikapurasya ca i
yojanatrayasimante kaveryyas caiva daksine ii
II The Kayarohana. On the banks of the Yamuna was
a village called Vedapuri, where dwelt a sage of the
Gargyas, named Kardama. His son Pundarika, wishing
to obtain sayujya, worships Mahadeva for 2000 years
at Benares, but without success. At the advice of a
certain Vumadeva he proceeds to Kanci, and sets up
(6 b, 1. 7) a Kayarohana linga. After 62,000 years a
heavenly voice informs him that, that place being a
hhogadhihya sthana, he would find a difficulty in there
obtaining sayujya sdrdhadehena. He must depart to
a bhogamoksasama sthdna. Proceeding to Kumbhakona
at a time when Jupiter was in Leo, he sets up a
Kayarohana at a tirtha named from Siva (7a, 1. 6). After
80,000 years he is advised by a Rsi Kanva to visit
Ksetrarajapura on the shore of the eastern ocean
between Fundarikapura and Veddranya, a yojana from
Kamaldsannidhdna (?P.N.) on the east. There he is
to bathe vrddhakdverlsamgame. Pundarika goes there,
and beholds Paramesvara with Ambika. On the west
of the linga, which is west of the Sarvatirtha, he
establishes an dsrama and a Kayarohana linga. Siva
appearing grants him sayujya and promises to Kanva
that bhakti shall always be acancald at the place.
(Here perhaps a chapter ends, 9 b, 1. 7.)
After a long interval Kanva obtains sasar'irena sayujya.
(? a chapter ends 11a, 1. 6.)
Storyof the \'indhya and Agastya, who visits Kayarohana
and sets up a linga in the dgneyadlghhdga (Agastyalinga
13 a, 1. 2).
18*
-^ 276 Hi-
story of Nagaraja. Sesa, desiring offspring, visits Ka-
yarohana with his wife and sets up a liiiga W. of the
Sarvatirtha. His wife bears a daughter, who is ultimately
bestowed upon a king ^dllsuha, of the Suryavarnsa, who
comes to Pannagendrapura (Ahindrapura). Sesa, having
placed his mantrin on the throne, gives his mind to tapas
and obtains sayujya (14a, L 4).
Praise of the tirtha.
On one cover we find the figure 7 (European) and on
the other an illegible scrawl in Tamil.
203.
Whish No. 187 B.
Size: 18xli in., 38 leaves + 1 blank + cover, 5 (sometimes 4)
lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th cent.
Character: Grantha, somewhat cramped, but legible.
The Kumbhakonamdhdtmya of the Ksetravaibhavaklianda
of the TJttarabhciga of the Brahmdnda-Purdna. The colo-
phon to adhy. XI has Pdldsavanamdhdtmya in place of
Uttarahhdya.
It begins: —
pura kadacid ajagmuh punyaranyopasobhitam i
naimi^an nimisiksetram rsayo gautamltate ii
vidhatukama vidhivat satram dvadasavarsikam i
hutasanasamakarah pratarastuhutasanah (sic) ii
Kapilah Pulaho — — —
(12 slokas)
(2a,L2.) Sutamabhyagatamviksyatejasa, suryyasannibhara i
tasmai brahmasanan datva tam ucus tatra tenaghah ii
Suta prasida sumate sutaram sujata
s(v)arviihinijalajasaurabhasodaribhih i
vakbhir virinca vanitakarunajharibhis
tvan no drutam vrjinatapam apakurusva ii
(2 b, 1. 3.) pura prasamgena puranaratne >
brahmandanamni (s/c) prakatikrtam yat i
~>4 277 K-
kincit tad acaksva vivicya kamam
sn-Kumbhakonasthalavaibhavan nah ii
It ends: —
adikumbhesamahatmyara prektam (read proktam) eva dvi-
jottamah ii
anyad atraiva yusmakam tatra sarvahitaya ca ii
iti brahmandapurane ksetravaibbavakhande kumbha-
konamahatmye ksetravaibhavan nama dvadasoddhyayah i
Siitah 1
Summary of the adhijdyas: —
I (ends 6a): Siita begins with the praises of Kumbha-
ghona on the Kaveri and the Kasyapakhyatirtha
(3 b, 1. 3 and 4 b, 1. 2). Kasyapa practising tapas there,
Siva pi-omised that the tirtha should bear K.'s name
and that his (S.'s) image should be there.
II (ends 9 b): The Hemapuskarinitlrtha and Madhya-
rjjunapura (6b 1. 2.). The Adikumbhesvaraliiiga and
the Hemabjatlrtha (7a, 1. 4 = Hemapuskarii.ii 7 b, 1. 1).
Account of the foundation of the tirtha. The Kumbha
and Siva. Mrmdhatr worships at the spot.
III (ends 12 b): The Hemapuskarinlcakratirtha and — to
the north — the Svayambhuvatirtha (12a, 1. 3.), A vimana
Yaisnava mentioned 12a, 1.4.: Laksmi-Bhumi 12 a, 1.5.
IV (ends 14b, BrhaspatisvargaprdptikaiJiana): The Some-
svaratlrtha and the Hemakarasaras. Story of Brhaspati.
V (ends 17a): The Patalabijaliiiga at the Asvatthatirtha.
VI (ends 21b): Story of the Umabhaga.
VII (ends 23b, Malidmdgliat'irthavalhhava)-. The PapS-
panodanasaras, where Siva was present as Kayaro-
hananatha.
VIII (ends 25b. Bhdskara[s]tapassiddhikathana): The
Bhaskaraksetra.
IX (ends 30b, Bralimaliattistrlliattimocana): Account of
the Kasyapatirtha, presided over by Umasahriya. Story
of king Satyakirtti of Candrapura in Malwa. slain by
a jealous wife.
X (ends 33 a, Bilvdran{ya)ma}idtmi/e Gautamagoliatiivi-
mocana): Story of the Gautamasaras, where was a
-5h 278 f<-
linga of Siva. Cidambara mentioned 31a, 1.5.; Mayu-
rasthana 32 a, 1. 2.
XI (ends 35a, Suhdhv[o Marudvaty]ds ca carita): Story
of Siibahu and his wife Marudvatl.
XII (ends 38a, Ksetravaihhava): Recapitulation and praise
of Kumbhaghona.
The Colophons usually spell Kumbhaghona (sic). The
final colophon was apparently intended to be followed by
a fresh adhydya, as Suta's name is repeated: see also
No. 204.
The label reads in Tamil yinta stalappuranam ku(mpa)-
konam sivanakovi;*:)!cyedu312, with the numbers 2 (Tamil) and
7 (European), and the title Erahmandapuranam (European).
For another MS. of a KumhhaJionamdhdtmya professing
also to belong to the Brahmanda-Purana, see Burnell,
Tanjore, p. 190 a.
204.
Sansk. No. 19.
Size: ITlxl^ ( — ) in., 26 leaves, 8—9 (more frequently 8) lines
on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th cent.
Character: Grantha, clearer than in 203.
The Kumhhakonamdhdtmya.
It begins as in No. 203, but at the end adds, after Sutahf
the commencement of a new adhydya:
kumbhaghonasthale nama sthanam asti mahattaram i
kayarohanavikhyatam sarva —
confirming the suspicion that a portion of the Mahatmya
is lost.
The adhydyas end as follows: —
I 3a, II 5a, III 7b, IV 9a: Brhaspatisvarga'prdpti-
lathana, V 11a, VI 14b, VII 16a: Mahdmdyliatirttha'
valhhava, VIII 17b: Bhdskara[s]la2mssiddhihdJiana, IX 21 b :
Bralimaliattistr'ihattimocana, X 23 b: BilvdranyamdJidtmye
Gautamayohattivimocana, XI 25a: SuhdJivos carita
(as No. 203), XII 26b: Kseiravaihhava.
The MS. is slightly more correct than No. 203, which, if
-^ 279 H$-
not copied from this, is derived at any rate from a not
remote common original, as is proved by the colophons
and especially by the common error in the colophon of IV.
The outer cover, shared with No. 195, shows various
numbers (11, 26, 19, 11,48, 11) in Grantha, Telugu, and Eu-
ropean characters, likewise in various characters, 'Harkness
examed lees 20' (?), KimhliagJiona-Mdlidtmya, Kodana,
Kumhhovaram Purdnam, Virdtajpuram, and another illeg-
ible superscription. An attached label reads (in Tamil
character) Kumimlionaksetra-Mdhdtimjarn Pdratavirdtapar-
vanil Icohsam.
205.
Sansk. No. 20.
Size: 14| xl's' iu-, 38 leaves + 2 between wooden boards, 6—8
lines to a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18tii, possibly 19 tb, cent.
Character: Grantha, clearly written. The MS. shows numerous
small gaps and ends abruptly.
The Pdi)avindsamdhdtmya of the Brahmdnda-Purdm.
It begins: —
namami sripatim visnum saccidauandam advayam i
svamayasaktisamksiptaprapancam sesasayinam il
Naradauvaca (s/c) I
srimadastaksarakhyasya mantrasya vada Samkara l
kesu ksetresu siddlii syad iti karuiiyato mama 11
Samkara uvaca i
samyak prstam raahaprajna sarvalokahitavaham i
astaksaramahrima(n)trasiddliiksetrani me srnu ii
satyaksetram hariksetram — — — — — — —
(4 slokas).
papanasam mahaksetram sarvaksetrottamottamani I
etani siddhiksetrani vadanti munipumgavah ii
astaksarasya mantrasya catustrirasan mahamune i
etesu punyaksetresu kurvatara sumahat tapah il
kalena bhiiyasa siddhih papanasasthalam vina i
papanase tapassiddhir acirad eva jayate ii
-^ 280 i^r-
It ends: —
tesam bhuktifi ca muktin ca dehi ke^ava nayaka[h] ii
ayam eva hi me kamo nanyosti madhusudana i
tva dadayam (for tvadodayam?) me syat kamo (vai)kuntha-
isvarah i [nayaka ii
evam samprartthito laksmya kesavah kamalapatih i
tathastv iti jagadainam pa.
Summary of the adhyayas: —
I (ends 5b, Mddliavaraksasatvamoksana): Story of the
Brahmaraksasa and the Brahmana Dalbhya.
II (ends 10 b, Sa7-ahhdmadyasurava{dh)o): Story of the
Brahmana Kundina, who with his wife Guuadhya is
cast into the sea by an asnra Simhanana at the
command of the asura king Sarabha, but is saved by
Garuda and ultimately reaches Pri])anrisa, where he
meets Parasara. Visnu destroys the asuras.
III (ends 12a, Kundhiatapascarana).
IV (ends 14 b, Kiiudimimoh^almtliana)-. K. praises Visnu,
who instructs him to settle one Yojana from Srlrahga
on the N. bank of the Kaverl (13 b), where he begets
a son named Papanasesvara, and then proceeds to
Papanasa, where he obtains mukti. The mukti-securing
stotra is given.
V (ends 18 b, SudarsananiuJdikathana) : Temptation of
Sudarsana by a nymph; he resists her and obtains
mukti (marudvrdha = 'river' 15a, 1. 4, 19b, 1. 2).
VI (ends 21b, Suhodhacarita): Story of Subodha and
the Raksasa Candakopa.
VII (ends 25a, PraUddamohmijrada): At the suggestion
of Sanatkumara Prahlada obtains mukti from Visnu.
VIII (ends 28a, Fratdpavlracarita): Story of the Cola
king Pratapavira, son of Pratapavira, who constructs
many dykes (kulya) in order to irrigate the land on
both sides of the Kaverl. On a certain occasion the
river disappears in a daksinavartta-shaped gartta at
a place called 8vetavighnesvarasivasthana. A famine
ensues and for three years P. endeavours in vain to
fill the gartta. He then appeals to a Brahmana Eranda,
-^ 281 Hg-
dwelling at the foot of an Eranda tree, -who says that
it will not be filled until a muni equal to himself or
, a king equal to P. leaps in. That honour falls to the
sage, who, when P. is about to follow him out of re-
morse for a Brahmana's death, reappears and directs
- him to visit Papanasa and set up fallen liiigas &c.
This he does and obtains union with Visnu.
The lines describing the kulyas are as follows: —
Pratapaviranrpatis Coleudro munipuragavah i
Colaksetresv osadhlnam « ;*:■ vrddhyarttham ekada ii
grrimanan nagaranah ca kaveryyubhayakulatah i
sukulyah khanayamasa sasyavrddhyarttham adarat ii
tiradvaye ca kaveryyam ye vasanti sivalayah I
ye ca visnvalayas santi tan apfdayata prabhuh ii
tat-tad-devalayasthana (sic) devanam api dattavan i
bahuksetrani vittani bhaktisraddhapurassaram li
kulyanam abhiraksarttham sa Pratapanrpo mune i
silabhir istikabhis ca mukhadvaram akalpayat ii
kaverimulakulyanam sudhalepanapurvakam i
evani sambandhitas Coladeso bhupatina mune ii
(25b, 1. 6 sqq.)
IX (ends 32 b, PundarlkasarastlrthavaihhavakatJiana):
Story of the devas and the asura Candavega whom
with his army Visnu destroys at Papanasa. Praise of
the Pundarika-saras, named after a sage Pundarlka
(31a, h 7).
X (ends 36 a, Pundarlkanmnikathana) : Digging of the
saras by Pundarika at the advice of Drdbhya. P. ob-
tains mukti.
XI (unfinished): Laksml performs tapas and asks to be
allowed to dwell with the good instead of with the
bad, who on her travels round the world have hitherto
been her hosts. Visnu consents.
The situation of the tirtlia is thus defined (lb, L 6sqq.):—
kumbhaghonasya nairtyam (iv'c) nisi (read disi) caiviSrddhayo-
kaveryj-a daksine tire papa(nasa)stha]am hareh ii [janei
muktidam varttate purasam vasatam bhuktidam tatha i
-^ 282 H&-
On the two spare leaves at the beginning we read
'harih i om i' 'papavinasamahatmyam' 'sriyai namah i
grantha 880' in Grantha character with 'yedu 318' in Tamil,
and 2 in Telugu and European character: finally the title
again pencilled in European letters, and on an attached
label in Grantha.
206.
Sansk. Ko. 21.
Size: 16|xl-| in., 18 leaves + cover, 7 (rarely 6) lines to a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18 th cent.
Character: Grantha.
The Tulaswanam Miandeyah-inivasaksetramahdhmja of
the Madhyamahhdga of the Bhavisyottara-Piirdna.
It begins: —
devadevaravindaksa kahjasana surarccita i
praslda jagatan natha sarvalokanamaskrta il
ksetrabrndavidhanajha tlrtthabrndavicaksana i
mantrabrndavidhanajha vimanajha suresvara ii
srutva tvatto mukundasya mahatmyam pavanain param i
manaso na bhavet trptir atah prcchami sampratam ii
krpaya bruhi sisyaya lokanam vai hitaya ca i
kumbhaghonasya mahatmyam varnaneyan manak cchrutamii
markandeyamahaksetram sarvalokaikapavanara i
bruhi me devadevesa guhyat guhyatararn param il
It ends: —
dharmakamartthamoksanam yah pathet pratar utthitah ii
etan mahatmyam atulam patrobhun natra samsayah ii
subham bhavati sarvesani siddhir bhavati mamgalam ii
iti sri-bhavisyottarapurane madhyamakhande tulasivana-
markandeyasrinivasaksetramahatmye tlrtthamahimanuvar-
nanan nama navamoddhyayah i harih i om i subham astu i
kallyanatbhutagatraya kamikartthapradayine srimadvemka-
tanathaya srinivasaya mamgalam i
->* 283 r<-
Summary of the adhydijas: —
I (ends 3 b): The situation of the tirtha is thus dctined
(la, L 5): — Sahyajadaksine tire purvambodLes tu pascime i
sarddhakrose kumbhaghonat purvabhage munisvara ii
tulasivanam ity etat ksetram pavanaprivanam i
adav eva mahaksetram nirirkandeyan tatali param ii
"We hear (la, 1. 7) of a puskarini at the tirtha. Some
details of places are given fol. 3.
II (ends 5 a): Origin of the Tulasivana (Tulasi daughter
of Sudhdhindu 4a, L 3). A Tulasikavaca is mentioned
and given at lengtli (4:b, \. 5.).
III (ends 6 b) : Markandeya visits the Tulasivana and
performs tapas at the foot of a Tulasi.
IV (ends 7 b): Dbarani (= Tulasi) appears to M. and
becomes his daughter.
V (ends 10 a): Visnu appears as an aged ascetic and
begs for the girl: on her refusal M. appeals to Visnu.
VI (ends 12a): M. praises Visnu, who asks for Tulasi,
and promises to M. 3 boons, (1) that he and Tulasi
shall dwell at the tirtha, to be called after M.'s name,
(2) food without salt (see 11a: no salt to be brought
to Hari's temple), (3) mok^a. Visnu adds that M. shall
see the Akasanagarl, which shall be visible under the
name Kalyanapura or Markandtyasthala. The tirtha
is called Sririiga. The dvadasaksaravidya lib, 1.5.
VII (ends 13 a): Marriage of Visnu and Tulasi. The
temple Suddhananda built 13 a, L 6.
VIII (ends 14b, Tirthamdhdtmyci): The Akasanagara is
n a irrtijd m tirtthardjasya.
IX (ends 18 a): Brahman establishes a festival. The fruits
of bathing in the Ahoratryrdivayatlrtha.
The sage Devasarman (a Bharadvaja), having ravished
a daughter of Jaimini, is cursed to become a kraunca
and liberated only when a Sal tree on which he nests
falls into the tirtha.
The Candratlrtha (16b, 11. 1—4), Sarngatirtha (16 b, 1. 5).
Suryatlrtha (16b, 1.6), Indratirtha (17b, 1.2), and Brahma-
tirtha (17 b, 1. 3).
^i 284 :<-
On the cover we read in Tamil: Inta stalapuranam
kumpakonatukku samlpam uppili appana yena nukua vis-
nukovilapuranam yedu 18 and inside the title, as given
above, in Grantha.
207.
Whish No. 186.
Size: O^xl? in., 6 leaves (numbered 70, 71, 73—74, 80—81) and
2 covers, 7 — 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: ISth (possibly 17th) cent.
Character: Grantha.
The last part of the Mahdganapaddliati of Olrvdnen-
dra Sarasvati, pupil of Visuesvara Sarasvati, who was himself
a pupil of Amarendra Sarasvati.
It begins: —
« ■;>(• -sjc- ■)!(• •:«■ sc- « •*:• m madhu melayitva
sampisya japtanyayutadvayena {sic) i
ebhis subhair ahjitalocano yo
marttyani dhanani sa pasyatiha ii
lajjanduka prasiddha laksanan tu sparsasamkucavatpa-
tratvam i ghanasarah karpurah suklam girikarnika sveta-
parajitah trevau (??) eka trnam i ayahprasuna samkha-
puspim ayomukhapuspaki i
bhavet ganesarnasatastajapta-
srikhandilepat kila duhkhanasah i
srikhandas candanakhandah satastajaptety astottarasata-
japtam ity artthah evam sarvatra
luta savisphotakabhutakrtya(t)
pretotbhavat ghoratara (j) jvarac ca i
manorathastadhyasahasrajapad
vinasayen {sic) mantrivaras tu vasyam ii
visadvayam sthavarajaugaman ca
j varan athastav ilia sularogan i
sudarunan tam grahaniu ca rogan
vataprasutan kaphapittajatan ii
gala grail a din api rogasamghan
satastajapena vinasayeta
■^i 285 f<-
laksaikajapena manorathasya i
siddliir bhaved asya hi padukayah ii
It ends: —
somasuiyyoparage ca parvanes (sic) suddhayos tatlia i
siddbrimvtadiyogesii dvadasadivratesu ca ii
caturtthyan ca tatha sastyrim vasare sukrasomayoh i
uktakalesu vidliivat ganesam samyag arccayet ii
iti srlmatparamahamsaparivrajakacaryasiimad - Ainaren-
drasarasTatisisyasiimad-Vi^vesvarasarasvatyrih priyasisyeiia
Girvanendrasarasvatya viracita mahaganapaddhatis sain-
aptah I
harili I om i srivaficchattiliru Kukum Sesadriyaiilaputraii
Sesadrina su(read sva)liastalikliitam i srlvancclie-svaraman-
galanayakyai namah i kalamkamakakattasrivighnesvaraya
namah i srisarasvatyai namah i srigurubhyo namah i
Then in uninked letters: ganesaya namah!
For the author see Aufrecht CC. s. v. Olrvanendrasarasvati.
The work deals with charms, and seems especially devoted
to Oanesa. Possibly it bears some relation to the Gane-
sapaddhati (dh.) by Somesvarapiitra mentioned by Auf-
recht CC. II p. 196.
208.
Sansk. No. 22.
Size: 7-| xli in., 26 leaves + 2 blank between boards, 6 lines on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18tii or 19 th cent.
Character: Malayalam.
An astrological work bearing no name.
It begins: —
harih i srlgauapataye namah i avighnam astu i
srigurubhyo namah l trilokambayai namah i
kalavenuravah kalayanilah kamalacumbanalampatotiramyahl
alipota ivaravindamadhye ramatam me hi-di devakikisorah ii
jayati jagatah prasiitir visvatma sahajabhusanam nabhasah i
drutakanakasadrsadasasatamayukhamalarccitas savitfi ii
-^ 286 i<~
arkkendvarabudhacaryyasukramandasiketavah i
raksantv amum gralias sarvve yah pusye mrgalagnajah ii
vidhatra likhita yS sa lalaleksaramalika i
daivajnas tarn pathed vyaktam horanirmmalavaksasa ii
pusyarkse sitabhanSv udayati mrgabhe vrscikasthe ca blianau
bhuputradau vaniksatpadasatuladhanuryyugmajikakriyasthei
cchalismelugh (?) isoyas samajani bhavatal lokamatrprasadat
balah prajiionujoyam kalitadhauasukharogyadlrghghayur
adhyah ii
athaharggano likbyate.
It ends: —
sesa dasah kramena yojyali i subham astu i the writing
on the last leaf being indistinct and in places hardly legible.
There is no regular division into chapters, but new
topics are introduced by atlia, as follows: —
lb, 1. 6. athaharggano likhyate.
2 a, 1. 4. atha tatkaladugganita grahassatvakyani likh-
yante.
4b, I. 2. atha bhasakalidinadayah.
5 a, 1. 6. atha bhavasrayaphalani.
8 b, 1. 5. atha rasmayo likhyante.
9 b, I. 2. atha yogaphalam.
10b, 1. 1. athastakavarggo likhyate.
lib, 1. 3. atha samudayastakavarggah.
12 a, 1. 6. atha bhavah lagnadinam samanvayah.
13 b, 1. 3. atha bhavestagrahadustayah.
15 b, 1. 5. atha grahanam sthanabalani.
16 a, 1. 1. atha cestabalam.
16 a, 1. 3. athovvabalam.
16 b, 1. 1. athayanabalam.
16 b, 1. 3. atha kalabalam.
16 b, 1. 5. atha nisarggabalam.
17a, 1. 1. atha grahabalapuhjani.
17 a, 1. 4. atha lagnadibhavabalapuhjani.
17 b, 1. 5. atha suksmarasmayah.
18 a, 1. 2. atha lagnabhuvasya baladhikyad atrarpsakadasa
likhyate.
18b, 1. 3. atha bhavavindanam.
-^ 287 ne-
26 a, 1. 3. atha kalacakradasa.
26 a, 1. 6. atha naksatradasa likliyate.
On the outer side of one of the l)oards X in Roman
character.
209.
Sansk. No. 23.
Size: 8^ Xll in., 31 leaves + covers, 8 lines (generally) on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18t5i cent.
Character: Grantha.
Unnamed. But in the margin at the beginning Angirasa-
parisat, and at the end ^rlmukhaparisat is written.
It begins: —
vagisadya sumanasa sarvartthanam upakrame i yan natva
krtakrtya stus (read syus) tan namami gajananam i vinddhya-
syottaradese barhaspatyamanabdo grahyah vinddhyadaksina-
dese sauracandramanabdo grahyah barhaspatyamanena
citrabhanusamvassarah (s?c) sauracandramanabhyarn Srigira-
sasamvassarah sarvatra ^ii(?)rodayaYasat pusyabdah asya
samvassarasya Salivahanasakabdali i
It is incomplete, breaking off as follows: —
ddhruvam gamgeyo vallipritih piisa 4 ku 8 sunnyatithir
ala 1
There are no regular chapters. On fol. 2 a, 1. 4 we find
a section beginning 'atha samvassaraphalam' and on 4a, 1. 7
one beginning 'atha makarasamkrantii^halam'. The rest is
mainly numbers &c., arranged as in a table.
On the cover suhluDii astu nuncV^sisahdi/am^ with two
lines of Tamil writing (of an astrological nature) inside.
210.
Sansk. No. 24.
Size: 12x1— li in., 5 leaves + 1 double leaf joined at the left
side, 5 — 6 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
. Date: 18th or 19th cent.
Character: Malay alam.
Injuries: All the leaves are more or less mutilated.
-^ 288 r<-
A slip of paper wrapped round these few leaves states
that they were presented by Col. H. S. Osborne, March
1«* 1828, and that they contain a copy of a Malabar (i. e.
Malayalam) petition. On one of them however the language
is Sanskrit, and it begins the BdgadvesapraJiaranam, as
follows : —
citghanam paramatnianam apannaivarusakrtim i
advitlyam aparan tarn Veldtesagurum (sic) bhajet ii
? ragadvesaprakaranam.
ragadyS sodasa.
211.
Whish No. 180.
Size: 145 X Ij i°-) 24 leaves between boards, 9 (later 8) lines on
a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: Perhaps 19 tt cent.
Character: Square Grantha, clearly written.
Injuries: The left-hand lower corner of the first 16 leaves has been
partially rubbed away.
The ^amJcardcaryacarita in 9 adhyayas.
It begins: —
« «• « « nanias tasmai yatprasadavivasvata i
pratyuhadhvantavidhvamsah kriyate sarvakarmnianam ii
madiyarasanabamsanatanesu samutsuka i
esa Sarasva « « « «■ x m anandadayini ii
samasritapadambhojajanatasurapadapah i
sarvam mama subhabhistam piirayet partthasarathih ii
ksiptvajiianatamorasim padarttha •>?• « « « « i
gururatnapradlpo me manodhamani bhasatam il
visnulilamrtanan te karttarah kavipumgavah i
jayanti sutaram loke Valmikivyasasarakarah ii
•X- «■ « « « -x- « nde vyasacalam idam kavim i
babhuva Samkaracaryyaklrttikallolini yatah il
atyunnatasya kavyadror vvyahsacalabhyapo khilam i
«• « « 5« «• « « x- m asamartthoham atbhutam ii
hrasvam atyarakusagrahyara grhitva kalayami tat \
nibandhanasrjam kaiicitadvatisvaramagno mude "
->^ 289 *<-
«• •« « ^ ■>!C- x -so •)«:• v* •)«;• « x vakarpitam I
karomi yativaryyasya iiiilesain samupa^ritali li
kathasamksepa evadyo dvitlyoddliyaya utblia(vje(t) i &c.
It ends: —
^rimaccliamkaradesikasya caritastotram prabodliapradara
nirddand;lkhilapapavrndavidliinam samksiptain etan narah i
ye srnvanti pathanti cadarayuta sancintyanvaliam te
labdhva bliuvi sampadan ca sakalam ante lablianterartam ii
iti ^rl-^amkaracaryyacarite navamoddhyayali i srigurubhyo
namah i
The following is a summary of the story, which is told
in a sober and credible style with scarcely any miracles: —
adhy. I (ends 2 b, 1. 7) Kathdsamlcsejm.
II (5a, 1. 7) Story of Upamanyu and birth of ^ainkara,
which 'causes the books to slip from the hands of the
Dvaitavadins' (5 a, 1. 2.). The birthplace was in the
Kerala country (famous for the birth of Medinikara &c
3 a, 1. 1), where was the Daksinakailasa tirtha, also
called Syanandura (? 3a, 1. 2). Here were two rivers
Nila (?) and Curni, and on the north bank of the latter,
at a place called Krdati, was the home of S.'s parents,
whose names are not given.
III (8a, 1. 7): Sarnkara's precocity. At five years of age
he loses his father, and he is brought up by his mother,
for whose sake, when sixteen years old, he brings the
river near to the house. The river was thence called
Ambapaga. A crocodile seizes him while bathing,
and in gratitude for his escape he becomes a Sanuyasin.
He is initiated by Govindasvamin, pupil of Gauda-
pada, with whom he spends a long period. Having
with difficulty obtained leave, he visits tirthas.
The friendly counsels of the guru are charmingly
related.
Proceeding to the Badarikfisrama, he studies Yedanta
and composes the Bhasyapradipika. Vyasa appears
and compliments him.
lY (10 a, 1. 3): After his mother's death, 8. returns to the
Badarikasrama, where the Brahmana Yisnu^arman, son
19
-^t 290 H^
of Somasarman of Srikundagrama in the Keraja country,
becomes his first disciple.
V (12 b, 1.1): S. visits Bhattacarya at Prayaga. The latter,
previously devoted to the karmakanda, is converted to
S.'s views. He relates that at one time, when Buddhism
was triumphant (svetamarge pura tena sugatena suba-
dhite), he had himself outwardly professed that reli-
gion, for which reason he is not fit to compose varttikas
on the Bhasya. He indicates a pupil Visvarupa, living
in Magadha, as a substitute. S. converts Visvarupa
from Buddhism.
The story of Visvarupa's wife VanI, daughter of
Yisnumitra, dwelling near the river Sona, shows some
reminiscences of Bana's Harsacarita adhy. I.
VI (14a, 1. 1): Visvarupa receives the sannyasa name of
Suresvara. Samkara composes fifteen bhasyas (ten on
Upanisads), and Sanandana (Visnusarman) writes a
tika on the Bhasya, while Suresvara is the author of
the Naiskarmyasiddhi and two Varttikas. On the
way to Gokarna, Samkara obtains a third disciple
Hastamalaka (Kahcanavarnin 23b, 11. 4 — 5) at a village
called Sivavihara, A fourth, exceedingly devoted, was
Totaka.
VII (17 a, 1. 2): Sanandana obtains at Haridvar the name
Padmapada. Samkara, journeying to Ramasetu, bathes
in the river Suvarnamukhari at Kalahastiksetra, also
called Daksinakailasa. Praise of Kahci.
VIII (20 a, 1.3): S. visits Pundarintapura (Pundarika23b, 17),
where is the tirtha Sivaganga. Then to Srirahga: then
bathes at the Dhanuskotitirtha at Bamasetu.
IX (24a, 1. 9): ^. revisits Kahci and mounts the Sarvajha
pitha. Then to Vrsacala, whore he dwells and dies
at Daksinakailasa. Recapitulation in the form of an
a§irvada.
This work professes to be composed by Govindanatha,
friend of Samkara (23 a, I. 1): —
idara sri-^amkaracaryyacaritani lokapavanam
krtam Govindanathcna yatibhaktisahayatah.
-3^ 291 Hg-
On the outside of fol. 24 in Wliisb's hand 'Samkara
Achriryya charitiam professing to be a history of that
learned individual' and 'An unworthy work No. 79b.' See
above p. 106.
Other MSS. of this work have been examined by
Burnell, Tanjore p. 96b — 97a, and ^esagiri ^astri ^Report
on a Search for Sanskrit and Tamil M.SS. for the year
1893—1894' pp. 101—2 and 257—9, the readings of which
may be compared with the present. The former makes
no mention of the author, but the latter accepts without
question the above statement of the MS. ascribing it to
^amkara's disciple Govindanatha. Although I cannot agree
with BurnelFs statement that the book is 'full of miracles'
and the litany at the end may be an addition, it is im-
possible to ascribe such an antiquity to a work which
cites (3a, 1. 1) among the distinguished sons of the Kerala
country Medinikara, apparently the author of the Medinl-
ko^a. For the story of Sarakara as related in the Saraka-
ravijaya see Aufrecht-Oxford, pp. 247 sqq.
212.
Sansk. No. 25.
Size: 12 xl^- in., 9 leaves + covers, 8—9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18th or 19*^ cent.
Character: Grantha.
213.
Sansk. No. 26.
Size: lO^-xl^^ in., 11 leaves + cover, 7 — 9 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: IStii or 19,tii cent.
Character: Grantha.
2M.
Sansk. No. 27.
Size: IO^xIt— 1^ in., 10 leaves + covers, 7—8 lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18tii or 19th cent.
Character: Grantha.
19*
-^ 292 <r'
On the cover 'Suvisesam^ intended to mean 'Holy', or
the like.
215.
Sansk. No. 28.
Size: lOs-X 1? in., 31 leaves (less fols. 18 and 30, missing) + cover,
5—6 (generally 6) lines on a page.
Material: Palm leaves.
Date: 18* or 19tii cent.
Character: Grantha.
All these MSS. are described externally as 'Translation
of Mr. Glenies sermon in Sanscrit', and the contents
correspond to this description. We have apparently the
same sermon in all the MSS.
-$MH$-
LIST OF WORKS
ARRANGED ACCORDING TO SUBJECTS.
T. VEDIC LITERATURE.
lavrtti) (N°-
73, 1).
1. Samliitas, (Did Worls relating to tliem.
a) Rigveda:
1 Rgveda-Sambita, Padapatha, Astakas 1 — 4 (No. 165).
2 „ „ „ „ 5—8 (No. 166).
3 „ „ ;, , first leaf ouly (No. 14).
4 Egveda-Bliasya, by Sayana, I, 1 — 19 (No. 13).
5 „ „ „ „ , I, 75-121 (No. 2).
6 „ „ „ „ , I, 122-165 (No. la).
7 Rgveda-Pratisakhya, by Sauuaka
8 The same, with the Com. Parsadi
9 Rksarvasamaua by Nagadeva
10 Rgvilaiighyalaksana by Nagadeva
11 Tract on the Rgveda-Samhita, title not given
12 Paduntadipini
13 Trisandhalaksana
14 Rksamkhya I (No. 73,2).
15 Avarnadipa
16 Nantasamgraha by Sesanarayana
17 Tantalaksana
18 Naparavyfikhyana, Com. on Nantasamgraha
19 Taparatika, Com. on Tantalaksana
20 Paribhasa(?) 'j
21 Avarnilaksana
22 Avarnilaksana > (No. 73, 3).
23 Avarnivyakhyana, Com. on 21
24 Avarnivyakhyana, Com. on 22
25 Katyayana's Sarvanukramani (No. 78, 6).
26 A kind of Pari^ista to the Rgveda-Pratisakhya (No. 78, 7)
B
so
-^ 296 Hg-
b) Black Yajurveda:
27 Taittiriya-Samhita, Samhita-Patha (No. 176).
28 Com. on Satarudriya (Taittiriya-Samhita IV, 5) (No. 21b).
29 Another Com. on the same text (No. 22 a).
30 Taittiriya-Pratisakhya (No. 38, 1).
31 Tribhasyaratna, Com. on the preceding (No. 38, 2).
32 Com. on Bharadvajasiksa, by Laksmana Jatavalla-
bhasastrin (No. 25 b).
33 Svaralaksana (No. 28 b).
34 The same with Com. (No. 28 a).
35 Samanavyakhyana, Com. on Samhitasamanalaksana^j ^
36 Viliiighyavyakhyana by Pundarikaksisuri
37 Naparavyakhyana, Com. on Naparalaksana
38 Taparapaddhati, Com. on Taparalaksana
39 Avarnivyakhyana, Com. on Avarnilaksana
40 Akarapaddhati, Com. on Avarnilaksana
41 Anihgyavyakhyana, Com. on Anihgyalaksana
c) Samaveda:
42 Prakrti of Samaveda 1,,-
43 Prakrticalaksara J
44 Uhagana, book I (Dasaratra) (No. 180, 1).
45 Uhagana, books II— VII (No. 179).
46 Eahasya (No. 180, 2).
2. Brdhmanas and Aranyakas.
47 Aitareya-Aranyaka (No. 191).
48 Sayana's Com. on the first Aranyaka of the same
(No. lb).
49 Mandala-Brahmana, i. e. ^atapatha-Brahmana X, 5, 2
(No. 22 b).
50 Taittiriya-Brahmana (No. 177).
51 Taittiriya-Aranyaka, and 1^
52 Aranya-Kathaka, i.e. Taittiriya-Brahmana III, 10— 12j s
3. TJijanirnds.
53 ^aukara's Com. on Aitareya-Upanisad (No. 78, 2;.
54 Sankara's Com. on Bahvrcabrahmana-Upanisad, i. e.
Aitareya-Aranyaka II (No. 158, 1).
-^ 297 Hg-
55 Sankara's Com. on Samhita-Upanii?a(l, i. e. Aitareya-
Aranyaka III (Xo. 158, 2).
56 Brliadaranyaka-Upanisad (No. 21c).
57 Isa-Upanisad (No. 16 a, 1).
58 ^aiikara's Com. on the same (Xo. 16b, 1).
59 Sai'ikara's Taittirlya-Upanisad-Bhasya (No. 15).
60 Kena-Upanisad (No. 16 a, 2).
61 Sankara's Com. on the same (Xo. 16b, 2).
62 Sankara's Com. on Chandogya-L'panisad (Xo. 23).
63 Katha-Upanisad (Xo. 17, 1).
64 Sankara's Com. on the same (Xo. 24a).
65 Prasna-Upanisad (Xo. 17, 2).
66 Sankara's Com. on the same (Xo. 24 a).
67 Mundaka-Upanisad (Xo. 17, 3).
68 Sankara's Com. on the same (No. 24a).
69 Mandukya-Upanisad (No. 17, 4).
70 Purvatapaniya-Upanisad (No. 17, 5).
71 Uttaratapaniya-Upanisad (Xo. 17, 6).
72 Eahasya-Upanisad (No. 18 a, 1).
73 Amrtabindu-Upanisad (Xo. 18 a, 2).
74 Tripurasundari-Upanisad (Xo. 18a, 3).
75 Kalagnirudra-Upanisad (Xo. 18 a, 4).
76 Sarira(ka)-Upanisad (No. 18 a, 5).
77 Atharvasira-Upanisad (Xo. 18 a, 6).
78 Atharvasirobhasya by Bhaskara Raya (Xo. 18b, 3).
79 Kaivalya-Upanisad (Xo. 18 a, 7).
80 The same (No. 192).
81 Skanda-Upanisad (Xo, 18a, 8).
82 Maha-(or Tripuratapana-?)Upamsad (Xo. 18 a, 9).
83 Devi-Upanisad (Xo. 18 a, 10).
84 Tripura-Upanisad (Xo. 18 a, 11).
85 Katha-Upanisad (?), different from 63 (No. 18a, 12).
4. Vedic Ritual (Siitras, Prayogas, &c.).
86 Asvalayana-Grhyasutra (Xo. 78, 5).
87 Kausitaka (Siriinbavya)-Grhyasutra (Xo. 78, 3).
88 Com. on the same (No. 78, 4).
89 Dvaidhasutra from Bodhayana's Srautasutra (No. 94, l)*
-^ 298 f^
§0 Mahagnisarvasva, Com. on the Agnikalpa, Dvaidha
and Karmanta Sutras of Bodhayana's Srautasutra
(No. 94, 2).
91 Another fragment of the same (No. 94, 3).
92 Manual of Srauta rites (darsapurnamasau, adhana,
pasubandha) according to the school of Apastamba
(No. 99, 2).
93 Com. on the same (No. 99, 1).
94 Manual of Srauta rites (Agnistoma) according to the
school of Apastamba (No. 99, 3).
95 Com, on the same (No. 99, 4).
96 Apastambiya Grhyasutra (No. 26, 2).
97 Mantrapatha of the Apastambins (No. 26, 1).
98 Haradatta's Com. on the same (No. 27).
99 Sodasakriya (Bodhayana) in Malayalam, with Mantras
in Sanskrit (No. 139).
100 Paiicangarudranyasa (?), rules and prayers (Black
Yajurveda) for the worship of Hudra (No. 48, 1).
101 Kudravidhi (?) with the ^^
102 Pahcaiigarudranyasa of Bodhayana, and > ?
103 Prayoga for the Budranuvakas of Taitt. Samh. lY, tJ S
104 Mantrabrahmana of the Samaveda (No. 86, 2).
105 Sayana's Com. on the same (No. 86, 1).
106 Rudraskandha's Com. on Khadira-Grhyasutra (No. 75).
107 Prayogasara (No. 153, 4).
108 A kind of Prayoga, dealing with witchcraft and domestic .
rites (No. 153, 5).
109 Prayascittasubodhini by Srlnivasamakhin (No. 5 a).
110 Grhyaparisista (No. 91, 1).
5. Miscellaneous Vedlc TFor/tS.
111 Caranavyuha (No. 21a).
112 Somotpatti (No. 48, 3).
II. ANCIENT EPIC POETBY.
113 Valmiki's Bamayana I — VI (No. 53).
11 4 „ „ Uttarakanda (No. 55).
115 „ „ I, 1 only (No. 146, 3).
~>i 299 H$-
116 Ramanuja's Cora, on Ramayana I, II (No. 10).
117 „ „ „ „ HI, 1— V, 3 (No. 62).
118 „ „ „ „ VI (No. 67).
119 Com. on Ramayana I, 1, 1 — 83 (No. 54, 1).
120 Mahabharata, Sambliava-Parvan (No. 153, 6).
121 „ Pauloma and Astika Parvans (No. 64)-
122 „ Sabha-Parvan (No. 19).
123 „ Yana-Parvan (No. 61).
124 „ YiiTita-Parvan (No. 52).
125 „ „ „ 1—12, 7 (No. 195).
126 „ Udyoga-Parvan 1-94 (No. 84).
127 „ „ „ 41—198 (No. 85).
128 „ Drona-Parvan 1—34 (No. 87).
129 „ Parvans XIY— XVIII (No. 50).
130 Bhagavadgita, fr. (No. 157, 1).
131 „ Avith introduction (No. 40).
132 Subodhinl, Sridhara's Com. on Bhagava;dgita (No. 41).
133 Uttaragita (No. 44, 2).
134 Balabharata by Pandit Agastya (No. 21).
135 Mahabharatasaragraba by Mahesvara (No. 71).
136 Campiibbarata (No. 152, 2).
137 Kusalavopakbyana from Asvamedhika-Parvan of Jai-
mini-Bharata (No. 49 b),
HI. CLASSrcAL SANSKRIT LITERATURE.
1. Epic and Lyric Puetry (Kdvya).
138 Narayana's Com. on Krdidasa's Kumarasambhava
(No. 121).
139 Bbattikavya with Com. Jayamaiigala (No. 123).
140 The same (No. 164).
141 Mahanatakasiiktisudhrinidhi by Imniadi DevaiTiya
(No. 66).
142 Srutirahjinl, Com. on Jayadeva's Gitagovinda, by
Laksmldhara (No. 113, 1).
143 The same (No. 142).
144 Another Com. on the Gitagovinda (No. 136)
-^ 300 •<-
145 Surya^ataka by Mayura, Avitli | ^
146 Com. by Anvayamukha |
147 Daksayajuaprabandha' (Xo. 149, 2)
2. Drama.
148 Kalidasa's Abhijiianasakuntala (No. 81, 3).
149 The same (No. 149, 1).
150 Com. (called Sahityasarvasva) on tlie same by Srmi-
vasacarya (No. 82).
3. Romance, Tales, Camjms.
151 Bhojaprabandha (No. 175).
152 Yisvagunadarsa by Venkatacarya (No. 183).
4. Technical and Scientific Literature.
a) Grammar.
153 Panini's Astadbyayl (No. 59, 2).
154 Paribhasartbasamgraha by Vaidyanatha Sastrin (No.
95,1).
155 Com. on the same by Svayamprakasananda (No. 95, 2).
156 Prakriyasarvasva by Narayana, fr. (No. 117, 3).
157 Ganapatba, fr. (No. 117, 4).
158 Paradigms of Conjugation, fr. (No. 92, 3).
159 Prakrtarupavatara by Simharaja (No. 154).
b) Lexicography.
160 Amarakosa (No. 155).
161 Amarakosodghatana, Com. by Ksirasvamin (No. 152, 1).
162 Amarakosa with Malayalam gloss (No. 122).
163 The same (No. 133).
c) Prosody.
164 Vrttaratnakara by Kedara Bhatta (No. 160, 1).
165 The same with the Manimahjari, Com. by the Puro-
hita Nfirayana (No. 54, 3).
I As Mr. Thomas kindly informs me, the Daksayajna printed
at Calcutta in 1881 is quite a modern poem by Ramanarayaiia Tar-
karatna, Professor at the Sanskrit College, beginning:— abhud abhumir
vinayasya vaibhavat.
-^ 301 Hg-
166 The same Com. (No. 116, 2).
167 The same Com. (No. 170).
d) Poetics (Alamkara).
168 Prataparudra by Vidyanatha (No. 89, 1).
169 Com. (Ratnapana) on the same, by KumSrasvamin
(No. 77).
170 Kuvalayananda by Appayya Diksita (No. 109).
171 The same (No. 127).
172 Kavyaprakasa (No. 128, 1).
173 Alamkarasarvasva (No. 151, 1).
e) Music, Acting etc. (Samgltasastra).
174 Abhinayadarpana by Nandikesvara (No. 110).
f) Medicine.
175 Astaiigahrdaya by Vagbhata (No. 120).
176 Astangasamgraha by Vagbhata, fr. (No. 168, 1).
177 E-atirahasya by Kokkoka (No. 45).
g) Astronomy and Astrology.
178 Suryasiddhanta (No. 59, 1).
179 „ I, 1—14 (No. 12, 1).
180 Kamadogdhrl, Com. on Suryasiddhanta, by Tamma-
yajvan (No. 12, 2).
181 Suryasiddhantavivarana by Paramesvara (No. 137).
182 Vakyakaranadipika by Sundararaja (No. 68, 1).
183 Kujadipailcagrahavakyam (No. 68, 2).
184 Mahabhaskariya Karmanibandhana (No. 124, 2).
185 Fragment (part of the preceding work?) (No. 124, 3).
186 Siddliantasekhara by Sripati (No. 124, 1).
187 Brhatsamhita of Yarahamihira with Bhattotpala's
Com., fr. (No. 72).
188 Varahamihira's Brhajjataka, with the "I ,.
189 Com. Subodhini J
190 First Part of the same Com. (No. 160, 4).
191 Another Com. on the Brhajjataka: Nauka or Hora-
vivarana (No. 118, 1).
•^ 302 H$-
192 Prasnamrta by Kumara, fr. (Xo. 118, 2).
193 Prasnasamgraha (No. 144, 1).
194 Laghvl Jatakapaddhati, fr. (No. 144, 2).
195 Utpala's Com. on Satpancasika, fr. (No. 144, 2).
196 Sarvarthaciutamani, by Veukatanayaka, fr. (No. 146, 2).
197 Krsniya (No. 161).
198 The same, fr. (No. 162).
199 The same, fr. (No. 113, 2).
200 Kriyakalapa of Tantrasamgraha, with a 1 , ^
201 Com. ■ 1(^0.134;.
202 Trilokasaravrtti (No. Ill, 3).
^^^ I Fragments of astronomical and astrolo- J ^" °' ' ^'
^^- I gical works ) ^^^ ' ^'
205 I ^ ^ (Xo. 209).
5. Law, Religious and Civil.
206 Gautamlja Dharmasastra (No. 102, 1).
207 Haradatta's Com. (Mitaksara) on the same (No. 102, 2).
208 Haradatta's Com. (Ujjvala) on Apastambiya Dharma-
sutra (No. 37).
209 Parasarasmrti with Madhava's Com. (No. 79, 2).
210 Smrtimuktaphala by Vaidyanatha Diksita, I (No. 74).
211 Sararahasyacaturvarnakramavibhaga from the (prece-
ding?) work of Yaidyanatha Diksita (No. 91, 2).
212 Smrticandrika by Devanna, Vyavaharakanda I (No.
129, 1).
213 The same (No. 141).
214 Vyavaharamalika, fr. (No. 129, 2).
215 Barhaspatyasutra, or Nitisarvasva by Brhaspati (No.
160, 3).
6. Philosophy.
a) Purvamimamsa.
216 Bhattadlpika by Khandadeva (No. 92, 1).
217 The same, VII, 1— IX, 3 (No. 119, 1).
218 The same, fr. (No. 119, 3).
219 Bhattacandrika, Com. on Bhattadlpika, by Bhaskara-
raya Bharati (No. 119, 2).
007
->4 303 ,<~
2-20 Mimamsakaustubha by Khandadeva, fr. (Xo. 36).
221 Mayukhamalika, Com. on Sastradipika, bv SomanStha
(Xr. 30).
222 Mimamsa-Tantravarttika by Kumarila (Xo. 108).
b) Yedanta.
223 Tedanta-Sutras with Saiikara's Com.. Sarirakamimam-
sabha?ya (Xo. 57).
224 Bhasyaratnaprabha, Com. on Saiikara's Bhasya, by
GoTindananda and Ramananda (No. 93).
225 The same. fr. (X^^o. 78, ]).
Brahmasutracandrika, Com. onVedanta-Sutras (X'^o.l 93).
Upadesagrantha\-ivarana, Com. on Saiikara's Upadesa-
sahasrika (Xo. 24b).
223 The same (Xo. 56).
229 Saiikara's Yivekacudamani (Xo. 24c).
230 Com. on Saiikara's Atmabodhaprakarana (Xo. 33).
231 Com. on Saiikara's Takyasudha, by Brahmananda
Bharati (Xo. 63. 1).
232 Com. on Saiikara's Yakyavrtti, by Yisresvara (Xo. 65).
233 (Saiikara's) Yedantasara (X^o. 113, 3).
234 Saiikara's PurvottaradyadasamaiijarikaStotra(Xo.32.3).
235 (Saiikara's) Hastamalaka (Xo. 63. 6).
236 The same (Xo. 171. 2).
237 Haritattvamuktavall, Com. on Saiikara's Haristuti. by
Svayamprakasa Yati (Xo. 8 a\
23S Eagadvesaprakarana (by Saiikara? See Aufrecht CC.
s. V.) (X"o. 210).
2?9 (Govindanatha's) Saiikaracaryacarita (X'o. 79. 1).
240 The same (Xo. 211).
241 Bhasyarthasamgraha, by Brahmananda Yati (Xo.104.2).
242 Pahcadasi by Yidyaranyatlrtha (Xo. 81. 2).
243 UpadesagranthaTivarana, Com. on the Paficadasi, by
Eamakrsna (Xo. 58).
244 The same (Xo. 1 59).
245 Sadauanda's Yedantasara (Xo. 81, 1).
246 Yeiikatanatha's Satadiisani (Xo. 83).
247 Bharatltlrtha's Adhikaranaratnamala (Xo. 90).
-^ 304 H5-
248 AppayyaDlksita'sVedantasastrasiddhantalesasaingraha
(No. 105).
249 yedantaparibhasa,byDharmarajadhvarIndra(No.l06,4).
250 Yedantasikhamani, Com. on the preceding, by Rama-
krsnadhvarin (No. 106, 5).
251 Vasudevamananaprakarana (No. 194).
252 Laksmidbara's Advaitamakaranda (No. 63, 4).
253 Rasabhivyanjika, Com. on the preceding, by Svayam-
prakasa Yati (No. 8 b).
254 Brahmanubhavastaka (No. 92, 2).
255 Raghavananda's Com., Paramarthasaravivarana, on the
Sesarya (No. 128, 3).
c) S a n k h y a.
256 Isvarakrsna's Sankhyasaptati (No. 104, 1).
257 The same (No. 145, 1).
258 Jayamangala, Com. on the same, by Sankara (No. ] 45, 2).
259 Tattvakaumudi, another Com. on the same, by Va-
caspatimisra (No. 145, 3).
260 The same (No. 104, 3).
261 Bodhabharati's Com. on the preceding Com. (No. 104,4).
d) Nyaya, Vaisesika, etc.
262 Kesavamisra's Tarkaparibhasa (No. 100, 1).
263 Tarkabhasaprakasika, Com. on the preceding, by
Cinnambhatta, fr. (No. 100, 2).
264 Com. on Gaurikanta's Tarkabhasabhavarthadipika, fr.
(No. 117, 2).
265 Tarkacudamani by Dharmaraja, fr. (No. 117, 1).
266 Yogyatavadartha (No. 106, 1).
267 Laukikavisayatavadartha (No. 106, 2).
268 Paramarsavadartha (No. 106, 3).
269 Karakavada, by Jayarama (No. 100, 3).
270 Yadaratnavali, fr. (No. 100, 4).
271 Work on Nyaya, unnamed, fr. (No. 100, 5).
272 Work on Nyaya, unnamed, fr. (No. 101).
273 Annambhatta's Tarkasamgraha (No. 145, 6).
274 The same (No. 169).
_5h 305 »-s-
275 Cora, on tlie same (No. 145, 5).
276 Bliasfiparicclieda, by Vi.sviinritlia Paficanana, with tlieli'
277 Com., Siddhrintamuktavali jg
278 Prapaficahrdaya (No. 107).
IV. SECTARIAN AND DEVOTIONAL TEXTS
(PUE,ANAS,MAHATMYAS,STOTRAS,TANTRA.etc.)
1. Piirdms, Malidtmyas, and related Texts.
279 Adi-PuiTina: Bharadvajasamhita, Madhyamabliaga of
Hemakutakhanda (No. 198).
280 Brahina-Purana: Blirgu-Narada-samvada, Hastigiri-
mahatmya (No. 181).
281 Padma-Purana: Sivagita (No. 31).
282 „ „ Krirttikamahritmya (No. 47, 1).
283 Visnu-Purana (No. 34).
284 8iva-Puraria: tSatarudriyakotisamhita, Kaufijarasana-
ksetramahatmya (No. 187).
285 8iva-Purana: Kotirudrasamhita, Kapalisasthalamaba-
tmya (No. 188).
286 Siva-Purana: Ekadasarudrasamliita, Campakaranya-
mahatmya (No. 197, 4).
287 Bhagavata-PuiTina I— IX (No. 20).
288 „ „ with Com., fr. (No. 9 b).
289 „ „ with Sridhara's Com., XI — XII
(No. 39).
290 Bliagavata-Purana, Mahiyalam Com.on it,fr.(No.l2(),l).
291 „ „ X, fr. in Sanskrit and MalayaLara
(No. 126, 2).
292 Bhagavata-Purana: Ekadasaskandhasarasloka-^l
saipgraha with | ^^^'
293 Com., by Brahmananda Bharati ) ^^)"
294 Bhagavatasftra (?) (No. 9 a).
295 Naradiya-Purana: Haribhaktisudhodaya with Com,
(No. 80).
29fi Brhannaradiya-Purana : Jnanakanila. Ahmdrapiira-
mahatmya (No. 196, 3).
20
-^ 306 H$-
297 Murkandeya-Purana: Devlmahatmya, with]
298 Argalastotra, and J, (No. 42).
299 Kllakastotra J
300 Agni-PuiTina: Tulakaverimaliatmya (No. 51).
301 The same (No. 131).
;502 The same (No. 186).
303 Bhavisyat-PuiTina: Kumbhaghonamahatmya (No. 189).
304 Bhavisyottara-Purana: Ksetravaibhavakhan(ja, Cam-
pakaranyamahatmya (No. 197, 1).
305 Bhavisyottara-PuiTma: Madhyamabhaga, Tulasivana-
markandeyasrinivasaksetramahatmya (No. 206).
306 Brahmakaivarta-Purana : Tirthaprasamsa, Pahcanada-
mahatmya (No. 185).
307 Brahmakaivarta-Purana: Madhyarjunamahatmya (No.
184, 2).
308 Liiiga-Purana: Madhyarjunamahatmya (No. 184, 3).
[309—331] Skanda-Purana:
309 Agastyasamhita, HaL"isyamrihatmya (No. 7).
310 Saukarasamhita, Sivarahasya-Khanda, Kandas I — lY
(No. 88).
311 Sankarasamhita, Sivarahasya-Khanda, Kandas V — VII
(No. 103).
312 Sanatkumarasarnhita, Sivatattvasudhanidhi (No. 60)
313 Siitasaiphita, Sivamahatmya-Khanda (No. 76).
314 „ „ „ fr. (No. 148).
315 „ Jnanayoga-Khanda (No. 76).
316 „ „ „ (No. 148).
317 „ Mukti-Khaiida (No. 76).
318 „ „ „ (No. 148).
319 „ Yajhavaibhava-Khanda (No. 76).
320 „ „ „ , fr. (No. 148).
321 „ „ „ Brahraaglta(No.3).
322 Madliava's Com. on the preceding (No. 4).
323 Sutasamhita, Yajnavaibhava-Khai.ida, Uparibhage Su-
tagita (No. 9 c).
324 Madhava's Com. on the preceding (No. 9d).
325 Uttarakhanda, Tirtliamahatmya, Kumaranidrasanivada
(No. 196, 1).
-§►• 307 ^<-
326 Ksetravaibhava-Khanda, Madhyrirjuiiamrihatmyii (No.
184, 1).
327 Ksetravaibhava-Kliaiula, IMayfirapiirinialiritmya, 2711i
Adhyaya only (No. 188 b).
328 Ksetravaibbava-Khanda, Campakaranyamahritmya(No.
197, 2).
329 Jayaiitimahatmya (No. 168, 2).
3:jo Vaisakbamaliatmya (No. 47, 2).
331 Gurugita (No. 32, 2).
[332—344] B r a h m a n (1 a - P u r a n a ' :
332 Adhyatma-Ramayana (No. 54, 2).
333 Uttaraldianda, Hayagrivagastyasanivrida, Lalitopa-
khyaua (No. 69).
334 Uttarabhaga, Ksetragolakavistara, Brabmanaradasara-
vada, Kapisthalainahatmya (Xo. 201).
335 Uttarabbaga, Ksetravaibbavakbanda, Kumbhakona-
mabatmya (No. 203).
330 The same (No. 204).
337 Uparibhaga, Tirtbakbanda, Naganathamabatmya (No.
197, 3).
338 Papavinasamabatmya (No. 205).
339 Brabmauaradasamvada, Abindrapuramahatmya (No.
196, 2).
340 Brabmanaradasamvada, Kadambapurimrdiatmya (No.
199).
341 The same (No. 200).
342 Brabmanaradasamvada, Samastikauanamabatmya (No.
190).
343 Srirangamabatmya (No. 49a).
344 The same (No. 182).
345 Bbugola-Purai.ia: Keralamahatmya (No. 147).
346 Sivadliarmottara (No. 156).
347 Athavvanarabasya of the Vismidbarma(?) (No. 63, 2).
348 Ekadasivratamabatmya )
349 Jayantm-ata (?) ' (Xo. 168, 2).
350 Auautavrata (?)
351 Bbaskaramatamabatmya
1 See also below 382, 383, 392, 397. ~~'
20*
-^i 308 f<-
352 Kayarolianamaliatmya (No. 202).
353 An Itihasa of King Vrsadarvi, title unknown (No. 48, 2).
2. Stotras, and SimiJar Tracts.
354 Brahmapara Stotra with Com. (128, 2).
355 Vedapadastava (No. 48, 4).
356 Sivarcanasiromani, by Brahmanandanatha (No. 89, 2).
357 Paramarthasara, by Sesanaga, with a] ,-j^ 112 9^
358 Com. j
Com. (Paramarthasaravivarana) by Baghavananda,
see above 255.
359 Srutisuktimfila, by Haradatta, with a 1 .^-p ■,^n ^\
' -^ (No. 116, 1).
360 Com. J
361 Mahaganapaddhati,byGirvanendraSarasvati,fr.(No.29).
362 The same, fr. (No. 207).
363 Ganapatyastaka (No. 115, 11).
364 NaiTiyaniya Stotra (No. 140).
365 Bhaktapriya, Com. ou the preceding (No. 114).
366 Saiikara's Visnupadadikesantastuti, with the ]
' ' \ (No. 44, 1).
367 Com. Sukhabodhini J
368 Another Com. on the same, fr. (No. Ill, 5).
369 Visnubhujanga (No. 59, 3).
370 Saukara's Com. on Visnusahasranaman (No. Ill, 4).
371 The same, fr. (No. 130).
372 Metrical Com. (Sahasranamapadyavrtti) on Visnu-
sahasranaman (No. 138).
373 Sankara's Anandalahari (No. 157, 2).
374 Anandasagarastava by Nilakantha (No. 63, 3),
375 The same (No. 112, 6).
376 Ambastava (No. 112, 4).
377 Kalyanastava by Kfilidasa (No. 112, 8).
378 Candikasaptati (No. 173).
379 Carcastava by Kalidfisa (No. 112, 7).
380 Tripurastottara (No. 115, 3).
381 Tripurastava (No. 115, 8).
382 Trisati Stotra (from Lalitopakhyana of Brahmanda-
Purana) (No. 112, 3).
-^ 309 *<-
383 Dakf?iiiamurtipafijaia Iroiu Bralimanila-ruiTina (No.
115, 9).
384 Durgfistaka (No. 171, 1).
385 Brilasaliasranaman (No. 115, 6).
386 Mantraksaramala (No. 43, 2).
387 The same (No. 112, 5j.
388 The same (No. 171, 3).
389 Mataiigyastottara (No. 115, 5).
390 Mritrkanyasa (No. 115, 2).
391 Matrkastava (No. 115, 1).
392 Jay amai'i gala, Com. on Lalitasahasranama Stotra (from
Erahmanda-PuiTina), Ly Bhatta Nariiyana (No. 35).
393 Lalitastavaratna (No. 63, 5).
394 The same (No. 115, 12).
395 The same, IV. (No. 160, 2).
396 The same, fr. (No. 174).
397 Lalitadevi Stotra (from Lalitopakhyana of Brahmaiula-
Purana) (No. 112, 2).
398 Syamalambavarmaratna (No. 115, 4).
399 Svapnridhyaya(?) (No. 172).
400 Sermon of Mr. Glenies in Sanskrit (No. 212).
401 The same (No. 213).
402 The same (No. 214).
403 The same (No. 215).
3. Tantra.
404 Kauladarsatantra, }3y Visvanandanatha (No. 5 b).
405 The same (No. 96, 2).
406 Daksinamurtisanihita (No. 98, 1).
407 Kumarasarahita (No. 98, 2).
408 Kularnavatautra (No. 43, 1).
409 Kulacudamani, Com. on Laghubhattaraka's Laghustuti,
by Simharaja (No. 125).
410 Divyamaiigaladhyaua from Rajarajesvaritantra (No.
112, 1).
411 Kartaviryarjunakavaca from Uddamaresvaratautra (No.
112, 10).
Kriyakalapa of Tantrasamgraha, see above 200. 201.
I (No. 6 a).
-2M 310 Hg-
412 Tantrasamuccaya (No. 150).
413 Sricakrapratisthavidlii (No. 5 c, 1).
414 Srividyrikliyamiilavidyabliedah (No. 5 c, 2).
415 Srlvidyaratnasutra, by Gaudapada (No. 18 b, 1).
416 Com. oil the same, by Vidyaranya (No. 18 b, 2).
417 Saktisiitra, with its
418 Bhasya
419 Atharvanaprokta-dcvirahasya-svariipakiaiLiopasauayah
jagaumatrbhaktyaikavedyab prayugab by Jagaiinatha-
suri (No. 6 b).
420 Cidvalli by Natanananda (No. 6 c).
421 Candrajiianagamasamgraha (No. 96, 1).
422 Prapaiicasarasarasamgraha (No. 97).
423—430 Uimamed Collections of Mantras, and Tantric
fragments (Nos. 115, 7; 10, and 143, 1—6).
V. FRAGMENTS NOT IDENTIFIED s
431 (No. 32, 4).
432 (No. 32, 5).
433 (No. 144, leaves 47—52).
434 (No. 145, 4).
435-436 (No. 146, 1; 4).
437 (No. 149, 3).
438 (No. 151, 2).
439—441 (No. 153, 1 — 3).
442—444 (No. 157, 1, after leaf 52).
I For otlier tracts and fragments of unknown or doubtful titles,
see above 11, 20, 2G, 82, 85, 92, 94, 100, 101, 103, 108, 157, 158, 185,
203, 20-1, 205, 271, 272, 294, 349, 350, 353, 399, 419, 423-430.
-^Hi«-.
INDEX.
The figures refer to the iiages only.
amsakadasa 286.
akunvarathuntara 237.
Agastya, Taiulit 191 S(i., 299.
Agastya 88, 155, 214, 248,
250, 272, 275; "tirtlia 273;
"dilipasaiuviida 249; "^linga
275; "samhita 7, 204, 306.
Agni (Rsi) 158.
agnikalpa, "sutni 12(i, 298.
agniksetra 127.
agnipurana 63, 100, 188,
245 sq., 306.
agnividhi 187.
aguivivaha 120.
agnistoma 134, 298.
agliamarsanasukta 120.
Aghora (Rsi) 26, 56.
ai'ikurasya vidlii 120.
aiikurarpanavidhi 120.
Angiras 7.
ajamilakatha 196.
atibuddhiprayoga 212.
atirudraprayoga 89.
atirudraliutisamkliya 89.
Atri 7.
atliarvasira-upanisad 19 sq.,
297.
atharvasirobliasya 21, 297.
advaitamakaranda 8sq., 81,
304.
advaitananda 75.
AdvaitanandaSarasvatil28sq.
adhikaranaratnamala 1 18 sq.,
303.
adhikarakanda 222.
adhyayana 98.
adhy atmarumayana 68sq,, 307.
adhyapaiia 98.
anauta (sesa) 258.
Aiuinta Nrirayai.ia 50 sq., 80.
Anaiitakrsna, scribe 188.
anantavrata 226 sq., 307.
aniiigyalaksana , aningyavya-
kliyaua 31, 296.
auistayoga 171.
anumanaprakasa 167.
auusasanaparvau 90.
Aiitaryamin (Rsi) 163.
Aiiiiambhatta 202 scj., 227,304.
Anvayainukha 53 sq., 300.
apamrtyufijaya 1 20.
Apaiitaratamas 210.
Appaya 241.
Appayarya 203.
Appayya Dlksita 144 sq., 150,
182, 301, 304.
apradarsanapara 171.
apsaroganaviprakimblia 239.
abhijiianasakuutala 109 s<].,
205, 300.
abhinaya 151.
abhinayadarpana 15J, 301.
Amara 11.
Amarakosa 176, 190, 213, 300.
Amarakosodghataiia 209 sq.,
300.
A marasimha 176,190,209,213.
Amarendra Saiasvati 35. 131,
284 S( I.
amvtabiudupaiiisad 19, 297.
-^ 314 f^-
Amrtanandanatha 117 sq.
Ambarlsa 264; °riaradasam-
vada 264.
ambapaga, N. of a river, 289.
ambastava, 155 si^., 308.
ambika 275.
ayahprasuna 284.
ayauabala 286.
ayodhyakarida 11,64 sq., 67, 69.
ayomukliapuspaki 284.
araniharana 91.
Arimacalanatba 175.
arunopanisad 34, 35.
arkavivabavidhi 120.
argalastotra 48 sq., 306.
arcavatara 240, 258.
Arjunavisadayoga 215.
artbalarakrira 117.
ardbanarisvara 262.
arbagola, N. of a viUage 3.
Alaka 183.
alamkarasilstra 101, 117.
alamkarasarvasva 208, 301.
avarnadipa 95 sq., 295.
avaniilaksana , avarnivya-
kbyana 31, 97, 295, 296.
avyaktaganita 1 78.
asvattbatirtba 277.
asvamedbavabbrtba 239.
astakavarga 170sq., 286.
astaksara (mantra) 279.
astaiigasamgraba 226, 301.
astangabrdaya 173, 301.
astadasapadanirupana 186.
astadbyayi 75 sq., 300.
Asita 269.
Asuri Paucasikba 202.
abamkaranirupana 239.
abargana 286.
Abalya 262.
abina 236, 238.
ablndranagara , abiudrapura
257-260, 276.
abludrapuramabatmya 257 —
260, 305, 307.
aboratritirtba 283.
akarapaddbati 31, 296.
akasanagari 283.
agneya 224; °purana, see agni-
purana.
aiigirasaparisad 287.
augirasasamvassara 287.
acaryavilfisa 106.
ajyadoba 238.
atmajfiaua 83.
atmabodbaprakarana 39, 303.
atmaiiauda 75.
Atreya 173, 241.
atbarvana 238.
atbarvanaproktadevlrahasya
5sq., 310.
atbarvanarabasya 80, 307.
atbarvaiiopanisad 19 ; ''vivara-
na 28.
adarsotsava 262.
adikiimbbesamabatmya 277.
adikumbbesvaralinga 277.
adityapurana 166.
Adityapuroga 57.
adiparvan 82.
adipurana 77, 275, 305.
ndimabapurana 141, 247, 267.
adimapura 270, 271.
adbana(prayoga) 133, 134,298.
Ananda Bbarati 80.
-^^ 315 i<r
Aiiandagiri 4.
riDandalahari 21G, 308.
auaiidasagarastaviiHl, 156,308.
Apastamlja (school) 32, 33,
133, 13-1, 298.
Apastanibiyagrliyasutra 33,
298.
Apastambiyadharmasutra 43,
302.
amahiyava 236, 237.
ayatanakhanda 88.
Ayu 192.
ayuhprasna 199 sq.
ayuh, ayurdaya 170sq.
ayurhoina 120.
arana 225.
aranyakatliaka 234—236, 296.
aranyakanda 64 sq., 67, 69, 79.
aranyaparvau 78, 91.
Arya, Aryabhata 86, 179.
Aryabliatakarmaiiibandhal79.
aryadvisati 82, 231.
aryamati 143.
alokamaiijari 138.
Avadugdharana 188.
avarnilaksana , avarnivya-
khyaua 31, 97, 295, 296.
asramavasikaparvan 60 sq., 92.
asrayayoga 171.
a.svamedliikaparvan 59 S(|. ,
60 sq., 92, 299.
Asvalayaiiagrhyasiitra 105,
297.
Asvalayanamaiitrasamhita 58.
Asvalayanasutra 86.
asurakanda 116.
astikaparvau 82, 299.
iksunadiiurdiatmya 204.
Iksvakulabdljavaibliavii 240.
itihasa 56 st]., 262.
iiidra 262, 273; "tiiilia 261,
263, 283.
liidiadyuiiinagajeudraprapli
272.
iudrapucclia 225.
iadrapuskarini 273.
Immadi Devaraya 84s(|., 299,
istaka 126.
istikalpa 126.
isa(vasya)-upaiiisad 16 sq., 297.
Isvarakrsna 142, 143, 201,
202, 304.
Ugrasravas 90.
ujjvala 43 sq., 302.
uddamaresvaratantra 157 sq.,
309.
iitkrsta^ivaksetraprakarana
247 sq.
uttarakanda (ramayana) 70sq.,
298.
uttarakhanda of brahmanda-
purana 88, 155, 250, 307;
of skandapuraiia 257, 306.
uttaragita 52, 299.
uttaratapauiyopauisad 19, 297.
uttaratapiiii 19.
uttarabbaga of brabiuanda-
purai.ia 271, 276, 307.
uttararamayana 70 sq.
uttarabliimany uvivaha 9 1 .
Utpala 200, 302.
udakasautividhi 120.
Udayamurti 67, 69.
->4 316 r<g-
udyogaparvan 91, 113 S(|., 299.
udvat 237.
upadesakanda 140 sq.
upadesagrauthavivarana(Com.
on upadesasaliasri) 28 sq.,
71 sq., 303.
upadesagranthavivarana(Com.
on pancadasi) 73, 75, 303.
upadesavedantasiddbyaralia-
sya 160.
upadesasabasrika, °saliasri 28,
71, 303.
upanayana 195.
npanisad 184, 235, 296 sq.
Upamanyu 289.
upamapramanastaka 153.
nparibhaga of skandapurana
10 sq., 242, 306; of brab-
mandapurana 265 sq., 307.
upavedakarana 148.
upaiigaprakaraiia 148.
umabbaga 277.
umamabesvarasamvada 155,
204.
umasabaya 277.
Uvata 94.
ubyagana 237.
urdbvamnayamabatmya 50.
uba 237, 238.
ubagana 236 sq., 296.
fdiyagaua 237.
rksamkbya 95 sq., 295.
rksarvasamana 95, 295.
rgviUiiigbyalaksana 95, 295.
rgvedapratisakbya 94, 96, 105,
295.
rgvedabbasya 1, 2, 15, 295.
rgvedasambita 15, 105, 222,
223, 295.
rnasya deyadeyavidbi 187.
rtanidbana 238.
rtunasa 212.
Rtuparna 262.
ekasami 225.
ekaksaralaksmipujavidbi 132.
ekagnikandavyakbya 33.
ekadasarudrasambita 266,305.
ekadasaskandbasaraslokasam-
graba 12, 305.
ekadasivratamabatmya 226,
307.
ekaba 236, 238.
ekoddistavidbi 120.
ekoddistasraddba 105.
Eranda 280 sq.
aitareyaranyaka 1, 216, 217,
253, 296, 297.
aitareyopauisad 3, 103, 296;
"bbasya 103.
aisikaparvan 90, 92.
ausadba, ausadbaparvata, au-
sadbadri 257—260.
kaksaputasarasamgraba 53.
kankalapatni 163.
katbavalll 18.
katbopanisad 18, 20, 27, 297.
kantaramanikka (grama) 167.
kandararaanikya (grama) 167.
Kanva 275.
kadambapuriksetra 270.
-^ 317 Hg-
kadambapurlmrihutmya269 —
271, 307.
kadambavana 270.
kadambasaras 270.
kaiiyfitirtha 261, 203, 264.
kapalisasthalamahrttmya 247
sq., 305.
kapitthaka 151.
Kapila 142, 143, 202, 276.
kapilasurya 226.
kapilasrama 268.
kapisthala 272, 273; "mfiliri-
tmya 271 sq., 307.
kamalasaunidhfina 275.
kampaharesanaksetrainftlia-
tmya 250.
karanapaddbati 204.
karkatesa 264.
karnaparvan 92.
Karnavadba 92,
karnavrddbi 212.
Kardama 275,
karmauibandbana 179, 301.
karmajiva 170, 171,
karmautasutra 126, 298.
Kalmasapadarajan 263.
kalyanatirtliasikbaratrivai-
bbavanirupana 242.
kalyanapura 283.
kalyanastava 157, 308.
Kasyapa 277.
KaboLa 7.
Kaficanavarnin 290.
kafici 258; '^nagara 241, 275
katbaka 235 sq.
katbakopanisadvivaraiia 27.
Kanada 203, 227; "tantra 111,
Kanva 126.
Katyfiyana 76, 105. 295.
kantisaurabhakarana 212.
kapahsa 248.
kamakala(vilrisa) 6s(|.
kamadogdbri 13 sq., 301.
kamasastra 53.
kamyapasukanda 1 73.
kriyfirobana 278; "natba 274,
277; "mabatmya 274 sq., 30S.
kfirakavada 136, 304.
karika 104.
krirunyarartatirthaprasanisa-
na 242.
kartaviryarjunakavaca 1 57s(j.,
309.
krirttikamabatmya 54 sq., 305.
karttikotsava 262.
Karsnfijini 247.
krdacakradasa 287.
kalati, N. of a place 289.
kalabala 286.
kalabastiksetra 290.
kalagnirudropanisad 19, 297.
Kalidasa 109, IK), 156, 157,
174, 205 sq., 299, 300. 30S.
krdmdi 163.
kaveri 240, 244, 2G4, 27(i,
272, 273, 275. 277, 2S(is.j.
kavya 175.
kavyaprakasa 183, 301.
kavyalaksana 183.
Kasika 268.
Kasyapa 7,57,263; '^tirtlia277.
kiskindbrdcanda64— 67,69, 79.
kilakastotra 48 sq., 306.
kucavardliana 212.
kuja 87. [301.
kujadipaficagrabavakya 87,
-5^ 318 H$-
kufijara^anadivyaksetramaha-
tmya 247.
Kundina 280.
Kutsa 7.
Kumara 171, 302.
kumara 274; "rudrasamvada
257, 306.
kumavasamhita 132, 309.
kumarasambhava 174, 299;
"vivarana 174sq.
Kumarasvamiu 101, 301.
Kumfirila 149 sq., 303.
kumbliakoria 275; "mahatmya
276—279, 307; "stbalavai-
bbava 277.
kumbbagbona 258, 277, 278,
281—283; °mabatmya 249,
306; "stbaba 278.
Kumbbaja 245.
Kumbbasambbava 7.
kulacudrimani 180 sq., 309.
kulamulavatrira 4.
kidarnava 4, 130; "tantra 50,
309.
kuvalayanaiida, '^ndiya 150,
182, 301.
kusabavopakbyana 59 sq., 299.
kustbacikitsita 174.
kutastbadlpa 73sq., 109, 218.
krccbravidbi 120.
Krsanu 241.
Krsiia, guru of Narayana
174sq.
Krsna, autbor of kvijiinya 220.
Krsnadvija, scribe 158 sq., 197.
Krsi.iananda 184.
Kri?].iananda Bbarati 12.
krsnaranya 258.
krsnarjunasamvada 215.
kri?niya 159, 200, 220, 302.
Kedara 69 sq., 166, 218, 228,
300.
kenopanisad 17, 297.
kerala 204, 289sq. ; "mabatmya
204, 307.
Kesava 8.
Kesavamisral35, 136, 168, 304.
Kesavaditya 185 sq., 197.
Kesavarya 35.
kesavrddbi 212.
kaivalyanavanita 39.
Kaivalyananda Yogindra 8sq.
kaivalyopanisad 19 sq., 253 sq.,
297.
Kokkoka 53, 301.
kotirudrasambita 247 sq., 305.
Konama 172.
Kolacala Peddacarya 101.
kaunjarasanaksetramabatmya
246 sq., 305.
Kaundinyagotra 167.
kaurma(purrina) 100.
kaulavid 130.
kaulasastra 130, 132.
kauLagamatautra 4, 130.
kaulacara 130.
kaulacarya 130.
kaubldarsatantra 4, 130, 309.
Kausitakagrbyasii tra 1 04, 29 7.
Kausitakacarya 104.
kriyfikabapa 190 sq., 302, 309.
ksatriyadbarma 98.
Ki?irasvamin 209 sq., 300.
ksutpipasabaranaprayoga 21 2.
ksudra 236 sq.
ksetrakancla 248 sq.
-5h 310 i<-
ksetragolakavistara 271, 307.
ksetrarajapura 275.
ksetravaibliava 277, 278.
ksetravaibhavaklianda of skan-
(lapiiiTina 242, 264, 307; of
bhavisyottarap. 26()sq., 306;
of brahraai.K.lap. 276 sq., 307.
Ksemanandanatha 255.
khagendra, N. of a river 257.
Khandadeva 42sq., 121 sq.,
172, 302, 303.
khayoga 170sq.
Khadiragrhyasutra 99, 298.
gai'iga 270.
gai'igadharakathamrta 261 .
gajrirttiharaiia(tTrtha) 272.
gajcndramoksana 272.
gnjendramoksatirthavaibhava,
"pariksana 273.
gajendrarttiharana 272.
gananatha 198.
ganapatyai?taka 164, 308.
ganapritha 169, 300.
gaiie^a 284 Sf[.
ganesapaddhati 285.
ganesastaka 164.
gadaparvan 90, 92.
gandharva 241, 272.
Gambhira 172.
garuda 258, 260, 280; N. of
a river 257 sq.
Garga 7.
Gargagotra (?) 86.
Gargayudhistliira<^ai)ivada
204.
garbhinidharnia 98.
' garbliinividlii 120.
gadadhari 145 sq.
garudafpurana) 100.
I Grirgya 275.
[ garhapatyaciti 126, 127.
girikanya 262, 264sq.
gitagovinda 158 sq,, 192s(i.,
197, 299; "vyakliyana 192sq.
Girvanendra 35, 131, 284sq..
308.
gunatrayavibhaga 239.
(jiunavisnu 114.
Gunadhya 280.
gurugita 38, 307.
giirudiksa 38.
guruvcakya 87.
guruvakyalesasaragraha 1 50.
gurvadinirilpana 98.
guhanaradasainvada 164.
grhasantividhi 120.
gi'hasthadharma 98.
grliarcanavidhi 120.
grhyaparisista 119sq., 298.
grliyavrtti 99.
grhyagniprayascitta 1 20.
gokarna 290.
Gopala 103, 124.
Gobhilagrhyasutra 1 1 5.
goraahfitmya 214.
Golacfidaniaiii 86.
golavarnana 178.
(ilovinda, guru of Saiikara 16,
17, 27—29, 38, 39, 52, 73,
103, 124, 153, 185,201,217.
Govinda, fatlier of scribe
Anantakrsna ls8.
Goviudanatha 106, 290. 303
Govindasvamiu 289.
-^^ 320 H$-
Govindanaiidal02, 1 24sq., 303.
gosadangavidhi 214.
Graudapada 21, 289, 310.
Gautama 7, 224, 262.
gaiitamagoliattiviraocana 277,
278.
gautamasaras 277.
gautaml 276.
Gautamiyadbarmasastra 138
—140, 302.
Gaurikanta Sarvabliauma 168,
304.
gaurivita 236,
gaurisambhogavariiana 175.
grahaiiopavarnana 1 78.
grahadrsti 171.
graliabalapufijani 286.
grababhagaiia 178.
grabayuddba 178.
grabayonibbeda 152, 170 sq.,
220.
grabavivarana 199.
grabanam stlianabalam 286.
grabodayastamaya 178.
cakraradbaiiapbaba 1 30.
Candalvopa 280.
candamuiKlrirdini 229.
Candavega 281.
candrilakanyakadarsana 268.
candikasaptati 230, 308.
candikabrdaya 49.
candisataka 230.
caturtbajvarasilnti 171.
caturvedatatparyasaipgraba
165.
caturvedabbasya 1 65.
caiidanotsava 262.
candra 178.
candragrabana 178.
candrajnanagamasamgraba
129 sq., 310.
candratlrtba 283.
candrapura 277.
Caiidravati 268 sq.
Caudravarmacarita 266.
Candrasenarajan 262.
candrika 128 sq.
camakrmuvaka 89.
camp akarany a 261 — 2 64 ; "m a-
batmya 260 sq., 264, 266, 305,
306, 307.
campubbarata 210, 299,
campu (written cambu) 241.
caranavyuba 24, 298.
carcastava 156, 308.
caturmasya 126.
caturvarnakrama 121.
candrayoga 170sq.
candrayaiia 120.
camundika 49.
cikitsitastbana 174,
citradipa 73 sq., 109.
citrabbauusamvassara 287.
cidambara 278.
cidvalli 6sq., 310.
cintamani 147.
Cinnambbatta 136, 304.
curni, N. of a river, 289.
cestabala 286.
caitaiiya 139.
cok 270 sq., 280 sq.
Cyavana 273.
cliandogamantrabrabmana-
bbasya 114sq.
->^ 321 f<-
chandogjamantrabha^ya 114.
cliandogyoijanisadvivaiaua
26 sq., 297.
Jagannathasuri 5sq., 310.
jagaiimutibliakti 5sq., 310.
Jatavallabhasastrin (Laksma-
na) 32, 296.
Janamejaya 60,91, 113, 194sq.
janman 170sq.
Jambunatlia 171.
Jayadeval58,192sq., 197,299.
jayantimahatmya, jayantivra-
ta 226 sq., 307.
jayamaiigala, Com. on lalita-
sahasranainastotra41 sq., 309 ;
Com. on Bbattikavya 177,
222, 299; Com. on saiikbya-
saptati 201, 304.
Jayarama 136, 304.
jatakapaddbati (lagbvi) 200,
302.
jatakarman 195.
jativiveka 98.
jatyadbikarana 138.
janakibarana 175.
jabalopanisad 24, 158.
jalapada 268.
Ji!?nunandana 179.
jivadvaita 109.
jivayoni 159.
Jaimini 42sq., 58, 59sq., Ill,
121sq., 166, 172, 283.
Jaimmibbarata 59 sq., 299.
jnanakaiula 259, 305.
jnanaprakarana 148.
jnanayogakbanda 100,205,306.
jyotistoma 126.
Taksaka 263; ".samkarasaiu-
vada 263.
tattvakaumudi 142, 2it2, 304.
tattvacintamaniprakasa 167.
tattvaviveka 73 sq., 109.
taddbitakbanda 169.
tanubbuvanaprakarana 148.
tantra 309 sq.
tantraruja 4.
tautravarttika 1 49 sq .
tantrasaragraba 190 sq., 302,
309.
tantrasamuccaya 207, 310.
tapara 95 sq.; °tikri 95 sq., 295;
"paddbati 31, 296; °laksaiia
31, 296.
Tammayajvan 13 sq., 301.
Tammayrirya 13sq.
Taranganandinl 260.
tarkacudamani 146, 147, 167,
304.
tarkaparibbasa 135, 136, 304,
tarkabbasa 135, 136, 168;
"prakasika 136, 304; °bba-
vartbadipika 168, 304.
tarkasaingraba 202 sq., 227,
304; "dipika 202.
talavakaropanisad 17.
tatparyadipika 74, 218.
tatparyabodbini 73 sq., 102.
tantahdvsana, tantasaragraba
95sq., 295.
tarakasuranigraba 175.
Timmaya Arya llOsq
tirtbakbanda 265, 3u7.
tirtbaprasainsa 244 sq., 306.
tirtbamabfitmya 257, 283, 306.
tirtbayatraparvan 78.
21
~>^ 322
tirtharaja 283.
tirthavaibhava 244; "khanda
242; ^nirupana 265, 273.
tulasi 283.
tulasikavaca 283.
tulasivana 283; ''markancleya-
srmivasaksetramahatmya
282 sq., 306.
tulakaverlmahatmya 63, 188,
245 sq., 306.
trptidipa 73 sq., 218.
taittiriyapratisakhya 44 sq.,
296.
taittiriyabrahmana 234 — 236,
296.
taittirlyasamhita 24, 25, 56,
89, 233sq., 296.
taittiriyaranyaka 234 sq., 296.
taittiriyopanisad 3; °bhasya
16, 297.
Totaka 290.
tripura 258.
tripurasundaryupanisad 19sq.,
297.
tripurandalaksana 130.
tripuratapanopanisad 19 sq.,
297.
tripurabhedah 4sq.
tripuramahimastotra 163.
tripurastottara 162, 308.
tripurastava 163, 308.
tripuropanisad 20, 297.
tribhasyaratna 44 sq., 296.
trilokasaravrtti 153, 302.
TrivediiuiiTiyanayajvan 167.
trisatistotra 155, 308.
rtisandlialaksana 95 sq., 295.
traikalyajuana 220.
Daksa 98.
daksakanda 140 sq.
daksayajnaprabandha206,300.
daksinakailasa (tirtha) 289,
290.
Daksinamiirti (Rsi) 162, 163;
°panjara 164, 309; °sarahita
132, 309.
daksinavarta 175.
dandadharana 98.
dandaniti 219.
dandavisayani 186.
Dattatreya 158.
darsapiirnamasau 126, 133,
134, 298.
dasatlkavibhanjani 147.
dasatlrtba 273.
Dasaratba 270.
dasaratra 236, 237, 238, 296.
dasadhyayi 170.
dasSphala 171.
dasavipaka 170.
dana 98.
Damodara, scribe, 203.
Dalbbya 63, 245, 280, 281.
dasyadhikarana 187.
divyamangaladbyanal55, 309.
divyavyavastba 186.
diksa 126 sq.; °vidbi 130.
dirghakesakarana 212.
durgatapascarya 262.
durgastaka 229, 309.
Duryodbana 215.
Durvasas 163.
Dusyantacarita 91.
dusitalekbyapariksa 187.
drgilna 171.
drgdrsyaviveka 80.
-> 323 r<~
drsti 171.
Deva or Devaiina 185 sq., 197,
302.
devakanda 140sq.
Devanna, see Deva.
Devaraya, see Iinmadi D.
Devala 272.
Devavarman 244.
Devasarman 283.
devi 262, 265.
devitulakaverimahatmya 63.
devimahatmya 48 sq., 175, 306.
deviraliasya 5sq.
Devena 186.
devyupanisad 19, 297.
desikanatha 198.
dorduramodabaraiia 212.
Drahyayanagrhyasiitra 99.
drekanaphalapaksa 171.
drekkana 152, 159.
Dronaparvan 92, 115, 299.
Dronavadha 92.
dvadasaksaravidya 283.
dvigrahadiyoga 170 sq.
dvijabliaradvajasamvada 239.
dvipakanana, a village 171.
dvaitavadin 289.
dvaitaviveka 74.
dvaidhasiitra 125 sq., 297, 298.
dharmajijiiasa 122.
dharmadesali 98.
Dharmaraja 167, 304.
dharmarajatirtha 261, 263.
Dharmarajadhvarindra 146 —
148, 304.
dharmavarapradana 78.
Dharmavarman 63, 188, 245.
dharma^astra 43, 98, 107,
138—140, 302.
dliarmasaravivecaua 63.
dharani (= tulasij 283.
dharanagara 233.
dhararajya 231.
Dhrtarastra 113, 215; "pas-
cattfipa 23.
dhyanadipa 73 sq., 1U9, 218.
naksatradasa 287.
Naciketas 27.
Natanananda 6sq., 310.
Naudike^vara 151, 301.
nandisvarapujananandikesva-
rakrtainahotsava 261.
naparapaddhativyakhyana
30 sq.
naparalaksana 30, 296.
naparavyakliyana 30, 95 sq.,
295, 296.
namakanuvaka 89.
narasimhavatara 196.
Nala 262.
Nalacarita 91.
Nalopakhyana 78.
navinamatavicara 146.
nastajanman, °jataka 171.
Naliusa 192.
Nagadeva 95, 295.
naganatliamahatmya 265 sq.,
307.
naganatliesvara 265.
nagaramadhyamakhai.ula 243.
nagaraja 276.
uagendrapuja 263.
nagesvara 262, 263.
natakadqm 73 sq., 109.
21*
->4 324 f<-
natyalaksana 151.
Natliananda 6sq.
nantalaksana, nantasaragralia
95 sq., 295.
nandlmukhasraddha 120.
namaliiiganiisasana 176, 190,
209, 213.
nayakaprakarana 117.
Narada 7, 59, 108, 164, 186,
187, 226, 240, 243,249,257sq.,
264, 269sq., 272, 279.
Naradiyapurana 100, 107 sq.,
305.
Narayana 30.
Narayana, son of Yenkatadri
41 sq., 309.
Narayana, scribe or owner
of book 43 sq.
Narayana, Purohita, son of
Krsimbayajvan 69 sq., 166,
228, 300.
Narayana .Bliatta of Kerala
161, 169, 196, 300.
Narayana Jyotisa 171.
Narayana, pupil of Krsna
174sq., 299.
Narayana, see Ananta N.
narayanlyastotra 161, 169,
196, 308.
narayanopanisad 165.
niculapura 63, 245.
Nittala 36.
nityadana 187.
nidauasthana 174, 226.
niryana 171.
nilanadimahatmya 204.
nisekakfila 170sq.
nisargabala 286.
nisumbliavaha 229.
nitisarvasva 219, 302.
nlpaksetra 269—271.
nipatlrtlia 271.
nipapu'^karinl 270 sq.
Nllakantha 86.
NilakanthaDiksita 81,156,308.
nila (?), N. of a river 289.
Nrsimlia 87, 172.
Nrsimhayajvan 69 sq., 166,228.
nestayoga 171.
naiskarmyasiddhi 290.
nauka 170, 177, 301.
nyaya 135, 137, 304.
nyayamiilaparibliasa 128.
paksadliarmatva 209.
pancako.saviveka 74, 109.
paiicagavyavidhi 25.
pancadasaprakarana 109.
pancadasi 73, 109, 218, 303.
pancanadamaliatmya 244 sq.,
306.
paiicapadika 147.
pancablmtaviveka 74, 109.
pancaratnaprakarana 37.
pancalak^anarahasya 138.
Pancasikha 143, 202.
pancasrnga 273.
pancastavi 180.
pancaki^aramaliimanuvarnana
189.
pancangarudranyasa 55, 89,
298.
Paiicanana (Visvanatha) 221,
305.
paficendropakhyana 91.
Patanjali 76.
-> 325 k:-
patrikalaksana 151.
padadipika 13 sq.
padayojana 7-1.
padantadipini 95 S(].. 295.
Padmagarbha (?) 87.
Padmanabha (?) 183.
Padmapada 290.
padmapurana 37, 54sq., 100,
166, 305.
pannagendrapura 276.
Pabbeka 70 note,
payastamblia 212.
paragipura 13s(i.
parabrahmavidya 37, 47, 52.
Paraiuananda 46, 48.
paramarthasara 157, 308; ''vi-
varana 184 sq., 304, 308.
Paramesvara 193 sq., 301.
paramesvara 275.
jjaramesthin 26.
Paianaiida, seeParamananda.
paiamarsavadartha 146, 304.
Parasara7,40,41,113,263,280.
Parasarasmrti 107, 302.
paribhasa 97, 127, 295.
paribha':arthasaiiigrabal27 —
129, 300.
Pariksit 41. !
parjanyasuktavidbi 120.
parvanayana 178.
pavamana 225.
Pavyeka 70 note.
pasubandha(prayoga)133, 134,
298.
patalavana 257.
patall 258.
Panini 75 sq., 127 sq., 300.
Pandava 262; °dyutaparajaya
91 ; "piijavidhana, "pujama-
himanuvan.iana262;"yu(lillui-
sanuaba 114.
Panel uraiiga 172.
ipata 178.
patalabijaliiiga 277.
patranirupana 98.
padapadohalaprakriravidhi .
211.
padma, see padmapurana.
papagativisesa 214.
papanasa 279 — 281.
papanase^vara 280.
papavinasatlrtha 273.
papavinasaiuahatmya 279 —
282, 307.
papripanodanasaras 277.
paramahamsasambita 182.
parasarapurana 166.
Parasarya Vyasa 24.
Pariksita 91. (Coir.)
Parthasaratbimisra 36.
parvati 262; parvatyas tapas-
carana 265 sq.
parsadavrtti 94, 295.
pfdasavanamabatmya 276.
Pingala 70.
pindapitryajuavidbi 104, 120.
pipasabarana 212,
pip(p)abi 120.
pisacagraba 81.
pisacamocana 265.
pltbalaksana 130.
Pundarika 275, 281; "pura
275; ''miinikatliana 281;
"saras, "sarastn"tbavail)liava-
katbana 281.
Pundarikak-isuri 30, 29n.
-^ 326 ^^
Punyananda 6.
punyaliavidhi 120.
puranasravanamahimaniivar-
nana 189.
Purusottama 270.
Pururavas 192.
Pulanda 7.
Pulastya 7.
Pulaha 276.
pujadesakalaniriipana 130.
purvakhanda of brahnianda-
purana 269.
purvatapaniyopanisad 18, 297.
purvatapim 18 sq.
purvamimamsa 129, 302.
ptirvabdhi 273,
purvambodhi 283.
piirvottaradvadasamanjarika-
stotra 38, 303.
Prthuyasas 200.
paurnamasyadhikarana 173.
paulomaparvan 82, 299.
prakirna 171.
prakirnakanda 177.
prakrti 224, 296; "calaksara
224 sq., 296.
prakriyasarvasval69, 196, 300.
pragalbblyalaksana 138.
Prajilpati 187.
prataparudra, "yasobhusana,
prataparudriya 101 sq., 117,
301.
Pratapavira, °carita 280 sq.
pratisarabandbavidhi 120.
pratyabhijfianasakuntala
109 sq.
pradosapujamahimanuvarna-
na 189.
prapancarahasya 160,
prapaficasara, "sarasamgraha
131, 310.
prapancahi'daya 148 sq., 305.
prayaga 290.
prayoga 5sq., 298, 310.
prayogasara 211, 298.
pravrajyayoga 170 sq.
prasisya 274.
prasnavidhana 179.
])rasnavivarana 28.
prasnasiistra 199.
prasnasamgraba 199 sq., 302.
prasnamrta 171, 302.
prasnopanisad 18, 27, 297;
°bbasya 28, 297.
Prablada 258, 270, 280; °tirtba
271; "moksaprada 280.
prakrtarupavatara212sq., 300.
prajapatya 237.
pratarabuti 139.
prayascitta 236 sq., 238.
prayascittavidbi 214.
prayascittasubodbini 3, 298.
pretagraba 81.
Pbanisailapati 111.
Pbamndra 111.
bakavadba 91.
badarikasrama 289.
badarivana 262.
Bandbula 231.
Ballala 231.
babusami 225.
babvrcabrabmanopanisad 21 6,
253; "vivaraiia 103, 216 sq.,
296.
-^- 327 f<-
Bana 230, 290.
BadaniyanaS, 72, 1 02. 124, 166.
Badluiraiiya 143 sq.
barhaspatyainanabcla 287.
Barhaspatyasiitra 219, 302.
balakaiula 11, 64 sq., 67, 69,
84, 203.
balabharata 191 sq., 299.
balavyutpattidayini 147.
brdadidhanavisayani 186.
brilasahasranaman 163, 309.
bilvatlrtha 273.
bilvaranyamaliatraya 277, 278.
bijastambliana 211.
bijriropana 211.
Bukka 114sq.
Bukkana 107.
Buddhisagara 232.
budhavakya 87.
brhajjataka 152,170,219, 301.
brhatsamhita 93, 301.
brhadaranyakopanisad 24 sq.,
297.
brbannriradiyamabapurana
259, 305.
Brbaspati 185, 219, 302.
brhaspati 277; °svargaprapti-
kathana 277, 278.
Bodhanidhi 28 sq., 71 sq.
Bodhabbarati 143 sq., 304.
Bodbriyana7, 56, 89,125-127,
195, 297, 298.
Bodharanya 143 note,
brabmakaivartapurana 100,
243—245, 306.
brabmagita 2, 3, 306.
brabmajijfiasa 119. 254.
brabmatirtba 258, 260, 271,
273, 283.
braliman (tbe god; 257 — 259,
262, 263, 270, 272, 273, 283.
brabmanaradasainvada 243,
249, 250, 257 sq., 269 sq.,
271, 307.
brabmaparastotra 184, 308
brabmapuraualOO, 238sq.,305.
brabmapurisa 266.
brabmayajnavidbi 1 20.
brabmaraksasa 280.
brahmavidya 215.
brabmasabba 243.
brabmasutracandrika254,303.
brabmasrstikatbana 240.
brabmabattistribattimocaua
277, 278.
brabmacala 259.
brabmandapurana 41. 59, 68,
88, 100, 155, 164, 238, 239 sq.,
250,257 sq., 265sq., 269—273,
276—279, 307, 308, 309.
brabmandottara 155.
brahmauauda 74 sq., 109.
Brabmauanda Bbarati, pupil
of Krsnauauda 12, 305; pupil
of Anauda Bbrirati 80, 303.
Brabmananda Yati, pupil of
VisvesvaiTiuaiida 142 S(i., 303.
Brabmauandanatba 117 sij.,
308.
brabmaiiubbavastaka 123,304.
brabmottarakbanda 188 sij.
brabmanasraistliya 98.
brabmanadivivababbedab 98.
brabma, see brabinapuiTina.
~$^ 328 H$-
bhaktapriya 161, 308.
bhaktilaksanasampranayal60.
bhagana 191.
bhagavatpradurbliava 239.
bhagavadgita 47 sq., 52, 215,
299.
bhaglrathapuja 263.
Bhata (i. e. Aiyabhata) 179.
Bhattaka 70, 218.
Bhattacaiya 290.
Bhattikavya 177, 222, 299.
BhattotpaLa 93, 301.
bhadrHyurmuktipraptikatha-
na 189.
bhayoga 178.
Bharata 110, 151.
Bharadvaja 7, 57, 225.
Bbartr 177; °kavya 177, 222.
bbavisyatpurana 100, 249, 306.
bhavisyottarapurana 260 sq.,
282, 306.
bhagavatapurana 10, 12, 23,
45 sq., 100, 176, 181 sq., 184,
305.
bhagavatasara 9, 305.
bhattacandrika 172sq., 302.
bhattadipika 121sq., 172 sq.,
302.
Bharatitlrtlia 73—75, 80,
118 sq., 218, 303.
Bharatiyati 143 note.
Bharadvaja 32, 87, 283 ; "siksa
32, 296; °saiphita 267, 305.
bhava, °phala 171.
bhavanopanisad 5sq., 21.
bhavavindana 286.
bhavfirthadipika 46.
bbava«rayaphalani 286.
bluLvestagrahadustayah 286.
bhasakalidiuadayah 286.
bhasapariccheda 221, 305.
bhasya 290, 303; °pradipika
289;°ratnaprabhal02,124sq.,
303.
bhasyarthasamgraiia 142 sq.^
303.
Bhaskara 89, 179, 180, 227;
°ksetra 277; °tapassiddhi-
kathana 277, 278; °mata-
mahatmya 226 sq., 307.
Bhaskararaya 21, 172sq., 297,
302.
bhaskariya (laghu) 193.
bhiksacarya 98.
Bhismaparvan 92.
Bhismasaratalpasayana 92.
blnigolapurana 204, 307.
bliutlrtha-257.
bhunagatailaprakara 212.
bhimagotpattiprakara 212.
Bhrgu 7, 238, 257; nirtha
258; "naradasamvada 239,
305.
blirguvrdcya 87.
bhogamoksasamasthana 275.
bhogadhikyasthana 275.
Bhoja 231— 233; ^prabandlia
231, 300.
Bhrugu, see Bhrgu.
makarasarakrantiphala 287,
Maiikha, Mankhaka 208.
Maukhuka 208.
maniprakasavivrti 167.
manimahjari 69, 166, 228,
300.
->^ 329 <-
mandalabralimai.ui, °ui)anisad
26, 296.
Ma(t)syagaudhi 262.
matsyapuiTina 37, 100.
Madhuschandas 105.
Madhusudana Sarasvati 39.
madhyamakhanda 243, 249.
madhyamabbaga 267, 282, 305,
306.
madbyamadbikaia 178.
madhyarjunapati 264.
inadbyarjunapura 277.
madhyarjunamahatraya 242,
243, 306, 307.
manana, "grantba 255; °pra-
karana 255 sq.
Manu 98, 107, 187.
manojiiesa 264.
mantra 104, 310.
mantraparvan 114sq.
mantrapatba 32, 115, 195, 298.
mantrajDrasnadvaya 32.
mantraprasnabhasya 33.
mantrabrabmana 114sq., 298.
mantrabbasya 33.
mautramurti 198.
mantrayantia 131.
mantrasadbanaprakarakatba-
na 88.
mantrasarakramadipika 131.
mautraksaramala50, 156, 229,
309.
mantrartbapratipadana 130.
Mandapabicarita 91.
manmukbatirtba (?) 268 sq.
See sanmukba.
Mammata 183.
Mava 193.
luayukbamaliku 36 sq., 303.
Mayura 53 sq., 300.
mayiiiapunmribritmya 248 sq.,
307.
Marudvati 278.
marudvrdbiX = „river" 2b:o.
Mallayajvan 13 sq.
Malladbvariudra 1 3 sq.
MaUinatba 101.
mabaganapatistotramalaman-
tra 164.
mabaganapaddliati 284 sq.,
308.
mabaganesamantrapaddbati
35.
maliagnisarvasva 126 sq., 298.
mabanatakasuktisudbanidbi
84 sq., 299.
mabaprastbanikaparvan 60,
62, 92.
mababbarata 22 sq., 47, 59 sq.,
60—64, 78, 82 sq., 113sq.,
115, 187, 212, 256, 299.
mababbaratasarpgraba 90 —
92, 299.
mababbaskariya 179, 193,301.
mababbisekavidbi 120.
mababbutaviveka 109.
mabamagbatirtbavaibbava
277, 278.
mabarudiTibutisamkbya 89.
mabavakya^dveka 74, 109.
Mabesvara 90 sq., 299.
mabesvaranai'adasamyada240.
mabogragraba 81.
mabopauisad 19 sq., 297.
mandukyopanisad 18, 297.
matangikavaca 162.
-^ 330 ^<-
matangyastottara 163, 309.
matrkanyasa 162, 309.
matrkastava 162, 309.
Madhava, "acarya, °amatya
3, 10 sq., 107, 175, 302, 306.
Madhava Prajua 83.
madhavaraksasatvamoksana
280.
Madhaviya 1, 114sq.
Manaveda 210.
manasapuja 156.
manasasnana 198.
Mandhatr 277.
mayavarahaprabhava 268.
mayavahnisrsti 26S.
mayurasthana 278.
Markandeya 155, 258, 260,
263, 270, 282 sq.; "purana
48 sq., 100, 166, 306; °ma-
haksetra 282; °samasyapar-
van 78; "sthala 283.
malavinatha 13.
mitaksara 139sq., 302.
misralaksana 138.
mimamsakanyaya 209.
miiiiamsrikaustubha42sq., 303.
mimamsatantravarttika 149
sq., 303.
mimamsadarsana 36, 42, 121,
172.
mimamsasastra 129; "jivatu
172.
mukunda 282.
muktikhanda 100, 205, 306.
Munja 231 sq.
mundakopanisad 18, 27, 297;
"bhasya 28, 297.
munivakya 87.
mukambika 215.
mrkandugajendrasamvada
239.
mrgasirsa (a certain position
of the hand) 151.
mrgasarotsava 265.
mrttikasnanavidhi 120.
Medinikara 289, 291.
Medinlkosa 291.
Maitreya 40, 41.
Maithila 246.
Mailara 13 sq.
moksasastra 80.
raoksasrama 98.
mausalaparvan 60 sq., 92.
yaksagraha 81.
yajana 98.
Yajuanarayana 95.
yajnavaibhavakhanda 2, 3, 10,
11, 100, 205, 306.
yajiiesvara 126.
Yajfiesvara 158.
yajnopavitanirmana 98.
yatidharma 98.
Yadu 41.
yantravidhana 178.
yamatirtha 273.
yamaduta 262.
yamuna 275.
Yayati 192.
yajana 93.
Yajfiavalkya 7, 19, 24.
Yudhisthira 113, 116, 226sq.;
"vijaya 175.
yuddhakanda 64, 66, 67, 69,
85, 116sq.
yogaphala 286.
-^^ 331 K~
yogasastra 37, 47, 52, 215.
yogananda 74,
yogyatavadartha 145 sq., 304.
Raghunatha, scribe, 90, 92,
110 sq., 233 sq.
Raghunatharyadiksita 240 sq.
ranga 240.
raiiganatha 76.
Ranganatha 86 sq.
rangamaliatmya 59.
Raiigaiaja Diksita 144 sq.
raiigalaksana 151.
ratiraliasya 53, 301.
Ratnagiri Diksita 127 sq.
ratnasagara 4.
ratnapana 101 sq., 301.
ratnavall 151.
rathantara 238.
rathasaipkhyambopakhyana
91. I
ram a 258.
rasmi 286.
rasabhivyanjika 8sq., 304.
rahasya 250, 257; of Saraa-
veda 237 sq., 296; in Bra-
hmakaivartapurana 243.
rahasyagama 132; °sara 207.
rahasYutirahasya 132.
rahasyopanisad 19sq., 297.
ragadvesaprakarana 288, 303.
Raghavanandal84sq.,304,308,
rajayaksman 226.
rajayoga 170sq.
rajarajesvarltantra 155, 309.
rajavarttika 142.
rajasasanalaksana 187.
Rajanaka Mammata 183.
Rajanaka Ruyyaka 208.
Ranayana Muni 1 1 9.
iTidha 151.
Rama 272.
Rama, scribe, 22s(i., 182. 184.
Rama Sastrin 136.
Ramakrsna 73 — 75, 218, 303.
Raraakrsna, father of Raghu-
natha 90, 92, 110 sq., 233 sq.
Ramakrsnadhvarinl47sq.,304.
Ramacandra 167.
Ramabhadramakhin 128.
ramasambhava 177.
ramasetu 290.
Ramananda 80, 124 sq., 303.
Ramanuja 11, 79, 85, 299.
raraayana 11, 64 — 71, 79, 85,
203, 298sq.
rasiprabheda 170sq.
rasislla 171.
rahuuirakarana 178.
Rivakalyanda (?) 86.
Rucaka 208.
Rucidatta 167.
rudra 55 sq., 298.
Rudra, guru of Parame.svara
193.
Rudradeva 42 sq.
rudranyasa 55.
rudravidhi 88 sq., 298.
rudrasamhita 120.
Rudraskandha 99, 298.
rudrasnanarcanabhisekavidhi
56.
rudradhyaya 24, 25; '^jrasna-
mahamantra 56.
rudranuvaka 89, 298.
rudrabhisekavidhi 89.
-^' 332 Hg-
Ruyyaka 208.
Romaliarsana 100.
Raumaharsina 90.
Rauruki 119, 120.
Laksmana Jatavallabhasa-
striu 32, 296'.
laksmi 281; °grama 204; °tir-
tha 257, 273.
Laksmldhara 8s([., 81, 158sq.,
197, 299, 304.
laksmiblmmi 277.
lagna 286.
Laghubhattaraka 180sq., 309.
laghustuti, "maliabliasya 180
sq., 309.
lalitakhyana, see lalitopa-
khyana.
lalitadevistotra 155, 309.
lalitasahasranamastotra41sq.,
309.
lalitastavaratna 81 sq., 164,
219, 231, 309.
lalitopakhyana 88, 155, 307,
308, 309.
lingapurfina 100, 243, 306.
lingotpatti 275.
Liladevi 232.
lilavati 193.
lekhyanirupana 186.
lekliyapariksa 186.
lekhyaprakarana 187.
lainga, see lifiga})urrina.
Lokanandanatba 117sq., 254.
laukikavisayatavadartha 146,
304.
vanjiraprakriya 212.
vadanadurgandhabarana 212.
vanaparvan 78, 299.
vanamabn 198.
Varadaraja 186.
Vararuci 76.
varabapurana, see varaba.
Yarabamihira 93, 152, 170,
200, 219, 301.
Varabasambita 93.
Varuna (Rsi) 7.
varnasramadbai'manirupana
97, 99.
vahulkapuja 263.
Vasistba 7, 40, 113, 256, 263;
°dbarmopadesa 268; °visva-
mitrasamvada 268.
vakyakarana 86; °dipika,
°bigbuprakasika 86 sq., 301.
vakyanyaya 209.
vfikyavrtti 83, 303 ; "prakasika
83.
vakyasudba, °tikn. 80, 303.
Vagbbata 173, 226, 301.
Vacaspatimisra 142 note, 143,
202, 304.
vajasaneyisambitopanisad 16 ;
°bbasya 17.
Yancbya 87.
Yani 290.
Yatsy ayanasastra 176.
vadaratnavali 136, 137, 304.
Yadbula 97 sq.
Yamadeva 7, 163, 275.
vamana(purana) 100.
Yamesvara (Rsi) 216.
vayavya 24.
Yararucadika 45.
333 r<^
varaha(purana) 100.
Vrilmiki 7, 11, 64—67, 70 sq.,
79, 85, 203, 288, 298.
Vasudeva, scribe, 161.
Vasudeva Dilcsita 126.
Vasudevamananaprakarana
255, 304.
Vasudevayatisvara 255.
virasati 180.
videhakaivalyalaksana 160.
vidyaganesamantroddharal32.
Vidyadhaman 28 sq., 71 sq.
vidyananda 75.
Vidyaiiatha 101, 117, 301.
Vidyaranya 21, 73—75, 80,
109, 218, 303, 310.
vidyarogyastuti 214.
vidyastadasaka 172.
vidhavadharma 98.
vidhuragnisandhana 120.
vinayakapujakarana 261.
vindbya 275, 287.
Vibbisana 102, 124.
viyonijanman 170sq.
virajatlrtba 258, 259.
virataparvan 63sq., 91, 256,299.
vilamkuti (N. of a place?) 147.
vilanghyalaksana 95.
viliiigbya , ° laksana , ° vya-
kbyana 30, 296.
vivaba 98, 120; °prasna 200.
vivekaciidamani 29, 303.
vi.svagunadar.sa 240 sq., 300.
Visvanatba 221, 305.
Visvarupa 290.
Yisvanandanatba 4, 130, 309.
Vi.svamitra 7, 263, 268; °tirtba
273.
Vi^vavasu 241.
Yisve.svara 35, liMsij., 131,
284sq.
Vii^vei^vara Pandita 83, 303.
Visve.svarananda 142 sq.
visayatavadrirtlia 1 46.
visayananda 75.
visavidbi 187.
vi^nu 257—260, 270—273,
280 sq., 283; °katba 245;
°dbarma 80, 307; "padadi-
kesantastuti 51 sq., 154, 308;
"purana 40 sq., 100, 305;
"bbujanga 76, 308.
Vi^nuraitra 290.
Visnusarman 289, 290.
visnusabasranaman 153, 187,
194, 303.
visnvalaya 281.
vlrababudar.sana 268.
viramabendrakanda 116.
Ylrarudrayasobbiisana 117.
vrksavaicitryadobalabbedali
211.
vrksasecana 211.
vrttaratnakara 69 sq., 166,
218 sq., 228, 300.
vrtra 257.
vrsakapi 172.
Vrsadarvi 56 sq., 308.
vrsotsarjanavidbi 120.
Veukata Subrabmanya, scribe
15sq., 60, 62, 140 sq.
Venkatanatba 1 1 Isq., 146, 303.
Venkatanayaka 203, 302.
Venkatapati 182.
Venkatacriryayajvau 240 sq.,
300.
-^t 334 i<r^
Venkatadri 41.
Veiikatadrijajvan 36.
Venkatesa 111, 136.
Venkusa, scribe 121.
Venkusuclhivara, scribe 44sq.
vetana 187.
vedapadastava 58 sq., 308.
vedapurl, a village 275.
vedaprakarana 148.
Vedavyasa, see Vy5.sa.
vedanta 112, 289, 303; °guru
257; "paribhasa 146 sq., 304;
°sastra 157; "sastrasiddhan-
talesasamgraha 144 sq., 304;
°sikliamani 147sq., 304; °sara
160, 303; "saraprakarana
108 sq., 303; °siitra 72 sq.,
102, 124, 254, 303; "sutra-
bhasya 73.
vedantarthamaya 184.
vedaranya 264, 275.
vedarthaprakasa 114sq.
venasya katlia 196.
Vaiklianasa 110 sq.
Vainika 164.
Vainyadatta 53.
vaidikadharmakhanda 246 sq.
vaidodaiikacarita 91.
Vaidyadatta 53.
Vaidyanatha Diksita 97 sq.,
121, 302.
Vaidyanatha Sastrin 127 sq.,
300.
Vainyadatta 53.
Vaiyyasiki 78, 118 S(].
vaivahikotsava 88.
Vaisampayana 91, 113, 194.
vaisakhamahritmya 55, 307.
vaisakliotsava 262.
vaisesika 304.
vaisnava, see visnupurana.
vyaktaganita 178.
vyavahara 185—187; °kanda
185 sq., 197, 302; °bliedah
186; °matraprakarana 121;
*'malika 186 sq., 302; °laksana
187.
vyaghraputa ("read pura?)
tirtha 268.
Vyasa, Vedavyasa 7, 24, 40,
41, 47, 58, 62, 91, 98, 100,
103, 113, 119, 124, 161, 185,
194 sq., 210, 250, 256, 262,
274, 288, 289; "tirtha 273;
"putra 39; "adliikaranamala
118.
Sakti 7, 113, 256.
saktipahcaksarastotramaha-
mantra 163.
saktisutra 5, 310.
Saiikara, see Sankaracarya.
Saiikara 59, 77, 258, 279;
°samhita 116 sq., 140 sq., 306.
Sankaracarya 4, 8, 16, 17, 21,
26—29, 38, 39, 51 sq., 71,
72 sq., 76, 80, 82, 83, 102 sq.,
106, 124, 131, 153, 154, 187,
201, 216 sq., 288—291, 296,
297, 303, 304, 308; °carita
106, 288-291, 303.
sankulaksana 211.
sahkhacakragadapadmadha-
rin 198.
saiikhapuspl 284.
sankhapiija 198.
-$H 335 H$-
sacl 273.
satadusani lllsq., 303.
satapathabrahmana 25, 26,
296; "upanisad 24 sq.
satarudriya 24, 25, 56, 296;
okotisarahita 246 sq., 305.
satarudvya 25.
satasahasrika 114.
,satabliii?ekavidlii 120.
sani 87.
sapathavidhi 187.
sabdalarakSraprakarana 117.
samanavyakhyana 30, 296.
Sarabha 280.
sariradurgandhaliarana 212.
sariralaksana 160.
sarvatirtha 275 s(i.
salyaparvan 92.
sasadhara 147.
Sakalya 96.
sakinya(pattana) 13.
sakuntala 110 sq.
saktamantra 21.
saktasamayadiksavidhanalSO.
Sankaramarga 184.
Sankhayanagrhyasutra 104.
Satyayani 119, 120.
santiparvan 90.
Sambavyagrhyasutra 104, 297.
saradatilaka 131.
sarlrakamimarasa 83; °bhasya
72 sq., 303; "vyakhya 125.
sarirakopauisad 19, 297.
sarirasthana 174.
sariropanisad 19, 297.
sariigatirtha 283.
^ariigapani 249.
Salivahanasakribda 287.
Srilihotra 119, 120.
i^rdiki 126, 127.
Salisuka 276.
^astradipika 36 sq., 303.
Sibi 56.
siromani 168.
siva 58 sq., 257, 258, 262, 275,
277; °ksetra 263; ''gaiiga 290;
°gita 37, 305; °caturdasima-
liimanuvarnana 189; "tattva-
sudhanidhi 77, 306.
Sivadatta 172.
Sivadasa 174.
sivaduta 262.
sivadharmapunyanirupana
263.
sivadliarmaphalanirupana263.
§ivadliarmottara 214, 307.
sivapai'vatisaravada 260 sq.
sivapurana 100, 189, 246 sq.,
247, 266, 305.
sivabhaktamabimanuvarnana
189.
sivabhiksatanakathaua 7 7.
sivamabatmya 189; "khanda
100, 205, 306.
sivarahasyaklianda 116 sq.,
140 sq., 306.
sivaraghavasaravada 37.
Sivarama 103, 124.
^ivavihara 290.
sivavaibhavakhanda 243.
sivasatkathamrta 264.
sivasayujya 275.
sivakhyarfljadbanl 275.
sivagama 214.
sivanandarasa 198.
sivrircanasironiani 117s(]., 308,
^' 336 H$-
^ivalaya 281.
^isupalavadha 175.
Siika 7; °tata 113, 256.
Suka Yogindra 21.
gukra (Rsi) 198.
sukravakya 87,
sukriya 225.
sucldhananda 283.
^urapadmasamhara 117.
f^iilatirthanirmana 261.
sekliaripattana 1 2 1 sq.
sesa 157, 258, 260, 276; °kupa
257; °tirtha 257, 258.
Sesanaga 157, 184, 308.
Sesanarayana 95 sq., 295.
Sesasiiri, scribe 40 sq.
sesadri 258; "cudamani 110.
Sesadri, scribe 135, 285 ; father
of scribe Yenkata Subrah-
manya 15sq., 33, 45sq., 60 sq.
sesarya 184, 304.
saikhandina 225.
saiva, see sivapiirana; °koti-
rudrasamhita 247sq.; °ksetra
261, 264; °raliasya 242;
°agama 250.
saucavidlii 120.
Saunda (Venkusudhivara)
44 sq.
gaunaka 63, 90, 94, 96, 108,
119, 120, 242, 243, 259, 266,
274, 295.
Saurisiinu 30 sq.
^yamalambavarmaratna 162
sq., 309.
^yamikaharana 212.
^raddha 57.
^ri 273.
srlkundagrama 290.
sricakrapratistliEvidlii 4, 310.
sricakralaksana 130.
sricakrantaraladevatapratipa-
daua 130.
Sritrivikraraa 179.
Sridhara 45 sq., 48, 299, 305.
Srinivasamakbin 3, 298.
Srinivasacarya 110 sq., 300.
Sripati 178sq., 301.
sribbumi 273.
srimukbaparisad 287.
sriranga 273, 280; °ksetra-
vaibhava 240 ; °divyavimana
240; ^mahatmya 59, 239 sq.,
307; °vimaiia 240.
srirudrayamala 4.
srividyakbyamulavidyabhedah
4, 310.
srividyaganapatikalpa 132.
srividyajapakalpa 130.
•srividyanyasa 130.
srividyaratnasutra, °dipika 21,
310.
srividyasandbyanusthana 130.
srisiikta 223.
srutiraiijim 158sq., 197, 299.
srutisuktimala 165, 3P8.
srautakaksa 236.
srautasutra 125 sq., 297 sq.
svetamarga 290.
svetavana 264.
svetavigbnesvarasivasthana
280.
svetambhodbi 228.
satpanca^ika 200, 302.
sadangaprakarana 148.
->• 337 r^
sadamnayalaksana 130.
sanmiikha 269.
sodasakriya 195, 298.
samvatsara 236, 238.
sarasaradusana 77.
samsararaliasya 160.
samliitavivrti 93.
samliitasamanalaksana 30,
296.
samhitopanisad 217, 253, 297.
saipkbyapramana 153.
samgitasastra 150.
samgraliabharata 90.
saingiTimavijaya 132.
Sanjaya 115, 215.
sanjivanausadhagiri 258, 259.
satkirtivardliana 271.
Satyakirti 277.
satyaksetra 279.
Satya 54.
satra 236—238.
satsampradayasarvasva 131.
Sadananda 108 sq., 303;
Sadasiva 16-4.
sadasivabrahmasamvada 132,
sadyomaraiia 1 70 sq.
Sanaka 7, 258.
Sanatkumrira 7, 274, 280;
"samhita 77, 306.
Sanatkumariya 131.
Sanandana 7, 290.
Sanatana 7.
sandhyopfisanavidbi 120.
saptagana 236.
saptalaksana 30, 97, 296.
sabhaparvau 22 sq., 91, 299.
sabhasabhyopadesab 187.
samastikanana(or °kantara)-
mabatmya 250, 307.
samadbividbi 205.
samudayastakavarga 286.
Samudrabandbayajvan 212 sq.
sambbavakanda 116.
sambbavaparvan 91, 212, 299.
sarpasanti 120.
sarvaksetraprabbavapbalasru-
tinirupana 273.
sarvatomukbamabavratayajin
145, cf. 37.
sarvamaiigalini 81.
sarvanukramani 105, 295.
sarvarista^auti 120.
sarvartbacintaiuani 203, 302.
sabasranamapadyavvttil94sq.,
308.
sabasranamasamgrababbasya
153sq.
sabyaja 283.
saksipariksa 186.
saksiprakarana 186.
saksipratyuddbrti 187.
saksivisayani 186.
sagarastava 81.
saukbya 304; °karika 142, 201 ;
"vivaranatattvakaumudi 143
sq.;°saptatil42,143,201,202,
304.
satvika (astau) 151.
samabrahmanabbasya 1 14.
samaveda 99, 114sq., 224 sq.,
236—238, 296, 298.
sayamboma 139.
Sayana, °acrirya 1, 2, 15. 73,
114sq., 295, 296, 298.
sayujya 275, 276.
-^ 338 H$-
sararahasyacaturvarnakrama-
vibhaga 121, 302.
sarasaragraba 199.
sarasara 272.
Sarvabbauma 168.
siirvabbanmalaksana 138.
Savaradbipa 263.
Savitryupakbyana 78.
sabityasarvasva 110 sq., 300.
Simbaraja 180 sq., 212 sq., 300,
309.
Simbanana 280.
siddbantabbedasaipgraba 144.
siddbantamuktavali 221, 305.
siddbantalesasaragraba 144.
siddbantasekbara 178sq., 301.
siddbantasarasamgraba 144.
siddbasrama 274.
siddbiksetra 279.
Sita 241.
Siradeva 127 sq.
Siikanya 273.
sukbabodbim 51, 308.
sugandbavana 259.
Sugrivaprasna 199.
Sugrivasamagama 222.
sntala 270.
Sudarsana280; °muktikatbana
280.
Sudarsaiiacarya 166.
Sudbabindu 283.
sundarakanda 64, 66 sq., 69,
79.
Sundararaja 86, 301.
suparnatatini 258.
Subabu 278.
Subodba, "carita 280.
subodbinl, Com. on bbaga-
vadgita 48, 299; Com. on
brbajjfitaka 152, 219, 301.
Subrabmanya, see ^^enkata S.
Sumantu 244.
sumbbadbvamsini 229.
Suratba 49.
surasasamgamajalapadatlr-
tbakatbana 268.
Suresvara 290.
suvarnamukbari, a river 290.
susvarakarana 212.
suksmarasmayab 286.
Suta 37, 54, 55, 58, 77, 90sq.,
100, 141, 189, 242, 243, 250,
257, 259, 265, 266, 269, 274,
276—278.
Sutagita 10 sq., 306; °tatpar-
yadipika lOsq.
Sutamuuisamvada 116.
Sutasaunakasamvada 242 sq.
Sutasambita 2, 3, 10, 100, 205
306; "tatparyadipika 11.
sutrastbana 174.
sudarupaiTiksasavadba 263.
Suridevabuddbendra 35.
Suribbatta 36.
surya 193, 263; °kunda 266;
"grabana 178; °tirtba 263—
266, 283; "puskarini 263, 265;
°,sataka 53 sq., 300; "savarni-
kamanvantara 48 sq., 63.
suryasiddbantal2 — 14,75,193,
301; °vivarana 193 sq., 301.
srsti 98.
sona, N. of a river 290.
Soma 184.
Somadeva 86 sq.
Somanatba 36 sq., 303.
-$^ 339 H$-
somavaramahimanuvarnana
189.
Somasarman 290.
somesvaratirtha 277.
Somesvaraputra 285.
somotpatti 57 sq., 298.
sauptikaparvan 90, 92.
saiibhugyalaksmikalpa 163.
sauracandramrmabda 287.
skanda 214; "purana 2, 7, 10,
38,55,77, 100, 116sq.,140sq.,
188, 205, 226sq., 242, 248sq.,
257, 264, 306 sq.
skandesvarasaravada 163.
skandopanisad 19, 297.
stotra 308 sq.
stotrakhanda 155.
strljataka 171 (Corrigenda),
sti'idharma 98.
striparvan 90.
strlmukhakantikarana 212.
sthandilakundamandapanir-
manadividhi 89.
sthalesamahatmya 204.
snatakadharma 98.
smrtikartrniriipana 98.
smrticandnkal85sq., 197,302.
smrtimuktaphala 97—99, 121,
302.
syanandura (?) 289.
svapnadliyaya 230, 309.
SvayamprakasaYati8sq., 303,
304.
Svayampraka^ananda 128 sq.,
300.
svarapancasacchlokl vyakhya
34.
svaralaksana 34, 35, 296.
svargarobanikapai-van 60, 62'
92.
svai'ginrirakicibna214.
Svamin 177.
svayambhuvatli'tba 277.
hamsasyabastalaksana 151.
"batti (sic) 277, 278.
Hanuman 258.
Hayagriva 155; Tigastyasam-
vada 88, 155, 307.
Haradatta 33, 43 sq. (Corr.
and Add.), 165, 298, 302,
308.
Havadattamisra 139 sq., 302.
bariksetra 279.
haritattvamuktavali 8, 303.
baridvilra 290.
barinadi 264.
haribbaktisudbodaya 107 sq.,
305.
barimidestotra 8.
Hariscandra 245, 268 sq.
Haviscandrojiakbyana 267,
268.
baristuti 8, 303.
Hai'sacai'ita 290.
Hastanialaka 290.
bastamalaka, °prakarana, "sto-
tra 82, 229, 303.
bastigirimfdiatmya 238 sq.,
305.
balasyaniabatmya 7. 306.
biranyagarbbavibudbasamva-
da 239.
hiranyfiksakatba 196.
binalaksana 187.
bemakutakbanda 267, 305.
22*
-^- 340 ^<^
hemapuskarinl , °cakratii"tlia, Homiamba,Honiiambikal3sq.
°tirtha 277. | Honnarya 13 sq.
hemakarasaras 277.
heniabjatirtha 277.
hemabjanayaki 257, 258.
hora 171, 219, 286; "tatpaiya-
sagara 170; °vivarana 170sq.^
301; °6astra 152.
ADDENDA AND CORRIGENDA. -
Page 17, line 12 read Isd - Upanisad for Isd-TJpanisat.
P. 28, 1. 5 from below, read samdpayya kriyds etc.
P. 43, 1. 5 from below, add: by Haradatta.
P. 74, 1. 25 read Mtasthadl°.
P. 81, 1. 10 read Kdvyamdld.
P. 91, 1. 11 read Pdr'iksitena for pdriksitena.
P. 130, 1. 9 from below, read kidajudnindm dcdrasya.
P. 132, 1. 3 add: See Aufrecht CC II, 52.
1. 17 add: See Aufrecht C C II, 22 and 26 (kaumdrasamhitd).
P. 139, 1. 21 read sddhavah for sd°.
P. 142, 1. 2 from below, read Tattvakaumudl.
1. 1 from below, read Vdcaspatiynisra.
P. 151, 1. 27 read narttakl vd kaldvati.
1. 28 read tisthet (tat)pascdt.
1. 29 read bhaveyur vibhramdnvitdh.
P. 153, 1. 9 from below, read Tisnusahasrandman.
P. 171, 1. 12 sq. read dvdvimsa str'ijdtakam.
P. 220, 1. 1 read graliayoni° for grhayoni\
■^H$-
ORiENTAL TRAINSLATION FITND.
NEW SERIES.
The following works of this series are now for sale at the
rooms of the Royal Asiatic Society, 22, Albemarle Street,
London, AV. Price 10 s. a volume, except vols. 9, 10.
I, 2. Rehatsek (E.). Mir KhwantVs 'Rauzat-us-Safa',
or 'Garden of Purity', containing the Moslem Version of
the lives of the prophets from Adam to Jesus, and other
historical matter. Part 1, Vols. 1 and IL 1891 and 1892.
S, 4. Part II (Vols. I and II) of the above, containing
a full and detailed life of IMuhammad the Apostle, with an
appendix about his wives, concubines, children, secretaries,
servants, etc. 1893.
5. Part TI (Vol. Ill) of the above, containing the lives
of Abu Bakr, 'Umar, 'Uthman, and 'Ah, the immediate
successors of Muhammad. 1894.
6. Tawney (C. H.). The Katha Kosa, a collection of
Jain stories, translated from Sanskrit Manuscripts. 1895.
7. Ridding (Miss C. M.). Bana's Kadambari. 1896.
8. CowELL (Professor E. B.) and Mr. Thomas (of Trinity
College, Cambridge). Bana's Harsa Carita. 1897.
9. 10. Steingass (Di-. F.). The last twenty-four ]\iakamats
of Abu Mubammad al Kasim al Hariri, forming Vol. II;
Chenery's translation of the first twenty-four Makamats
sold with it as Vol. I. 1898. Price 155. a volume.
II. Gaster (Dr. M.). The Chronicles of Jerahmeel, or
the Hebrew Bible Historiale. A collection of Jewish legends
and traditions translated from the Hebrew, 1899.
12. Rhys Davids (Mrs. C, A. F.). A Buddhist manual of
psychological ethics of the fourth century b, c, being a
translation of the Diiamma Sangani from the Abhidhamma
Pitaka of the Buddhist Canon. 1900.
Just OJ(t —
13. Beveeidge (Mrs. H.). Life and Memoirs of Gulbadan
Begum, aunt of Akbar the (jrreat, translated from tiie Persian.
1902 (with illustrations).
In p'eparation —
14. Bhys Davids (Professor T. W.). The Katha Vatthu.
15. Ross (Principal E. D.). History of the Seljuks,
16. Waiters (T.). Yuan Chwang's Travels. (In the press).
ASIATIC SOCIETY 3I0N0GRAPHS.
The Society has determined to bring out a series of
monographs which will afford opportunity for the publication
of papers too long to appear in the Journal.
Arrangements have so far been made for the publication
of the following: —
(1) Gerini (Major G. E.). Researches on Ptolemy's Ge-
ography. {In the Press.)
(2) WiNTEENiTZ (Dr. M.). Catalogue of Sanskrit MSS.
in the Royal Asiatic Society's Library, with an
Appendix by Mr. F. W. Thomas. 8^" xvi, 340 pages.
{Price 5/. or 3/6 for cash.)
(3) HiESCHFELD (Dr. H.). New Researches into the
Composition and Exegesis of the Qoran. 4*" 155
pages. {Price 5/. or 3/6 for cash.)
(4) Steong (Professor S. A.). The History of Jakmak,
Sultan of Egypt, by Ibn 'Arab shah. {In the Press.)
(5) Le Strange (Guy). Description of Persia and
Mesopotamia in the year 1340 a.d., from the
Nuzhat-al-Kulub of Hamd- Allah Mustawfi, with
a summary uf the contents of that Avork. {Nearly
ready.)
Any persons wishing copies of printed circulars con-
taining information as to the Oriental Translation Fund and
the Asiatic Society Monographs, are requested to apply to
THE SECRETARY, Royal Asiatic Society,
22, Albemarle Street,
LONDON, W.
>^i-
'^/mMwn.iuv' ^;/n4nwi.j(\V '^//mnvi-JftV' <f^mNV-^i^ v/jy];
>;lOS-i
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY
Los Angeles
This book is DUE on the last date stamped below.
41584
^HIB
fm
^^ui.
^OF CALIFO/?;<^ ^OfCALIJ
■ivaaii-i^
.\MEUNIVERV^
^<!/0JnV3JO^ ^<!/0JllV3JO'^
^OfCAllFO/?^ ^OFCAllFOMi^
\ UCSOUTH.
^ £9 ""^ ,
r-n ^ ^^^^
^TilJONVSOV^^ "^AaSAINrtJWV
CAllfOff^
^<?AJi.
\WEUNIVERV/.
•TilJONVSOl
^WE UNIVERS//,
o
vSclOSANCEl5j>
O
vN;lOSANCElfj>
o
'%aMINrt-3WV
^UIBRARYd/^ ^^UIBRARYO/^ ^^WEUMmkv/^
..;,0FCA1IF0% .^,0FCA1IF0%
%ii3AiNn]\\v^ ^^m^\m\^ '^.i/ojnvDJo'^ <rji]ONvsov^
,^WEUNIVERS'/A
<rii30NVsor'^
^ILIBRARYt?/: ^^l•llBRARYQ^
^.!/ojnv3jo'^ '^(i/ojnv3jo'<^
^\^E UNIVERi//.
t'
-2 oc
'><-
o
^lOSANCElfj>
o
^
.^ILIBRARYOc^
<ril30NVS01^ "^a^AINn-JWV^ ^<!/0JI1V3J0-^
<.OFCALIF0% ^OFCA1IFO%
'^Aavaaii-^^!'^ ^OAavaan-^'
AWE UNIVERi-//)
^-^5 I
' -n
O
I?
"^/^a^AiNaiwv*
^OFCALIFO«i^
^<?AaviiaiH'^
^WE•DNIVERS•//^
o
^!rtEUNIVER5y/v
o
^10SANCEL%
3
%a3AINn3WV
vvlOSANCElfj>
"^aiAiNn-Jwv^
^lllBRARYac ^^ILIBRARYQ/r
'^<!/0J nV3- JO"^ ^(!/0dnV3J0'»^
M.OFCAIIFO%
^OFCAIIFO%
"^(JAUvaan-^^ ^<?Aav!jan-^^
^^WEUNIVEW/4
^WEUNIVER5/A
<J513DNVS01^^
jNtLIBRARYQr ^^IIIBRARYQ^ AWEINIVERS/a ^lOSANCElfx> ^ILIBRARYQr
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11